Home

"service manual"

1. Reference Designator Card DCN 6323409 Label Plug Location Description J2 J2 P2 Lower rear Parallel Printer rear panel interface 25 conductor J3 J3 P3 Center rear Serial out rear panel interface 9 conductor J4 J4 P4 Center rear Waste sensor rear panel interface BNC connector J5 J5 P5 Lower rear Power in 200 Vdc from Power Supply module 9 conductor J6 J6 P6 Top center Cover interlock currently just jumpered 2 conductor J7 J7 P7 R Lower front Red aperture cable coaxial J8 J8 P8 W Lower front White aperture cable coaxial J9 J9 P9 Lower front Hgb lamp 4 conductor J10 J10 P10 Lower front Hgb sensor preamp coaxial J11 LV22 Unused Top rear Spare solenoid 22 dc motor 2 conductor J12 LV23 WM23 Top rear Vacuum pump 2 conductor J13 13 WM13 Center rear Sensor 13 diluent reservoir thermistor sensor 3 conductor J14 J14 P14 Center front Traverse module flex connect cable 20 conductor J15 1 WM1 Top rear Diluent reservoir sensor float 4 conductor J16 12 Unused Top rear Spare sensor for M6 4 conductor J17 59 WM9 Top rear Sensor 9 sample pump home sensor 4 conductor J18A S10A WM10 Center rear Sensor 10A vacuum transducer 3 conductor J19 2 WM Center rear Sensor 2 lytic reagent optical fluid sensor 3 conductor J20 53 WM3 Center rear Sensor 3 ACT Rinse optical fluid sensor 3 conductor J21 14 WM14 Center rear Sensor 14 open vial horizontal
2. 7339007C 8 2 18 PN 4237339F PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 10 Traverse Module Components ACeT 8 10 and ACT diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 10 Item Part Number Description 1 2852093 Screw self lock pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 38 in 2 1023611 Wear strip stainless steel traverse guide 3 1023360 Rack traverse horizontal motion 4 6706334 Card Traverse Interconnect 5 6805734 Shield plastic splash guard 6 6805125 Probe aspirate probe without O ring 7 2512120 Seal O ring to retain aspirate probe 8 6805555 Motor traverse travel with connector 9 2852218 Screw pan head SEMS 4 40 x 0 38 in 10 4837317 Sensor dual channel optical 11 1023357 Flag vertical position for optical sensor 12 2804005 Screw pan head 4 40 x 0 25 in traverse motor mount 13 9908083 Fitting union 0 093 to 0 093 in 14 6859716 Housing probe wipe 15 1023359 Rack traverse vertical motion 16 1022827 Clip probe wipe housing 17 6805479 Housing traverse molded PN 4237339F 8 2 19 8 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 11 Traverse Module Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 11 p gt 7339112E 8 2 20 PN 4237339F PARTS LISTS 8 ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 11 Traverse Module Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 11 Item Part Number Description 1 6806490 Motor probe vertical m
3. o PO N N eel PN 4237339F A 4 5 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION AC T 8 10 diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 4 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an ACeT 8 10 or diff Analyzer Figure Reference Component Function Reference Designator DCN 6323083 A 4 2 1 LV9 Angar three way solenoid valve used to control lytic reagent usage De energized provides a bidirectional pathway between the lytic reagent source and the 1 mL lytic reagent syringe Energized provides a pathway between the 1 mL lyse syringe and the left side port of the WBC bath LV9 A 4 2 2 LV10 Angar three way solenoid valve used to control diluent movement De energized provides a pathway from the diluent source to the reservoir for diluent being pumped by peristaltic pump 2 Energized provides a pathway from the diluent source to the top port of the probe wipe housing for diluent being pumped by peristaltic pump PM2 LV10 A 4 2 3 LV7 Angar three way solenoid valve used to route diluent dispensed by the sample syringe via LV11 to the lower side ports of the baths De energized routes diluent to the right side port of the WBC bath to prefill the bath Energized routes diluent through a Y connector FY8 to both the left and right side ports of the RBC bath to prefill the bath LV7 A 4 2 4 LV8 Angar two way solenoid
4. Interface IEEE 1284 with parallel Centronics connector Noise Level Approximately 43 dB per ISO 9296 Operating Temperature 32 F to 95 F 0 C to 35 C Power Consumption 20 W 5 W in idle mode Operator Controls and Indicators Figure C 2 1 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Power Resume Controls and Indicators BUTTONS U POWER f RESUME POWER LIGHT 7479001A C 2 1 OPTIONAL PRINTERS CANON BJC 250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER Figure C 2 2 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Cartridge Lock and Paper Thickness Levers Paper thickness lever Cartridge lock in locked position 7339060A Table C 2 2 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Function Status of Controls and Indicators Control Indicator Condition Function Status POWER button Pressed briefly Press to turn power on off Pressed until 1 beep heard Press to print demonstration Pressed until 2 beeps heard Press for Printer status Printer settings Pressed until 3 beeps heard Press to perform Printer Test A Pressed until 4 beeps heard Press to perform Print Head Nozzle Test RESUME button Pressed briefly Press for form feed Pressed for 2 seconds or more Press for head cleaning POWER LED Off Unlit when Printer off Yellow Lights when system initializing Green Lights when power ON Flashing green Flashes when Printer busy cartridge not present
5. 7339006C 8 2 2 PN 4237339F PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 2 Front Panel Components ACeT 8 10 and A eT diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 2 Item Part Number Description 1 6706654 Software ACeT 8 analyzer Version 1 04 6706655 Software ACeT 10 analyzer Version 1 04 6915355 Software AC T diff analyzer English Version 1 06 card only 6915356 Software diff analyzer English Version 1 06 upgrade kit mailable 6915347 Software diff analyzer Spanish Version 1 06 card only 6915366 Software diff Veterinary Option analyzer Version 1 06 kit with manual 6915367 Software AC T diff Veterinary Option analyzer Version 1 06 kit without manual 2 9908180 Knob vacuum regulator 3 6027373 Clamp ribbon cable Display assembly 4 6232352 Fitting union 0 062 i d to 0 093 i d 5 5704057 Shield EMI EMC gasket V form 6 3230066 Tubing polyurethane special three tube ribbon 7 2852093 Screw self lock head SEMS 6 32 x 0 38 in 8 7000558 Traverse probe traverse module 9 6028676 Cable Traverse module flex 10 2852095 Screw pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 50 11 1023434 Clamp cable and tubing front panel molded 12 1023491 Plate aspirate switch black molded 13 2852300 Screw pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 38 in black 14 2852218 Screw pan head SEMS 44 40 x 0 38 in 15 2852271 Latch keeper front door for latch catch 2852272 PN 4237339F 8 2 3 8 PA
6. Orange Lights when paper out Printer offline Cartridge lock lever Up Allows removal replacement of cartridge Down Locks cartridge in position Paper thickness lever Left For thin paper Right For thick paper C 2 2 PN 4237339F OPTIONAL PRINTERS C OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER 14e LED PRINTER Specifications Table C 3 1 OKIPAGE14e LED Printer Specifications Item Specification Performance 14 ppm lt 8 seconds to first page 600 dpi output quality Technology Digital LED print head Epson FX 9 pin dot matrix compatible Paper handling Paper input 250 sheet letter tray Manual feed Paper output 200 sheets face down 50 sheets face up straight through paper path Paper quality recommended Tray 16 to 28 Ib Recycled paper must be specified or guaranteed for use with laser printers Size W x D x H 33 0 cm 13 in x 39 6 cm 15 6 in x 20 0 cm 7 9 in Configuring the Printer ATTENTION Only reconfigure this Printer if the Menu printout indicates the Printer is not configured correctly 1 4237339 Connect the 14e LED Printer to the parallel printer port of a stand alone computer equipped with a CD ROM reader Insert the OKIPAGE 14e Installation software CD provided with the Printer into the computers CD drive and run the installation program Note Installing the software in the computer only takes a few minutes and
7. 7339109F 8 2 14 PN 4237339F PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 8 Right Side Compartment Vacuum Pump Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 8 Item Part Number Description 1 6806364 Cover pneumatic pump compartment ASF Thomas pump 2 2302008 Sensor vacuum transducer 8 V 3 6232246 Fitting union polypropylene 0 093 i d to 0 125 i d 4 6232628 Regulator vacuum 5 9908180 Knob vacuum regulator 6 6232352 Fitting union 0 062 i d to 0 093 i d 7 3202205 Tubing 0 082 polyurethane 12 inches red striped 8 1024435 Insulation vacuum pump bracket side 9 6232929 Valve solenoid pneumatic 3 way 10 6232259 Fitting Y 0 093 i d to 0 093 i d 11 6232930 Valve solenoid bank of four pneumatic 3 way 12 6232880 Pump ASF Thomas vacuum 24 Vdc brush type 13 1023939 Bracket ASF Thomas vacuum pump 14 1024434 Insulation vacuum pump cover top and bottom 15 1024433 Insulation vacuum pump cover side 16 1024432 Insulation vacuum pump cover top 17 6232502 Fitting Luer male to 0 094 barbed hose fitting 18 6232803 Filter fluid barrier 0 45 micron green 19 6232901 Fitting Luer female to 0 094 barbed hose 20 6028893 Cable harness ASF Thomas vacuum pump 21 6029207 Card Pump Motor Filter 22 6807604 Base pneumatic pump KNF dual head 23 6233071 Pump KNF dual head vacuum pressure 24 Vdc brushless 24 6807690 Bracket pneumatic pump KNF dual head 25 2830017 Grommet 0 56
8. ACeT 8 10 Analyzers ACeT diff Analyzer ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Connector P5 9 pin 12 pin 12 pin Output via Connector P5 See Table A 1 6 See Table A 1 7 See Table A 1 7 Fuses 1 5 ASLO BLO 1 5 ASLO BLO 2 5 A SLO BLO Exterior Finish dark dark light Interchangeability Must not be used on Can also be used on Must not be used on any other ACeT analyzer ACeT 8 10 analyzer any other ACeT analyzer using a 12 pin to 9 pin converter harness 2 4 3 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION POWER SUPPLY MODULE 2 4 4 PN 4237339F 2 5 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION ANALYZER CARD 8 10 Analyzer ANALYZER CARD 8 10 Analyzer The Analyzer card is the main electronic printed circuit PC card in the instrument It controls all the input output functions and data analysis Refer to Figure 4 4 2 for the location of the Analyzer card Currently the ACeT 8 10 the ACeT diff and the ACeT diff 2 analyzers all use a different Analyzer card The Analyzer cards for the ACeT diff and the ACeT diff 2 analyzers are described in Heading 2 6 The many different circuits on the Analyzer card can be categorized as analog digital and miscellaneous support circuitry Refer to Figure A 2 1 for the location of the components on the Analyzer card for the AC T 8 10 analyzer Analog Circuitry The Analyzer card has three main Analog circuits the WBC RBC and Plt Processors The WBC and RBC Processor circuits accept a PULSE T
9. Card Label Description Through Hole Design Description Surface Mount Design J61 Analyzer card Analyzer card J62 LCD LCD J63 Touchscreen keypad Touch keypad J64 Power LED Power LED J65 Backlight Power Daughter card Backlight Power Daughter card J66 Smart card reader Reagent Management card reader J67 N A Reagent Management card reader subassembly testing Most of these connectors have identical locations on the two versions of this card Because some connectors are not in the same location the two versions of the Display Controller Driver card require different electromagnetic shields for the display assembly FRUs that include both the new Display Controller Driver card and the appropriate shield are available one for the AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers and another for the AC T diff 2 analyzer Refer to the master parts list Table 8 1 1 or the illustrated parts list Table 8 2 4 for the part numbers Note The diff 2 analyzer uses the same display assembly and the same Display Controller Driver card as the diff analyzer The shield is different because the front door designs are different 2 1 5 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DISPLAY ASSEMBLY Table 2 7 7 lists the jumpers used on the old through hole design of the Display Controller Driver card the new surface mount design does not need jumpers Table 2 7 8 lists the test points available on the two versions of the Display Controller D
10. diff analyzer 4 2 4 top cover and rear panel removal 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 4 2 1 traverse housing removal 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4 8 1 traverse housing removal ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4 9 1 Traverse Interconnect card removal ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 8 1 Traverse Interconnect card removal ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4 9 1 Traverse module disassembling replacement 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 8 1 Traverse module disassembly replacement ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4 9 1 verifying instrument operation in Predilute mode 4 14 1 vertical motor removal 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 8 1 vertical motor removal ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4 9 1 vertical rack removal diff 2 analyzer 4 9 1 INDEX 17 INDEX vertical sensor removal ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 4 8 1 publications on decontamination 1 2 1 Pulse circuit description 2 5 5 pulse test ACeT 8 10 analyzer in troubleshooting 7 1 22 ACeT diff analyzer and diff 2 analyzers in troubleshooting 7 1 22 pulse width factors affecting 7 3 2 measuring 7 3 1 measuring ACeT 8 10 analyzer 7 1 10 7 1 11 measuring diff analyzer 7 1 15 varieties of 7 3 1 pumps 2 3 11 diaphragm See diaphragm pumps diluent AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers volume A 4 7 diluent function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 diluent location illustration 8 10
11. 5 3 11 Vacuum port Supplies high vacuum to LV2 port 3 May be referred to as raw vacuum A 5 3 12 Pneumatic pump Both types of 24 Vdc pneumatic pumps currently in use the ASF Thomas brush type diaphragm vacuum pump and the KNF brushless type dual head pump provide the vacuum and pressure needed by the system For details see Pneumatic System under Heading 2 3 DILUTER SYSTEM diff 2 ANALYZERS LV23 supplies power to turn on the pneumatic pump motor Note The ASF Thomas vacuum pump diaphragm and motor are a single assembly VACUUM and pump symbol A 5 3 13 Exhaust port Supplies pressure from the vacuum pump to LV5 A 5 3 14 Pump Motor Filter card 22 A 5 3 15 Pressure port Supplies pressure from the dual head pump to LV5 5 12 4237339 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Components Inside the Left Compartment of ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Figure A 5 4 View Inside the Left Compartment of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 1 Connection for reagent pickup tube 1 1 2 Connection for reagent pickup tube 2 3 Connection for reagent pickup tube 3 Table A 5 5 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AeT diff 2 Analyzer A 7339128 Reference Designator Figure DCN Reference Component Function 6323266 5 4 1 Connection for reagent Connects th
12. 5 3 2 Cover With the exception of the vacuum sensor encases the main components associated with the development of high vacuum and its regulation to low vacuum in one compartment A 5 3 3 Vacuum sensor Monitors the low vacuum supply in VC1 prior to energizing count solenoids VL16 and VL17 to verify the proper level of low vacuum 6 in Hg is available for collecting count data May also be referred to as the vacuum transducer VAC XDCR A 5 3 4 Vacuum regulator Solid state regulator adjusts the high vacuum supplied at port 2 to low vacuum 6 in Hg which is applied through port 1 to the vacuum chamber VC1 via LV2 port 2 During the sensing portion of the cycle the pathway from VC1 to the WBC aperture and the pathway from VC1 to the RBC aperture is opened and the low vacuum in VC1 is applied to the back of each aperture and to the sweep flow line behind the RBC aperture RG1 A 5 3 5 Vacuum adjust knob Knob used to adjust the vacuum regulator RG1 which regulates the low 6 inches Hg vacuum used to pull the dilution through the WBC and RBC aperture and sweep flow diluent behind the RBC aperture VAC RGL TR A 5 3 6 12 inches red striped tubing 0 082 polyurethane tubing Length of tubing combined with its small internal diameter allows this tubing to act as a choke to control the flow of high vacuum supplied to the vacuum regulator for regulation to 6 in Hg Also acts as a b
13. Reference Designator Card DCN 6323022 Label Plug Location Description J34 LV4 WM4 Top rear upper row Solenoid 4 2 conductor J35 LV5 WM5 Top rear upper row Solenoid 5 2 conductor J36 LV6 WM6 Top rear upper row Spare solenoid 6 2 conductor J37 LV7 WM7 Top rear upperrow Solenoid 7 2 conductor J38 LV8 WM8 Top rear upper row Solenoid 8 2 conductor J39 LV9 WM9 Top rear upper row Solenoid 9 2 conductor J40 LV10 WM10 Top rear upper row Solenoid 10 2 conductor J41 LV11 WM11 Top rear lower row Solenoid 11 2 conductor J42 LV12 WM12 Top rear lower row Solenoid 12 2 conductor J43 LV13 WM13 Top rear lower row Solenoid 13 2 conductor J44 LV14 WM14 Top rear lower row Solenoid 14 2 conductor J45 LV15 WM15 Top rear lower row Solenoid 15 2 conductor J46 LV16 WM16 Top rear lower row Solenoid 16 2 conductor J47 LV17 WM17 Top rear lower row Solenoid 17 2 conductor J48 LV18 Unused rear lower row Spare solenoid 18 2 conductor J49 LV19 Unused rear lower row Spare solenoid 19 2 conductor J50 LV20 Unused rear lower row Spare solenoid 20 2 conductor Jumpers PN 4237339F Table A 2 4 Analyzer Card Jumpers diff Analyzer See Figure A 2 2 Jumper Analyzer Card diff Analyzer X1 Not present X2 OFF X3 ON X4 OFF X5 OFF X6 ON X7 OFF X8 ON X9 ON E2 E3 E4 ON E2 E3 E5 E6 E7 ON E
14. 7 7 8 8 LCD The liquid crystal display LCD is a 320 x 240 dot graphics capable supertwist LCD with an effective viewing area of 103 x 80 mm There are two connectors on the LCD CN1 and CN2 CNI connects directly to the Display Controller Driver card J62 without a cable while CN2 is a three pin connector at the end of two wires black and red soldered directly to the LCD This connector plugs into CN2 on the high voltage backlight daughter card mounted to the Display Controller Driver card Table 2 7 3 and 2 7 4 respectively describe the pinouts for these connectors PN 4237339F 4237339 Table 2 7 3 LCD Connector CN1 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DISPLAY ASSEMBLY Pin Signal Function 1 YD FRAME STARTUP Signals start of each screen frame 2 WF LIQUID CRYSTAL AC Provides ac polarity in each display frame 3 LP DISPLAY DATA LATCH Latches data in each common line 4 XSCL DISPLAY DATA SHIFT Shifts data in 4 bit increments to display 5 INHX DISPLAY ON OFF H ON L OFF 6 0 Data bit 0 7 XD1 Data bit 1 8 XD2 Data bit 2 9 XD3 Data bit 3 10 5 Power supply voltage for logic at 5 Vdc 11 DGND Digital ground 12 22V Power supply for LCD at 22 Vdc 13 Voltage for LCD contrast adjustment 14 EGND Chassis earth ground Table 2 7 4 LCD Connector CN2 Display Controller Driver Card Function Ac backlight supply 1000 V Not connected Ac backlight sup
15. Traverse Interconnect card Two dual channel opto sensors Figure 2 2 1 Traverse Module Components Vertical stepper Traverse housing gt Horizontal zB stepper motor Probe wipe housing Traverse Interconnect Probe card 7339140E 2 2 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS 2 2 2 For horizontal travel the probe has three positions the aspirate station over the WBC bath and over the RBC bath The probe also must position itself at three heights the top position while travelling the thief position aspiration for the RBC dilution while in the WBC bath and the bottom position for sample aspiration Two stepper motors move the probe One motor moves it vertically and the other moves it horizontally A direct drive gear and rack system is employed for both motors Two dual channel opto sensors one associated with each motor detect the probe positions Using these sensors with binary encoding allows detection of three possible positions in each direction with one sensor When a function such as aspiration is complete the probe moves into the traverse housing where the probe wipe housing surrounds the tip of the probe and a flow of diluent cleanses the outside of the probe and high vacuum dries it Diluent Delivery System The 8 10 and diff analyzers diluent delivery system uses an on board diluent reservoir The diluen
16. diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 10 8 2 19 Traverse Module Components ACT diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 11 8 2 21 Cap Pierce Module Components diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 12 8 2 23 Left Side and Top Views See Figure 8 2 13 8 2 25 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate AC T 8 10 ACeT diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 14 8 2 27 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 15 8 2 29 Aperture Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate See Figure 8 2 16 8 2 30 Analyzer Card AC T 8 10 Analyzer Voltage Limits A 1 1 Analyzer Card diff Analyzer Voltage Limits 1 1 Analyzer Card diff 2 Analyzer Voltage Limits A 1 1 Target Acceptance Criteria A 1 1 Latex Adjustment Criteria 1 2 Power Supply Module Output Connector P5 8 10 Analyzer A 1 2 Power Supply Module Output Connector P5 ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers A 1 2 Analyzer Card Connectors AC T 8 10 Analyzers See Figure A 2 1 A 2 2 Analyzer Card Test Points 8 10 Analyzers See Figure A 2 1 2 4 Analyzer Card Connectors diff Analyzer See Figure A 2 2 A 2 6 Analyzer Card Jumpers diff Analyzer See Figure 2 2 2 7 Analyzer Card Test Points ACeT diff Analyzer See Figure A 2 2 A 2 8 Analyzer Card Connectors AC T diff 2 Analyzer See Figure A 2 3 A 2 10 Analyzer Card Jumpers ACeT diff 2 Analyzer S
17. 112131 m IS reps em 7339053 412 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT diff AND diff 2 ANALYZERS 4 12 2 WE XXXX XXXX Old oid RIA Mew The top numerical entry box is highlighted showing the particle size default 94 3 fL Enter the particle size of the latex particles you are using Note The Save icon is not needed The Save icon is used for the manual entry of the gain values below the particle size Select Continue icon An icon is displayed indicating that the instrument is ready to aspirate the latex particles Aspirate the latex particles a Present the latex particles to the aspirate probe open vial position if using an diff 2 analyzer b Press the aspirate switch as you would to run a sample When the latex cycle is completed a screen similar to Figure 4 12 3 is displayed Verify that the WBC and RBC counts and the corresponding CVs displayed on the screen are within the limits shown on Table 4 12 1 Figure 4 12 3 Latex Results Screen RBC Save Gain WMV XXX Both RMCV Owa RIA Mew RIA Raw Histo Channel Data A ke WBC 50 190 150 200 250 73390546 Table 4 12 1 Latex Adjustment Criteria Parameter Minimum Maximum WBC 1 0 10 0 RBC 0 5 2 5 WBC CV 0 0 15 0 RBC CV 0 0 8 0 WMCV 1 5 41 5 RMCV 1 5 41 5 WIA 10 0 250
18. Figure 2 3 13 Pneumatic System in the diff 2 Analyzer Pressure Components and Flow Pneumatic 7339065F 2 3 14 PN 4237339F 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Solenoids LV3 and LV4 control the path for mixing bubbles LV4 switches the air path between the WBC bath lytic reagent side port and switches the mixing bubbles between the bottom ports of the RBC and WBC baths The alternate energizing and de energizing of LV5 provides the bubble rate This rate is variable according to the altitude setting on the Date Time screen Check valves are used in all three mixing bubble paths to ensure that liquid from the bath does not migrate into the pneumatic system At the completion of mixing an air gap remains This air gap electrically isolates the reagent systems from the dilution in the bath that is about to be counted Note that the air path taken by the mixing bubbles restricts air flow Air pressure forming the mixing bubbles in the bath is not as great as it is at the pneumatic pump Additionally the single head vacuum pump cannot be simultaneously used as a source of vacuum and mixing bubbles because the vacuum pump cannot create sufficient vacuum when the vacuum exhaust is being used to form mixing bubbles Aperture Sensor System The aperture sensor system is responsible for sample analysis and consists of RBC aperture bath assembly for sensing
19. If a DVM failure occurs there may be a problem with the Power Supply module or the Analyzer card or poor line voltage may be triggering the POWER GOOD POWER FAIL signal 7 2 4 4237339F 4237339 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES Table 7 2 3 Allowable Voltage Ranges ACeT 8 10 Analyzer Voltage Analyzer Card Test Point 4 15 RF Positive lead C66 Table 7 2 4 Allowable Voltage Ranges ACeT diff Analyzer Voltage Analyzer Card Test Point 45 TP5 115 TP8 15 RF TP25 Table 7 2 5 Allowable Voltage Ranges ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Acceptable Range 11 8 V reference 3 X4 OFF new vacuum transducer If 415 V reference 3 X4 old vacuum transducer Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 The Traverse module is responsible for moving the aspirate probe to different horizontal and vertical positions Voltage Analyzer Card Test Point 8 10 18 1 VACRF S10A 18 Pin 1 The AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers use two dual channel optical sensors to identify position one for vertical and one for horizontal movement Vertical positions are determined by holes in a flag that snaps onto the top of the vertical rack and rides through the vertical sensor Horizontal positions are determined by cutouts in the front portion of the main traverse mounting bracket The AC T diff 2 analyzer uses single optical sensors at each statio
20. C 1 EPSON TM 290P SLIP PRINTER Specifications Table C 1 1 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Specifications Item Specification Print method Impact dot matrix Shuttle type 7 pin head Unidirectional printing Use 0 63 mm column spacing Use 4 23 mm 1 6 in line spacing Ribbon Exclusive ribbon cassette Type ERC 27 Purple ink Life expectancy about 1 500 000 characters Paper Types e Normal high quality e Pressure sensitive Carbon copy Total thickness e Single ply paper no copy 0 09 to 0 25 mm 135 kg paper e Copy paper 0 09 to 0 35 mm Maximum copies 1 original and 2 copies Interface Uses parallel interface Centronics compatible Operator Controls and Indicators See Figure C 1 1 for the location of the controls and indicators and Table C 1 2 for their function Figure C 1 1 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Location of Controls and Indicators POWER RELEASE PAPER OUT FORWARD REVERSE RELEASE 7303007A PN 4237339F C 1 1 OPTIONAL PRINTERS Table C 1 2 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Function of Controls and Indicators Control Indicator Function RESET button Starts Printer as if power was just turned on POWER LED green indicator Lights when power is on RELEASE LED green indicator Lights when Printer is in release state Blinks when Printer is in error state PAPER OUT LED red indicator Lights whe
21. ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8 2 1 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A 1 1 1 2 A4 TOLERANCES AND LIMITS 1 1 Analyzer Card Voltage Limits 1 1 Clog Detection Target Value A 1 1 Hgb Amplifier Output 1 1 Latex Adjustment Criteria 1 2 Power Supply Module Output Connector P5 A 1 2 CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS A 2 1 Analyzer Card AC T 8 10 Analyzers 2 1 Component Locations A 2 1 Connectors 2 2 Test Points A 2 4 Analyzer Card diff Analyzers A 2 5 Component Locations A 2 5 Connectors 2 6 Jumpers A 2 7 Test Points A 2 8 Analyzer Card diff 2 Analyzers 2 9 Component Locations 2 9 Connectors A 2 10 Jumpers A 2 12 Test Points A 2 12 Analyzer Card Universal diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzers A 2 13 Component Locations A 2 13 Connectors A 2 14 Jumpers A 2 16 Test Points A 2 18 Display Controller Driver Card A 2 19 Component Locations A 2 19 Connectors and Pinouts A 2 20 Jumpers A 2 23 Test Points A 2 23 SOFTWARE MENU TREES 3 1 ACeT 8 10 Analyzer A 3 1 ACeT diff Analyzer A 3 2 ACeT diff Veterinary Option Analyzer A 3 3 ACeT diff 2 Analyzer A 3 4 ACeT 8 10 diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 4 1 Summary 4 1 Solenoids A 4 1 PN 4237339F CONTENTS Main Analyzer Components A 4 2 Components Located Behind the Front Door of an 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer A 4 2 Co
22. PARTS LISTS 8 ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8 2 ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 1 Triple Syringe Module Components 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 1 4 r 12 11 d 7339008 Table 8 2 1 Triple Syringe Module Components ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 1 Item Part Number Description 1 6707085 Pump Triple Syringe module with boot seal on diluent syringe only 2 6232502 Fitting Luer male to 0 094 barbed hose fitting 3 6706809 Syringe glass barrel assembly with boot and plunger 5 mL 4 6706808 Syringe glass barrel assembly with boot and plunger 250 uL 6707087 Syringe glass barrel assembly with boot and plunger without boot seal 250 uL 5 2527677 Syringe piston 1 mL 6707095 Syringe assembly 1 mL without boot seal 6 6706652 Syringe glass barrel with Luer fitting 1 mL replaces PN 2527682 7 6706651 Syringe glass barrel with Luer fitting 5 mL replaces PN 2527680 8 2527679 Syringe piston 5 mL 9 1023828 Seal syringe barrel boot 5 mL 10 1024163 Syringe collar boot retainer 11 2527678 Syringe piston 250 uL 12 1023877 Seal syringe barrel boot 250 uL 13 6706653 Syringe glass barrel with Luer fitting 250 uL replaces PN 2527683 PN 4237339F 8 2 1 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 2 Front Panel Components 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 2
23. Pressure from the pump exhaust pressure from the single head pump is used to create air bubbles for mixing the WBC and RBC dilutions in their respective baths Four pneumatic solenoids LV2 through LV5 control this vacuum system These solenoids are mounted together on a manifold and are available as an assembly The vacuum system is illustrated in Figure 2 3 11 PN 4237339F 23 11 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 2 3 12 Figure 2 3 11 Pneumatic System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Vacuum Components and Flow Pneumatic pump ATM Vacuum sensor CK1 7339142F Vacuum Supply LV2 controls the vacuum level applied to the vacuum chamber VC1 High vacuum from the vacuum pump is applied directly to the normally closed port labeled port 3 Figure 2 3 11 The normally open port 2 is connected to the vacuum being routed through the vacuum regulator This configuration makes high vacuum and regulated low vacuum available at a common port port 1 which is connected to the vacuum sensor and to VCI via the foam trap VC2 At rest when the pneumatics are on but the analyzer is not cycling the high vacuum supply being regulated to 6 in Hg by the vacuum regulator is the vacuum available inside the vacuum chamber VCI Regulated vacuum monitored by the vacuum sensor is used during the count portion of the cycle to draw the WBC and RBC dilutions through their respective apertures and to pull swe
24. rack Traverse housing M 2 Flag Top vertical optical sensor Middle vertical S Traverse optical sensor Interconnect card Bottom vertical optical sensor 7339134E The top optical sensor position is considered the vertical home position and is used when the system is idle or anytime the probe is moving horizontally In the Closed Vial mode the middle sensor is used to stop downward probe movement during the vent pierce the first pierce The middle optical sensor is also used to position the probe in the bath for aspirating a portion of the WBC dilution from the WBC bath and for dispensing that portion into the RBC bath For this reason the middle sensor position is referred to as the thief position Towards the end of a cycle while the probe is still positioned over the RBC bath it moves downward again The middle sensor stops the probes movement inside the RBC bath so that liquid expelled during the FMI sample and diluent pump homing process enters the RBC bath and drains to waste when the RBC bath is drained The bottom optical sensor position is used as the open vial manual aspirate position When a standard specimen tube is processed in the Closed Vial mode the downward stroke for the aspiration pierce the second pierce is stopped when the probes flag is positioned inside the bottom optical sensor When the flag is in this position the probe stops near the bottom of the specimen tube prior to aspirat
25. Calculate the CV for the WBC and RBC parameters Ensure that the results from steps 5 and 6 meet the criteria in Table 4 13 1 Table 4 13 1 Target Acceptance Criteria Parameter Acceptable Range WBC count CV 3 096 RBC count CV 3 096 AVR Measured gt 1 4but 2 3 WBC Measured 2900 but 1500 RBC Measured 2810 but 1350 4 13 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES diff AND diff 2 ANALYZERS 8 Enter the new Target values on the Sample Details screen Verification Run controls and or blood specimens and verify there are no clog detect problems 4 13 2 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERATION IN PREDILUTE MODE 4 14 VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERATION IN PREDILUTE MODE PN 4237339F Purpose The purpose of the Verify Predilute function is to aid you in troubleshooting the Predilute mode This function allows you to make prediluted samples more quickly and consistently than manual methods It also provides a means of determining if a Predilute mode problem is in the instrument or in sample preparation DO NOT use this method for normal sample analysis If enough whole blood is available in the specimen tube for the instrument to make a prediluted sample then enough blood is available for the instrument to analyze the blood in the Whole Blood mode and that is how the sample should be analyzed Tools Supplies Needed
26. Japanese 4237556 Spanish 4237550 Portuguese 4237547 Operating Summary English 4237516 French 4237551 German 4237557 Italian 4237562 Japanese 4237554 4237548 Portuguese 4237545 Operator s Guide English 4237495 French 4237552 German 4237543 Italian 4237563 Japanese 4237555 4237549 Portuguese 4237546 Reference Manual English 4237515 Printers AC T diff Analyzer Canon Bubble Jet Printer User s Guide English 4237479 AC T diff Analyzer Graphics Printer User s Guide English 4237343 ACsT Series Analyzer Roll Printer User s Guide English 4237381 Series Analyzer Ticket Printer User s Guide English 4237380 Notification of Updates Any service memo that affects the information in this manual will include either change pages or a Notice of Information Update form for this manual A Notice of Information Update form will summarize the changes and list the specific headings figures and tables affected PN 4237339F 1 1 3 INTRODUCTION MANUAL DESCRIPTION Intended Audience To use this manual effectively you need the following An operators knowledge of the analyzer Athorough understanding of gt Basic electronic and pneumatic principles and devices gt Reagent systems Quality control gt Troubleshooting concepts e The ability to gt Use basic mechanical tools and understand related termino
27. TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS Purpose This section provides an in depth discussion of the parameters used for clog detection and why they are used A greater knowledge of these parameters and what can cause them to vary should make troubleshooting clog detection problems simpler Flow Voltage Pulse Width Description The basic parameter used for clog detection is pulse width This is an important parameter because it represents the time it takes a particle or cell to travel through a sensitive area of the aperture Since the instrument applies a constant fixed vacuum to draw cells through a fixed aperture the time of travel or pulse width should be constant The time of travel and pulse width do vary some however because not all particles take a straight path through the aperture cell passing straight along the center axis of the aperture achieves the shortest time and the narrowest pulse width A cell approaching the aperture from the side takes an angular path through the sensing zone and aperture and consequently takes longer to clear the sensing zone and produces a wider pulse width A wider pulse width means that the cell was in the sensing zone for a longer time and that it took longer to travel through the sensing zone Measuring Pulse Widths ACeT 8 10 Analyzer The most obvious method of measuring pulse width is to measure the width of each pulse at a fixed height or voltage The AC T 8 10 analyzer uses this method
28. diff analyzers 2 2 9 description AC T diff 2 analyzer 2 3 16 disassembly replacement 4 11 1 disassembly replacement verification 4 11 4 disassembly replacement tools supplies needed 4 11 1 exploded view 4 11 3 function in aperture sensor system 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 8 function in aperture sensor system diff 2 analyzer 2 3 15 removing to access the WBC aperture bath assembly 4 10 2 horizontal drive belt AC T diff 2 analyzer removal 4 9 1 removing the belt clamp illustration 4 9 5 removing the belt illustration 4 9 5 tension adjustment 4 9 14 horizontal motor AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers location illustration 4 8 2 removal 4 8 1 horizontal motor diff 2 analyzer location 2 3 2 removal 4 9 1 removal illustration 4 9 8 horizontal sensor AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers location illustration 4 8 2 removal 4 8 1 horizontal sensors diff 2 analyzer components in Traverse module 2 3 1 location 2 3 2 PN 4237339F removal 4 9 1 removal illustration 4 9 9 hydraulic systems movement control AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 1 1 movement control diff 2 analyzer 2 1 1 hydraulic systems 8 10 and diff analyzers cleaner See waste and cleaner system diluent See diluent delivery system engineering schematic part number 6 1 1 lytic reagent See lytic reagent delivery system shutdown diluent See waste an
29. diff 2 Analyzer A 5 13 1 1 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Location of Controls and Indicators C 1 1 2 1 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Power Resume Controls and Indicators C 2 1 C 2 2 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Cartridge Lock and Paper Thickness Levers C 2 2 C 3 1 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer Front Operator Panel C 3 4 PN 4237339F xix CONTENTS XX TABLES 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 4 1 2 4 2 2 5 1 2 5 2 2 6 1 2 7 1 2 7 2 2 7 3 2 7 4 2 7 5 2 7 6 2 7 7 2 7 8 2 8 1 2 8 2 2 8 3 2 8 4 2 8 5 2 8 6 2 8 7 2 8 8 3 1 1 3 2 1 412 1 4 13 1 5 1 1 5 1 2 7 1 1 7 1 2 7 1 3 71 4 7 1 5 7 2 1 7 2 2 7 2 3 7 2 4 7 2 5 7 4 1 8 1 1 8 1 2 8 1 3 Analyzer Customer Documents 1 1 1 ACeT Series Analyzers System Specifics 2 1 3 Switching Supply Specifications 2 4 1 Power Supply Module Comparison of Unique Features 2 4 3 Stepper Motors 8 10 Analyzer Associated Chips 2 5 4 Solenoids Controlled by Solenoid Driver Circuitry 8 10 Analyzer 2 5 5 Stepper Motor Function Summary 2 6 3 Touch Screen Specifications 2 7 2 Touch Screen Connections to Display Controller Driver Card 2 7 2 LCD Connector CNI 2 7 3 LCD Connector CN2 2 7 3 Display Controller Driver Card J61 Pinout 2 7 4 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors 2 7 5 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers 2 7 6 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points 2 7 6 Powerup Cycle 8 10 AC
30. reference RH relative humidity RIA red aperture current RM running mean RMCY red mean corpuscle value RN resistor ROM read only memory RPWV red pulse width value RS 232 Electronic Industries Association standard governing interface between data processing and data communications equipment RV varistor S S switch solenoid SEMS SGND solenoid ground SLO BLO slow blow SMT surface mount technology SW switch T Temp temperature thd thread TP test point U U integrated circuit V V volts Vac vacuum volts alternating current VAR variance PN 4237339F ABBREVIATIONS VC vacuum isolator chamber Vdc volts direct current VRF vacuum reference W w wide W watt WAV white aperture voltage WBC white blood cell count WHT white WIA white aperture current WM wire marker WMCV white mean corpuscle value WPWYV white pulse width voltage X X jumper plugged x times ABBREVIATIONS 3 ABBREVIATIONS 4 ABBREVIATIONS PN 4237339F Numerics 1 error number 7 2 2 3 error number 7 2 2 4 error number 7 2 2 6 error number 7 2 2 7 error number 7 2 2 8 error number 7 2 2 9 error number 7 2 2 10 error number 7 2 2 11 error number 7 2 2 12 error number 7 2 2 13 error number 7 2 3 14 error number 7 2 3 16 error number 7 2 3 17 error number 7 2 3 19 error number 7 2 3 20 error num
31. 2 conductor J39 LV9 WM9 Top rear upper row Spare solenoid 9 2 conductor J40 LV10 WM10 Top rear upper row Solenoid 10 2 conductor J41 LV11 WM11 Top rear lower row Solenoid 11 2 conductor J42 LV12 WM12 Top rear lower row Solenoid 12 2 conductor J43 LV13 WM13 Top rear lower row Solenoid 13 2 conductor J44 LV14 WM14 Top rear lower row Spare solenoid 14 2 conductor J45 LV15 WM15 Top rear lower row Solenoid 15 2 conductor J46 LV16 WM16 Top rear lower row Solenoid 16 2 conductor J47 LV17 WM17 Top rear lower row Solenoid 17 2 conductor J48 LV18 Unused rear lower row Waste cleaner select J49 LV19 WM19 Top rear lower row Diluent reservoir pump J50 LV20 Unused Top rear lower row Fan back panel J57 M3 WM3 Center front Motor 3 traverse horizontal motor J80 924 WM24 Top center Sensor 24 specimen tube bottom seeking sensor 481 517 WM17 Top center Sensor 17 WBC bath horizontal position sensor J82 918 WM18 Center rear Sensor 18 lyse pump home sensor J83 919 WM19 Center rear Sensor 19 diluent pump home sensor J98 525 WM25 Top center Sensor 25 closed vial aspirate sensor door closed position sensor PN 4237339F A 2 11 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Jumpers Table A 2 7 Analyzer Card Jumpers ACeT diff 2 Analyzer See Figure A 2 3 Jumper Analyzer Card AC T diff 2 Analyzer X1 ON
32. 4 3 5 1 5 2 5 3 Analyzer Card Component Locations 8 10 Analyzers 2 1 Analyzer Card Component Locations diff Analyzer 2 5 Analyzer Card Component Locations AC T diff 2 Analyzer A 2 9 Universal ACeT diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations 2 13 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations Through Hole Design A 2 19 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations Surface Mount Design 2 20 Software Menu Tree 8 10 Analyzer A 3 1 Software Menu Tree ACeT diff Analyzer A 3 2 Software Menu Tree AC T diff Veterinary Option Analyzer A 3 3 Software Menu Tree ACeT diff 2 Analyzer A 3 4 View of an AC T 8 10 or AC T diff Analyzer with the Front Door Open A 4 2 View Inside the Right Compartment of an 8 10 or AC T diff Analyzer A 4 5 View Inside the Left Compartment of an AC T 8 10 or AC T diff Analyzer A 4 10 View of an AC T diff 2 Analyzer with the Front Door Open A 5 3 View Inside the Right Compartment of an AC T diff 2 Analyzer A 5 6 View Inside the Pneumatic Pump Compartment of an AC T diff 2 Analyzer A 5 10 PN 4237339F CONTENTS A 5 4 View Inside the Left Compartment of an diff 2 Analyzer A 5 13 1 1 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Location of Controls and Indicators C 1 1 2 1 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Power Resume Controls and Indicators C 2 1 2 2 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Cartridge Lock a
33. 7 1 14 Motors Screen 8 10 and diff Analyzers 7 1 18 Motors Screen diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 18 Latex Calibration Screen AC T diff Analyzer 7 1 23 Latex Calibration Screen diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 23 Triple Syringe Module Components 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 1 8 2 1 Front Panel Components 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 2 8 2 2 Front Panel Components diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 3 8 2 4 Front Door Components See Table 8 2 4 8 2 6 Right Side Compartment Reservoir Components 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 5 8 2 8 Right Side Compartment Transducer Components 8 10 diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 6 8 2 10 Right Side Compartment Reservoir and Reagent Pump Components diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 7 8 2 12 Right Side Compartment Pneumatic Pump Components diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 8 8 2 14 Rear View Showing Components See Table 8 2 9 8 2 16 Traverse Module Components 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 10 8 2 18 Traverse Module Components diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 11 8 2 20 Cap Pierce Module Components ACT diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 12 8 2 22 Left Side and Top Views See Table 8 2 13 8 2 24 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate AC T 8 10 ACeT diff Analyz
34. 7339046F PN 4237339F 8 2 24 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 13 Left Side and Top Views See Figure 8 2 13 Item Part Number Description 1 6027786 Clamp cable bundle 2 2851601 Fastener nylon retaining post to mount Analyzer card old mount style 3 2852306 Screw self tapping flathead 76 32 x 0 38 in for old mount style 4 6706332 Card Analyzer AC T 8 10 analyzer old number 6706541 Card Analyzer 8 10 analyzer new number Note This card is functionally the same as PN 6706332 it was assigned a new part number because its layout is different 6706442 Card Analyzer AC T diff analyzer 6706802 Card Analyzer diff 2 analyzer 6707111 Card Analyzer Universal for diff and diff 2 analyzers only 5 6805396 Switch aspirate with cable and connector 6 6805332 Bracket aspirate switch 7 6028893 Cable harness ASF Thomas vacuum pump 8 6232880 Pump ASF Thomas vacuum 24 Vdc brush type new style 9 1023939 Bracket ASF vacuum pump 10 6233071 Pump dual head vacuum pressure 24 Vdc brushless 11 6213009 Choke 0 006 orifice brown for applications up to 1524 m 5 000 ft 6213011 Choke 0 010 orifice black for applications at 1524 m 5 000 ft and above 12 6029207 Card Pump Motor Filter 13 6807690 Bracket pneumatic pump dual head 14 2830017 Grommet 0 562 i d x 0 875 o d x 0 218 thick rubber 15 6805316 Door left side with hinge no latch 8 10 and AC T diff
35. A 3 4 PREPARE TO SHIP 7515001F PN 4237339F 4 4237339 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A 8 10 AC T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Summary Most Diluter functions are accomplished by fluidic components that are interconnected by tubing and controlled by timed solenoid signals This section briefly describes the functions of these fluidic components and shows their locations Solenoids Solenoids are electronic valves that are energized or de energized to perform a function or to activate other components in the Diluter Table A 4 1 identifies the function of each solenoid used in the ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers Solenoids LV7 LV8 LV9 LV10 LV11 LV12 are attached to and control the operation of ASCO Angar valves Solenoids LV13 LV14 and LV15 are attached to and control the operation of small Bio Chem pinch valves Use the Pneumatic Hydraulic Schematic or the figures referenced in Table A 4 1 to locate these solenoids For the part number and location of the Pneumatic Hydraulic Schematics schematic file see Chapter 6 Table A 4 1 Solenoid Functions ACeT 8 10 or ACT diff Analyzers Solenoid Figure Number Function Reference LV1 VIC vent select A 4 2 7 LV2 High vacuum enable A 4 2 8 LV3 WBC air mix select A 4 2 9 LV4 Lytic reagent air
36. ACeT diff 2 Analyzer OFF diff Analyzer X2 OFF X3 ON X4 ON Old vacuum transducert OFF New vacuum transducer X5 Not present X6 ON X7 OFF X8 ON X9 ON 2 4 2 E5 E6 E7 ON E5 E6 E8 E9 E10 ON E8 E9 For possible future use Currently this card is only used on the diff 2 analyzer t Tells software which vacuum transducer is in use The old vacuum transducer used on the 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers is being discontinued Test Points Table A 2 8 Analyzer Card Test Points ACeT diff 2 Analyzer See Figure A 2 3 Test Point Description Circuit TP3 24 Vdc From the Power Supply TP4 200 Vdc From 07 dc dc converter 5 5 Vdc From the Power Supply TP6 DGND Digital ground TP8 15 Vdc From the Power Supply TP9 AGND Analog ground TP10 15 Vdc From the Power Supply TP26 3 6 Vdc Hgb lamp supply voltage A 2 12 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Analyzer Card Universal ACeT diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzers e For component locations refer to Figure A 2 4 For details concerning a specific connector refer to Table A 2 10 For details concerning a specific jumper refer to Table A 2 10 Note The jumpers on the Universal diff AC T diff 2 Analyzer card configure the card for the model of the instrument and for the type of peristaltic or FMI sample pump full or ha
37. DIAGNOSTICS MENU Hgb This value represents the Hgb amplifier output or Amp Out It is given in A D units rather than voltage For a rough conversion to mV consider that 5 0 V is represented by 4095 A D units the highest possible output from the A D chip While in the Voltages Sensors screen you can adjust and save the Hgb value Adjust the gain so that the output with clean diluent the WBC bath is 3700 100 This represents the Hgb blank reading Although the gain can be set manually while in the Voltages Sensors screen it is adjusted automatically during the Startup cycle when it is outside the range of 2867 to 4090 A D units This ensures that the Hgb blank level is checked at least once a day when the instrument is in use and is adjusted automatically when required Preamp Gain and Hgb Gain ACeT 8 10 Analyzer The Hgb amplifier is a two stage amplifier Adjustment has been provided for both amplifier stages one called the preamp gain the other called the Hgb gain The numbers displayed on the Voltages Sensors screen are indicators of the gain for that amplifier with a higher number indicating a higher gain Set the amplifiers so that the Hgb blank output is near 3700 100 Any combination of the two amplifier gains may be used To the right of the Preamp Gain and the Hgb Gain screen labels are up down arrows used to adjust Hgb gain To adjust either gain first select that gain by touching the gain number This highlights the ga
38. Fittings and Miscellaneous Hardware Continued MASTER PARTS LIST PARTS LISTS Description Part Number Figure Item Spacer threaded 74 40 0 56 in length 2852288 8 2 4 16 Spring traverse belt tensioner AC T diff 2 analyzer 2523815 8 2 11 17 Syringe collar boot retainer 1024163 8 2 1 10 Washer flat 4 0 125 i d x 0 250 o d x 0 031 thick 2827045 8 2 7 13 8 2 12 5 Washer flat Z6 0 156 i d x 0 375 o d x 0 046 thick 2827134 8 2 5 7 8 2 7 7 Washer flat 6 0 177 i d x 0 408 o d x 0 062 thick nylon 2852281 8 2 16 5 Washer flat 8 0 188 i d x 0 375 o d x 0 045 thick 2827148 8 2 11 20 8 2 12 11 Washer red lock ring for bulkhead Luer fitting 6232497 8 2 9 17 Washer split lock 4 2826002 8 2 7 12 Washer split lock 76 2826035 8 2 5 8 8 2 7 8 Washer split lock 8 2826048 8 2 12 12 Washer white lock ring for bulkhead Luer fitting 6232498 8 2 9 2 Washer yellow lock ring for bulkhead Luer fitting 6232670 8 2 9 6 PN 4237339F 8 1 13 8 PARTS LISTS MASTER PARTS LIST Table 8 1 3 Optional Items and Supplies Description Part Number Figure Item Adapter narrow tube cap pierce Cable Centronics 10 ft for parallel Printer Cushion FMI Pump packing material Paper roll for Printer Particles latex for latex gain adjustment Pickup tube Rinse shutdown diluent AC T PAK reagent machined Pickup tube Rinse shutdown diluent Ta
39. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION 3 1 2 PN 4237339F INSTALLATION PROCEDURES 3 OPTIONAL PRINTERS PART B UPGRADE AND OPTION INSTALLATION 3 2 OPTIONAL PRINTERS Epson TM 290P and TM 295P Slip Printers The Epson TM 290P and TM 290P Slip Printers print numerical results on a ticket but cannot print histograms Both models are parallel Printers supported by all ACeT Series instruments and software except the ACeT analyzer Software Version 1 03 Two differences between these printers however affect their use and operation 1 The Printers have different power supply connectors requiring the use of different power supplies That means that if you replace one model with the other you must also replace the power supply 2 Ifthe Printer is operating but no ticket is in place the Epson TM 290P Slip Printer signals the instrument which initiates a printer warning but the Epson TM 295 Slip Printer does not signal the instrument It continues printing as if a ticket is in place If the customer does not notice the missing ticket and cycles the next specimen the data from the first sample is lost For complete information on how to use this Printer see the COULTER AC T Series Analyzer Ticket Printer Users Guide For Printer specifications see Appendix C OPTIONAL PRINTERS Printer Setup Procedure 1 Unpack the Ticket Printer Ensure you have the following components e Printer e 24 V Printer Power supply e Power line
40. Procedure 4 21 1 Flushing Out the Old Reagents 4 21 1 Decontaminating with Acetic Acid 4 21 2 Flushing Out the Acetic Acid 4 21 2 Installing New Reagents and Checking the Instrument 4 21 3 PREAMP DUMMY LOAD TEST 4 22 1 Purpose 4 22 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 22 1 Procedure 4 22 1 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 5 1 1 5 1 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 5 1 1 SCHEMATICS 6 1 1 6 1 SCHEMATICS REQUIRED 6 1 1 TROUBLESHOOTING 7 1 1 l DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7 1 1 Voltages Sensors Screen 7 1 2 Hgb 7 1 3 Preamp Gain and Hgb Gain AC T 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 3 Hgb Gain ACeT diff and AC T diff 2 Analyzers 7 1 3 WAV and RAV 7 1 3 Vac 7 1 4 Temp 7 1 4 Voltages 7 1 4 Lytic and Clean 7 1 5 Dil Waste and AspSW OVAsp and CVAsp on the diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 5 Exit Icons 7 1 6 Solenoids Screen 7 1 6 Verify Predilute Screen 7 1 8 Sample Details Screen AC T 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 8 Sample Results 7 1 9 WAV RAV VAR 7 1 10 WPWV RPWV VAR 7 1 10 AVR VAR AVG RM DELTA 7 1 10 WPWV AVG RM LTVAR 7 1 11 WBC RBC VAR 7 1 12 Hgb Readings 7 1 12 Sample Details Screen diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers 7 1 12 Sample Results 7 1 12 Hgb Readings 7 1 13 WBC RBC Measured 7 1 15 PN 4237339F 4237339 7 2 1 3 P CONTENTS RBC CV 7 1 15 WBC RBC Ratio CVs 7 1 15 RBC Ratio Mean 7 1 16 WBC RBC Voteout 7 1 16 RAV CV 7 1 16 AVR Measured 7 1 16 WBC RBC AVR Target 7 1 16 RBC Clog Detecti
41. Route the three other sensor wire harnesses to the back of the WBC position sensor Dress the wires up from this position making a neat harness 4 9 13 4 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER 9 10 Connect the five wire harnesses to their correct connectors on the front of the Analyzer card e The horizontal motor cable connector P57 connects to M3 J57 The open vial position sensor connector P21 connects to S14 The RBC position sensor connector P23 connects to S16 The WBC position sensor connector P81 connects to 17 The closed vial or cap pierce sensor connector P22 connects to S15 Verify the instrument is working correctly Go to Verification Belt Tension Adjustment 1 2 3 4 Loosen the belt tension shoulder screw if it is not already loose Figure 4 9 8 Turn the spring retaining screw Figure 4 9 8 until one to two threads appear on the back side of the pem nut Tighten the belt tension shoulder screw Verify the instrument is working correctly Go to Verification Verification 1 10 11 4 9 14 If you removed the top cover and rear panel reinstall it See the Installation AC T diff 2 Analyzer procedure under Removing the AC T diff 2 Analyzers and Rear Center Cover in Heading 4 2 If you changed the position of the Traverse module as it mounts to the front panel or if you loosened the traverse housing guide
42. Software Version 1 04 and 2 00 Activity Energize LV2 aspirate 12 uL of sample drain RBC bath take Hgb Blank2 reading Energize LV14 LV8 LV10 check for 6 in Hg in VC1 sound probe warning move up and wipe probe drain WBC bath overfill diluent reservoir De energize LV14 LV10 aspirate 12 uL air gap Energize LV12 LV11 Drain RBC bath move probe to WBC bath prefill WBC bath with 2 6 mL De energize LV8 LV2 LV12 energize LV14 LV7 Drain WBC bath fill diluent reservoir with 2 9 mL and diluent syringe with 3 250 mL Energize LV12 de energize LV14 dispense 240 0 uL diluent to RBC bath De energize LV7 dispense 1 5 mL of diluent to WBC bath through lower port move probe into WBC bath fill reservoir Take Hgb Blank1 reading de energize LV11 Dispense 980 0 mL of diluent and whole blood sample from probe into WBC bath while filling diluent reservoir Energize LV3 LV11 LV7 mix bubbles 4 bursts from LV5 at 0 2 second intervals Dispense 0 6 mL into RBC bath lower port De energize LV3 LV12 fill diluent syringe with 3 0 mL fill reservoir to sensor De energize LV11 energize LV15 LV1 Drain VC1 aspirate 100 0 uL from WBC bath fill diluent reservoir to sensor check lytic reagent level Energize LV8 de energize 1 15 LV1 energize LV2 LV12 LV11 Dispense 2 0 mL to RBC bath fill reservoir move probe up De energize LV8 drain RBC bath fill reservoir move probe to RBC bath Energize LV8 move probe into RBC
43. Table 2 1 1 Series Analyzers System Specifics SYSTEM OVERVIEW ACeT 8 Analyzer ACeT 10 Analyzer ACeT diff Analyzer ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Operating Modes Whole Blood Aspirate Predilute Whole Blood Aspirate Predilute Whole Blood Aspirate Predilute Closed Vial Whole Blood Open Vial Whole Blood Predilute Parameters WBC WBC WBC WBC RBC RBC RBC RBC Hgb Hgb Hgb Hgb Het Het Het Het MCV MCV MCV MCV MCH MCH MCH MCH MCHC MCHC MCHC MCHC Plt Plt RDW RDW LY Plt LY MPV MPV Pct Pct PDW PDW LY LY 0 0 GR GR LY LY MO MO GR GR Software See Figure A 3 1 See Figure A 3 1 See Figure A 3 2 See Figure A 3 4 Menu Trees Figure A 3 3 for system with Veterinary Option Diluter Operation See Heading 2 2 See Heading 2 2 See Heading 2 2 See Heading 2 3 Power Supply See Heading 2 4 See Heading 2 4 See Heading 2 4 See Heading 2 4 Analyzer Card See Heading 2 5 See Heading 2 5 See Heading 2 6 See Heading 2 6 Display Assembly See Heading 2 7 See Heading 2 7 See Heading 2 7 See Heading 2 7 Powerup Cycle See Table 2 8 1 See Table 2 8 1 See Table 2 8 1 See Table 2 8 2 Aspirate Cycle Software Version 1 03 see Table 2 8 3 Software Version 1 04 or 2 00 see Table 2 8 4 See Table 2 8 4 Software Version 1 03 see Table 2 8 5 Software Versions 1 04 1 05 1 06 or 2 00 see Table 2 8 6
44. The Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer does not have DIP switches or menu settings Printer settings are changed using the Printer setup from a computer operating system after the appropriate Printer drivers are installed However the Printer settings do not need to be changed for use with the Series analyzers The default settings used by this Printer are all that are required 1 Unpack the Printer removing all items from the box Ensure you have the following components Printer e 24 V Printer Power supply e Power line cord for the power supply Standard Centronics data cable e Black ink cartridge 3 2 3 OPTIONAL PRINTERS OPTIONAL PRINTERS 2 Setthe Printer on a flat stable surface Do not use an angled Printer stand CAUTION Risk of damage to equipment Turning the instrument s power ON before connecting the Printer to the instrument could damage the instrument Ensure the instrument s power is OFF before connecting the Printer 3 Ensure the instruments power is off 4 Connect the Printer as shown in Figure 3 2 2 Connect the Printers power line cord last Verification l Perform a Printer self test Turn the Printer off b Ensure that there is paper in the Printer c perform the specific tests or gather the information shown in Table 3 2 1 press and hold the POWER button Figure 3 2 4 until you hear the number of audible beeps required then release the POWER button Table 3 2 1 Cano
45. a Remove the lamp assembly by pushing the assembly into the housing and twisting counterclockwise b Remove the clear lens c Remove the blue heat filter d Remove the compression O ring PN 4237339F 4237339 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT Figure 4 11 3 Disassembling the Hgb Photometer Assembly filter Lamp 7339095E holder heatsink Lamp 10 Remove the lamp from its heatsink housing by loosening the Allen setscrew and pulling the lamp out Refer to Figure 4 11 3 Installation 1 Insert the lamp into the back end of the lamp housing and the heatsink until the back end of the lamp is flush with the back end of the heatsink Tighten the lamp in place with the Allen setscrew Figure 4 11 3 2 Assemble the photometer Figure 4 11 3 by inserting the following into the Hgb detector housing Insert the clear lens a b Insert the blue heat filter Insert the compression O ring Push the lamp housing into the Hgb detector housing and twist counterclockwise Note With a fresh O ring the lamp housing pins usually rest in the center notch and provide good tension CAUTION Risk of damage to the WBC bath When securing the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC bath if you use a screw that is too long the screw can break through the bath wall If you use a screw that is too short you can cause damage to the plastic threads Use the correct len
46. b Atthe front edge of the card disconnect the Display assembly ribbon cable and the Traverse module flex cable Figure 4 4 2 c Atthe lower front of the card disconnect the Hgb lamp and detector cables the WBC and RBC coaxial aperture bath cables and the preamp ground lug connector Figure 4 4 2 CAUTION Risk of damage to electronic components SMT Analyzer cards are very fragile Flexing the SMT Analyzer card creates stress on the components When removing installing or transporting SMT Analyzer cards handle them by the edges and ensure that you do not flex them 6 Remove the Analyzer card from its mounting posts Figure 4 4 3 Note The number and type of mounting posts may differ from analyzer to analyzer Early AC T 8 10 analyzers used nylon snap on mounting posts The PC Card Removal tool helps when removing an Analyzer card from nylon mounting posts 4 4 2 PN 4237339F 4237339 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT The AC T diff and 8 10 analyzers manufactured since the release of the ACeT diff analyzer are mounted with six pressure held metal standoffs and a threaded mounting post in the center bottom of the card See Figure 4 4 3 for the location of these seven mounts The Analyzer card on an diff 2 analyzer is mounted using four pressure held metal standoffs and four threaded mounting posts See Figure 4 4 5 for the location of these eight mounts a Iftheinstru
47. controls and indicators C 3 4 print test procedure 3 2 6 reconfiguring C 3 1 setup procedure 3 2 5 Printers communicating with diff analyzer 2 6 2 16 INDEX communicating with diff 2 analyzer 2 6 2 connector on Analyzer card 8 10 analyzer 2 2 connector on Analyzer card ACeT diff analyzers A 2 6 connector on Analyzer card diff 2 analyzers A 2 10 2 14 See also Printer Canon Printer Citizen Printer Epson Probe component in the Traverse module diff 2 analyzer 2 3 1 probe alignment procedure verification ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4 18 2 alignment with specimen tube ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4 18 1 alignment ACeT diff 2 analyzer tools supplies needed 4 18 1 function 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 4 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 5 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 2 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 movement diff 2 analyzer 2 3 2 part numbers 8 1 4 position in sleep state 2 9 1 positions during sample processing 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 2 positions during sample processing AC T diff 2 analyzer 2 3 2 removal ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 8 1 removal ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4 9 1 wash description AC T diff 2 analyzer 2 3 13 when to align with specimen tube diff 2 analyzer 4 18 1 probe wipe troubleshooting 7 4 1 probe wipe and
48. de energize LV12 LV15 energize LV8 Fill syringe with 3 6 mL drain WBC bath move probe up analyze CBC data Note The time needed to analyze data depends on the amount of data accumulated during data analysis and the histogram data A normal blood takes about 6 0 seconds but can vary from 4 0 to 8 0 seconds Because the time needed to analyze data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV8 LV2 energize LV12 de energize LV7 energize LV15 LV1 Home diluent syringe while dispensing to WBC bath drain VC1 perform histogram analysis flagging clog detection De energize LV12 LV15 LV1 energize LV11 LV7 fill diluent syringe with 1 8 mL fill diluent reservoir move probe to aspirate position show results to screen De energize LV11 LV7 LV14 energize LV8 LV2 LV3 LV5 for 0 2 seconds increment cycle counter Aspirate 12 uL fill diluent reservoir do not look at sensor sound probe warning move syringe down De energize LV3 LV8 LV2 LV7 turn vacuum pump off energize LV1 LV15 fill diluent reservoir to sensor print results Note The time needed to print results depends on the Printer used and increases significantly when automatic host transmission is performed Because the time needed to print varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies Reservoir overfill drain VC1 zap aperture De energize LV15 LV1 2 8 15 2 SOFTWARE STRUCTURE INSTRUME
49. description 2 7 2 driver provided by the Display Controller Driver card 2 7 4 location illustration 2 7 1 8 2 6 part number 8 2 7 See also Display assembly LED power indicator disconnecting from the Display Controller Driver card 4 5 2 location illustration 8 2 6 part numbers 8 1 3 receives power through the Display Controller Driver card 2 7 3 signal 2 7 4 A 2 21 liquid optical sensors ON OFF readings ACeT diff and diff 2 analyzers 7 1 5 typical readings 8 10 analyzer 7 1 5 low vacuum adjustment ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 11 LV1 function AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 7 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 5 operational states 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 7 type of valve AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 7 LV10 function AC T 8 10 and ACT diff analyzers A 4 6 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 7 10 INDEX location illustration 8 10 diff analyzers A 4 5 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 operational states 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 6 operational states diff 2 analyzer 5 7 type of valve 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 6 type of valve AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 7 LV11 function AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 6 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 7 location illustration 8 10 and
50. is used to create the 10 V reference supply using the 15 V power supply voltage The output of this supply can be measured at TP27 Figure A 2 1 The 10 V reference is then inverted to produce a 10 V reference supply which can be measured at TP26 Figure A 2 1 The 10 V supply is also used to control the base of Q7 which produces a precision 15 V reference supply from the 24 V power supply three are specified to be within 2 of their target value Pulse Circuit The RBC and WBC Processor circuitry produce a pulse width parameter used in the clog detection scheme The integrators used to produce these parameters require pulses of 1 6 ps The one shot pulses are created with one chip U21 The key input to U21 is a 1 25 MHz CLOCK signal This signal is derived with the A D Converter circuit using 10 MHz from the 80C188 microprocessor 2 5 5 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION ANALYZER CARD 8 10 Analyzer 2 5 6 Hgb Support Circuitry The main Hgb circuit is a two stage preamp using both amplifiers on chip U88 One of the A D converters on chip U3 is used for microprocessor control of the gain for both stages The Hgb preamp output can be directly measured at TP7 Figure A 2 1 There is also a circuit to control the Hgb lamp Q16 regulates lamp voltage from the 5 V supply to 3 18 V measured at TP37 Figure A 2 1 A comparator on chip U77 controls this regulator Plus and minus sense lines are input to the comparator as w
51. 14e LED Printer Operator Panel Lights Reference Ready Light Manual Feed Error Green Amber Red Meaning User Option Switch Function ON Off Off Ready Quick Press Takes printer off line Off Off Off Off line Quick Press Ready 2 Second Press Prints Demo and Menu pages 5 Second Press Prints Cleaning page Blinking Off Off Processing receiving data Quick Press Pauses Printer Slow blink Off Off Printing paused Quick Press Resumes printing 2 Second Press Prints buffer contents 5 Second Press Clears buffer and resets Printer Off Off Blink Paper out Quick Press Resumes printing Paper jam Cover open e Printing error Blink or Blink or Blink or Hardware error Turn Printer OFF and ON Fast blink Fast blink Fast blink If problem persists call service Slow blink Warning Change image drum Toner Low Toner sensor Off Blink Off Ready for manual feed Place sheet in manual feeder Blink one blink second Slow blink one blink 4 seconds Fast blink several blinks second C 3 4 PN 4237339F CONTENTS ABBREVIATIONS ABBREVIATIONS 1 PN 4237339F 10 i CONTENTS 10 ii PN 4237339F ABBREVIATIONS m The following list is a composite of the abbreviations acronyms and reference designators used in this manual When the same abbreviation or reference designator is used for more than one word or type of component all meanings relevant to thi
52. 18 2 12 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors 2 20 A 2 13 Display Controller Driver Card J61 Pinouts A 2 21 2 14 Display Controller Driver Card 62 Pinouts 2 22 2 15 Display Controller Driver Card J63 Pinouts 2 22 2 16 Display Controller Driver Card 65 Pinouts 2 22 A 2 17 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers A 2 23 2 18 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points 2 23 A 4 1 Solenoid Functions 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzers A 4 1 4 2 Components behind the Front Door of an AC T 8 10 or ACT diff Analyzer A 4 3 A 4 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer A 4 6 A 4 4 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an 8 10 or diff Analyzer A 4 10 5 1 Solenoid Functions AC T diff 2 Analyzers 5 1 A 5 2 Components behind the Front Door of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer A 5 3 A 5 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an diff 2 Analyzer A 5 6 A 5 4 Components Inside the Pneumatic Pump Compartment of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer A 5 11 PN 4237339F Q iii CONTENTS 9 iv 5 5 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 2 1 2 2 C 3 1 C 3 2 C 3 3 3 4 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC T diff 2 Analyzer A 5 13 Warning Non Fatal Error Messages Icons B 1 1 Fatal Error Messages Numbers B 1 1 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Specifications C 1 1 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Functi
53. 2 TABLES 11 1 Analyzer Customer Documents 1 1 1 PN 4237339F 1 i CONTENTS 4237339 INTRODUCTION 11 MANUAL DESCRIPTION Scope This manual provides the reference information and procedures needed for servicing and maintaining COULTER ACeT analyzers hereafter referred to as the AC T analyzer or the instrument It is available both online and in hard copy The online manual is released on the Service Resource Kit CD ROM PN 6417471 This manual is to be used in conjunction with the analyzer customer documents and does not contain information and procedures already covered in those documents Table 1 1 1 lists the customer documents available Table 1 1 1 ACeT Analyzer Customer Documents Instrument Document Language ACeT 8 10 analyzer Getting Started English 4237289 Chinese 4237355 French 4237349 German 4237352 Italian 4237361 Japanese 4237358 Spanish 4237346 Host Transmission Specification English 4237283 Installation and Training Guide for the ACT Reagent English 4237414 Installation and Training Guide for the Tainer Reagent English 4237413 Installation Guide English 4237407 Operator s Guide English 4237287 Chinese 4237354 French 4237348 German 4237351 Italian 4237360 Japanese 4237357 Spanish 4237345 Reference Manual English 4237288 Special Procedures and Troubleshooting English 4237314 Chinese 4237353 Fre
54. 2 1 1 system specifics table of 2 1 3 T Temp field on Voltages Sensors screen description 7 1 4 top and rear center panel diff analyzer installation 4 2 5 removal 4 2 4 removal installation illustration 4 2 4 removal installation tools supplies needed 4 2 4 top cover and rear panel 8 10 and ACT diff analyzers installation 4 2 2 removal 4 2 1 removal installation illustration 4 2 1 removal installation tools supplies needed 4 2 1 touch screen component in the Display assembly 2 7 1 control diff analyzer 2 6 2 control diff 2 analyzer 2 6 2 description 2 7 2 input managed by Display Controller Driver card 2 7 4 location illustration 8 2 6 location illustration 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 2 1 2 location illustration AC T diff 2 analyzer 2 1 2 specifications table of 2 7 2 See also Display assembly Transient Suppressor card location illustration 8 2 16 part number 8 1 2 8 2 17 traverse housing component in Traverse module 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 1 traverse housing 8 10 and diff analyzers location illustration 4 8 2 removal 4 8 1 22 INDEX traverse housing ACeT diff 2 analyzer component in Traverse module 2 3 1 location 2 3 2 movement 2 3 2 removal 4 9 1 removal illustration 4 9 6 Traverse Interconnect card 8 10 and diff analyzers component in Traverse module 2 2 1 dis
55. 2 2 9 Cleaner System 2 2 10 Peristaltic Pumps 2 2 11 CONTENTS vi 2 3 24 25 DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 2 3 1 Traverse Module 2 3 1 Components 2 3 1 Probe and Traverse Housing Movement 2 3 2 Horizontal Optical Sensors 2 3 2 Vertical Optical Sensors 2 3 2 Cap Pierce Module 2 3 4 Components 2 3 4 Typical Operation 2 3 5 Starting the Cycle 2 3 5 Vent Pierce 2 3 6 Aspiration Pierce Typical 2 3 6 Bottom Sense Function 2 3 7 Bottom Sense Function Components 2 3 7 Aspiration Pierce Using Bottom Sensing 2 3 8 When Aspiration is Complete 2 3 8 Diluent Delivery System 2 3 9 Lytic Reagent Delivery System 2 3 10 Pneumatic System 2 3 11 Vacuum Supply 2 3 12 Probe Wipe 2 3 13 Count 2 3 14 Pressure Supply 2 3 14 Aperture Sensor System 2 3 15 Hemoglobin Photometer Assembly 2 3 15 Waste and Cleaner System 2 3 16 Waste System 2 3 16 Cleaner System 2 3 17 Pump Operation 2 3 17 Pump Components 2 3 18 Crossover Position from Output to Intake 2 3 18 Intake Position 2 3 19 Crossover Position from Intake to Output 2 3 19 Additional Points about the FMI Pumps 2 3 20 Output Position 2 3 20 POWER SUPPLY MODULE 2 4 1 Components 2 4 1 Module Differentiation 2 4 2 Power Harness and Connectors 2 4 2 Fuses 2 4 3 Appearance 2 4 3 Comparison 2 4 3 ANALYZER CARD 8 10 Analyzer 2 5 1 Analog Circuitry 2 5 1 WEC Processor Circuitry 2 5 1 RBC Processor Circuitry 2
56. 2 26 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer 8 2 28 maintenance schedule 5 1 1 part numbers 8 1 1 8 2 27 8 2 29 poor drainage troubleshooting 7 4 1 removing the electrical shield illustration 4 10 1 replacement 4 10 1 replacement procedure verification 4 10 5 replacement tools supplies needed 4 10 1 shield and mounting plate illustration 8 2 30 when to replace 4 10 1 See also RBC aperture bath assembly WBC aperture bath assembly ASF Thomas pump See pneumatic pump Aspirate cycle amount of lytic reagent dispensed 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 4 description 2 8 5 one of ten instrument cycles 2 8 1 primary aspirate table ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 8 1 primary aspirate table ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 8 1 table timing and activity Closed Vial mode ACeT diff 2 analyzer software version 1 00 2 8 16 table timing and activity Whole Blood mode ACeT 10 analyzer software version 1 04 2 8 8 table timing and activity Whole Blood mode ACeT 8 analyzer software version 1 03 2 8 6 table timing and activity Whole Blood mode ACeT 8 analyzer software version 1 04 2 8 8 PN 4237339F table timing and activity Whole Blood mode ACeT diff analyzer with Veterinary Option software version 1 04 or 1 05 2 8 14 table timing and activity Whole Blood mode ACeT diff analyzer software version 1 03 2 8 10 table timing and activity Whole Blood mode ACeT diff analyzer software version 1 04
57. 2 3 10 Lytic Reagent Delivery System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Components and Flow 2 3 11 2 3 11 Pneumatic System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Vacuum Components and Flow 2 3 12 2 3 12 Vacuum Chamber VCI System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Components and Flow 2 3 13 2 3 13 Pneumatic System in the AC T diff 2 Analyzer Pressure Components and Flow 2 3 14 2 iii CONTENTS 2 3 14 2 3 15 2 3 16 2 3 17 2 3 18 2 3 19 2 4 1 2 7 1 TABLES 2 1 1 2 4 1 2 4 2 2 5 1 2 5 2 2 6 1 2 7 1 2 7 2 2 7 3 2 7 4 2 7 5 2 7 6 2 7 7 2 7 8 2 8 1 2 8 2 2 8 3 2 8 4 2 8 5 2 8 6 2 8 7 2 8 8 Waste and Cleaner System in the diff 2 Analyzer Components and Flow 2 3 16 FMI Pump Components 2 3 18 Crossover from Output to Intake 2 3 18 Intake Position 2 3 19 Crossover from Intake to Output 2 3 19 Output Position 2 3 20 Power Supply Module Main Components 2 4 2 Display Assembly Components 2 7 1 ACeT Series Analyzers System Specifics 2 1 3 Switching Supply Specifications 2 4 1 Power Supply Module Comparison of Unique Features 2 4 3 Stepper Motors 8 10 Analyzer Associated Chips 2 5 4 Solenoids Controlled by Solenoid Driver Circuitry 8 10 Analyzer 2 5 5 Stepper Motor Function Summary 2 6 3 Touch Screen Specifications 2 7 2 Touch Screen Connections to Display Controller Driver Card 2 7 2 LCD Connector CNI 2 7 3 LCD Connector CN2 2 7 3 Display Controll
58. 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations ACeT diff Analyzer LV1 thru 20 J29 1 23 Em 8 5 7339051 X2 X6 X7 J10 E2 E3 E4 E5E6E7 E8 E9 E10 oojo 000 OOJO PN 4237339F 2 5 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Connectors Table A 2 3 Analyzer Card Connectors ACeT diff Analyzer See Figure A 2 2 Reference Designator Card DCN 6323022 Label Plug Location Description J2 J2 P2 Lower rear Parallel Printer rear panel interface 25 conductor J3 J3 P3 Center rear Serial out rear panel interface 9 conductor J4 J4 P4 Center rear Waste sensor rear panel interface BNC connector J5 J5 P5 Lower rear Power in from Power Supply module 9 conductor J6 J6 P6 Top center Cover interlock currently just jumpered 2 conductor J7 J7 P7 R Lower front Red aperture cable coaxial J8 J8 P8 W Lower front White aperture cable coaxial J9 J9 P9 Lower front Hgb lamp 4 conductor J10 J10 P10 Lower front Hgb sensor preamp coaxial J11 LV22 Unused Top rear Spare solenoid 22 dc motor 2 conductor J12 LV23 WM23 Top rear Solenoid 23 vacuum pump 2 conductor J13 13 WM13 Center rear Sensor 13 diluent reservoir thermistor sensor 3 conductor J14 J14 P14 Center front Traverse module flex connect cable 20 conductor J15 1 WM1 Top rear Dil
59. 2 analyzer also has a Cap Pierce mode Table 2 1 1 provides a quick reference to instrument specific information concerning each ACeT system Hardware The instrument has an onboard switching Power Supply module rated at 50 60 Hz with a voltage range of 90 to 264 Vac The electronics of the instrument are housed on one circuit card the Analyzer card although different models use different Analyzer cards The Analyzer cards for the 8 10 analyzers use through hole card technology The Analyzer cards for the ACeT diff and diff 2 analyzers use surface mount technology SMT Fluidic movement on the AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers is controlled by the Triple Syringe module using one motor to drive three different volume syringes and two peristaltic pumps Fluidic movement the diff 2 analyzer is controlled by FMI metering pumps or piston valve pumps Three external electrical connectors are provided one for the waste sensor one for a parallel Printer and one for ASTM host communication Software The instruments use 8 bit microprocessors as their main controllers Software is stored and runs directly from Flash Memory cards The AC T 8 10 analyzer has a 512 KB Flash Memory card while the ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers use a 1 MB Flash Memory card Both models use a 128 KB non volatile RAM chip to store persistent data such as the calibration factors and the user configuration settings The Analyzer card for
60. 25 mL drain RBC bath move probe into RBC bath Energize LV12 LV1 LV15 dispense 0 2 mL diluent from probe Energize LV7 LV11 Home syringe dispense 3 4 mL diluent to RBC bath drain VC1 fill diluent reservoir take two Hgb Sample readings 0 5 seconds apart PN 4237339F 39 78 39 81 46 2 46 23 48 06 48 3 48 33 48 84 52 84 54 46 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Table 2 8 5 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff Analyzer Software Version 1 03 Continued Activity De energize LV1 energize LV2 LV14 de energize LV12 LV15 energize LV8 Fill syringe with 3 6 mL drain WBC bath move probe up analyze CBC data Note The time needed to analyze data depends on the amount of data accumulated during data analysis and the histogram data A normal blood takes about 6 0 seconds but can vary from 4 0 to 8 0 seconds Because the time needed to analyze this data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV8 LV2 energize LV12 de energize LV7 energize LV15 LV1 Dispense diluent syringe to WBC bath drain VC1 perform histogram analysis flagging clog detection De energize LV12 LV15 LV1 energize LV11 LV7 fill diluent syringe with 1 8 mL fill diluent reservoir move probe to aspirate position show results to screen De energize LV11 LV7 LV14 energize LV8 LV2 increment cycle counter Energize LV3 L V5 for 200 0 ms aspirate 12 uL
61. 3 2 3 Printer Setup Procedure 3 2 3 Verification 3 2 4 Ithaca Series 90 Printer 3 2 5 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer 3 2 5 Printer Setup Procedure 3 2 5 Verification 3 2 6 VETERINARY SOFTWARE OPTION 3 3 1 Veterinary Software Installation 3 3 1 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES 4 1 1 41 42 4 3 4 4 GENERAL GUIDELINES 4 1 1 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 4 2 1 Purpose 4 2 1 Removing the 8 10 and diff Analyzers Top Cover and Rear Panel 4 2 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 2 1 Removal 8 10 and diff Analyzers 4 2 1 Installation AC T 8 10 and diff Analyzers 4 2 2 Opening the diff 2 Analyzers Front Door 4 2 3 Tools Supplies Needed 4 2 3 Procedure 4 2 3 Removing the diff 2 Analyzers Top and Rear Center Cover 4 2 4 Tools Supplies Needed 4 2 4 Removal diff 2 Analyzer 4 2 4 Installation AC T diff 2 Analyzer 4 2 5 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 3 1 Purpose 4 3 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 3 1 Removal 4 3 1 Installation 4 3 2 Verification 4 3 2 ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT 4 4 1 Purpose 4 4 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 4 1 Removal 4 4 1 Installation 4 4 4 Verification 4 4 4 PN 4237339F 4237339 4 5 4 6 4 8 4 9 CONTENTS DISPLAY ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLING ASSEMBLING 4 5 1 Purpose 4 5 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 5 1 Removal 4 5 1 Installation 4 5 3 Verificatio
62. 4 9 9 Installation Procedures 4 9 10 Horizontal Sensor Installation 4 9 10 Horizontal Motor Installation 4 9 10 Vertical Rack Installation 4 9 10 Traverse Interconnect Card Installation 4 9 10 Vertical Motor Installation 4 9 11 Traverse Housing Installation 4 9 11 Horizontal Drive Belt Installation 4 9 11 Probe Installation 4 9 11 Traverse Module Installation 4 9 13 Belt Tension Adjustment 4 9 14 Verification 4 9 14 PN 4237339F CONTENTS 4 4 10 APERTURE BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 4 10 1 Purpose 4 10 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 10 1 Removal 4 10 1 Installation 4 10 3 Verification 4 10 5 4 11 HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 4 11 1 Purpose 4 11 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 11 1 Removal 4 11 1 Installation 4 11 3 Verification 4 11 4 4 12 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT AC T diff AND AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 4 12 1 Purpose 4 12 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 12 1 Procedure 4 12 1 Verification 4 12 3 4 13 SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES ACeT diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS 4 13 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 13 1 Procedure 4 13 1 Verification 4 13 2 4 14 VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERATION IN PREDILUTE MODE 4 14 1 Purpose 4 14 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 14 1 Procedure 4 14 1 4 15 PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT 4 15 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 15 1 Procedure 4 15 1 Preparation for Shipment 4 15 3 Tools Supplies Needed 4 15 3 Procedure 4 15 3 4 16 APERTURE
63. 5 2 Plt Processor Circuitry 2 5 2 PN 4237339F CONTENTS Digital Circuitry 2 5 3 A D Converter Circuit 2 5 3 Serial and Parallel I O Port Circuits 2 5 3 Display Interface Circuit 2 5 4 Stepper Motor Driver Circuitry 2 5 4 Solenoid Driver Circuitry 2 5 4 Miscellaneous Support Circuitry 2 5 5 Pulse Circuit 2 5 5 Hgb Support Circuitry 2 5 6 Power On LED and Sensor Connector Circuits 2 5 6 26 ANALYZER CARDS AC T diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers 2 6 1 Power Supply Filtering and Distribution 2 6 1 CPU and Memory 2 6 2 Communication 2 6 2 Display 2 6 2 Solenoid Control 2 6 2 Stepper Motor Control 2 6 3 D A Conversion 2 6 3 Data Acquisition 2 6 3 Jumpers 2 6 4 2 7 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY 2 7 1 Main Components 2 7 1 Touch Screen 2 7 2 LCD 2 7 2 Display Controller Driver Card 2 7 3 Function 2 7 3 Differences Between the Old and New Versions of the Display Controller Driver Card 2 7 5 2 8 SOFTWARE STRUCTURE 2 8 1 Overview 2 8 1 Menu Trees 2 8 1 Instrument Cycles 2 8 1 Powerup Cycle 2 8 2 Aspirate Cycle 2 8 5 2 9 INSTRUMENT STATES 2 9 1 3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3 1 1 PART A INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION 3 1 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION 3 1 1 PN 4237339F vii CONTENTS viii 252 33 PART B UPGRADE AND OPTION INSTALLATION OPTIONAL PRINTERS 3 2 1 Epson TM 290P and TM 295P Slip Printers 3 2 1 Printer Setup Procedure 3 2 1 Verification 3 2 2 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer
64. 64 Energize LV4 Lyse Mix enable energize LV5 for two short intervals to create two mixing bubbles through the lyse port Note The stated time assumes an altitude setting at or near sea level Mix bubble rate is variable according to the altitude setting on the Date Time screen As altitude increases more pump action is required to create a mixing bubble therefore LV5 is held open for a longer time 2 8 16 PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Table 2 8 8 Closed Vial Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Software Version 1 00 and 2 00 Time Activity 19 94 De energize LV4 energize LV3 WBC bath mix select move probe down into RBC bath use LV5 to create three mixing bubbles through the lower WBC bath port Note The stated time assumes an altitude setting at or near sea level Mix bubble rate is variable according to the altitude setting on the Date Time screen As altitude increases more pump action is required to create a mixing bubble therefore LV5 is held open for a longer time 20 84 De energize LV3 dispense 550 uL from probe 100 uL WBC dilution 450 uL diluent from sample pump and 800 uL from diluent pump into RBC bath 22 18 Energize LV8 open path from waste port of probe wipe housing to VC1 move probe up for drying 24 47 De energize LV8 use LV5 to create 4 mixing bubbles to the bottom of the RBC bath 24 87 Energize LV2 High Vacuum enable for 0 5 seconds then ene
65. 8 2 28 8 2 16 Aperture Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate See Table 8 2 16 8 2 30 TABLES 8 1 1 Components 8 1 1 8 1 2 Fasteners Fittings and Miscellaneous Hardware 8 1 8 8 1 3 Optional Items and Supplies 8 1 14 8 2 1 Triple Syringe Module Components 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 1 8 2 1 8 2 2 Front Panel Components 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 2 8 2 3 8 2 3 Front Panel Components diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 3 8 2 5 8 2 4 Front Door Components See Figure 8 2 4 8 2 7 8 2 5 Right Side Compartment Reservoir Components ACeT 8 10 ACeT diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 5 8 2 9 4237339 8 CONTENTS 8 ii 8 2 6 8 2 7 8 2 8 8 2 9 8 2 10 8 2 11 8 2 12 8 2 13 8 2 14 8 2 15 8 2 16 Right Side Compartment Transducer Components 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 6 8 2 11 Right Side Compartment Reservoir and Reagent Pump Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 7 8 2 13 Right Side Compartment Vacuum Pump Components AC T diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 8 8 2 15 Rear View Showing Components See Figure 8 2 9 8 2 17 Traverse Module Components 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 10 8 2 19 Traverse Module Components ACT diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 11 8 2 21 Cap Pierce Module Components ACT diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 12 8 2 23
66. AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 2 3 22 PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 POWER SUPPLY MODULE 2 4 SUPPLY MODULE Components The Power Supply module a single module mounted on the rear of the analyzer Figure 2 4 1 provides power for the instrument The Power Supply modules used in the ACeT Series analyzers vary slightly and therefore require three separate part numbers The main component of the Power Supply module is a switching supply See Table 2 4 1 for the specifications Table 2 4 1 Switching Supply Specifications Category tem Specifications ac input 47 to 63 Hz single phase 90 to 264 Vac dc output 80 W continuous at 50 C 5 3 at 12 24 Vdc 5 at 3 15 Vdc 2 at 1 5 A 15 Vdc 2 at 1 5 Performance None required if load on 15 Vdc 0 5 A None required 2 second maximum at 120 Vac 5 of output voltage Ripple and noise 20 MHz 1 5 of output voltage p p max Regulation Output 1 20 to 100 load 1 Output 2 20 to 100 load 296 Output 3 20 to 100 load 296 Output 4 20 to 100 load 296 General Input protection Internal fuse Transients Surge Output protection Indefinite short circuit protection all outputs automatic recovery MEE Overload automatic recovery after fault removal Reliability 100 000 hours calculated 85 000 hours demonstrated 5 to 95 RH non condensing Maximum 150 pA normal conditions at 264 Vac 47 Hz PN 4237339F 24
67. FS optical liquid sensor ft feet ABBREVIATIONS 1 ABBREVIATIONS G g grams g dL grams per deciliter H Het hematocrit Hg mercury Hgb hemoglobin Hz hertz i d internal diameter IEEE Institute of Electrical Engineers in inches in Hg inches of mercury I O input output ISO International Organization for Standardization J J receptacle connector K K kilos kilohms KHz kilohertz KNF L l long L coil LCD liquid crystal display LED light emitting diode LTVAR long term variance LV solenoid MQ megohms M motor 2 ABBREVIATIONS mA milli amperes max maximum MB megabytes mean cell hemoglobin MCHC mean cell hemoglobin concentration MCV mean corpuscle volume MGND motor ground MHz megahertz mL milliliters mm millimeters nm nanometers 0 o d outside diameter OP output port P P plug connector PC printed circuit PCF pump correction factor PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International Association PCV probe closed vial PD persistent data Plt platelet count PM pump PN part number p p peak to peak ppm pages per minute PUP probe up position Q Q transistor QA quality assurance PN 4237339F R resistor RAM random access memory RAV red aperture voltage RBC red blood cell count RDW red cell distribution width RF
68. Installation procedure Optical Sensor Installation 1 Position the replacement optical sensor and secure it with two Phillips head screws Figure 4 17 5 Note If replacing the tube bottom seeking optical sensor the lower sensor make sure you also replace the washers These washers are needed as spacers and must be positioned between the sensor and the instrument panel not between the screw and the sensor see Figure 4 17 5 If the Cap Pierce module is already installed on the instrument a Connect the sensor to the wire harness in the right compartment Figure 4 17 5 e For the tube bottom seeking optical sensor connect P80 to J80 e For the door closed position optical sensor connect P98 to 198 b Ensure the instrument is working correctly Go to Verification If the Cap Pierce module is not installed in the instrument go to the Cap Pierce Module Installation procedure 4 17 7 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER 4 17 8 Cap Pierce Motor Installation 1 2 Fasten the replacement motor to its bracket with four screws Figure 4 17 2 Fasten the cap pierce motor bracket to the Cap Pierce module base bracket with four screws Figure 4 17 2 If the Cap Pierce module is already installed on the instrument connect the cap pierce door motor cable connector P25 to the inline connector J25 in the wire harness in the right
69. Po Poe PT 188 FD SH 13 5 5 M14 PDNH MI7 DDSF M21 DOPN M15 LDSP M16 PJDN M20 DCHC rne ate OFF ccu 2 7339115E Table 7 1 4 Motors Function Action and Description ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Motor Function Motor Action Description ASF Aspirate syringe fill Moves aspirate syringe down 0 25 mL M1 DSDWS Diluent syringe discharge with Moves syringe 30 3 mL stops on sensor sensor M2 DSF Diluent syringe fill Moves diluent syringe down 0 60 mL M3 DSDNS Diluent syringe discharge no Moves diluent syringe up 20 0 mL does not stop on sensor sensor M4 LSF Lytic reagent syringe fill Moves lytic reagent syringe down 0 1 mL M5 LSD Lytic reagent syringe dispense Moves lytic reagent syringe up 0 1 mL M6 PA Probe aspirate Moves probe left to aspirate position M7 PWB Probe WBC Moves probe right to WBC position M8 PRB Probe RBC Moves probe left to RBC position M9 PU Probe up Moves probe up to top position M10 PD Probe down Moves probe down to bottom position M11 PT Probe thief Moves probe down to thief position probe height used in WBC bath to aspirate RBC dilution M12 DRN Drain Moves PM1 clockwise 2 5 turns drains RBC bath M13 DRF Diluent reservoir fill Moves PM clockwise fills diluent reservoir to sensor or 4 6 turns whichever occurs first M14 DO Diluent overfill Rotates PM
70. Ranges diff Analyzer 7 2 5 Allowable Voltage Ranges AC T diff 2 Analyzer 7 2 5 Specific 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzer Problems Solutions 7 4 1 Components 8 1 1 Fasteners Fittings and Miscellaneous Hardware 8 1 8 Optional Items and Supplies 8 1 14 PN 4237339F 4237339 8 2 1 8 2 2 8 2 3 8 2 4 8 2 5 8 2 6 8 2 7 8 2 8 8 2 9 8 2 10 8 2 11 8 2 12 8 2 13 8 2 14 8 2 15 8 2 16 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 A 1 6 A 1 7 A 2 1 A 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 A 2 10 A 2 11 A 2 12 A 2 13 CONTENTS Triple Syringe Module Components 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 1 8 2 1 Front Panel Components 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 2 8 2 3 Front Panel Components AC T diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 3 8 2 5 Front Door Components See Figure 8 2 4 8 2 7 Right Side Compartment Reservoir Components 8 10 and ACT diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 5 8 2 9 Right Side Compartment Transducer Components 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 6 8 2 11 Right Side Compartment Reservoir and Reagent Pump Components ACT diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 7 8 2 13 Right Side Compartment Vacuum Pump Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 8 8 2 15 Rear View Showing Components See Figure 8 2 9 8 2 17 Traverse Module Components 8 10 and
71. Sample Details screen can cause inaccurate patient diagnosis The Sample Results screen and printout suppresses results when a problem is detected during data accumulation Results suppressed on the Sample Results screen and printout are presented on the Sample Details screen as an aid in troubleshooting problems and are not for patient diagnosis The Sample Details screen is a diagnostic screen for troubleshooting clog detection and Hgb incomplete problems Figure 7 1 8 The Sample Results screen suppresses results for both of these conditions The Sample Details screen Displays parameter data that is suppressed on the Sample Results screen Displays Hgb Voltage readings from which the Hgb result is determined Displays the clog detection criteria parameters Failure of some tests results in the display of only an asterisk flag while a clog determination suppresses results Displays pass fail criteria in the form of 0 0 for results that pass and 1 0 for results that fail This applies to most criteria except AVR and WPWV AVG RM LTVAR Allows the editing of two running mean RM parameters WPWV RM and AVR RM This is useful when it takes many samples yielding no results to alter an RM value that is too far from nominal Gives the option of printing the data that is displayed on the screen 7 1 8 PN 4237339F TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7 When considering clog detection analysis it is important to remember
72. Sample Results screen and printout are presented on the Sample Details screen as an aid in troubleshooting problems and are not for patient diagnosis 73242 PN 4237339F TROUBLESHOOTING v DIAGNOSTICS MENU Figure 7 1 9 Sample Details Screen Example ACeT diff Analyzer TER WBC Mx xloguL Blanki xi up Blank g dL sample i Sample2 ik Plt BRAHE xl SuL RBC Ratia ov votent WBC Retio CY Maos REC Ratia Mean WBC Woteout RAM CV WBC Measured AAK RBC Measured WBC Target XXX RBC Target 12 2 AYR Measured MAMM 3 AVR Target XXXX 73390550 When clog is detected sample results are suppressed the Sample Results screen Instead of the measured value Xs XXXXX are displayed printed and transmitted To troubleshoot a clog detection or a problem generating a clog detect it is useful to have the measured value of the parameter or parameters that were suppressed This information is reported on the Sample Details screen for WBC RBC Hgb MCV and Plt Hgb Readings Hgb measurements are obtained by measuring the amount of 525 nm light transmitted through a sample and comparing that result to the amount of 525 nm light transmitted through a blank solution To ensure the integrity of the readings the instrument takes two Hgb blank readings and two sample readings are taken These four readings are displayed on the Sample Details scr
73. Since the probes flag has not interrupted the bottom optical sensor the probe continues its downward movement The probe e continues to push on the bottom of the tube against the spring pressure and forces the platform down The tube bottom seeking roll pin flag Middle vertical niti H optical sensor Bottom vertical optical sensor compressed 2 3 8 attached to the platform also moves down This downward movement continues until the flag interrupts the tube bottom seeking optical sensor H Tube bottom lower sensor inside the cap pierce housing This seeking flag interruption signals the system to stop probe inside the tube movement Aspiration then occurs with the probe bottom seeking pressed against the bottom of the specimen tube 2 sensor m Sii M This is possible because the aspiration port is on pring the front not the bottom of the probe Aspirating from the bottom of the tube means a very small specimen volume is required for proper aspiration from these tubes 7339139E ATTENTION Spring tension is critical to the bottom sense function of cap pierce operation It must not be altered Enough pressure must be exerted to pierce all common caps and materials without falsely sensing the bottom yet not so much pressure that the specimen tube and or
74. T diff 2 analyzer also provides a field for entering the pump correction factor for the sample pump the PCF Gain field To determine the pump calibration factor see Heading 4 19 PUMP CORRECTION FACTOR PCF DETERMINATION The Latex Calibration screen also displays the following icons at its bottom Anumeric entry keypad for entering values A Continue icon to perform a Latex Gain Adjustment procedure Save and Exit icon to save gains that were manually entered e Exit or Return icon to exit the latex calibration function 4237339F 7 1 23 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7 1 24 Cycle Counter The instrument s cycle counter is incremented during each aspirate cycle whether Whole Blood Predilute Control or Reproducibility mode On the AC T 8 10 analyzer the cycle counter icon appears on the Time Date Setup screen On the ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers the cycle counter icon appears on the Startup screen The Startup screen is a more practical location for customer use but requires running the Startup cycle to get the cycle count For service use the cycle counter icon appears on the Diagnostics menu on the ACeT diff analyzer Software Version 1 04 and later and on the ACeT diff 2 analyzer Prepare to Ship This function is used to prepare an instrument for shipment or for long term shutdown There are four stages to preparing an instrument for shipment By the end of the procedure the instrument ha
75. T diff Analyzers Software Versions 2 8 3 Powerup Cycle diff 2 Analyzer 2 8 4 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle 8 Analyzer Software Version 1 03 2 8 6 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle 8 and AC T 10 Analyzers Software Version 1 04 and 2 00 2 8 8 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle AC T diff Analyzer Software Version 1 03 2 8 10 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle AC T diff Analyzer Software Versions 1 04 1 05 1 06 and 2 00 2 8 12 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff Analyzer with Veterinary Option Software Versions 1 04 1 05 1 06 and 2 00 2 8 14 Closed Vial Aspirate Cycle diff 2 Analyzer Software Version 1 00 and 2 00 2 8 16 ACeT Analyzer Installation Documents 3 1 1 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Available Printer Information Tests 3 2 4 Latex Adjustment Criteria 4 12 2 Target Acceptance Criteria 4 13 1 Recommended Maintenance Schedule 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers 5 1 1 Recommended Maintenance Schedule AC T diff 2 Analyzers 5 1 1 Solenoid Drivers and Related Components 7 1 7 RBC Clog Test Results 7 1 17 WBC Clog Test Results 7 1 17 Motors Function Action and Description 8 10 and diff Analyzers 7 1 18 Motors Function Action and Description AC T diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 19 Warning Non Fatal Error Messages Icons 7 2 1 Fatal Error Messages Numbers 7 2 2 Allowable Voltage Ranges 8 10 Analyzer 7 2 5 Allowable Voltage
76. Veterinary Option for Software Version 1 04 1 05 1 06 or 2 00 see Table 2 8 7 See Table 2 8 8 Pct and PDW are not FDA approved parameters therefore these parameter labels and results are not routinely displayed in the United States The PDW result however is used as an internal check in the platelet algorithm PN 4237339F 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SYSTEM OVERVIEW 2 1 4 PN 4237339F 2 2 PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS DILUTER SYSTEM ACeT 8 10 AND ACeT diff ANALYZERS The 8 10 and diff analyzers use different Analyzer cards and software but the same diluter This diluter uses two peristaltic pumps and three syringes to move liquids Location diagrams for the fluidic components identified in the following descriptions are under Heading A 4 AC T 8 10 and AC T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Traverse Module The Traverse module acts as a transport system for the probe Two stepper motors provide the power that allows the Traverse module to move the probe either vertically or horizontally as needed Two dual channel opto sensors control the positioning of the probe so that it is properly aligned as needed at the aspiration station the WBC bath or the RBC bath Components The Traverse module Figure 2 2 1 consists of e The probe The traverse housing The probe wipe housing e Two stepper motors
77. adjust lyse diluent timing This timing will not vary unless it is deliberately changed in a different version of the software Note For details about how an FMI pump operates and other considerations see FMI Pump Operation at the end of this section PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Figure 2 3 10 Lytic Reagent Delivery System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Components and Flow Lytic reagent Lyse pump WBC 100 uL bath Pneumatic pump An optical liquid sensor FS2 in the lytic reagent line monitors the lytic reagent supply as it enters the instrument Lytic reagent in the sensor transmits light but air in the sensor prevents light transmission This sensor is monitored throughout the entire lytic reagent delivery so that any air gaps present in the sensor trigger a lytic reagent low warning A software filter is applied to the data received from this sensor to ensure that microbubbles inconsequential in their affect on the lytic reagent delivery volume do not trigger the warning 7339062 Pneumatic System The ACeT diff 2 analyzer uses either a 24 Vdc ASF Thomas brush type diaphragm vacuum pump or a KNF dual head vacuum pressure pump Both pumps satisfy three pneumatic supply requirements Raw vacuum from the vacuum pump is used unregulated as a high vacuum source for the probe wipe function e Raw high vacuum from the pump is regulated to 6 in Hg for counting
78. analyzers 6232777 8 2 5 14 Valve small Bio Chem solenoid pinch 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6232867 8 2 6 13 Valve solenoid Angar fluidic 2 way AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6232780 8 2 14 21 Valve solenoid Angar fluidic 3 way 6232779 8 2 6 18 Valve solenoid bank of four pneumatic 3 way AC T diff 2 analyzer 6232930 8 2 8 11 Valve solenoid fluidic 2 way diff 2 analyzer 6232933 8 2 7 4 Valve solenoid fluidic way AC T diff 2 analyzer 6232931 8 2 7 2 Valve solenoid pinch 3 way AC T diff 2 analyzer 6232870 8 2 7 5 Valve solenoid pneumatic 3 way diff 2 analyzer 6232929 8 2 8 9 Valve solenoid Pneutronics module with manifold ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 6232776 8 2 5 12 Valve solenoid Takasago fluidic 2 way diff 2 analyzer 6232932 8 2 15 17 Wear strip stainless steel traverse guide AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 1023611 8 2 10 2 PN 4237339F 8 PARTS LISTS MASTER PARTS LIST Table 8 1 2 Fasteners Fittings and Miscellaneous Hardware Description Part Number Figure Item Base pneumatic pump KNF dual head 6807604 8 2 8 22 Bracket ASF Thomas vacuum pump 1023939 8 2 8 13 8 213 9 Bracket aspirate switch 6805332 8 2 13 6 Bracket cap pierce door motor AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024495 8 2 12 6 Bracket diluent reservoir fill pump 1024549 8 2 7 14 Bracket KNF dual head pump 6807690 8 2 8 24 8 2 13 13 Bracket
79. and two Hgb sample readings when determining the Hgb result Blank1 Blank2 Samplel and Sample2 When troubleshooting Hgb problems on the 8 10 analyzer especially Hgb incomplete results it is necessary to know what the Hgb blank and sample readings were These four readings are in the Sample Details report When using these readings consider the following e Hgb Blank2 is taken on the blank diluent in the bath when the aspirate switch is pressed to initiate a cycle e HgbBlankl is taken on the rinse after the sample is drained from the WBC bath Hgb Samplel is taken 1 second before the WBC sample is drained from the WBC bath HgbSample2 is taken 1 2 second before the WBC sample is drained from the WBC bath See Tables 2 8 3 through 2 8 8 for the times the readings are taken Sample Details Screen ACeT diff and ACT diff 2 Analyzers With the addition of editors to the Analyzer card a different scheme is used for clog detection that is very similar to the scheme used in the MD II analyzer Figure 7 1 9 shows the Sample Details screen This screen displays data from the last sample control or Startup cycle that can be used to troubleshoot clog detect and instrument problems Sample Results IMPORTANT Reporting results from the Sample Details screen can cause inaccurate patient diagnosis The Sample Results screen and printout suppresses results when a problem is detected during data accumulation Results suppressed on the
80. are again blocked by the piston The pump now contains its designated volume of reagent The pump is now halfway through its rotation 2 9 19 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 2 3 20 Figure 2 3 19 Output Position Additional Points about the FMI Pumps LY ue 7339072E Output Position Refer to Figure 2 3 19 As the counterclockwise rotation of the piston continues the direction the piston 1 travels is reversed The piston now moves away from the motor towards the port end of the pump housing Moving the piston unblocks the output port 2 As the piston moves towards the port end of the pump housing the pumps internal volume 3 decreases and fluid is pushed out the open output port Continued movement returns the pump to the Crossover Position from Output to Intake where the top of the piston 1 is flush with the port end of the pump housing and the flattened portion of the piston faces outward Each pump has a home sensor that can be used to start from a known position or as a counting mechanism to count the number of revolutions The angle of the piston determines the pump flow rate or volume per revolution An angle adjustment is set by FMI for the ACeT diff 2 analyzer and must not be altered the field The pumps are mounted with shock mounts to dampen vibration resonance created by operating the pumps at high speed If the resonance is not dampened it
81. are generated on the Red and White Editor hybrid circuits U65 and U73 respectively CPU and Memory The main logic component on the Analyzer card is an Intel 80C188EC embedded type microprocessor U116 U116 is capable of addressing 1 MB of memory and is operated at 16 MHz diluter control timing chip select signals and computations are performed by the CPU The full memory address capability of U116 is used Chips U111 and U112 are 256 KB of static RAM and are used for temporary storage Another 128 KB of non volatile battery backed static RAM 17109 are used to hold user setup information and stored patient and control results A 1 MB Flash Memory card stores the program Only 640 MB of the 1 MB are used since that is all that the microprocessor can address Communication Communication to Printer and host computer is provided by U3 a TL16C451 device This is an industry standard device used on many computer motherboards It provides both the parallel Centronics Printer ouput via a female DB25 connector RS 232 serial output using a male DB9 connector The serial output is capable of baud rates up to 19 200 KB Internal buffering and external resistors provide some ESD protection from the peripherals connected to these ports Display The control of the touch screen and LCD is handled by chip U60 a 74ABT16543 device U60 is a bidirectional byte wide data port and byte wide control port One bit in the control map
82. assembly for cell count and size e photometer for Hgb measurement The vacuum chamber VC1 sweep flow tubing spool Two fluidic solenoid valves opening the vacuum pathway to each bath These components are mounted on a plate that is electrically isolated from the chassis and is enclosed with a shield attached to it A single ground connection between this assembly and the preamp shield on the Analyzer card eliminates undesirable ground loops 22 8 4237339 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM A amp T 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS The aperture and bath are one piece The assembly clips without fasteners onto a bath support The electrical connection to the bath assembly is via one coaxial cable plugged directly into the preamp on the Analyzer card The internal wire is attached to the internal rear chamber electrode and the coaxial shield is connected to the external bath electrode Since most of the assembly is enclosed within the isolated shield plate assembly there is little need to shield both electrode wires individually although a portion of the coaxial cable inside the instruments chassis is not shielded from noise coming from within the chassis Note Two versions of the aperture bath assembly are currently in use The newer version has an extra tubing port at the top of the bath that is not used by the 8 10 or AC T diff analyzer but is used by the ACeT diff 2 analyzer If this b
83. bath with vacuum dry dispense 0 695 mL diluent from diluent syringe to bottom of RBC bath De energize LV8 LV2 LV7 energize LV9 de energize LV11 energize LV3 Dispense 415 0 uL lytic reagent to WBC bath while dispensing 100 0 uL sample 2 075 mL diluent to RBC bath mix with 3 bubbles through bottom port fill diluent reservoir De energize LV3 De energize LV9 LV12 Energize LV4 mix WBC through lytic reagent port with 4 bursts from LV5 De energize LV4 send two bursts of air for mixing to RBC bath Energize LV16 LV17 move probe up begin acquiring count data Note The time for acquiring count data depends on the number of extended counts When data is insufficient sensing is extended up to eight additional 3 0 second counts in an attempt to acquire sufficient data Because the time for acquiring data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV17 LV16 fill diluent syringe with 3 25 mL drain RBC bath move probe into RBC bath Energize LV12 LV1 LV15 dispense 0 2 mL diluent from probe PN 4237339F 42 93 42 95 4515 4518 50 74 50 76 53 2 53 29 55 51 55 53 57 98 58 01 59 04 59 38 60 11 64 11 65 73 PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Table 2 8 4 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT 8 and 10 Analyzers Software Version 1 04 and 2 00 Continued Activity Energize LV7 LV11 Home syringe dispensing 3 3 mL diluent to R
84. because there is no optimal path through the center axis of the aperture Pulses no longer fall on the left end of the curve and the drop on the right side of the peak is more gradual as pulses are added The average and possibly the peak move slowly to the right The 26 percentile also moves to the right since more pulses were being plotted on the right end of the curve The 26 percentile is more sensitive to a change in wider pulse widths which is what a clog produces than the 50 percentile or a 74 percentile Factors Affecting Pulse Widths With the knowledge of how the pulse width parameters are derived it is easier to understand what can affect pulse width A partial clog affects pulse width in two ways gt Since the aperture is effectively smaller with the same vacuum applied less dilution travels through the aperture Though the speed at the aperture center does not decrease cells entering the sensing zone take more time before they actually travel through the aperture This extra time entering and exiting the aperture creates a wider pulse width Inaddition flow patterns are disrupted and chaotic This results in angular paths rather than the fast straight path down the axis of the aperture also resulting in wider pulse widths Achangein the vacuum is the most direct factor that can change pulse width since the flow through the aperture is accomplished by vacuum Decreased vacuum slows the flow through the aperture an
85. below the particle size Select Continue icon An icon is displayed indicating that the instrument is ready to aspirate the latex particles Aspirate the latex particles a Present the latex particles to the aspirate probe b Press the aspirate switch as you would to run a sample When the cycle is complete note the values reported for WMCV and Values for acceptable apertures WMCV gt 165 and gt 160 Return to the Latex Gain screen Enter and Save the original gain values for WBC RBC and Plt If an aperture did not meet the criteria in step 8 a Replace the aperture Heading 4 10 APERTURE BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT b Repeat this procedure to ensure the new aperture is not too large 4 16 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES APERTURE VERIFICATION AC T diff Veterinary Option ANALYZER 11 Ifyou have not adjusted the gains for the apertures currently installed go to Heading 4 12 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT ACeT diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS Note If the gains were set using diff analyzer software it is not necessary to make further adjustments to use ACeT diff Veterinary Option analyzer software The higher gains needed for the various animal species are accomplished by the software based on the gains set in the LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT ACeT diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS procedure for normal laboratory use 4 16 2 PN 4237339F 4 17 4237339 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDUR
86. but diluent supplied by the diluent syringe is not required Also supplies diluent through the sweep flow line behind the RBC aperture RSD A 4 2 16 Aspiration syringe 250 pL Syringe is capable of aspirating different volumes depending on the mode of operation 12 uL of whole blood is aspirated when using the Whole Blood mode of operation 20 uL of whole blood is aspirated when using the Predilute mode of operation May also be referred to as the sample or aspirate syringe SAMPLE SRNG A 4 2 17 Diluent syringe 5 mL Syringe is capable of dispensing different volumes as required in the cycle for prefilling the baths and then providing the proper volume of diluent for making the final WBC and RBC dilutions The diluent syringe also provides the diluent needed for rinsing the WBC and RBC baths DILUENT SRNG A 4 2 18 Syringe module Module used to control fluidic movement From right to left consists of a 250 uL sample syringe a 5 mL diluent syringe and 1 mL lytic reagent syringe One motor simultaneously drives all three volume syringes May also be referred to as the Triple Syringe module A 4 2 19 Lytic reagent syringe 1 mL Delivers lytic reagent to the WBC bath to lyse RBCs and react with the hemoglobin Syringe is capable of delivering different volumes of lytic reagent depending on the cycle Dispenses 415 uL during a Whole Blood mode cycle Dispenses 313 uL
87. card Locate J66 on the Display Controller Driver card Figure 4 5 2 J66 the reagent card flex cable connector is a small white assembly made up of two parts The base of the connector plugs into pins on the Display Controller Driver card The upper part clips onto the base and slides out about 3 mm 0 01 in Slide the upper part of J66 away from the base leaving the base installed on the Display Controller Driver card This is the position J66 must be in to accept the flex cable from the reagent management card reader Once the shield is in place it is difficult to slide this portion up On an 8 10 or diff analyzer connect the power on LED connector P64 to J64 on the Display Controller Driver card Figure 4 5 2 Attach the four screws installing the shield to the Display assembly Do not tighten the screws 4 5 3 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES DISPLAY ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLING ASSEMBLING 4 5 4 10 11 12 13 Install the entire Display assembly on the front door a Position the Display assembly on the door ensuring that the wiring for the power on LED is not trapped under the shield and is routed around the upper right corner of the Display assembly b Loosely reinstall the two lower screws Reinstall the two upper screws ao From the front of the instrument center the display and tighten the two upper screws Note If necessary you can center the Display assembly more when y
88. come along Good pulses are those that are processed and accepted as good by the editor Total pulses are the total pulses counted by the counter circuit not the total pulses processed by the editor A ratio value is determined for each one second count period When sample data accumulation is complete there are 12 ratio values for WBC and RBC The CV of these values is calculated and used for clog detection The idea behind this criteria is based on consistency The ratio of good pulses may vary for a particular sample because of cell size shape elasticity or concentration It may even vary with the concentration of other cells 4237339F 7 1 15 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU 71 16 or interfering particles or substances Once a sample dilution is made however whatever the ratio is it should be consistent through the 12 count periods This test fails if the Ratio CV is outside the following limits WEC Ratio CV lt 8 0 RBC Ratio CV lt 7 5 RBC Ratio Mean The 12 RBC Ratio values are averaged If this average is lt 0 2 this clog test fails WBC RBC Voteout When there is a single aperture count voteout WBC or RBC the count from that aperture is compared to the average count of the other two apertures If this count is gt 7 0 higher than the average of the other two apertures the voteout test fails RAV CV An RBC Aperture Voltage RAV reading is taken for each one second count period The CV is calcul
89. compartment Figure 4 17 2 If the front door safety latch and the Cap Pierce module are both installed ensure the instrument is working correctly Go to Verification If the front door safety latch is not installed go to the Front Door Safety Latch Installation procedure If the front door safety latch is installed but the Cap Pierce module is not go to the Cap Pierce Module Installation procedure Front Door Safety Latch Installation 1 2 Slide the cam bracket onto the end of the cap pierce door shaft In the right side compartment fasten the latch mounting bracket to the front panel with two screws Tighten the setscrew that fastens the cam bracket to the cap pierce door shaft If the Cap Pierce module is installed ensure the instrument is working correctly Go to Verification If the Cap Pierce module is not installed go to the Cap Pierce Module Installation procedure Cap Pierce Module Installation 1 Fasten the base bracket to the instrument front panel with the bottom two screws Do not fully tighten screws at this time Figure 4 17 1 Hold the finger guard in place and fasten the finger guard and the base bracket to the instrument front panel with four screws two at the center of the bracket and two at the top Snug but do not fully tighten the screws at this time If you are replacing the entire Cap Pierce module in the right compartment a Fasten the front door safety latch mounting bracket to t
90. cord for the power supply Standard Centronics data cable Ribbon ink cassette 2 Locate the DIP switch SW1 on the bottom of the Printer as shown in Figure 3 2 1 Ensure switch positions 2 3 and 4 are ON and the rest are OFE See Table C 1 3 and Table C 1 4 for the complete DIP switch settings including those for international character sets Figure 3 2 1 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer DIP Switch SW1 Location 7303003A PN 4237339F 3 2 1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES OPTIONAL PRINTERS CAUTION Risk of damage to equipment Turning the instrument s power ON before connecting the Printer to the instrument could damage the instrument Ensure the instrument s power is OFF before connecting the Printer 3 Ensure the instruments power is off 4 Connect the Printer as shown in Figure 3 2 2 connecting the Printers power line cord last Figure 3 2 2 Connecting Optional Printers AC eT TICKET OPTIONAL LINE CORD TO POWER SOURCE 7339056C Verification 1 Perform a Printer self test a Ensure the instruments power is on and the Printers power line cord is plugged in b Press the RELEASE key on the Printer Figure 3 2 3 Insert a ticket in the Printer Unplug the Printers power line cord e Press and hold down the FORWARD key Figure 3 2 3 While holding the FORWARD key plug in the Printers power line cord to initiate the self test f Press the RES
91. could affect operation The pump used for aspiration is not interchangeable with the pumps used to dispense reagents The sample pump is not linear in its operation The sample pump only rotates partially for aspiration There is no intake during half of the sample pumps rotation Fluid movement in or out of the sample pump resembles a sine wave Although one revolution of the sample pump is 50 pL only 18 pL of sample is aspirated and of that only 12 pL is dispensed An accurate home position is critical to ensure the accuracy of these volumes To obtain the required precision a more precise stepper motor and optical home sensor are used PN 4237339F 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS IMPORTANT Risk of instrument malfunction FMI pumps can dry out If salt crystallizes within the tight seal between the ceramic piston and the liner it will seize the assembly which will inhibit reagent delivery Do not let the an FMI pump dry out with saline diluent inside its housing e If there is a possibility that the pumps could dry out run distilled water through the pumps as directed in Heading 4 15 PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT e does dry out apply warm or hot water to its ports to dissolve the salt as directed in Heading 4 20 FMI PUMP DECRYSTALLIZATION 2 3 21 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM
92. current cycle is complete a new cycle does not begin The AC T diff 2 analyzer sets at rest with the specimen tube inside the Cap Pierce module until the cap pierce door is opened and closed again This design ensures the current specimen tube is not pierced and cycled again if the operator inadvertently closes the cap pierce door before removing the specimen tube Additionally this design ensures the analyzer does not cycle repeatedly if the cap pierce door becomes stuck in its closed position Diluent Delivery System The AC T diff 2 analyzer diluent delivery system uses the same on board diluent reservoir as the ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers This diluent reservoir contains two sensors a float level sensor to verify and control the diluent supply in the reservoir and a temperature thermistor sensor to provide a reagent temperature reading for the instrument See Figure 2 3 9 for a schematic diagram of the diluent system Figure 2 3 9 Diluent Delivery System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Components and Flow Reservoir fill 1 Sweep flow 1 2 3 Diluent reservoir LV13 NS 1 Diluent ae 100 uL Q RBC RBC WBC aperture b bath 2 3 ATTN 1 7339061F PN 4237339F 2 3 9 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 2 3 10 24 Vdc brush type motor driven diaphragm liquid pump is used to fill the reservoir from the reagent supply Solenoid valve 13 is
93. d to 0 125 i d 6232246 8 2 5 15 8 2 6 21 8 2 8 3 Fitting union polypropylene 0 125 i d to 0 125 i d 6232198 Fitting Y 0 085 i d to 0 172 o d 1018245 Fitting Y 0 093 i d to 0 093 i d 6232259 8 2 6 3 8 2 8 10 Flange Bio Chem pinch valve mount ACeT 8 10 AC T diff analyzers 6232940 8 2 6 12 Flange mounting for valves 6232870 and 6232869 6232905 8 2 7 24 Foot plastic with fastener 2851898 Fuse holder Power Supply module 9921373 8 2 9 13 Gasket display cover seal 1023435 8 2 4 2 Grommet panel tubing throughway 0 250 i d x 0 562 o d x 0 250 thick 2830013 8 2 6 15 ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers Grommet 0 375 i d x 0 625 o d x 0 250 thick panel tubing throughway 2830014 8 2 6 10 8 2 14 25 Grommet 0 500 i d x0 813 o d x 0 281 thick panel tubing throughway 2830016 8 2 6 9 8 2 15 18 Grommet 0 562 i d x 0 875 o d x 0 218 thick rubber used in KNF dual head pump 2830017 8 2 8 25 bracket 8 2 13 14 Hinge front cover mount 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6805138 8 2 4 10 Hinge front cover mount AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806604 8 2 4 10 Latch catch front door 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 2052272 8 2 4 7 for latch keeper PN 2852271 Latch keeper bracket front door used on original AC T diff 2 analyzers for latch keeper 1024624 8 2 8 10 PN 2852413 Latch keeper front door 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers for latch catch 2852272 2852271 8 2 2 1
94. determines the direction of data flow The data lines pass through RN7 a resistor network of 330 Ohm resistors This provides ESD protection and matches impedance for the long ribbon cable used Solenoid Control Solenoid and dc motor control is provided using two 82C55 I O expanders chips 099 17100 Up to twenty two dc drivers are selected using U99 and U100 Other lines on U100 are used to control data acquisition and system modes of operation U99 is also used to monitor system and reagent status L603C drivers U102 U103 and U104 drive solenoids and small dc motors while RF1K49156 drivers U124 U125 U54 on the Analyzer card for the diff 2 analyzer drive larger dc motors requiring higher current On the Analyzer card for the diff analyzer U102 drives solenoids 1 through 8 U103 drives solenoids 9 through 16 and U104 drives solenoids 17 through 20 U124 drives connector J12 LV23 and provides power to the vacuum pump U125 drives connector 1 22 which is currently a spare The Analyzer card for the ACeT diff 2 analyzer uses the same components to drive solenoids but it must drive five dc motors instead of one creating a greater requirement for high current drivers Connector J36 LV6 uses higher current driver chip U54 instead of the lower current solenoid driver U102 The unused solenoid output on U102 formerly used by J36 LV6 is tied to J31 LV1 doubling the power capability of J31 LV1 A s
95. diff 2 Analyzer A 5 6 Components Inside the Pneumatic Pump Compartment of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer A 5 11 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an diff 2 Analyzer A 5 13 Warning Non Fatal Error Messages Icons B 1 1 Fatal Error Messages Numbers B 1 1 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Specifications C 1 1 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Function of Controls and Indicators C 1 2 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer DIP Switch Settings for SW C 1 2 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer International Character Sets DIP Switch Settings for SW1 2 through SW1 4 1 2 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Specifications C 2 1 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Function Status of Controls and Indicators C 2 2 14 LED Printer Specifications C 3 1 Approved Menu Settings Printed Using the Front Panel C 3 2 Approved Menu Settings Printed from the Installation Software Print Menu C 3 3 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer Operator Panel Lights Reference C 3 4 PN 4237339F CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 1 11 MANUAL DESCRIPTION 1 1 1 Scope 1 1 1 Notification of Updates 1 1 3 Intended Audience 1 1 4 Organization 1 1 4 Numbering Format 1 1 5 Special Headings 1 1 5 WARNING 1 1 5 CAUTION 1 1 5 IMPORTANT 1 1 5 ATTENTION 1 1 6 Note 1 1 6 Conventions 1 1 6 12 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1 2 1 Electronic 1 2 1 Biological 1 2 1 Troubleshooting 1 2 1 ILLUSTRATIONS 1 2 1 Warning and Information Labels 1 2
96. diff Veterinary Option ANALYZER PN 4237339F Purpose You must do this procedure on any instrument to be used with the ACT diff Veterinary Option analyzer software to verify the apertures are not too large Because animal samples require very high gain settings and larger apertures also require high gains settings it is possible to have an aperture requiring a gain beyond the capabilities of the instrument Note This verification is not required if the instrument is used only with standard diff analyzer software This is only a verification procedure not an adjustment procedure To adjust the gains go to Heading 4 12 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT ACeT diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS Tools Supplies Needed C Latex particles PN 6857371 Procedure 1 10 Select Main icon gt gt Diagnostics icon Latex Calibration icon A screen displays a default particle size and the current gain settings for the WBC RBC and Plt amplifiers Record the current settings for WBC RBC and Plt gains Enter gain values of 250 for both WBC and RBC Press the File Folder icon to save these values You are then returned to the Diagnostics menu Select Main icon gt gt Diagnostics icon gt gt Latex Calibration icon Ensure that the Latex particle size is the same as the particle size you will use If it is not set it to the correct size Note The Save icon is not needed The Save icon is used for the manual entry of the gain values
97. diff Veterinary Option ANALYZER 4 16 1 Purpose 4 16 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 16 1 Procedure 4 16 1 CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER 4 17 1 Purpose 4 17 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 17 1 Preliminary Steps 4 17 1 Disassembly and Removal Procedures 4 17 1 Cap Pierce Module Removal 4 17 1 Cap Pierce Motor Removal 4 17 3 Front Door Safety Latch Removal 4 17 4 Cap Pierce Door Disassembly 4 17 5 Optical Sensor Removal 4 17 6 Reassembly and Installation Procedures 4 17 7 Cap Pierce Door Reassembly 4 17 7 Optical Sensor Installation 4 17 7 Cap Pierce Motor Installation 4 17 8 Front Door Safety Latch Installation 4 17 8 Cap Pierce Module Installation 4 17 8 Verification 4 17 9 CAP PIERCE PROBE TUBE ALIGNMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER 4 18 1 Purpose 4 18 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 18 1 Front to Back Alignment 4 18 1 Side to Side Alignment 4 18 1 Verification 4 18 2 PUMP CORRECTION FACTOR PCF DETERMINATION 4 19 1 Purpose 4 19 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 19 1 Procedure 4 19 1 Verification 4 19 2 FMI PUMP DECRYSTALLIZATION 4 20 1 Purpose 4 20 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 20 1 Procedure 4 20 1 Soaking the Pump Head 4 20 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 20 1 FMI Pump Removal 4 20 1 Reinstalling the Pump 4 20 2 Verification 4 20 2 xi CONTENTS xii 4 21 4 22 INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION 4 21 1 Purpose 4 21 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 21 1
98. diff analyzer or Figure 7 1 14 for an diff 2 analyzer 74 92 PN 4237339F TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7 Figure 7 1 13 Latex Calibration Screen Figure 7 1 14 Latex Calibration Screen ACeT diff Analyzer ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Particle size in tL Particle size in tL 108 WEC Gain 109 WBC Gain 146 RBC Gain 146 RBC Gain 146 FI t Gain 148 Pit Gain 1 000 FCF Gain 8 s repe em 7339053 The top item on the Latex Calibration screen is the latex particle size If the instrument s power has been off since the last time the latex particle size was used this value defaults to a particle size of 94 3 fL The next three fields on the Latex Calibration screen display values representing the amplifier gains for WBC RBC and Plt gain If you know what the gains should be you can enter them here without performing the Latex Gain Adjustment procedure Note that the Plt gain should be set to the same value as the RBC gain for normal operation During the automatic adjustment procedure prompts to change gains only mention WBC and RBC gains Any requested change to the RBC automatically produces the same change in the Plt value If however you manually enter the RBC gain the Plt gain is not automatically entered You must manually enter the same value that was entered for the RBC gain The Latex Calibration screen on the AC
99. diff analyzers 2 2 8 component in aperture sensor system ACe T diff 2 analyzer 2 3 15 distributes high vacuum low vacuum and vent in the pneumatic system AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 6 distributes high vacuum low vacuum and vent in the pneumatic system ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 12 draining 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 9 draining ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 16 function in probe wipe and count system AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 6 function in probe wipe and count system diff 2 analyzer 2 3 12 location illustration 8 2 26 8 2 28 part number 8 1 2 8 2 27 8 2 29 VCI See also vacuum chamber Verify Predilute function in troubleshooting 7 1 8 Verify Predilute screen description 7 1 8 vertical motor AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers location illustration 4 8 2 removal 4 8 1 vertical motor ACeT diff 2 analyzer location 2 3 2 removal 4 9 1 removal illustration 4 9 6 vertical sensor 8 10 and diff analyzers location illustration 4 8 2 removal 4 8 1 vertical sensors AC T diff 2 analyzer function 2 3 2 located on Traverse Interconnect card 2 3 1 veterinary option installation 3 3 1 risk of inaccurate results 3 3 1 24 INDEX software version 3 3 1 voltages 8 10 analyzer allowable ranges table of 7 2 5 ACeT diff analyzer allowable ranges table of 7 2 5 Analyzer card 8 10 analyzer acceptable ranges table o
100. door To open the front door of the diff 2 analyzer see Opening the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer s Front Door under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS At the Display assembly disconnect P61 Figure 4 5 1 the main display ribbon cable from the Analyzer card At the Display assembly disconnect the reagent management card reader flex cable Figure 4 5 1 This flex cable pulls out of connector J66 leaving the entire connector on the Display Controller Driver card Disconnect the chassis ground strap attached to the Display assembly Figure 4 5 1 by removing a nut at either end of the chassis ground strap Figure 4 5 1 Disconnecting the Cables to the Display Assembly Chassis ground strap Reagent management lt card reader flex cable Da Es 7339091E 4 5 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES DISPLAY ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLING ASSEMBLING 4 5 2 6 To remove an 8 10 diff analyzers Display assembly from the front door a Beginning with the top two screws remove the four outer screws securing the Display assembly to the front door Figure 4 5 2 CAUTION On the 8 10 and diff analyzers the power on LED connector P64 is still attached If you move the Display assembly completely away from the front door you could damage the power on LED s connection to the Display assembly Hold the Display assembly near the front door b W
101. door go to the Cap Pierce Door Reassembly procedure PN 4237339F 4 17 5 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER Optical Sensor Removal Note You can remove the optical sensors without removing the Cap Pierce module l Ifthe Cap Pierce module has not been removed Open the right side door of the instrument b Intheright compartment disconnect the sensor to be replaced and free its wiring from any cable clamps Figure 4 17 5 Note The door closed position and tube bottom seeking optical sensors are attached to the same wire harness as the cap pierce door motor e For the door closed position optical sensor 25 disconnect P25 from J25 e For the tube bottom seeking optical sensor 24 disconnect P24 from J24 Figure 4 17 5 Removing the Optical Sensors in the Cap Pierce Module Door closed position optical sensor aspirate switch S25 Washers bottom seeking optical sensor S24 7339107E 2 Remove the two Phillips head screws holding the sensor in place and remove the sensor Figure 4 17 5 3 install the replacement sensor go to the Optical Sensor Installation procedure 4 17 6 PN 4237339F 4237339 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER Reassembly and Installation Procedures Cap Pierce Door Reassembly 1 In
102. during a Predilute mode cycle Dispenses 1 mL several times during the Lyse Prime cycle May also be referred to as the lyse syringe LYSE SRNG A 4 8 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A 8 10 and AC T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 4 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an ACeT 8 10 or diff Analyzer Continued Figure Reference Component Function Reference Designator DCN 6323083 A 4 2 20 LV15 Small Bio Chem solenoid pinch valve used to route the flow of waste or shutdown reagent cleaner De energized connects peristaltic pump 1 to LV14 Depending on the state of LV13 either drains the bath or fills the bath with shutdown diluent cleaner as specified by the de energized or energized state of LV14 Energized connects peristaltic pump 1 to the bottom port of the vacuum chamber VC1 for draining LV15 A 4 2 21 LV14 Small Bio Chem solenoid pinch valve used to control the flow of waste from the baths or the flow of shutdown diluent cleaner to the baths De energized depending the state of LV13 LV15 connects either the waste system or the shutdown diluent cleaner system to the bottom port of the RBC bath Energized depending on the state of LV13 and 1 15 connects either the waste system or the shutdown diluent cleaner system to the bottom port of the WBC bath LV14 A 4 2 22 Rinse cleaner
103. fill diluent reservoir do not look at sensor sound probe warning move syringe down De energize LV3 LV8 LV2 LV7 vacuum pump energize LV1 LV15 fill diluent reservoir to sensor print results Note The time needed to print results depends on the Printer used and increases significantly when automatic host transmission is performed Because the time needed to print varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies Reservoir overfill drain VC1 zap aperture De energize LV15 LV1 2 8 11 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Time 0 32 2 5 2 82 2 88 4 3 4 9 6 6 6 8 7 92 9 25 10 65 11 44 12 78 12 8 144 14 43 15 32 17 71 18 27 18 29 21 56 22 61 23 11 38 11 39 72 39 95 2 8 12 Table 2 8 6 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff Analyzer Software Versions 1 04 1 05 1 06 and 2 00 Activity Energize LV2 high vacuum aspirate 12 0 uL Energize LV10 LV14 LV8 check for 6 in Hg at VC1 sound probe warning move up and wipe probe drain WBC bath overfill diluent reservoir De energize LV14 LV10 aspirate 12 0 uL air gap Energize LV12 LV11 Drain RBC bath move probe to WBC bath rinse WBC bath with 2 6 mL De energize LV8 LV2 LV12 energize LV14 LV7 take Hgb Blank2 reading Drain WBC bath fill diluent reservoir with 2 5 mL and diluent syringe with 3 250 mL Energize LV12 de energize LV14 prefill RBC bath with 240 0 uL de energize LV7 Prefill W
104. filter FLS1 by an inline dc motor driven diaphragm pump and sent to an external waste container or drain FLSI is a large mesh filter used to trap rubber particles that enter the system from the cap pierce system The filter is necessary because large particles can be trapped in the valves of the waste pump making it inoperable To enhance performance the filter is porous so that it traps only large particles and does not plug up prematurely from normal waste It is large so that it will not require frequent replacement Cleaner System As with the 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers the shutdown diluent cleaner is introduced through the waste system Figure 2 3 14 When energized the normally closed path of solenoid 18 is used to disconnect the external waste from the system and connect the shutdown diluent cleaner Shutdown diluent cleaner is pumped through 18 to the baths and 1 by a small dc motor driven peristaltic pump The tubing used by this pump will last much longer than the tubing used in the peristaltic pumps on the ACT 8 10 and diff analyzers Because a shutdown is performed only once a day this tubing is not expected to need replacing An inline optical fluid sensor FS3 is placed in the tubing from the reagent source to ensure reagent is present FMI Pump Operation The AC T diff 2 analyzer uses pumps manufactured by Fluid Metering Inc for precision reagent and sample movement These pumps co
105. flow is divided by a Y fitting into two paths 1 Connect the diluent tubing with the small check valve in the line to the top fitting on the bath 2 Connect the other diluent line to the lower left side fitting on the bath 3 Connect the lytic reagent line to the lower right side fitting on the bath 6 Attach the aperture white coaxial cables a The WBC cable connects through the top hole in the preamp shield b The RBC cable connects through the bottom hole in the preamp shield 7 Position the electrode a Manually move the probe to the bath that was replaced b Manually move the probe down into the center of the bath c Shape and position the bath electrode so that the probe does not touch the electrode when it goes down into the center of the bath This is necessary because the probe thief position is lower than the level of the electrode during a normal cycle d Ensure that the electrode does not touch the side of the bath when it is bent off center 8 Reinstall the top cover and rear panel as directed in Installation AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers or Installation ACeT diff 2 Analyzer under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 9 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES APERTURE BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT Verification 1 instrument on 1 Observe the baths during power up and ensure that there are no
106. horizontal sensor above the cap pierce aspirate station and the flag on the vertical rack is inside the top optical sensor on the Traverse Interconnect card These position sensors place the probe above the cap pierce aspirate station and inside the traverse housing When the cap pierce door is closed the door closed position flag the rectangular flag attached to the back of the tube holder assembly blocks the light path of the optical door closed position sensor inside the cap pierce housing This optical sensor acts as an aspirate switch to initiate the cycle During a cycle the probe pierces the specimen tube s cap two times the first pierce is for venting the second pierce for aspiration 2 3 5 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Figure 2 3 5 Vent Pierce right side view Flag Middle vertical optical sensor Probe vent stroke 7339136E Figure 2 3 6 Aspiration Pierce Typical right side view Bottom vertical D optical sensor Flag Probe aspiration stroke 7339137E 2 3 6 Vent Pierce Refer to Figure 2 3 5 When the probe pierces the tubes cap the first time it retracts immediately As the probe which has grooves on its exterior moves in then out of the tube the specimen tube vents along the open spaces of these grooves The probe then pierces the cap a second time for aspiration The depth of the pierce for venting is different than the
107. how the Series collects data and under what conditions clog detection analysis occurs The instrument collects data 1 second count periods The system uses 12 1 second count periods Plt data however may require additional count time for low counts The system also uses any extended count periods needed for Plts Clog detection analysis relies on the availability of 12 pieces of data for many of the clog detect parameters Clog detection analysis is invoked only for cycles where gt Hgb22 0g dL gt Ifthe Hgb result is incomplete the RBC must be gt 0 50 x 106 pL Sample Results Sample results not reported on the Sample Results screen are composed of WBC RBC Hgb and Plt results When a clog detect is generated asterisks are reported instead of results Generated clog detects affect the following e WBC clog detect parameter inhibits the WBC result An RBC clog detect parameter inhibits RBC MCV Hct MCHC and Plt results An AVR clog detect parameter inhibits WBC or RBC results depending on which direction the ratio changes To troubleshoot clog detection problems it is sometimes useful to know what the measured results would have been Use the Sample Details screen Figure 7 1 8 to find the WBC RBC Hgb MCV and Plt parameters Figure 7 1 8 Sample Details Screen Example 8 10 Analyzer Blank1 Blank2 Samolet Sample2 7339049A PN 4237339F 7 1 9 TROUBLES
108. in 2852095 8 2 2 10 8 2 3 2 8 2 5 6 8 2 14 27 8 2 15 28 Screw self tap 4 24 x 0 312 in pan head 2851663 8 2 7 11 Screw self lock pan head SEMS 6 32 x 0 38 in 2852093 8 2 2 7 8 2 3 5 8 2 4 3 8 2 7 15 8 2 10 1 8 2 11 7 8 2 12 21 8 2 14 13 8 2 15 13 8 2 16 4 Screw self tapping flat head 6 32 x 0 38 in for old mount style 2852306 8 2 13 3 Screw setscrew Allen 4 40 x 0 38 in 2807048 8 2 14 1 8 2 15 1 Screw setscrew Allen 6 32 x 0 375 in AC T 8 10 and AT diff analyzers 2807024 82 8 1 Screw setscrew 6 32 x 0 187 hex part of latching mechanism on current diff 2 2807020 8 2 2 22 analyzers Screw shoulder 98 32 x 0 188 in diff 2 analyzer 2852100 8 2 11 19 8 2 12 19 Screw thumb 74 40 x 0 38 in nylon mounting for Analyzer card 2852358 Screw Traverse module shipping 96 32 x 3 5 in AC T diff 2 analyzer 2851323 Seal O ring to retain aspirate probe ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 2512120 8 2 10 7 Seal syringe barrel boot 250 uL 1023877 8 2 1 12 Seal syringe barrel boot 5 mL 1023828 8 2 1 9 Shield EMI EMC gasket V form AC T diff 2 analyzer 5703007 8 2 3 15 Spacer 4 0 375 in long x 0 250 in 0 0 2852289 8 2 4 14 Spacer 4 1 5 in long 2852302 8 2 14 9 8 2 15 9 Spacer hinge ACeT 8 10 and A sT diff analyzers 1023618 8 2 4 12 Spacer nylon bath assembly isolation 2527699 8 2 16 2 8 1 12 4237339 Table 8 1 2 Fasteners
109. inside cap pierce housing or sensor optical tube bottom seeking lower sensor mounted inside cap pierce housing 5 2827045 Washer flat 4 0 125 i d x 0 250 o d x 0 031 thick 6 1024495 Bracket cap pierce door motor 7 1024496 Clamp cap pierce door 8 6806575 Motor cap pierce door 9 6806616 Holder tube door assembly 10 2527842 Gear cap pierce door with setscrew 11 2827148 Washer flat 8 12 2826048 Washer split lock 8 13 2808038 Screw pan head 78 32 x 0 50 in 14 1024428 Shaft cap pierce door gear 15 1024537 Cover cap pierce door Note The cap pierce door cover is glued to the tube holder door assembly 9 to ensure the door remains securely attached 16 1024560 Cam safety latch 17 2806005 Screw pan head 76 32 x 0 19 in 18 1024562 Bracket safety latch hook 19 2852100 Screw shoulder 78 32 x 0 188 in 20 1024561 Bracket safety latch mount 21 2852093 Screw self lock pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 38 in 22 1024587 Guard cap pierce probe Not shown 1024601 Bracket safety latch catch plate front door See Figure 8 2 3 item 13 PN 4237339F 8 2 23 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 13 Left Side and Top Views See Table 8 2 13 Original 1 T 8 10 amp 17 i diff analyzers 18 AS diff analyzer
110. is necessary to configure the Printer You can uninstall it when you are finished Follow the screen instructions to install the program Access the OKIPAGE 14e Status Monitor and using the various menu tabs modify the settings identified in the Menu printout Select Printer Menu Test Printer Menu Print Compare the printout to the settings in the User column in Table C 3 3 to determine if the Printer is configured correctly C 3 1 OPTIONAL PRINTERS OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER Table C 3 2 Approved Menu Settings Printed Using the Front Panel Level 1 Category Item Factory User Common Personality Emulation Auto Epson FX Tray Select Manual Feed OFF OFF Paper Feed Tray 1 Tray 1 Edit Size Edit Size Cassette Size Cassette Size Paper Size 1 Letter Letter Manual Letter Letter Media Type Tray 1 Medium Medium Manual Medium Medium Paper Size Check Paper Size Check Enable Enable Copies Copies 1 1 Euro Sign Euro Sign Disable Disable HP Laser Jet Fonts and Symbols Font Source Resident Resident 6P Emulation Font No 1000 1000 Font Pitch 10 00 CPI 10 00 CPI Symbol Set PC 8 PC 8 Page Layout 1 A4 Print Width 78 Column 78 Column White Page Skip OFF OFF CR Function CR CR LF Function LF LF Common Page Layout 2 Orientation Portrait Portrait Lines per Page 60 Lines 60 Lines Host Interface Pa
111. leaks and fluid cycling seems correct If a Startup cycle is performed disregard the results 2 Ifa Startup cycle was not performed during power up run a cycle and ensure that the electrode is not touched by the probe when the probe is down in the bath IMPORTANT Electrical interference occurs when the bath s electrical shield is not covering the aperture bath assembly This interference will cause sample results to be unacceptable Always ensure that the bath s electrical shield is in place before running a sample 3 Install the aperture bath assembly shield being careful not to pinch any tubing and close the front door Refer to Figure 4 10 1 Perform a Startup cycle and ensure that the backgrounds are acceptable 5 Forinstruments using the AC T diff Veterinary Options analyzer software verify the aperture is not too large as directed under Heading 4 16 APERTURE VERIFICATION ACeT diff Veterinary Option ANALYZER 6 For ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers check the gain settings as directed under Heading 4 12 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT ACeT diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS 7 Runa specimen with known values and verify that the results are acceptable Perform a verification and or calibration Note Replacing an aperture often requires calibration which should be performed only by the appropriate personnel according to local regulations and laboratory protocols PN 4237339F 4 10 5 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES A
112. mounting catch 6805716 Bracket safety latch hook AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024562 8 2 12 18 Bracket safety latch mount AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024561 8 2 12 20 Bracket safety latch catch plate front door AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024601 8 2 3 14 Bracket screw mounting part of latching mechanism on current diff 2 analyzers 6806844 8 2 3 18 Bracket waste pump AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806480 8 2 7 17 Clamp bath mounting post molded 6805773 8 2 14 26 8 2 15 27 Clamp cable and tubing front panel molded AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 1023434 8 2 2 11 Clamp cable bundle 0 35 diameter harness mount nylon 6027786 8 2 13 1 Clamp cable bundle 0 47 diameter panel mount snap lock ACeT diff 2 analyzer 6028999 8 2 13 17 Clamp is used throughout this analyzer Clamp cable bundle 0 73 diameter panel mount snap lock ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff 6028995 8 2 13 17 analyzers Clamp is used throughout these analyzers This clamp replaces PN 6028809 and in some cases PN 6028810 Clamp cable bundle snap mount to panel 0 515 x 0 410 in bundle 6028809 8 2 6 17 Clamp is used throughout the analyzer and may be replaced with cable bundle clamp PN 6028995 Clamp cable bundle snap mount to panel 0 875 x 0 437 in bundle ACeT 8 10 and 6028810 8 26 11 ACsT diff analyzers Clamp is used in several places throughout these analyzers 8 2 13 17 In some cases PN 6028995 may replace this clamp Clamp cable front
113. new pneumatic pump compartment into the Analyzer card s compartment and connect them to 510 LV2 LV3 LV4 and LV5 on the Analyzer card For the locations of the connectors refer to Figure A 2 3 Analyzer Card Component Locations AC T diff 2 Analyzer or Figure A 2 4 Universal AC T diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations Route the tubings labeled 1 2 and 3 to the aperture baths area and connect them to CV1 CV2 and respectively as shown in Figure 4 7 4 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER Connect the tubing with the female Luer lock to the fluid barrier 5 Connect the tubing removed from the old vacuum transducer to the new transducer If the analyzer has diluent filters installed secure the filter assembly to the pneumatic pump cover using a wire tie mount and wire tie 7 Goto Verification Verification 1 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet 2 Turn the instrument on I Listen for the vacuum pump to turn on during powerup 3 Press Main icon Diagnostics icon gt gt Voltages Sensors icon Verify that the pneumatic pump has turned on If necessary adjust the low vacuum reading to 6 00 Cycle a blank and ensure the probe wash is functioning correctly with no dripping 5 Verify the instrument is set correctly for the altitude Refer to the procedure Entering Your Elevation in Chapter 1 of the Installation and Trai
114. o DN VERTICAL THN SENSOR fi STAINLESS in STEEL 22224 WEAR 7 TRAVERSE b INTERCONNECT STRIP VERTICAL 2 RACK HORIZONTAL MOTOR MIDDLE ie Ss TUBING OF RIBBON EN lt S HOUSING Z LARGER OUTSIDE TUBING OF RIBBON 7339027C PN 4237339F 4 8 2 4237339 10 11 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS Disconnect the motor and sensor cables from the Traverse Interconnect card Figure 4 8 1 a P58 vertical sensor plug wiring is routed across the top of the housing and plugs into J58 the second connector from the top b P59 horizontal sensor plug wiring is routed up then across and down with the other wiring and plugs into J58 the top connector on the Traverse Interconnect card Remove the Traverse Interconnect card It is press fit into the housing and does not use any fasteners Figure 4 8 1 Remove the horizontal and vertical motors and sensors Figure 4 8 1 The motors are fastened to the housing with two Phillips head screws each The sensors are snap fit onto the traverse housing and can be pulled off by hand Remove the vertical sensor from the top of the vertical rack It snaps onto the vertical rack without fasteners Figure 4 8 1 Remove the vertical rack by sliding it out the bottom of the traverse housing Figure 4 8 1 Installation 1 Install the
115. of a control vial cap to visually center the probe Whole blood specimen in a capped specimen tube Front to Back Alignment 1 Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 Open the front door See Opening the AC T diff 2 Analyzers Front Door under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 3 Insert a specimen tube with a clearly delineated center or a control vial in the cap pierce assembly tube holder 4 Manually move the probe housing until the probe is laterally centered above the specimen tube then move the probe down until it is near the cap Note Positioning the probe close to the cap makes it easier to see when the probe is centered 5 Loosen the screw at the right end of the traverse bracket that fastens the traverse housing guide rod to the traverse bracket 6 Move the traverse guide bar in or out until the probe is centered on the tube cap from front to back Tighten the bar in this position 7 Manually move the probe up and then move the probe housing to a central location between the open vial and closed vial positions Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet and turn the instrument on D Verify the probe is centered with the tube from side to side Go to Side to Side Alignment Side to Side Alignment 1 Access the Motors screen Select Main icon Diagnostics Functions icon Motors icon 2 Locate the status
116. of two amplifiers on U32 one used to sample the input pulse the second used to hold the pulse at its peak Capacitor C65 is used to stretch the pulse at its peak voltage This stretched signal is fed through a scaling amplifier for input to an A D converter This signal A D BOUND can be monitored at TP11 Figure A 2 1 The Plt Window Comparator circuit uses two LM311 comparators to set the lower and upper Plt thresholds of 2 fL and 20 fL 144 sets the lower threshold and can be monitored at 25 Figure A 2 1 while U56 sets the upper threshold and can be monitored at TP30 PN 4237339F 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION ANALYZER CARD 8 10 Analyzer Figure A 2 1 These signals along with the 1 25 MHz CLOCK signal are sent to EPLD U22 This EPLD controls the Plt Processor circuits actions One output SOLCH inhibits input of additional pulses to the Peak Detector circuit while it is already processing a pulse Another control signal DSCHRG resets the Peak Detector circuit once a pulse has been channelized with the A D converter The PCONVERT signal tells the A D converter to convert the current output of the scaling amplifier Digital Circuitry An 80C188 microprocessor U74 controls the instrument It is an interrupt driven microprocessor with an 8 bit data bus clocked with a 20 MHz oscillator U90 This microprocessor controls the A D Converter circuit the serial and parallel I O port circuits the Display Interfac
117. pinout details refer to Table A 2 16 For details concerning a specific jumper on the circuit card using through hole design refer to Table A 2 17 Note The circuit card using surface mount design has no jumpers For details concerning a specific test point refer to Table A 2 18 Component Locations Figure A 2 5 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations Through Hole Design PN 4237339F 7339133E A 2 19 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Figure A 2 6 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations Surface Mount Design Connectors and Pinouts Table A 2 12 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors 7339132E JNo Description Through Hole Design Description Surface Mount Design J61 Analyzer card Analyzer card J62 LCD LCD J63 Touchscreen keypad Touch keypad J64 Power LED Power LED J65 Backlight Power Daughter card Backlight Power Daughter card J66 Smart card reader Reagent Management card reader J67 N A Reagent Management card reader subassembly testing A 2 20 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Table A 2 13 Display Controller Driver Card J61 Pinouts Pin sil Description 1 D Data bit to from Analyzer card 2 Motor and solenoid ground 3 Data bit to from Analyzer card 5 Data bit to from Analyzer card 6 Data bit to from Analyz
118. point locations illustration A 2 5 connectors table of A 2 2 A 2 6 CPU and memory 2 6 2 dc motor control circuitry 2 6 2 description 2 6 1 display circuitry 2 6 2 ground connection for aperture sensor system 2 2 8 handling and distributing electrical power 2 6 1 jumpers table of A 2 7 memory 2 1 1 solenoid control circuitry 2 6 2 test points table of A 2 8 voltages table of acceptable ranges A 1 1 See also Analyzer cards Analyzer card AC T diff 2 analyzer communication circuitry 2 6 2 connector and test point locations illustration A 2 9 A 2 13 connectors table of A 2 10 A 2 14 CPU and memory 2 6 2 dc motor control circuitry 2 6 2 description 2 6 1 differences between it and the Analyzer card for the ACeT diff analyzer 2 6 1 display circuitry 2 6 2 ground connection for aperture sensor system 2 3 15 handling and distributing electrical power 2 6 1 jumpers table of A 2 12 A 2 17 solenoid control circuitry 2 6 2 INDEX 1 INDEX test points table of 2 6 1 A 2 12 A 2 13 A 2 16 voltages table of acceptable ranges A 1 1 See also Analyzer cards Analyzer card Universal jumper settings table of A 2 17 test points table of A 2 18 Analyzer cards coaxial cable connections 4 10 1 disconnecting cables for top cover and rear panel removal 4 2 2 disconnecting Display assembly 4 5 1 disconnecting for removal illustration 4 4 2 disconnecting from Power Supply module 4 5
119. probe Figure 4 9 5 3 and 4 Remove the probe from the traverse housing by pushing the probe retainer down into the traverse housing and then pulling the probe out the bottom of the housing Figure 4 9 6 Remove the aspirate tubing from the probe and pull the tubing out of the top of the vertical rack Remove the probe retainer from the vertical rack e freplacing the probe go to the Probe Installation procedure e If removing the vertical rack go to the Traverse Interconnect Card Removal procedure Note You must remove the Traverse Interconnect card before removing the vertical rack PN 4237339F SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES 4 TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER Figure 4 9 7 Removing the Belt Clamp Horizontal Drive Belt Removal 1 Move the traverse housing to the left end of its travel the Manual mode position Figure 4 9 7 1 2 Remove the 2 Phillips head screw securing the belt clamp You access the belt clamp screw underneath the belt through an access hole in the Traverse module bracket Figure 4 9 7 2 3 Remove the belt clamp 7339084E 2 Figure 4 9 8 Removing the Belt 4 Loosen the belt tension shoulder screw that tightens the belt tension bracket to the Traverse module bracket Figure 4 9 8 5 Insert a large flathead screwdriver between the Traverse module bracket and the belt tension bracket and apply force against the spring pressure until
120. probe are damaged Spring tension and distance traveled determine this balance of force Altering the spring tension such as would happen if you used a different spring can cause the instrument to malfunction When Aspiration is Complete Because aspiration is typically initiated when the flag on the probe reaches the bottom optical sensor on the Traverse Interconnect card this bottom sensor is sometimes referred to as the fixed bottom sensor Because the bottom sense function is only used when either small volume specimen tubes or tubes with false bottoms are processed the tube bottom seeking optical sensor is sometimes referred to as the alternate bottom sensor Regardless of how the aspiration is initiated in the Closed Vial mode when aspiration is complete the probe retracts to its home position determined by the top optical sensor on the Traverse Interconnect card While the cycle continues the cap pierce door opens using a slow regulated pace controlled by a stepper motor gear arrangement PN 4237339F Diluent INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Once the door is open the operator can remove the last specimen tube Although the operator can insert the next specimen tube as preparation for the next cycle the operator should not close the cap pierce door until the current cycle is complete If the cap pierce door is closed before the current cycle is complete the specimen tube is ignored When the
121. rear upper row Solenoid 4 2 conductor J35 LV5 WM5 Top rear upper row Solenoid 5 2 conductor J36 LV6 WM6 Top rear upper row ACT diff analyzer Not used diff 2 analyzer Waste pump J37 LV7 WM7 Top rear upper row Solenoid 7 2 conductor J38 LV8 WM8 Top rear upper row Solenoid 8 2 conductor J39 LV9 WM9 Top rear upper row Spare solenoid 9 2 conductor J40 LV10 WM10 Top rear upperrow Solenoid 10 2 conductor J41 LVi1 WM11 Top rear lower row Solenoid 11 2 conductor J42 LV12 WM12 Top rear lower row Solenoid 12 2 conductor J43 LV13 WM13 Top rear lower row Solenoid 13 2 conductor J44 0714 14 Top rear lower row Spare solenoid 14 2 conductor J45 LV15 WM15 rear lowerrow Solenoid 15 2 conductor J46 LV16 WM16 rear lower row Solenoid 16 2 conductor J47 LV17 17 rear lower row Solenoid 17 2 conductor PN 4237339F A 2 15 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Table A 2 9 Universal ACeT diff ACeT diff 2Analyzer Card Connectors See Figure A 2 4 Continued Reference Designator Card DCN 6323409 Label Plug Location Description J48 LV18 Unused Top rear lower row ACT diff analyzer Not used diff 2 analyzer Waste cleaner select J49 LV19 WM19 Top rear lower row diff analyzer Not used diff 2 an
122. red blood cells and platelets e A WBC aperture bath assembly for sensing white blood cells e photometer for Hgb measurement The vacuum chamber VC1 Asweep low tubing spool Two fluidic solenoid valves to open the vacuum pathway to each aperture These components are mounted on a plate that is electrically isolated from the chassis and is enclosed with a shield attached to it A single ground connection between this assembly and the preamp shield on the Analyzer card eliminates undesirable ground loops The aperture and bath are one piece The assembly clips without fasteners onto a bath support The electrical connection to the bath assembly is via one coaxial cable plugged directly into the preamp on the Analyzer card The internal wire is connected to the internal rear chamber electrode and the coaxial shield is connected to the external bath electrode Since most of the assembly is enclosed within the isolated shield plate assembly there is little need to shield both electrode wires individually although a portion of the coaxial cable inside the instrument s chassis is not shielded from internal chassis noise Hemoglobin Photometer Assembly CAUTION The length of the screw used to mount the Hgb photometer assembly is critical A screw that is too long will punch a hole into the WBC aperture bath assembly Use the correct length screw to mount the Hgb photometer assembly 2 3 15 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUT
123. reservoir De energize LV14 LV10 aspirate 12 0 uL air gap Energize LV12 LV11 Drain RBC bath move the probe to WBC bath rinse WBC bath with 2 6 mL De energize LV8 LV2 LV12 energize LV14 LV7 take Hgb Blank2 reading Drain WBC bath fill diluent reservoir with 2 9 mL and diluent syringe with 3 250 mL Energize LV12 de energize LV14 prefill RBC bath with 240 0 uL de energize LV7 Prefill WBC bath with 1 5 mL move probe into WBC bath partial drain RBC bath fill reservoir Take Blank1 reading de energize LV11 dispense 980 0 uL with sample from probe to WBC bath drain RBC bath fill reservoir Energize LV3 LV11 LV7 send mix bubbles through lytic reagent port Energize de energize LV5 4 times 0 6 mL rinse to RBC bath prefill partial drain RBC bath De energize LV3 LV12 fill diluent syringe with 3 5 mL fill reservoir drain RBC bath De energize LV11 energize LV15 LV1 Drain VC1 aspirate 75 0 uL from WBC bath fill diluent reservoir check lytic reagent sensor Energize LV8 de energize LV15 LV1 energize LV2 LV12 LV11 Rinse RBC bath with 2 0 mL fill reservoir move probe up De energize LV8 drain RBC bath fill reservoir move probe to RBC bath Energize LV8 move probe into RBC bath with vacuum dry dispense 695 0 uL diluent from diluent syringe to bottom of RBC bath De energize LV8 LV2 LV7 energize LV9 de energize LV11 energize LV3 Dispense 415 0 uL lytic reagent into WBC bath while disp
124. roll pin flag e Door closed optical sensor inside the cap pierce housing e Tube bottom seeking optical sensor inside the cap pierce housing e door motor Figure 2 3 3 Cap Pierce Module Main Components Cap pierce 4 Cap pierce housing Cn guard Tube oom PT Door closed d d holder position sensor y slot Cap pierce p door E ie ii Cap pierce Door closed fag i Tube bottom seeking sensor flag roll pin Tube bottom seeking sensor door motor slot Tube holder assembly 7339119E 2 3 4 PN 4237339F Typical Operation INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS When the cap pierce door is open the operator can insert a specimen tube into the tube holder assembly When the operator manually pushes the cap pierce door closed the following sequence occurs Figure 2 3 4 Starting the Cycle right side view Flag Top vertical optical sensor Tranverse Interconnect card Specimen tube inside tube holder assembly 4 Door closed position flag AX Door closed position sensor Cap pierce door closed 7339135E PN 4237339F Starting the Cycle Refer to Figure 2 3 4 The Closed Vial mode is considered the primary mode of operation which means the cap pierce aspirate station is considered the home position This means the horizontal flag on the traverse housing is inside the
125. same motor One head is used for vacuum A muffler is connected to its output port The other head is used for pressure A choke is connected to its input port to decrease the air pressure at its output This section contains three procedures Use the ASF Thomas Pump Replacement procedure to replace an ASF Thomas pump with another ASF Thomas pump Use the KNF Dual Head Pump Replacement procedure to replace a KNF dual head pump with another KNF dual head pump Use the Pneumatic Pump Upgrade to KNF Dual Head Pump procedure to upgrade an ASF Thomas pump to a KNF dual head pump Note The pneumatic pump compartment for the KNF dual head pump is larger than the pneumatic pump compartment for the ASF Thomas pump so the entire compartment is replaced in an upgrade ASF Thomas Pump Replacement Tools Supplies Needed Flat blade screwdriver or needle nose pliers in hex nut driver Removal 1 Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 Open the right side instrument door 3 Unfasten the three captive thumb screws securing the pneumatic pump cover and remove the cover See Figure 4 7 1 4 Disconnect the vacuum and pressure output tubes from the pumps fittings using a flat blade screwdriver or needle nose pliers 5 Disconnect the spade lugs from the spade terminals on the pump See Figure 4 7 1 4 7 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZE
126. see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 20 ACeT diff 2 analyzer Sample pump did not see home sensor For details see Diluent Sample and Lyse Pump Not Home Errors 12 20 and 21 ACsT diff 2 Analyzer 21 ACeT diff 2 analyzer Lyse pump did not see home sensor For details see Diluent Sample and Lyse Pump Not Home Errors 12 20 and 21 ACeT diff 2 Analyzer ACT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers Diluent level error during Powerup table execution For details see Diluent Level Error During Powerup Vacuum lt 6 in Hg before probe wipe For details see Vacuum Error Service Bypass An error that occurs during powerup creates a loop and consequently the instrument cannot be used For troubleshooting a powerup problem a service bypass function is provided to get past the powerup fatal error message To initiate the service bypass 1 Hold down the aspirate switch turn ON the instrument 2 Release the aspirate switch when the Powerup title screen is displayed This procedure bypasses most normal powerup operations and displays the Main screen e cycles and menus including the Diagnostic menu are active When running cycles such as the Aspirate cycle any error encountered is reported as a fatal error and forces a power off e When using the Solenoids screen or the Motors screen any error encountered is reported as a warning using the error number as the message icon Pre
127. select Main icon Diagnostics icon Voltages Sensors icon 3 Change the Preamp and or Hgb Gain adjustment Verify that the Hgb output moves up down as you move the gain up down Set the Hgb output to3700 100 using either the Preamp Gain or the Hgb Gain controls Note The Analyzer cards used by the ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers have only one amplifier the Hgb Gain adjustment for setting the Hgb output Select the Save and Exit icon 5 Runacontrol or a fresh blood specimen with a known value and verify that the Hgb parameter is recovered properly PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT diff AND AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 4 12 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS ATTENTION On instruments using ACeT diff Veterinary Option analyzer software you must verify the apertures are not too large before adjusting the gains Do the procedure under Heading 4 16 APERTURE VERIFICATION ACeT diff Veterinary Option ANALYZER before doing this gain adjustment procedure Purpose Use this procedure to adjust the gains of the amplifiers for the pulse signals received from the apertures This procedure compensates for variations in aperture size that could affect size sensitive parameters derived from histograms like the WBC differential and Always perform this procedure after replacing an aperture bath assembly or replacing an Analyzer card for reasons affecting signa
128. significantly The transducer and formula used on the AC T diff 2 analyzer does not have a limited range Readings can go as low as zero and higher than 10 in of Hg Temp Temp is a temperature reading in degrees Celsius temperature sensor is housed in the lower portion of the diluent reservoir to measure the diluent temperature The diluent temperature should be very close to the temperature at the aperture during sample analysis Note Current 8 10 analyzers software does not use this temperature reading The ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers clog detection analysis use temperature compensation for AVR WPWV and RPWV Voltages The AC T series analyzers monitor several of the system voltages The Voltages Sensors screen is an active display providing a full DVM function for these system voltages On the 8 10 Analyzer The 5 V 15 V and 15 V are supplied directly from the Power Supply module to the Analyzer card The 24 V is also supplied directly from the Power Supply module but it is not monitored by the ACeT 8 10 analyzer e The 10 10 and 15 RF are reference voltages developed on the Analyzer card using 2 precision regulators PN 4237339F 4237339 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU The aperture current and burn circuit supply 200 Vdc is also developed on the Analyzer card On the ACT 8 10 analyzer the full range of the 200 V supply is not displayed Only a range from 1
129. six to eight inch long works best In step 13 a polyurethane tubing with an internal diameter large enough to fit securely but snugly over the pump fitting will maximize the pressure application Procedure 1 Remove the pickup tubes from their reagents place them into an empty container Leave the waste line in the waste receptacle Optional if preparing an ACeT diff 2 analyzer Completion of the following steps expedites the removal of diluent from the system which helps prevent salt crystallization within the FMI pumps a Open the right side door and use Figure 5 2 to locate the diluent reservoir b Attach a piece of tubing preferably silicone to an empty syringe then insert the tubing through the opening near the top of the diluent reservoir With the end of the tubing positioned below the diluent level fill the syringe When the syringe is full discard this diluent Repeat these actions as many times as necessary to empty the reservoir c Using the same syringe or squeeze bottle fill the reservoir with distilled water until it is approximately 2 to full Select Main icon Diagnostics icon Prepare to Ship icon The screen opens displaying 1 indicating the first stage of preparation and an icon that refers the operator to the manual for instructions if they do not know how to proceed Press 1 a The instrument cycles air through the system b When the system has been purged of reagents a scre
130. stops the supply of wash diluent The high vacuum being applied to the bottom probe wipe housing port dries the probe before LV8 de energizes When the probe is moved up from inside the baths the vacuum is reapplied to the chamber without diluent to dry the probe PN 4237339F 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 DILUTER SYSTEM 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS Figure 2 2 5 Vacuum Chamber VC1 System in 8 10 and diff Analyzer Components and Flow aperture aperture Diluent Probe wipe housing Probe Vacuum 7339045E Count Regulated vacuum 6 in Hg is used for counting The WBC aperture is connected to 1 through LV17 and the RBC aperture through LV16 Figure 2 2 5 During the count portion of the cycle the regulated vacuum available in 1 is applied to these apertures when valves LV16 and LV17 are energized Once the pathway is open the regulated vacuum in VCI is applied to the apertures and the WBC dilution inside the WBC bath is pulled through the WBC aperture and the RBC dilution inside the RBC bath is pulled through the RBC aperture Additionally on the RBC side regulated vacuum also pulls diluent through the sweep flow line Two streams of droplets should be entering during the count portion of the cycle Note Regulated vacuum 6 in Hg low vacuum count vacuum and aperture vacuum are synonymous terms and are therefore interchangeable Pressure Sup
131. that the ratio should not change Samples with ratios of 7596 and 2096 should remain at 7596 and 2096 for all 12 count periods Factors such as vacuum cell concentration and physical cell characteristics may determine the ratio but remain constant for count duration clogged aperture affects flow patterns and in turn affects the ratio Cells with an irregular path through the aperture are rejected by the editor decreasing the ratio If the clog is severe the pulse rate is reduced and may allow a higher percentage of cells to be processed increasing the ratio Changes in flow rate caused by temperature or vacuum have no affect until they cause the pulses to be so wide that they get rejected by the editor This triggers vacuum alarms and the 26 percentile check The Ratio CV is affected when a temporary clog is present long enough to significantly change one or more count periods If a sample yields a low ratio the Ratio CV calculation is higher for mathematical reasons alone 7 3 3 7 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS WAV RAV AVR WAV and RAV are the voltages measured across the WBC and RBC apertures respectively AVR is the ratio of the RAV to WAV which should be constant for a given set of apertures Since the voltage across the aperture is directly proportional to resistance at the aperture this is the most obvious form of clog detection This is also why the voltage reading for the WBC aperture i
132. the aspirate probe A 4 1 12 Probe wipe housing Housing has an internal spiral configuration that allows diluent entering the top port to clean the outside of the probe as the diluent spirals downward and exits through the bottom port to the vacuum chamber VC1 May also be referred to as the probe wipe block A 4 1 13 Traverse module Encases and protects the probe Controls horizontal and vertical positioning of the probe using stepper motors direct drive gear systems and dual channel opto sensors Also cleanses the probe after aspiration Figure 2 2 1 illustrates the main components 4 4 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A 8 10 and AC T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Components Inside the Right Compartment of an ACeT 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer Figure A 4 2 View Inside the Right Compartment of ACeT 8 10 or diff Analyzer LV9 LV10 LV7 LV8 LV11 LV12 LV1 LV2 LV3 LV4 LV5 Waste rinse pump PM1 Diluent pump PM2 LV13 Diluent reservoir Aspiration syringe 250 uL Diluent syringe 5 mL Syringe module Lytic reagent syringe 1 mL 14 LV15 PENIS 21 20 19 16 15 7939124 Rinse cleaner optical sensor Vacuum transducer Qo SNL Ur qu 69 hor uc zx e E XE ge d A gt ca zx eo
133. the AC T Series analyzers The primary Aspirate cycles are described because they are the cycles most frequently used and because they use all the instruments components except the ACeT Rinse shutdown diluent pump and solenoid When running repeated Aspirate cycles the syringe and FMI pump positions and the diluent level are known at the beginning of the cycle so timing is more accurate than it is for the Powerup cycle For this reason the first column Timing in the Aspirate cycle tables gives a time relative to the beginning of the cycle 2 8 5 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Timing 1 62 3 62 3 94 3 96 5 51 5 53 7 09 7 12 7 28 8 78 8 81 10 11 10 11 10 51 11 51 12 33 13 53 13 55 15 15 15 18 15 99 18 18 18 74 18 76 18 76 23 88 38 88 40 53 2 8 6 Table 2 8 3 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT 8 Analyzer Software Version 1 03 Activity Aspirate 12 0 uL of sample drain RBC bath take Hgb Blank2 reading Energize LV2 LV14 LV8 LV10 sound probe warning move up and wipe probe drain WBC bath overfill diluent reservoir check waste sensor De energize LV14 LV10 aspirate 12 0 air gap Energize LV12 LV11 Drain RBC bath move probe to WBC bath prefill WBC bath with about 2 6 mL De energize 1 8 LV2 LV12 energize LV14 LV7 Drain WBC bath fill diluent reservoir with 3 0 mL fill diluent syringe with 3 250 mL Energize LV12 de energize LV14 Dispense 0 24 mL dil
134. the distilled water On the Main screen press the Startup icon Turn the instrument off 0 Manually drain the diluent reservoir with the 20 mL syringe Remove the waste container used to collect the acetic acid solution and reinstall the original waste container or return the waste line to the sink drain whichever is applicable Go to Installing New Reagents and Checking the Instrument Installing New Reagents and Checking the Instrument 1 10 4237339 Remove all the pickup tubes from the distilled water being careful not to contaminate them and install them into a fresh reagent container AC T Pak or Tainer reagents Turn the instrument on I and wait until the instrument status returns to ready or the Main screen Note Correct any reagent low error messages Do the sweep flow prime function four times On the Main screen press Diluter Functions icon Sweep Flow icon Do three Shutdown cycles On the Main screen press Shutdown icon Note Each Shutdown cycle includes a Startup cycle Do two Startup cycles On the Main screen press Startup icon On the final startup cycle verify the background counts are within limits Do Heading 4 12 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT ACeT diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS and make adjustments if necessary Do Heading 4 13 SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES AC T diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS and make adjustments if necessary Do a Reproducibil
135. the seven Phillips head screws four from across the back top of the instrument and three from the lower rear center panel b Unhook there are no fasteners the top of the cover from under the top edge of the front panel and pull the cover toward you until the cable for the rear panel fan is accessible Figure 4 2 3 c Disconnect the rear panel fan connector LV20 J50 from the Analyzer card and remove the cover Installation ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 1 Fromthe back of the instrument Figure 4 2 1 install the top and rear center cover a Reconnect the rear panel fan connector LV20 50 to the Analyzer card b Hook the top of the cover under the top edge of the front panel Secure the top and rear center cover with the seven Phillips head screws four across the back top of the instrument and three in the lower rear center panel 2 Reconnect the input output cables attached to the Analyzer card s rear connectors Figure 4 2 3 Top WASTE connector round BNC connector used by the waste full sensor Middle HOST connector 9 pin DB connector used for transmission to a Host computer Bottom PRINTER connector 25 pin DB connector used for a parallel Centronics Printer 3 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet and turn the instrument on D PN 4237339F 4 2 5 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 4 2 6 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURE
136. up from inside the baths the vacuum is reapplied to the vacuum chamber without diluent to dry the probe Count Regulated vacuum 6 in Hg is used for counting The WBC aperture is connected to 1 through LV17 and the RBC aperture through LV16 Figure 2 3 12 During the count portion of the cycle the regulated vacuum available in is applied to these apertures when valves LV16 and LV17 are energized Once the pathway is open the regulated vacuum in is applied to the apertures and the WBC dilution inside the WBC bath is pulled through the WBC aperture and the RBC dilution inside the RBC bath is pulled through the RBC aperture Additionally on the RBC side regulated vacuum also pulls diluent through the sweep flow line Two streams of droplets should be entering during the count portion of the cycle Note Regulated vacuum 6 in Hg low vacuum count vacuum and aperture vacuum are synonymous terms and are therefore interchangeable Pressure Supply Exhaust from a single head pneumatic pump or pressure from a dual head pneumatic pump is used as the mixing bubble air supply These air bubbles pass through the sample dilution inside each bath and mix the dilution to ensure the particle suspension is uniform throughout the bath LV5 switches the pressure between atmosphere and the mixing bubble path Figure 2 3 13 The alternate energizing and de energizing of LV5 breaks up the air flow and creates the individual bubbles
137. used by the waste full sensor Middle HOST connector 9 pin DB connector used for transmission to a Host computer Bottom PRINTER connector 25 pin DB connector used for a parallel Centronics Printer WARNING Risk of personal injury or contamination Waste can include biohazardous materials Handle and dispose of waste according to acceptable laboratory standards 5 Disconnect the reagent tubing from the rear panel bulkhead Luer fittings Figure 4 2 1 e Waste tubing red striped attaches at the lower left e Lytic reagent tubing translucent EVA connects to the inner connector labeled 2 e Diluent tubing clear coiled tubing connects to the outer connector labeled 1 6 Remove the rear panel The rear panel is secured with eight Phillips head screws seven on the back of the unit and one on the lower right reagent side that is used to fasten the vacuum pump cover Figure 4 2 1 Note Hinged side access doors are attached to the rear panel and do not have to be removed from the rear panel Installation ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers l Attach the rear panel The rear panel is secured with eight Phillips head screws seven on the back of the unit and one on the lower right reagent side used to fasten the vacuum pump cover Figure 4 2 1 2 Attach the internal reagent tubing to the rear panel bulkhead Luer fittings Figure 4 2 1 e Waste tubing red striped attaches at the lower left e Lytic reagent
138. valve used to connect the vacuum chamber VC1 to the bottom port of the probe wipe housing De energized the pathway from the bottom port of the probe wipe housing to VC1 is closed Energized the pathway from the bottom port of the probe wipe housing to the VC1 is open to allow high vacuum to either pull diluent through the housing to clean the outside of the probe or function as a source of air for drying the outside of the probe LV8 A 4 2 5 LV11 Angar three way solenoid valve used to control diluent output from the sample syringe De energized top of the probe is connected to the sample syringe for aspiration or diluent dispense Energized routes diluent from the sample syringe to LV7 for bath prefill LV11 A 4 2 6 LV12 Angar three way solenoid valve used to control the routing of diluent De energized provides a bidirectional pathway between the diluent reservoir and the 5 mL diluent syringe Energized provides a unidirectional pathway from the 5 mL diluent syringe to the 250 sample syringe LV11 LV12 A 4 6 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A 8 10 and AC T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 4 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an 8 10 or diff Analyzer Continued Figure Reference Component Function Reference Designator DCN 6323083 A 4 2 7 LV1 Two way solenoid valve used to control ve
139. verify the cap pierce door is closed 2 Unlatch and open the front door as shown in Figure 4 2 2 Figure 4 2 2 Opening the diff 2 Analyzer s Front Door 7339088E PN 4237339F 4 2 3 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS Removing the diff 2 Analyzer s Top and Rear Center Cover Tools Supplies Needed 2 Phillips head screwdriver Q Small blade screwdriver Removal ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 1 Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 Remove the input output cables attached to the Analyzer card s rear connectors Figure 4 2 3 Top WASTE connector round BNC connector used by the waste full sensor Middle HOST connector 9 pin DB connector used for transmission to a Host computer Bottom PRINTER connector 25 pin DB connector used for a parallel Centronics Printer Figure 4 2 3 Top and Rear Center Cover Removal ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Waste connector Host connector Printer connector 9 LV20 J50 7339073 4 2 4 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES 4 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 3 From the back of the instrument Figure 4 2 3 remove the top and rear center cover a Remove
140. vertical rack into the traverse housing Figure 4 8 1 vertical rack slides in from the bottom of the traverse housing A guide slot in the vertical rack is positioned at the back The slotted end of the vertical rack flush to end of rack is positioned up The gear teeth are to the left Attach the vertical sensor flag Figure 4 8 1 It snaps onto the top of the vertical rack and is positioned in the vertical sensor Install the vertical and horizontal dual channel position sensors by snapping them into place on the traverse housing ATTENTION Although the vertical motor is fastened with two Phillips head screws it requires that you use one shorter screw in the outer position This is necessary because a longer screw in the outer position would interfere with the vertical sensor 4 Secure the vertical and horizontal motors with two Phillips head screws each Figure 4 8 1 Install the Traverse Interconnect card This card is press fit onto the traverse housing using two inner fingers on the back of the card and two outer fingers on the component side of the card Figure 4 8 1 Connect the vertical and horizontal sensors to the Traverse Interconnect card Figure 4 8 1 a P58 vertical sensor plug wiring routes across the top of the housing and plugs into J58 the second connector from the top b P59 horizontal sensor plug wiring routes up then across and down with the other wiring and plugs into J58
141. 0 RIA 10 0 250 0 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES 4 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT diff AND diff 2 ANALYZERS 7 Check the measured values for WMCV and RMCV Ifthe measured values are within 1 5 fL of the latex particle size entered in step 3 no adjustment is necessary Ifthe measured values are not within 1 5 fL of the latex particle size entered in step 3 adjust the gains and verify that they are within the limits in Table 4 12 1 If the gains are outside the limits troubleshoot and correct the problem 8 Select WIA RIA or Both to select the parameter to change Select Save and Exit icon to save the new gains and exit the program Select Exit icon to exit the program without saving any changes Verification Verify instrument calibration and calibrate if necessary Note MCV and RDW are most affected by a change in RIA gain The WBC differential is most affected by a change in WIA gain 4237339F 4 12 3 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT AC T diff AND diff 2 ANALYZERS 4 12 4 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES diff AND AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 4 13 SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES ACeT diff AND diff 2 ANALYZERS Tools Supplies Needed L Ten or five normal fresh blood specimens COULTER 4C PLUS Normal cell control preferred Procedure PN 4237339F ATTENTION This
142. 1 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION POWER SUPPLY MODULE 2 4 2 Other components comprising the Power Supply module are Figure 2 4 1 e Neutral and line 1 5 A SLO BLO fuses 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers Neutral and line 2 5 A SLO BLO fuses AC T diff 2 analyzer The instruments ON OFF switch power line cord connector shielding case A power harness e Connector P5 Figure 2 4 1 Power Supply Module Main Components Connector P5 Shielding case Power line cord connector Power ON OFF switch kE Fuse holders 7339013C Module Differentiation Power Harness and Connectors The Power Supply modules for the 8 10 and the diff analyzers are identical except for the power harness and connectors The Power Supply module for the 8 10 analyzer uses 9 pin connector for P5 while the Power Supply module for the diff analyzer uses 12 pin connector for P5 Like the AC T diff analyzer the diff 2 analyzer uses a 12 pin connector for P5 The location of connector P5 is shown in Figure 2 4 1 The nine pinouts for the P5 connector on the 8 10 analyzer are described in Table A 1 6 The 12 pinouts for P5 connector on the ACeT diff and AC T diff 2 analyzers are described in Table A 1 7 PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 POWER SUPPLY MODULE The pinouts for P5 were increased to allow for greater 24 Vdc supply current draw by the ACeT diff an
143. 1 SM 3023 SM 3044 SM 3048 SM 3087 SM 3091 and SM 3092 This new information encompasses the hardware changes made to improve reliability namely installing a redesigned sweep flow assembly replacing the single head vacuum pump with a dual head pump and installing a pair of filters in the diluent lines to the reservoir In addition since check digits are not used in the VANTIVE or CARES systems all check digits have been removed from the part numbers listed in this manual This document applies to the latest software listed and higher versions When a subsequent software version affects the information in this document the changes will be included on minor revision change pages or summarized on a Notice of Information Update form and will be released by service memo PN 4237339F iii REVISION STATUS Note Information from the following service memos was considered for this revision but not added because the information is obsolete SM 1868 SM 1922 SM 1955 Changes were made on the following pages 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 4 1 1 5 1 1 6 1 2 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 4 2 2 5 2 2 6 2 2 7 2 2 8 2 3 9 2 3 10 2 3 11 2 3 12 2 3 13 2 3 14 2 3 15 2 3 16 2 3 17 2 6 1 through 2 6 4 2 8 2 2 8 8 and 2 8 9 2 8 12 and 2 8 13 2 8 14 and 2 8 15 2 8 16 through 2 8 18 2 9 1 3 2 5 3 2 6 4 4 1 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 6 1 through 4 6 4 4 7 1 through 4 7 4 4 17 6 4 15 3 4 16 1 4 20 2 5 1 1 6 1 1 7 1 1 7 1 6 7 1 16 7 1 17 7 1 1
144. 1 diaphragm pumps function in the diluent delivery system diff 2 analyzer 2 3 10 function in the pneumatic system ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 2 5 2 3 11 function in the waste system ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 17 digital circuits on Analyzer card 8 10 analyzer 2 5 3 digital sensor indicators description 7 1 5 Dil Waste AspSW OVAsp and CVAsp 7 1 5 Dil field on Voltages Sensors screen description 7 1 5 diluent delivery system 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers components and flow simplified schematic 2 2 3 description 2 2 2 diluent delivery system diff 2 analyzer components and flow simplified schematic 2 3 9 description 2 3 9 diluent level sensor 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers level error during powerup 7 2 3 troubleshooting 7 2 8 diluent pump component in diluent delivery system diff 2 analyzer 2 3 9 FMI pump function diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 function AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 7 function diff 2 analyzer 2 3 10 A 5 8 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 volume AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 See also FMI pumps diluent pump reservoir fill location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 diluent reservoir components 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 2 components diff 2 analyzer 2 3 9 function AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 8 func
145. 1 engineering schematic part number 6 1 1 pressure components and flow simplified schematic 2 3 14 PN 4237339F INDEX vacuum components and flow simplified schematic 2 3 12 Power ON LED circuit 2 5 6 power ON OFF switch in Power Supply module 2 4 2 location illustration 2 4 2 4 3 1 8 2 16 part number 8 1 6 8 2 17 Power Supply module components 2 4 2 connector P5 8 10 analyzer pin descriptions A 1 2 connector P5 AC T diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzer pin descriptions A 1 2 connectors 8 10 analyzer 2 4 2 connectors ACeT diff analyzer and ACeT diff 2 analyzers 2 4 2 description 2 1 1 2 4 1 function 2 6 1 fuses AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 2 4 2 fuses ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 4 2 Hz rating 2 1 1 installation 4 3 2 main components illustration 2 4 2 part numbers 8 1 4 8 2 17 removal 4 3 1 removal installation tools supplies needed 4 3 1 removal installation verification 4 3 2 removing to allow top cover and rear panel removal ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 2 2 replacing illustration 4 3 1 schematic part number 6 1 1 switching supply specifications table of 2 4 1 voltage range 2 1 1 Powerup cycle description 2 8 2 error 15 diluent level error during powerup 7 2 8 initiated when exiting the Diagnostics menu 7 1 1 one of ten instrument cycles 2 8 1 table duration and activity AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff an
146. 1 installation 4 4 4 interfaced to front door components by Display Controller Driver card 2 7 3 location illustration 4 3 1 4 4 2 8 2 24 part numbers 8 1 1 removal 4 4 1 removal installation verification 4 4 4 removal installation tools supplies needed 4 4 1 schematics part numbers 6 1 1 signals A 2 21 signals to from the Display Controller Driver card 2 7 4 Startup cycle function in removal installation verification 4 4 5 stepper motor control 2 6 3 Voltages Sensors screen function in removal installation verification 4 4 5 See also Analyzer card for specific instrument Angar valves used on ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 1 aperture sensor system 8 10 and diff analyzers components 2 2 8 components illustration 4 10 3 description 2 2 8 aperture sensor system ACeT diff 2 analyzer components 2 3 15 components illustration 4 10 3 description 2 3 15 aperture See aperture bath assembly RBC aperture WBC aperture 2 INDEX aperture bath assembly components on mounting plate illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers 8 2 26 components on mounting plate illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer 8 2 28 description of two versions currently in use 2 2 9 description 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 9 description ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 15 electrode positioning 4 10 4 location illustration 8 10 diff analyzers 8
147. 1 20 PN 4237339F TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU On the 8 10 and diff analyzers The three horizontal positions and their designators are gt PA probe at the aspirate position gt probe at the RBC bath position gt PW probe at the WBC bath position The three vertical positions and their designators are gt PU probe at the top up position gt PT probe in the bath thief position gt PD probe at the lower aspirate down position When the probe is at one of the indicated positions that position is ON otherwise it is OFF This means that all six positions can indicate OFF but no more than one horizontal and one vertical position should indicate ON at one time On the ACeT diff 2 analyzer the Motors screen displays the ON OFF state for ten sensors The four horizontal position sensors are gt POV Probe at the open vial position gt PRB Probe at the red bath position gt PWB Probe at the white bath position gt PCV Probe at the closed vial or cap pierce position three vertical position sensors gt PV Probe at the top of travel gt PT Probe at the thief position down position when in the baths gt PD Probe down The probe down position is unique in that two different sensors can indicate the probe is down the vertical sensor on the Traverse Interconnect card and the tube bottom seeking optical sensor 524 in the Cap Pierce module 524 i
148. 10 and AC T diff Analyzers Item Part Number Description 1 6233052 Filter water hydrophilc 5 with male Luer fitting 2 6232801 Fitting Luer female to 0 094 barbed hose 9 6232259 Fitting Y 0 093 i d to 0 093 i d 4 6214108 Valve check small 0 062 i d fitting 5 6232502 Fitting Luer male to 0 094 barbed hose fitting 6 6214107 Valve check medium 0 125 i d fitting 7 2821010 Nut SEMS 6 32 8 2306099 Sensor vacuum transducer 15 V 9 2830016 Grommet panel tubing throughway 0 500 i d x0 813 o d x 0 281 thick 10 2830014 Grommet panel tubing throughway 0 375 i d x 0 625 o d x 0 250 thick 11 6028810 Clamp cable bundle snap mount to panel 0 875 x 0 437 in bundle 12 6232940 Flange Bio Chem pinch valve mount 13 6232867 Valve small Bio Chem solenoid pinch 14 6706483 Sensor inline optical fluid cleaning and lytic reagent 15 2830013 Grommet panel tubing throughway 0 250 i d x 0 562 o d x 0 250 thick 16 2806117 Screw pan head 76 32 x 1 0 in 17 6028809 Clamp cable bundle snap mount to panel 0 515 x 0 410 in bundle may also use cable bundle clamp PN 6028995 18 6232779 Valve solenoid Angar fluidic 3 way 19 2851605 Latch side door black 8 10 and diff analyzers 2852403 Latch side door grey diff 2 analyzer 20 6805672 Door right side with hinge no latch 21 6232246 Fitting union polypropylene 0 093 i d to 0 125 i d 22 6232803 Filter fluid barrier 0 45 micron green
149. 12 WBC bath drain and LV6 waste pump 4 0 Turn OFF LV12 WBC bath drain and turn ON LV15 RBC bath drain 7 0 Turn OFF 1 15 turn ON LV8 probe wipe waste valve and LV7 vacuum isolator drain valve 0 8 Turn OFF LV7 LV8 turn ON LV12 dispense 100 uL lyse 0 8 Check Lyse sensor 2 86 Turn OFF LV12 turn ON LV15 RBC bath drain dispense 2 mL diluent to RBC bath 5 7 Turn OFF LV6 waste pump and LV12 dispense 4 mL diluent to RBC bath 5 7 Turn ON LV11 WBC select diluent dispense 4 mL diluent to WBC bath 2 17 Turn OFF LV11 sound probe warning move probe up 1 5 Turn ON LV23 vacuum pump LV2 high vacuum enable 1 6 Turn ON LV10 diluent to probe wipe housing LV8 probe wipe waste valve and dispense 0 8 mL of diluent 15 0 Turn OFF LV10 LV8 turn ON LV16 RBC count valve prime sweep flow and rear chamber for 15 seconds with high vacuum 15 0 Turn OFF LV2 turn ON LV17 prime rear chambers and count lines 2 0 Turn OFF LV16 LV17 wait 1 second and turn OFF vacuum pump 7 0 Turn ON LV8 LV7 LV6 drain vacuum isolator for 7 seconds 0 0 Turn OFF LV6 LV7 LV8 PN 4237339F Aspirate Cycle Pressing the aspirate switch or closing the cap pierce door initiates the Aspirate cycle The main program turns on the vacuum pump and then executes the Aspirate cycle table for the mode selected Tables 2 8 3 2 8 4 2 8 5 2 8 6 2 8 7 and 2 8 8 describe the primary Aspirate cycles for the current models and software versions of
150. 18 Intake Position 2 3 19 Crossover Position from Intake to Output 2 3 19 Additional Points about the FMI Pumps 2 3 20 Output Position 2 3 20 POWER SUPPLY MODULE 2 4 1 Components 2 4 1 Module Differentiation 2 4 2 Power Harness and Connectors 2 4 2 Fuses 2 4 3 Appearance 2 4 3 Comparison 2 4 3 ANALYZER CARD AC T 8 10 Analyzer 2 5 1 Analog Circuitry 2 5 1 WEC Processor Circuitry 2 5 1 RBC Processor Circuitry 2 5 2 Plt Processor Circuitry 2 5 2 Digital Circuitry 2 5 3 A D Converter Circuit 2 5 3 Serial and Parallel I O Port Circuits 2 5 3 Display Interface Circuit 2 5 4 Stepper Motor Driver Circuitry 2 5 4 Solenoid Driver Circuitry 2 5 4 Miscellaneous Support Circuitry 2 5 5 Pulse Circuit 2 5 5 Hgb Support Circuitry 2 5 6 Power On LED and Sensor Connector Circuits 2 5 6 ANALYZER CARDS diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers 2 6 1 Power Supply Filtering and Distribution 2 6 1 CPU and Memory 2 6 2 Communication 2 6 2 Display 2 6 2 Solenoid Control 2 6 2 Stepper Motor Control 2 6 3 D A Conversion 2 6 3 Data Acquisition 2 6 3 Jumpers 2 6 4 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY 2 7 1 Main Components 2 7 1 Touch Screen 2 7 2 LCD 2 7 2 PN 4237339F 4237339 CONTENTS 2 Display Controller Driver 2 7 3 Function 2 7 3 Differences Between the Old and New Versions of the Display Controller Driver Card 2 7 5 2 8 SOFTWARE STRUCTURE 2 8 1 Overview 2 8 1 Menu Trees 2 8 1
151. 2 Aperture RBC and bath assembly 25 2830014 Grommet panel tubing throughway 0 375 i d x 0 625 o d x 0 250 thick AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 26 6805773 Clamp bath mounting post molded 27 2852095 Screw pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 50 in Not shown 6232259 Fitting Y 0 093 i d to 0 093 i d PN 4237339F 8 2 27 8 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 15 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 15 7339149 8 2 28 4237339F PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 15 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 15 Item Part Number Description 1 2807048 Setscrew Allen 24 40 x 0 38 in 2 6805344 Lamp Hgb photometer assembly 3 6805691 Housing lamp holder and heatsink molded 4 2523689 O ring 0 364 in i d 5 6102189 Lens Hgb lamp heat filter blue 6 1023237 Lens Hgb lamp 7 2852303 Screw pan head 4 40 x 1 75 in 8 2852224 Screw pan head SEMS 4 40 x 0 31 in 9 2852302 Spacer 4 1 5 in long 10 6805357 Photodiode Hgb preamp and housing molded 11 6011015 Mount adhesive back for vacuum chamber 12 6029001 Clamp wire tie for fastening vacuum chamber to mount 13 2852093 Screw self lock pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 38 in 14 6805032 Chamber vacuum isolator and waste assembly molded 15 1025523 Fi
152. 2 clockwise 4 6 turns fills diluent reservoir without regard to sensor M15 CF Cleaner fill Rotates PM1 counterclockwise 2 5 turns fills RBC bath with waste 71 18 4237339 4237339 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU Table 7 1 5 Motors Function Action and Description ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Motor Function Motor Action Description MO SASF Sample aspiration Moves sample pump counterclockwise to aspirate M1 DILH Diluent pump home Moves diluent pump clockwise to sensor M2 DILU Diluent pump unblock Moves diluent pump clockwise just out of sensor MA PLFT Probe jog left Moves probe to left out of sensor M5 SDSP Sample dispense Moves sample pump clockwise to dispense M6 PCV Probe to closed vial Moves probe right to closed vial position M7 PWB Probe to white bath Moves probe left to WBC bath position M8 PRB Probe to red bath Moves probe left to RBC bath position M9 PUP Probe up Moves probe up to upper sensor M10 PDHC Probe down holding current Moves probe down to down sensor and applies holding current M11 POV Probe open vial Moves probe left to open vial position M12 PRGT Probe jog right Moves probe right out of sensor M13 SHSC Sample home check Moves sample pump 12 uL checks for sensor M14 PDNH Probe down no holding current Moves probe down does not apply holding current when down M1
153. 2 i d x 0 875 o d x 0 218 thick rubber 26 6807605 Cover pneumatic pump for dual head pump 27 6807707 Module Pneumatic Pump KNF dual head includes the pneumatic pump compartment with all the internal components shown in Figure 8 2 8 the pneumatic pump cover and the following components external to the compartment the EMC Motor Filter 2 card PN 6707140 the vacuum transducer PN 2302008 the vacuum regulator knob PN 9908180 and the female Luer lock fitting PN 6232801 Note Only order this complete module if you are upgrading a single head pump to a KNF dual head pump If you are simply replacing a defective KNF dual head pump order the pump PN 6233071 PN 4237339F 8 2 15 8 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 9 Rear View Showing Components See Table 8 2 9 7339009 82 16 4237339F PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 9 Rear View Showing Components See Figure 8 2 9 Item Part Number Description 1 6232382 Fastener nut for bulkhead Luer fitting 2 6232498 Washer white lock ring for bulkhead Luer fitting 3 6232503 Fitting bulkhead Luer to barbed hose fitting 4 6232846 Fitting Luer male to barbed hose fitting 5 6232502 Fitting Luer male to 0 094 barbed hose fitting 6 6232670 Washer yellow lock ring for bulkhead Luer fitting 7 6028708 Cable chassis ground connects to Power Supply module 8 2121410 Connector 1 pi
154. 237339F 6 1 4237339 SCHEMATICS SCHEMATICS REQUIRED The following is a list of the engineering schematics you need for troubleshooting the Series instruments Two tubing lists production tubing instructions are also included Name PN Pneumatic Hydraulic 8 10 and diff Analyzers 6323083 HYDRO PNEU Ac T SERIES Pneumatic Hydraulic AC T diff 2 Analyzers 6323266 CB8 HYDRO PNEU Ac T SERIES System Interconnect AC T 8 10 Analyzer 6323157 INTERCON DIAG SYS ELECT 1 System Interconnect ACeT diff Analyzer 6323257 INTERCON DIAG SYS ELECT CB2 System Interconnect ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 6323521 INTERCON DIAG SYS ELECT CB8 Power Supply 8 10 Analyzer 6322902 UNIVERSAL ELECTRICAL PWR SUPPLY Power Supply AC T diff Analyzer 6323265 UNIVER ELECT PWR SUPPLY CB2 Analyzer Card Schematic 8 10 Analyzer 6322891 ANALYZER Display Controller Driver AC T Series Analyzers old 6322910 KEYPAD DISPLAY Analyzer Card Schematic diff analyzer 6323022 ANALYZER SMT CARD Analyzer Card Schematic diff 2 analyzer 6323409 ANALYZER SMT CARD Tubing List 8 10 and diff analyzers 6323129 Tubing List diff 2 analyzers 6323548 Note These are surface mount boards and cannot be repaired in the field Electronic pdf files of these schematics are available on a separate CD ROM in the Service Resource Kit SRK and in a Lotus Notes data
155. 3 9 Lytic Reagent Delivery System in AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers 2 2 4 Lytic Reagent Delivery System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 2 3 11 Pneumatic System in 8 10 and diff Analyzers Pressure 2 2 8 Pneumatic System in ACeT 8 10 diff Analyzers Vacuum 2 2 5 Pneumatic System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Pressure 2 3 14 Pneumatic System in the diff 2 Analyzer Vacuum 2 3 12 Vacuum Isolator Chamber VC1 System in ACeT 8 10 and diff Analyzers 2 2 7 Vacuum Isolator Chamber VCI System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 2 3 13 Waste and Cleaner System in 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 10 Waste and Cleaner System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 2 3 16 sleep state condition of Hgb lamp 2 9 1 condition of pneumatic pump 2 9 1 definition 2 9 1 probe position 2 9 1 Sample Results screen determines probe position 2 9 1 PN 4237339F software card See Flash Memory card part numbers 8 1 6 part numbers 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 8 2 3 part numbers diff 2 analyzer 8 2 5 software card slot function AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 3 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer 5 3 insertion guidelines ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4 3 insertion guidelines diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 2 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 solenoids advant
156. 37339F A 2 3 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS A 2 4 Test Points Table A 2 2 Analyzer Card Test Points ACeT 8 10 Analyzers See Figure A 2 1 Test Point Description Circuit 4 15 Vdc From the Power Supply TP5 24 Vdc From the Power Supply TP7 Hgb preamp output Hgb Support TP11 A D BOUND signal Plt Processor 12 5 Vdc From the Power Supply TP14 15 Vdc From the Power Supply TP16 Output Peak Detector TP17 Integrator output Inverter TP25 Lower Plt threshold Plt Window Comparator TP26 10 Vde Supply generated on card TP27 10 Vde Supply generated on card TP28 Operation amplifier output RBC Processor TP29 Operation amplifier output WBC Processor TP30 Upper Plt threshold Plt Window Comparator TP33 Preamplifier output RBC Processor TP34 Comparator output WBC Processor TP35 Preamplifier output WBC Processor TP37 Hgb lamp voltage Hgb Support TP38 Plt amplifier output Plt Processor PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Analyzer Card ACeT diff Analyzers e For component locations refer to Figure A 2 2 For details concerning a specific connector refer to Table A 2 3 For details concerning a specific jumper refer to Table A 2 4 For details concerning a specific test point refer to Table A 2 5 Component Locations Figure A 2
157. 37339F single head pump exhaust port location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 vacuum port location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 pneumatic pump compartment cover removal illustration of AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 pneumatic pump motor location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 pneumatic pump 8 10 and diff analyzers bracket and cover removal illustration 4 6 2 disconnecting for Analyzer card removal installations 4 4 2 function in pneumatic system 2 2 5 in sleep state 2 9 1 models in current use 4 6 1 types used 2 2 5 pneumatic pump AC T diff 2 analyzer disconnecting for Analyzer card removal installations 4 4 2 function in pneumatic system 2 3 11 in sleep state 2 9 1 location illustration ASF Thomas pump 4 7 2 location illustration KNF dual head pump 4 7 3 models in current use 4 7 1 replacement ASF Thomas pump 4 7 1 replacement ASF Thomas pump illustration 4 7 2 replacement KNF dual head pump 4 7 3 replacement KNF dual head pump illustration 4 7 3 type used 2 3 11 pneumatic system 8 10 and diff analyzers description 2 2 5 engineering schematic part number 6 1 1 pressure components and flow simplified schematic 2 2 8 vacuum components and flow simplified schematic 2 2 5 pneumatic system diff 2 analyzer description 2 3 1
158. 4 40 x 1 50 in 19 6806494 Pump waste KNF 20 6806764 Foam trap glassware and stopper assembly 21 6806489 Pump cleaning agent shutdown diluent 22 6233045 Filter waste particle basket type 149 micron mesh double barb Note Position the filter with the arrow pointing towards the waste pump 23 6232869 Valve large Bio Chem solenoid pinch 24 6232905 Flange mounting for valves 6232870 and 6232869 25 6232951 Fitting adapter 1 8 i d to 1 4 28 male thd 26 2527770 Mount shock absorbing 27 6806492 Pump FMI 50 uL sample aspiration 6807001 Pump FMI 50 uL sample aspiration half winding use with Analyzer card PN 6707111 28 6806493 Pump FMI 100 uL diluent lyse Not shown 1018245 Fitting Y 0 0851 i d x 0 172 o d Not shown 2852403 Latch side door grey Not shown 3230084 Tubing for large Bio Chem solenoid pinch valve 6232869 Not shown 6011015 Mount adhesive back for foam trap VC2 Not shown 6028917 Clamp tie wrap for fastening foam trap to mount releaseable Not shown 6232198 Fitting union polypropylene 0 125 i d to 0 125 i d Not shown 6232246 Fitting union polypropylene 0 093 i d to 0 125 i d Not shown 6706483 Sensor fluid optical rinse and lytic reagent PN 4237339F 8 2 13 8 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 8 Right Side Compartment Pneumatic Pump Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 8 j ASF Thomas Pump
159. 5 LDSP Lyse dispense Moves lyse pump clockwise to dispense M16 PJDN Probe jog down Moves probe down out of sensor M17 DDSP Diluent dispense Moves diluent pump clockwise to dispense M18 LH Lyse pump home Moves lyse pump clockwise to sensor M19 LU Lyse pump unlock Moves lyse pump clockwise just out of sensor M20 DCHC Door closed holding current Applies holding current when cap pierce door is closed M21 DOPN Door open Moves cap pierce counterclockwise to open M22 PT Probe to thief position Moves probe down to thief position M23 SHWS Sample home with sensor Moves sample pump clockwise to sensor When using motor functions you are in control of the instrument Normal system safeguards used by system cycles are bypassed and must be observed Most notable solenoid functions are separate from motor functions During an instrument cycle the proper solenoids are energized before doing a motor function Entering this screen without first energizing the appropriate solenoids from the Solenoids screen may enable fluidic pathways that are not desirable 7 1 19 7 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU For example the function M15 CF Table 7 1 4 rotates PM1 the waste peristaltic pump counterclockwise against the waste flow During a normal Shutdown cycle LV13 is energized before calling function M15 CE changing the hydraulic path from the waste container to the shutdown diluent container Then without en
160. 5 Latch keeper front door used on original ACeT diff 2 analyzers for latch PN 2852412 2852413 8 2 3 11 8 2 4 7 Latch lever arm CP part of latching mechanism on current ACsT diff 2 analyzers 1024875 8 2 3 19 Latch receiver front door hidden replaces PN 1024624 and PN 2852413 on current 2852440 52 248 9 diff 2 analyzers Note This latch receiver is used with latching mechanism comprised of a mounting bracket PN 6806844 lever arm PN 1024875 shoulder screw PN 1024876 retaining ring PN 2852417 and setscrew PN 2807020 Latch screw lock front door used on original AC T diff 2 analyzers for latch keeper 2852412 8 2 3 23 2852413 Latch side door black 8 10 and diff analyzers 2851605 20 19 8 2 13 16 81 10 4237339F Table 8 1 2 Fasteners Fittings and Miscellaneous Hardware Continued PARTS LISTS MASTER PARTS LIST Description Part Number Figure Item Latch side door grey diff 2 analyzer 2852403 8 2 6 19 8 2 13 16 Mount wire tie 0 75 x 0 75 w adhesive back 6011015 8 2 14 11 8 2 15 11 Mount shock absorbing AC T diff 2 analyzer 2527770 8 2 7 26 Nut hex 6 32 2822008 8 2 5 9 8 2 7 9 Nut SEMS 6 32 2821010 8 276 7 O ring 0 187 i d x 0 050 w 2523062 O ring 0 364 in i d 2523689 8 2 14 4 8 2 15 4 Pin socket for Power Supply module 9 pin connector 2121692 Ring retainer 0 125 diameter groove x 0 029 wide crescent part
161. 5 E6 E8 E9 E10 ON E8 E9 A 2 7 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS A 2 8 Test Points Table A 2 5 Analyzer Card Test Points ACeT diff Analyzer See Figure A 2 2 Test Point Description Circuit 24 Vdc From the Power Supply TP4 200 Vdc From U7 dc dc converter 5 5 Vdc From the Power Supply TP6 DGND Digital ground TP8 15 Vdc From the Power Supply TP9 AGND Analog ground TP10 15 Vdc From the Power Supply TP25 15 VRF vacuum reference Generated on the card TP26 3 6 Hgb lamp supply voltage PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Analyzer Card ACeT diff 2 Analyzers e For component locations refer to Figure A 2 3 For details concerning a specific connector refer to Table A 2 6 For details concerning a specific jumper refer to Table A 2 7 For details concerning a specific test point refer to Table A 2 8 Component Locations Figure A 2 3 Analyzer Card Component Locations ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 14 515 516 517 524 525 J10 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 7339068 4237339 2 9 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Connectors Table A 2 6 Analyzer Card Connectors ACeT diff 2 Analyzer See Figure A 2 3
162. 527678 8 2 1 11 Syringe piston 5 mL 2527679 8 2 1 8 Traverse probe traverse module AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 7000558 8 2 2 8 Tubing 0 082 i d polyurethane clear 3202036 Tubing 0 082 i d polyurethane green striped 3202208 Tubing 0 082 i d polyurethane red striped 3202205 8 2 8 7 Tubing 0 082 i d polyurethane blue striped 3202209 Tubing 0 082 i d polyurethane yellow striped 3202207 Tubing 0 145 i d polyurethane clear 3202039 8 2 14 19 8 2 15 22 Tubing coiled reagent 1023593 PN 4237339F PARTS LISTS MASTER PARTS LIST Table 8 1 1 Components Continued Description Part Number Figure Item Tubing coiled reagent with blue stripe 1023592 Tubing EVA for lytic reagent pickup 3202221 Tubing for large Bio Chem solenoid pinch valve 6232869 3230084 Tubing for small Bio Chem solenoid pinch valve 6232867 3230085 Tubing peristaltic pump 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 3213214 82 5 4 Tubing polyurethane special three tube ribbon 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 3230066 8 2 2 6 Tubing silicone pinch tubing black striped 3203015 Valve check medium 0 125 i d fitting 6214107 8 2 6 6 Valve check small 0 062 i d fitting 6214108 8 2 6 4 8 2 14 20 8 2 15 23 Valve large Bio Chem solenoid pinch AC T diff 2 analyzer 6232869 8 2 7 23 Valve large Bio Chem solenoid pinch AC T diff 2 analyzer 3230084 8 2 7 21 Valve Pneutronics solenoid 8 10 and diff
163. 6 10 11 Open the left side instrument door Free up the three tubings disconnected from the front of the instrument in step 5 and let them hang loose You will remove them with the pneumatic pump compartment Disconnect the tubing from the vacuum transducer using a flat blade screwdriver or needle nose pliers Locate the tubing from the pneumatic pump compartment to the fluid barrier and disconnect the female Luer lock from the fluid barrier If two diluent filters are attached to the pneumatic pump cover cut the wire tie securing the filters to the cover and set the filter assembly aside Note The pair of diluent filters are installed as an assembly and attached to the pneumatic pump cover This assembly will be reattached to the new pneumatic pump cover so it is not necessary to disconnect the filters from the Luer locks From the rear of the instrument remove the two Phillips head screws that secure the pneumatic pump compartment See Figure 4 7 5 Set the screws aside Figure 4 7 5 Pneumatic Compartment Securing Screws Pneumatic pump compartment securing screws 7330148F 12 Remove the pneumatic pump compartment from the instrument Installation of New Pneumatic Pump Compartment 1 Place the new pneumatic pump compartment inside the instruments right compartment and secure it with the two Phillips head screws removed in step 11 of the removal procedure Route the cables from the
164. 6 4 8 1 Traverse Module Disassembling Replacement 4 8 2 4 9 1 Disconnecting the Traverse Module Flex Cable 4 9 2 4 9 2 Disconnecting the Horizontal Motor Cable 4 9 2 4 9 3 Disconnecting the Traverse Module Tubing 4 9 3 4 9 4 Removing the Traverse Module 4 9 3 4 9 5 Removing Probe Wipe Housing from the Traverse Housing 4 9 4 4 9 6 Removing the Probe from the Traverse Housing 4 9 4 4 9 7 Removing the Belt Clamp 4 9 5 4 9 8 Removing the Belt 4 9 5 4 9 9 Removing the Traverse Housing 4 9 6 4 9 10 Removing the Vertical Motor 4 9 6 4 9 11 Removing the Traverse Interconnect Card 4 9 7 4 9 12 Removing the Vertical Rack 4 9 8 4 9 13 Removing the Horizontal Motor 4 9 8 4 9 14 Removing a Horizontal Sensor 4 9 9 4 9 15 Probe Installation 4 9 12 4 10 1 Removing the Aperture Bath Assembly Shield 4 10 1 4 10 2 Removing the Hgb Photometer Assembly 4 10 2 4 10 3 Aperture Sensor System Components 4 10 3 4 11 1 Removing the Aperture Bath Assembly Shield 4 11 1 4 11 2 Removing the Hgb Photometer Assembly 4 11 2 4 11 3 Disassembling the Hgb Photometer Assembly 4 11 3 4 12 1 Latex Calibration Screen diff Analyzer 4 12 1 4 12 2 Latex Calibration Screen ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 4 12 1 4 12 3 Latex Results Screen 4 12 2 4 15 1 Hgb Photometer Shipping Posts 4 15 3 4 15 2 Securing the Traverse Assembly for Shipping 4 15 4 4 15 3 Preparing FMI Pumps for Shipment 4 15 5 4 17 1 Removing the Cap Pierce Mod
165. 7 Vacuum sensor Monitors the low vacuum supply in VC1 prior to energizing count solenoids VL16 and VL17 to verify the proper level of low vacuum 6 in Hg is available for collecting count data May also be referred to as the vacuum transducer VAC XDCR A 5 2 8 LV12 Large Bio Chem two way solenoid pinch valve used to control the flow of waste from the WBC bath or the flow of shutdown diluent cleaner to the WBC bath De energized closes the pathway between the bottom port of the WBC bath 118 Energized depending on the state of 1 18 connects either the waste system or the shutdown diluent cleaner system to the bottom port of the WBC bath LV12 A 5 2 9 Vacuum adjust knob Knob used to the adjust the vacuum regulator RG1 which regulates the low 6 inches Hg vacuum used to pull the dilution through the WBC and RBC aperture and sweep flow diluent behind the RBC aperture VAC RGL TR PN 4237339F A 5 7 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 5 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of A eT diff 2 Analyzer Continued Reference Designator Figure DCN Reference Component Function 6323266 A 5 2 10 LV18 Large Bio Chem three way solenoid pinch valve directs the LV18 flow of liquid being moved by the waste rinse pump De energized the pump is connected to the waste system for draining the WBC b
166. 8 7 1 22 7 1 23 7 2 8 7 4 1 8 1 1 8 1 2 8 1 3 8 1 4 8 1 6 8 1 6 8 1 7 8 1 9 8 1 9 8 1 10 8 1 11 8 1 14 8 2 1 8 2 3 8 2 4 8 2 5 8 2 9 8 2 11 8 2 12 8 2 13 8 2 14 8 2 15 8 2 21 8 2 24 8 2 25 8 2 26 8 2 27 8 2 28 8 2 29 8 2 30 2 1 through 2 18 A 3 1 through A 3 4 4 1 A 4 7 4 10 4 11 5 2 A 5 6 A 5 8 A 5 9 A 5 10 5 11 5 12 and TRADEMARKS page In addition Headings 4 21 4 22 and were added iv PN 4237339F 4237339 LEGAL NOTICES REVISION STATUS iii 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 1 11 MANUAL DESCRIPTION 1 1 1 Scope 1 1 1 Notification of Updates 1 1 3 Intended Audience 1 1 4 Organization 1 1 4 Numbering Format 1 1 5 Special Headings 1 1 5 WARNING 1 1 5 CAUTION 1 1 5 IMPORTANT 1 1 5 ATTENTION 1 1 6 Note 1 1 6 Conventions 1 1 6 12 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1 2 1 Electronic 1 2 1 Biological 1 2 1 Troubleshooting 1 2 1 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 1 1 2 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 2 1 1 Hardware 2 1 1 Software 2 1 1 Interacting with the Analyzer 2 1 1 2 20 DILUTER SYSTEM 8 10 AND ACeT diff ANALYZERS 2 2 1 Traverse Module 2 2 1 Components 2 2 1 Diluent Delivery System 2 2 2 Lytic Reagent Delivery System 2 2 4 Pneumatic System 2 2 5 Vacuum Supply 2 2 6 Probe Wipe 2 2 6 Count 2 2 7 Pressure Supply 2 2 7 Aperture Sensor System 2 2 8 Hemoglobin Photometer Assembly 2 2 9 Waste and Cleaner System 2 2 9 Waste System
167. 8 2 10 8 Photodiode Hgb preamp and housing molded 6805357 8 2 14 10 8 2 15 10 Plate aspirate switch black molded AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 1023491 8 2 2 12 Plate aspirate switch grey molded AC T diff 2 analyzer 10244871 8 2 3 16 Plate bath assembly mounting and isolation 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6805559 8 2 16 3 Plate bath assembly mounting and isolation AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806092 8 2 16 3 Power Supply main power module 8 10 analyzer 7000556 8 2 9 16 Power Supply main power module AC T diff 2 analyzer 7000626 8 2 9 16 Power Supply main power module AC T diff analyzer 7000573 8 2 9 16 Probe aspirate probe without O ring ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6805125 8 2 10 6 Probe aspirate ACT diff 2 analyzer 6805948 8 2 11 13 Pump ASF Thomas vacuum 24 Vdc brush type new style 6232880 8 2 8 12 8 2 13 8 Pump cleaning agent shutdown diluent AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806489 8 2 7 21 Pump diluent reservoir fill ACeT diff 2 analyzer 6806580 8 2 7 16 Pump FMI 100 uL diluent lyse AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806493 8 2 7 28 Pump FMI 50 uL sample aspiration AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806492 8 2 7 27 Pump FMI 50 uL sample aspiration half winding use with new Analyzer card 6807001 8 2 7 27 PN 6707111 ACT diff 2 analyzer 81 4 4237339 PARTS LISTS MASTER PARTS LIST Table 8 1 1 Components Continued Description Part Number Figure Item Pu
168. 80 V to 220 V is displayed providing better resolution around the target voltage A reading of 180 V could be anywhere from 0 to 180 Vdc On the ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers The 5 V 15 V 15 V and 24 V are supplied directly from the Power Supply module to the Analyzer card All other voltage supplies are created on the Analyzer card from these voltages The 15 RF voltage is a precision regulated voltage used as a reference voltage by the A D converter for vacuum transducer translation On the AC T diff 2 analyzer this voltage is labeled VACRF because the voltage used for reference may be 8 V or 15 V depending on the vacuum transducer used The 200 Vdc supply on the diff and the ACT diff 2 analyzers provide a lower resolution to the voltage display than the 8 10 analyzer does The lower resolution allows a display of the full voltage range from 0 V to about 242 5 V instead of the narrow 80 V to 220 V range displayed on the 8 10 analyzer Separate 10 V RBC and WBC circuit supplies are created and indicated on this screen Hgb lamp is the Hgb lamp supply voltage reading for the Analyzer card On the diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers Hgb lamp supply voltage should be 3 6 V The Hgb lamp supply on the AC T 8 10 analyzer is 3 18 V Lytic and Clean On the 8 10 analyzer Lytic and Clean readings are analog sensor readings from the optical sensors in the lytic reage
169. A channels The hybrid daughter cards are the same parts used by the MD II analyzer and the state machines U22 and U33 are the same EPLD with the 2 6 3 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION ANALYZER CARDS diff and diff 2 Analyzers 2 6 4 same program used on the MD II analyzer The gain is set during latex calibration using an independent gain control stage for the red platelet and white channels The remainder of the data acquisition module is comprised of two ADG506A multiplexer chips U35 and U42 U35 and U42 route the system voltages vacuum voltage Hgb lamp and photodetector amplifier output temperature red and white aperture voltages and the 26 percentile voltages The selected voltage is fed to an a d converter AD7572 chip U36 for processing Jumpers All of the jumpers on the Analyzer card for the diff analyzer and most of the jumpers on the Analyzer card for the diff 2 analyzer are used for sub assembly testing Two of the jumpers on the AC T diff 2 analyzer are used for system configuration Refer to Table A 2 7 Analyzer Card Jumpers AC T diff 2 Analyzer See Figure A 2 3 for the correct jumper settings PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY 2 1 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY Main Components The Display assembly for the analyzer is mounted on the front door It is composed of three separate electronic components fastened together the touch screen the LCD and the Dis
170. AC T diff 2 analyzer 6028879 8 224 4 Cable harness ASF Thomas vacuum pump 6028893 8 2 8 20 8 2 13 7 Cable ribbon cable to Display assembly ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6028704 8 24 17 Cable syringe module to Analyzer card 6028703 Cable Traverse module flex 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6028676 82 2 9 Cable Traverse module flex ACT diff 2 analyzer 6002022 8 2 3 8 8 2 11 4 Cable waste level sensor for two piece assembly 6028783 Cam safety latch AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024560 8 2 12 16 Card reader reagent smart card ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 2121950 8 2 4 1 Card reader reagent smart card diff 2 analyzer 2122060 8 2 4 1 Card Analyzer 8 10 analyzer new number 6706541 8 2 13 4 Note This card is functionally the same as PN 6706332 it was assigned a new part number because its layout is different Card Analyzer AC T 8 10 analyzer old number 6706332 8 2 13 4 Card Analyzer AC T diff 2 analyzer 6706802 8 213 4 Card Analyzer AC T diff analyzer 6706442 8 2 13 4 PN 4237339F PARTS LISTS MASTER PARTS LIST Table 8 1 1 Components Continued Description Part Number Figure Item Card Analyzer Universal for diff and AC T diff 2 analyzers only 6707111 8 213 4 Card Display Controller Driver SMT 6706703 8 2 4 15 Card Display Controller Driver through hole 6706342 8 2 4 15 Card Pump Motor Filter 6029207 8 2 8 21 8 2 13 12 Card Tran
171. ANALYZERS 2 2 4 Lytic Reagent Delivery System Lytic reagent is used to eliminate red blood cells from the WBC Hgb dilution similar to most Beckman Coulter hematology analyzers A 1 mL syringe on the Syringe module pumps and dispenses lytic reagent for the diluter system and 9 controls the routing of the lytic reagent Figure 2 2 3 Figure 2 2 3 Lytic Reagent Delivery System in ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Components and Flow Lytic reagent Lyse syringe 1 mL Pneumatic pump Two features of the AC T analyzer lytic reagent delivery system distinguish it from previous Beckman Coulter hematology analyzers Using a syringe allows the system software to control the amount of lytic reagent dispensed The ACT analyzer takes advantage of this versatility using different amounts of lytic reagent during different cycles A normal Aspirate cycle uses 415 uL of lytic reagent the same amount that is dispensed during a Lyse Dispense Verification cycle and a Prime cycle The Predilute cycle uses 313 pL while the Lyse Prime cycle which assumes a lytic reagent dry state uses the full 1 mL syringe stroke several times 7339041F The other difference in the AC T analyzers lytic reagent delivery system results from the use of the Syringe module Since one motor moves three syringes simultaneously there are instances when diluent is being dispensed and lytic reagent delivery is not desired At these times lytic reagent is push
172. ATION 4 21 1 Purpose 4 21 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 21 1 Procedure 4 21 1 Flushing Out the Old Reagents 4 21 1 Decontaminating with Acetic Acid 4 21 2 Flushing Out the Acetic Acid 4 21 2 Installing New Reagents and Checking the Instrument 4 21 3 PREAMP DUMMY LOAD TEST 4 22 1 Purpose 4 22 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 22 1 Procedure 4 22 1 PN 4237339F CONTENTS 4 ILLUSTRATIONS 4 2 1 Cover and Rear Panel Removal AC T 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers 4 2 1 4 2 2 Opening the ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Front Door 4 2 3 4 2 3 Top and Rear Center Cover Removal AC T diff 2 Analyzer 4 2 4 4 3 1 Power Supply Module Replacement 4 3 1 4 4 Removing the Software Flash Memory Card 4 4 1 4 4 2 Disconnecting the Analyzer Card 4 4 2 4 4 3 Disengaging the Analyzer Card from the Mounting Posts 4 4 3 4 5 1 Disconnecting the Cables to the Display Assembly 4 5 1 4 5 2 Removing and Disassembling the Display Assembly 4 5 2 4 6 1 Pneumatic Pump Cover and Bracket Removal 8 10 and diff Analyzers 4 6 2 4 6 2 KNF Dual Head Pump with and Choke Installed 4 6 3 4 7 1 ASF Thomas Pneumatic Pump Replacement ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 4 7 2 4 7 2 KNF Dual Head Pneumatic Pump Replacement ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 4 7 3 4 7 3 KNF Dual Head Pump with Muffler and Choke Installed 4 7 4 4 7 4 Locations of CV1 CV2 and CV 3 on the diff 2 Analyzer 4 7 5 4 7 5 Pneumatic Compartment Securing Screws 4 7
173. AVR 7 3 4 TROUBLESHOOTING AC T 8 10 AND ACeT diff ANALYZER SPECIFIC PROBLEMS 7 4 1 ILLUSTRATIONS 7 1 1 7 1 2 7 1 3 7 1 4 7 1 5 7 1 6 7 1 7 7 1 8 7 1 9 7 1 10 7 1 11 7 1 12 7 1 13 Diagnostics Menu 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 1 Diagnostics Menu diff Veterinary Option Analyzer 7 1 1 Diagnostics Menu AC T diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers 7 1 1 Voltages Sensors Screen 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 2 Voltages Sensors Screen ACeT diff Analyzer 7 1 2 Voltages Sensors Screen ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 2 Solenoid Screen AC T diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 6 Sample Details Screen Example 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 9 Sample Details Screen Example diff Analyzer 7 1 13 Hgb Results Analysis 7 1 14 Motors Screen 8 10 and diff Analyzers 7 1 18 Motors Screen diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 18 Latex Calibration Screen AC T diff Analyzer 7 1 23 7 1 14 Latex Calibration Screen diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 23 TABLES 7 1 1 7 1 2 7 1 3 7 1 4 Solenoid Drivers and Related Components 7 1 7 RBC Clog Test Results 7 1 17 WBC Clog Test Results 7 1 17 Motors Function Action and Description 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers 7 1 18 PN 4237339F CONTENTS v 7 1 5 Motors Function Action and Description diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 19 7 2 1 Warning Non Fatal Error Messages Icons 7 2 1 7 2 2 Fatal Error Messages Numbers 7 2 2 7 2 3 Allowable Voltage Rang
174. BC bath drain VC1 fill diluent reservoir take two Hgb Sample readings 0 5 seconds apart De energize LV1 energize L V2 de energize LV7 energize LV14 de energize 1 12 LV15 energize LV8 Fill syringe with 3 6 mL drain WBC bath move probe up analyze CBC data Note The time needed to analyze data depends on the amount of data accumulated during data analysis and the Plt histogram data A normal blood takes about 6 0 seconds but can vary from 4 0 to 8 0 seconds Because the time needed to analyze this data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV8 LV2 energize LV12 LV15 LV1 Dispense diluent syringe to WBC bath drain VC1 perform flagging including clog detection Energize LV3 LV5 de energize LV12 LV15 LV1 De energize LV5 LV3 drain WBC bath fill diluent syringe with 3 7 mL fill diluent reservoir show results to screen Energize LV12 de energize LV14 Dispense 3 125 mL from diluent syringe to WBC bath fill reservoir move probe to aspirate station print results if Autoprint is ON Note The time needed to print results depends on the Printer used and increases significantly when automatic host transmission is performed Because the time needed to print varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV12 energize LV7 Fill diluent syringe add 2 3 mL to reservoir De energize LV11 aspirate 12 pL air increment cycle counter Energize LV8 LV2 sou
175. BC bath with 1 5 mL move probe into WBC bath partial drain RBC bath fill reservoir Take Blank1 reading de energize LV11 dispense 980 0 uL with sample from probe to WBC bath drain RBC bath fill reservoir Energize LV3 LV11 LV7 send mix bubbles through lytic reagent port energize de energize LV5 4 times 0 6 mL rinse to RBC bath prefill partial drain RBC bath De energize LV3 LV12 fill diluent syringe with 3 0 mL fill reservoir drain RBC bath De energize LV11 energize LV15 LV1 Drain VC1 aspirate 100 0 uL from WBC bath fill diluent reservoir check lytic reagent sensor Energize LV8 de energize LV15 LV1 energize LV2 LV12 LV11 Rinse RBC bath with 2 0 mL fill reservoir move probe up De energize LV8 drain RBC bath fill reservoir move probe to RBC bath Energize LV8 move probe into RBC bath with vacuum dry dispense 695 0 uL diluent from diluent syringe to bottom of RBC bath De energize LV8 LV2 LV7 energize LV9 de energize LV11 energize LV3 Dispense 415 0 uL lytic reagent into WBC bath while dispensing 100 0 uL sample and 2 075 mL diluent into RBC bath mix with 3 bubbles through bottom port fill diluent reservoir De energize LV3 delay 0 25 seconds de energize LV9 LV12 energize LV4 mix WBC bath with 4 bubbles through lytic reagent port De energize LV4 mix RBC bath through bottom port with 2 bubbles Energize LV16 LV17 move probe up delay 1 second acquire data Note The time for acquiri
176. C bath drain VC1 perform histogram analysis flagging clog detection De energize LV12 LV15 LV1 energize LV11 LV7 fill diluent syringe with 1 8 mL fill diluent reservoir move probe to aspirate position show results to screen De energize LV11 LV7 LV14 energize LV8 LV2 LV3 LV5 for 200 0 ms increment cycle counter Aspirate 12 uL fill diluent reservoir do not look at sensor sound probe warning move syringe down De energize LV3 LV8 LV2 LV7 turn vacuum pump off energize LV1 LV15 fill diluent reservoir to sensor print results if Autoprint ON Note The time needed to print results depends on the Printer used and increases significantly when automatic host transmission is performed Because the time needed to print varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies Reservoir overfill drain VC1 zap aperture De energize LV15 LV1 2 8 13 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Time 0 32 2 32 2 64 2 7 4 42 5 22 6 78 6 98 8 38 9 71 11 1 11 9 13 33 13 35 14 69 14 71 15 53 17 72 18 28 18 31 21 57 22 62 23 41 24 21 28 51 45 51 49 0 49 22 2 8 14 Table 2 8 7 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff Analyzer with Veterinary Option Software Versions 1 04 1 05 1 06 and 2 00 Activity Energize LV2 high vacuum aspirate 12 0 uL Energize LV10 LV14 LV8 check for 6 in Hg at VC1 sound probe warning move up and wipe probe drain WBC bath overfill diluent
177. COULTER Series Analyzers Service Manual PN 4237339F December 2001 Beckman Coulter Inc Miami Florida 33196 2500 USA LEGAL NOTICES Beckman Coulter Inc makes no representation that upon furnishing this service manual the holder of the manual will have the necessary technical capabilities and know how to properly troubleshoot and repair any of the equipment specified in the manual Beckman Coulter Inc assumes no liability whatsoever including consequential and incidental damages resulting from improper operation of Beckman Coulter instruments after maintenance of Beckman Coulter instruments has been performed by persons not employed by Beckman Coulter Inc Furthermore Beckman Coulter Inc assumes no liability whatsoever for any personal injury or property damage resulting from maintenance and or repair of Beckman Coulter instruments performed by persons not employed by Beckman Coulter Inc READ ALL PRODUCT MANUALS AND CONSULT WITH BECKMAN COULTER TRAINED PERSONNEL BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO OPERATE INSTRUMENT HAZARDS AND OPERATIONAL PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS WARNINGS CAUTIONS and IMPORTANTS alert you as follows WARNING Can cause injury CAUTION Can cause damage to the instrument IMPORTANT cause misleading results Beckman Coulter Inc urges its customers to comply with all national health and safety standards such as the use of barrier protection This ma
178. CV x3 096 AVR Measured 1 4 but 2 3 WBC Measured 900 but 1500 RBC Measured 810 but 1350 Hgb Amplifier Output 3700 100 after adjustment QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION TOLERANCES AND LIMITS Latex Adjustment Criteria Table A 1 5 Latex Adjustment Criteria Parameter Minimum Maximum WBC 1 0 10 0 RBC 0 5 2 5 WBC CV 0 0 15 0 RBC CV 0 0 8 0 WMCV 1 5 41 5 RMCV 1 5 41 5 WIA 10 0 250 0 RIA 10 0 250 0 Power Supply Module Output Connector P5 Table A 1 6 Power Supply Module Output Connector P5 ACeT 8 10 Analyzer Pin Description Color 1 24 Vdc Brown 2 Digital ground 1 Black 3 Chassis ground Green yellow 4 5 Vdc Yellow 5 Digital ground Black 6 POWER GOOD signal White blue 7 15 Vdc Orange 8 Analog ground Black 9 15 Vde Green Table A 1 7 Power Supply Module Output Connector P5 ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Pin Description Color 1 24 Vdc Brown 2 24 Vdc Brown 3 EGND chassis ground Green yellow 4 SGND solenoid ground Black 5 MGND motor ground Black 6 5 Vdc Yellow 7 DGND digital ground Black 8 5 Vdc Sense White yellow 9 POWER GOOD signal White blue 10 15 Vdc Orange 11 AGND analog ground Black 12 15 Vdc Green PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS A 2 CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMP
179. CeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 11 type of valve 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 7 type of valve diff 2 analyzer A 5 11 LV5 function 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 7 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 11 INDEX 11 INDEX location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 5 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 operational states AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 7 operational states AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 11 type of valve AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 4 7 type of valve diff 2 analyzer A 5 11 LV7 function AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4 6 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 location illustration 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4 5 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 operational states 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 6 operational states ACT diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 type of valve AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 6 type of valve AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 LV8 function AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4 6 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 9 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 5 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 operational states 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 6 operational states ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 9 type of valve AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 6 type of valv
180. Connects WBC amplifier to E8 E9 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON signal processor These wires are not used and are cut near the motor t Two vacuum transducers are currently in use One has a single port P1 and uses an 8 V reference voltage The other has two ports P1 is NOT used and uses a 15 V reference voltage Their performance is the same PN 4237339F A 2 17 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS A 2 18 Test Points Table A 2 11 Universal ACeT diff ACeT diff 2Analyzer Card Test Points See Figure A 2 4 Test Point Description Circuit 24 Vdc From the Power Supply TP4 200 Vdc From 07 dc dc converter 5 5 Vdc From the Power Supply TP6 DGND Digital ground TP8 15 Vdc From the Power Supply TP9 AGND Analog ground TP10 15 Vdc From the Power Supply TP26 3 6 Hgb lamp supply voltage PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Display Controller Driver Card For component locations on the circuit card using through hole design refer to Figure A 2 5 For component locations on the circuit card using surface mount design refer to Figure A 2 6 For details concerning a specific connector refer to Table A 2 12 For J61 pinout details refer to Table A 2 13 For J62 pinout details refer to Table A 2 14 For J63 pinout details refer to Table A 2 15 For J65
181. D REPAIR PROCEDURES APERTURE BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 7 Disconnect the three tubes going to the bottom of the aperture bath assembly being replaced 8 On the ACeT diff 2 analyzer disconnect the diluent tube from the fitting at the top of the bath WARNING Risk of personal injury The hemoglobin lamp is hot You might be burned if you handle the lamp while it is hot Let the lamp cool before removing the Hgb photometer assembly 9 Ifreplacing the WBC aperture bath assembly remove the Hgb photometer assembly a Remove the Phillips head screw securing the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC bath Figure 4 10 2 b If the two shipping posts are still attached remove them Figure 4 10 2 Note The shipping posts which consist of a screw and a spacer do not have to be installed unless you are shipping the instrument c Slide the Hgb photometer assembly off the front of the WBC bath Figure 4 10 2 Removing the Hgb Photometer Assembly Shipping posts Hgb photometer securing screw Shipping screws 7339094E 10 Manually remove the aperture bath assembly from its aperture bath clamp Figure 4 10 3 It snaps in and out of the clamp 11 Disconnect the aperture bath assembly s rear chamber tubing Figure 4 10 3 RBC bath gt Red striped tubing from LV16 connects to the upper fitting gt Sweep flow tubing attaches to the lower fitting e WBC bath Red striped tubing from LV17 connects to the
182. E MENU TREES ACeT 8 10 Analyzer Figure A 3 1 Software Menu Tree 8 10 Analyzer 8 ihe e BECKMAN rape COULTER Heb 0 15 gd POWERUP SCREEN STARTUP SAMPLE RESULTS SCREEN SCREEN MAIN SCREEN SETUP FUNCTIONS STARTUP DILUTER FUNCTIONS BE SHUTDOWN LH e WET DIAGNOSTICS FUNCTIONS ANALYZING PRIME MODE PATIENT LIMITS VOLTAGES SAMPLE SENSORS RESULTS Mise DARKEN LIGHTEN SCREEN SCREEN 15 SOLENOIDS DRY TRANSMISSION PRIME ii LYSE VERIFY PREDILUTE r c 79 am 22 gt m zi gt U m IN Az cU 29 m N REPORT t 20 2 zc pq tom gt gt 22 5 m Sez FLOW E E gt gt 4 oz PN 4237339F 79 JI m 79 gt 20 m 20 wv ch 79 gt m 7339023F A 3 1 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION SOFTWARE MENU TREES ACeT diff Analyzer Figure A 3 2 Software Menu Tree ACT diff Analyzer AC T diff COULTER WBC 008 xiu PASS POWERUP STARTUP SAMPLE RESULTS SCREEN SCREEN SCREEN MAIN SCREEN SETUP FUNCTIONS umm STARTUP UNITS A DILUTER FUNCTIONS SHUTDOWN uc eme DIAGNOSTICS FUNCTIONS ANALYZING E MODE PATIENT E VOLTAGES QA FUNCTIONS SAMPLE LIMITS SENSORS RESULTS D
183. ER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 2 3 16 A single screw mounts the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC bath while two additional screws and posts are used for shipping support The assembly is composed of two pieces a housing including the photodiode and preamp and the removable Hgb lamp A coaxial cable connects the photodiode preamp to the Analyzer card A four wire cable connects the lamp to the Analyzer card Two of the wires are sense lines for feedback regulation These sense wires are not used by the Analyzer card in the ACeT diff 2 analyzer The supply voltage for the Hgb lamp on the AC T diff 2 analyzer is 3 6 Vdc Waste and Cleaner System Waste System At the completion of a sample run the remaining sample dilution the counted sample and the material washed from the outside of the probe must be cleared from the system in preparation for the next sample This means the two aperture baths and the vacuum chamber must be drained and rinsed then the accumulated waste expelled from the analyzer The components used in this waste system are illustrated in Figure 2 3 14 Figure 2 3 14 Waste and Cleaner System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Components and Flow FLS1 Waste pump Waste FS3 Rinse pump 7339063F To effectively remove waste from the system an individual drain line is attached to the bottom of each chamber the WBC bath the RBC bath and Each drain line is controlled by a two way solenoi
184. ERS AND TEST POINTS Analyzer Card ACeT 8 10 Analyzers For component locations refer to Figure A 2 1 For details concerning a specific connector refer to Table A 2 1 For details concerning a specific test point refer to Table A 2 2 Component Locations Figure A 2 1 Analyzer Card Component Locations ACeT 8 10 Analyzers LV1 thru LV20 LV23 yy 1 1 2 11 TP33 34 29 TP28 16 17 TP38 7339022E PN 4237339F 2 1 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Connectors Table A 2 1 Analyzer Card Connectors ACeT 8 10 Analyzers See Figure 2 1 Reference Designator Card DCN 6322891 Label Plug Location Description J2 J2 P2 Lower rear Parallel Printer rear panel interface 25 conductor J3 J3 P3 Center rear Serial out rear panel interface 9 conductor J4 J4 P4 Center rear Waste sensor rear panel interface BNC connector J5 J5 P5 Lower rear Power in from Power Supply module 9 conductor J6 J6 P6 Top center Cover interlock currently just jumpered 2 conductor J7 J7 P7 R Lower front Red aperture cable coaxial J8 J8 P8 W Lower front White aperture cable coaxial J9 J9 P9 Lower front Hgb lamp 4 conductor J10 J10 P10 Lower front Hgb sensor preamp coaxial J11 LV22 Unused Top rear Spare solenoid 22 dc motor 2 conductor J12 LV23 W
185. ES CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER Purpose Use the procedures in this section to remove and replace the entire Cap Pierce module or to disassemble or replace specific components Always begin by doing the Preliminary Steps Tools Supplies Needed 1 Phillips head screwdriver 2 Phillips head screwdriver Pliers Whole blood specimen in a capped specimen tube for Verification 0 Controls for Verification Preliminary Steps 1 Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 Open the front door See Opening the AC T diff 2 Analyzers Front Door under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS CAUTION Risk of contamination Biohazardous contamination could occur from contact with Cap Pierce module components Handle with care and avoid skin contact 3 remove the entire Cap Pierce module go to the Cap Pierce Module Removal procedure 4 To remove the cap pierce motor or to disassemble the cap pierce door go to the Cap Pierce Motor Removal procedure Note Before disassembling the cap pierce door you must remove the cap pierce motor and the front door safety latch 5 remove the front door safety latch go to the Front Door Safety Latch Removal procedure 6 To remove the door closed position sensor 525 or the
186. ET button to stop the self test Figure 3 2 3 The self test stops after printing a specific number of lines 2 Print the calibration factors to verify that the Printer and the instrument are working together properly 30 9 PN 4237339F 4237339 OPTIONAL PRINTERS OPTIONAL PRINTERS Figure 3 2 3 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Location of Controls and Indicators POWER RELEASE PAPER OUT FORWARD REVERSE RELEASE 7303007A Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer The Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer is an inkjet Graphics Printer It is an alternative for the Citizen GSX 190 dot matrix Printer be used by all Series analyzers The graphic capability of this Printer allowing it to print both histograms and numerical data makes this Printer an attractive choice for the diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers To achieve complete printing results the diff and diff 2 analyzers need to be set up for graphic printing Tosetup the AC T diff analyzer properly refer to Selecting the Printer Type in Chapter 1 of the COULTER AC T diff Analyzer Installation and Training Guide To setup the AC T diff 2 analyzer properly refer to Selecting the Printer Type in Chapter 1 of the COULTER ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Installation and Training Guide For complete information regarding this Printer refer to the COULTER ACT diff Analyzer Canon Bubble Jet Printer Users Guide Printer Setup Procedure
187. Empty sample container Procedure 1 Select Main icon Diagnostics icon Verify Predilute icon The screen displays the next action to perform 2 Present a whole blood sample to the aspirate probe Note If operating an ACeT diff 2 analyzer the Verify Predilute function uses the Open Vial mode 3 Press the aspirate switch a Whole blood is aspirated If operating an AC T 8 10 or AC T diff analyzer 20 pL of whole blood is aspirated If operating an ACeT diff 2 analyzer 50 uL of whole blood is aspirated b The probe is wiped clean c The probe is presented after being wiped Present an empty sample container to the aspirate probe 5 Press the aspirate switch Diluent is dispensed into the sample container along with the whole blood aspirated earlier If operating an AC T 8 10 or AC T diff analyzer 1580 pL 1 58 mL of diluent is dispensed into the sample container along with the 20 pL of whole blood Note The sample produced has the same dilution as a prediluted fingerstick sample prepared using a 20 pL pipette with the instrument dispensed volume of diluent If operating an ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4000 pL 4 0 mL of diluent is dispensed into the sample container along with the 50 pL of whole blood The pulsing action of the ACeT diff 2 analyzer is normal Note The sample produced has the same dilution as a prediluted fingerstick sample prepared using a 50 pL pipette with the instrument dispensed volume of diluen
188. FERENCE INFORMATION A diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 5 2 Components behind the Front Door of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Continued Figure Reference Component Function Reference Designator DCN 6323266 A 5 1 12 Probe Input pathway for sample aspiration in the Whole Blood and Predilute modes Also the input pathway for aspirating a portion of the WBC dilution from the WBC bath for transfer to the RBC bath May also be referred to as the aspirate probe ASP PROBE A 5 1 13 Probe wipe housing Housing has an internal spiral configuration that allows diluent entering the top port to clean the outside of the probe as the diluent spirals downward and exits through the bottom port to the vacuum chamber VC1 May also be referred to as the probe wipe block A 5 1 14 Traverse module Encases and protects the probe Controls horizontal and vertical positioning of the probe using two stepper motors and a series of optical sensors Also cleanses the probe after aspiration Figure 2 3 1 illustrates the main components PN 4237339F A 5 5 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION ACeT diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Components Inside the Right Compartment of ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Figure A 5 2 View Inside the Right Compartment of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer o eo Ov co noce Sample pump 50 uL Diluent pump 100 uL Lyse pump 100 uL LV13 LV10 LV11 Vacuum sens
189. HOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU 121 10 WAV RAV VAR The white aperture voltage WAV and red aperture voltage RAV are measured directly across the aperture similar to the voltages displayed on the Voltages Sensors screen A running average of WAV and RAV is determined for each 1 second count period The coefficient of variation VAR is calculated for the 12 WAV and 12 RAV readings Interpret the results according to the following 0 0 CVs pass 1 0 CVs fail Failure criteria gt 296 WAV CV lt 5 and no other criteria failure results in asterisk flags displaying for WBC gt 296 WAV CV lt 5 and another criteria failure results in a clog being generated for WBC gt WAV CV gt 5 0 results in a clog in the WBC aperture gt RAV CV gt 6 0 results in a clog in the RBC aperture WPWV RPWV VAR The white pulse width voltage WPWV and the red pulse width voltage RPWV are measurements of the width of pulses from each aperture made at a threshold just above the lower threshold for WBC and RBC At the end of sample data accumulation a running average for the pulses in each 1 second count period is determined resulting in 12 pulse width readings per aperture The CV is calculated using these 12 readings per aperture This test is applied only when the raw count of the pulses in each 1 second count period is high enough If applied when lower the CV calculation is not statistically valid There is no exact correspondenc
190. ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8 2 1 ILLUSTRATIONS 8 2 1 Triple Syringe Module Components 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 1 8 2 1 8 2 2 Front Panel Components ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 2 8 2 2 8 2 3 Front Panel Components diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 3 8 2 4 8 2 4 Front Door Components See Table 8 2 4 8 2 6 8 2 5 Right Side Compartment Reservoir Components ACeT 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 5 8 2 8 8 2 6 Right Side Compartment Transducer Components ACeT 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 6 8 2 10 82 7 Right Side Compartment Reservoir and Reagent Pump Components AC T diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 7 8 2 12 8 2 8 Right Side Compartment Pneumatic Pump Components AC T diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 8 8 2 14 8 2 9 Rear View Showing Components See Table 8 2 9 8 2 16 8 2 10 Traverse Module Components 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 10 8 2 18 8 2 11 Traverse Module Components diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 11 8 2 20 8 2 12 Cap Pierce Module Components diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 12 8 2 22 8 2 13 Left Side and Top Views See Table 8 2 13 8 2 24 8 2 14 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 14 8 2 26 8 2 15 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 15
191. Installation 4 9 10 Horizontal Motor Installation 4 9 10 Vertical Rack Installation 4 9 10 Traverse Interconnect Card Installation 4 9 10 Vertical Motor Installation 4 9 11 Traverse Housing Installation 4 9 11 Horizontal Drive Belt Installation 4 9 11 Probe Installation 4 9 11 Traverse Module Installation 4 9 13 Belt Tension Adjustment 4 9 14 Verification 4 9 14 APERTURE BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 4 10 1 Purpose 4 10 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 10 1 Removal 4 10 1 Installation 4 10 3 Verification 4 10 5 HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 4 11 1 Purpose 4 11 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 11 1 Removal 4 11 1 Installation 4 11 3 Verification 4 11 4 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT AC T diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS 4 12 1 Purpose 4 12 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 12 1 Procedure 4 12 1 Verification 4 12 3 SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES ACeT diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS 4 13 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 13 1 Procedure 4 13 1 Verification 4 13 2 VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERATION IN PREDILUTE MODE 4 14 1 Purpose 4 14 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 14 1 Procedure 4 14 1 PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT 4 15 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 15 1 PN 4237339F 4237339 4 16 4 17 4 18 4 19 4 20 CONTENTS Procedure 4 15 1 Preparation for Shipment 4 15 3 Tools Supplies Needed 4 15 3 Procedure 4 15 3 APERTURE VERIFICATION
192. Instrument Cycles 2 8 1 Powerup Cycle 2 8 2 Aspirate Cycle 2 8 5 2 9 INSTRUMENT STATES 2 9 1 ILLUSTRATIONS 2 1 1 User Interfaces on the AC T 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers 2 1 2 21 2 User Interfaces on the AC T diff 2 Analyzer 2 1 2 2 2 1 Traverse Module Components 2 2 1 2 2 2 Diluent Delivery System in AC T 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers Components and Flow 2 2 3 2 2 3 Reagent Delivery System in 8 10 and diff Analyzers Components and Flow 2 2 4 2 2 4 Pneumatic System AC T 8 10 and diff Analyzers Vacuum Components and Flow 2 2 5 2 2 5 Vacuum Chamber VCI System 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzer Components and Flow 2 2 7 2 2 6 Pneumatic System in AC T 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers Pressure Components and Flow 2 2 8 2 2 7 Waste Cleaner System in AC T 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers Components and Flow 2 2 10 2 2 8 Peristaltic Pump Assembly 2 2 11 2 3 1 Traverse Module Main Components 2 3 2 2 3 2 Vertical Positioning of the Probe Components 2 3 3 2 3 3 Module Main Components 2 3 4 2 3 4 Starting the Cycle right side view 2 3 5 2 3 5 Vent Pierce right side view 2 3 6 2 3 6 Aspiration Pierce Typical right side view 2 3 6 2 3 7 Bottom Sense Function Components right side view 2 3 7 2 3 8 Aspiration Pierce Using Bottom Sensing right side view 2 3 8 2 3 9 Diluent Delivery System the diff 2 Analyzer Components and Flow 2 3 9
193. LV5 4 times 0 6 mL rinse to RBC bath prefill drain RBC bath De energize LV3 LV12 fill diluent syringe with 3 0 mL fill reservoir De energize LV11 energize LV15 LV1 Drain VC1 aspirate 100 0 uL from WBC bath fill diluent reservoir check lytic reagent sensor Energize LV8 de energize LV15 LV1 energize LV2 LV12 LV11 Prefill RBC bath with 2 0 mL fill reservoir move probe up De energize LV8 drain RBC bath fill reservoir move probe to RBC bath Energize LV8 move probe into RBC bath with vacuum dry dispense 695 0 uL diluent from diluent syringe to bottom of RBC bath De energize LV8 LV2 LV7 energize LV9 de energize LV11 energize LV3 Dispense 415 0 uL lytic reagent into WBC bath while dispensing 100 0 sample and 2 075 mL diluent into RBC bath mix with 3 bubbles through bottom port fill diluent reservoir De energize LV3 delay 0 25 seconds de energize LV9 LV12 energize LV4 mix WBC bath with 4 bubbles through lytic reagent port De energize LV4 mix RBC bath through bottom port with 2 bubbles Energize LV16 LV17 delay 1 second acquire data Note The time for acquiring count data depends on the number of extended counts When data is insufficient sensing is extended up to eight additional 3 0 second counts in an attempt to acquire sufficient data Because the time for acquiring data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV17 LV16 fill diluent syringe with 3
194. Left Side and Top Views See Figure 8 2 13 8 2 25 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 14 8 2 27 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 15 8 2 29 Aperture Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate See Figure 8 2 16 8 2 30 PN 4237339F 8 1 MASTER PARTS LIST PARTS LISTS ra The parts are listed in alphabetic order within the following categories Components Table 8 1 1 e Fasteners Fittings and Miscellaneous Hardware Table 8 1 2 Optional Items and Supplies Table 8 1 3 Table 8 1 1 Components Description Part Number Figure Item Aperture RBC and bath assembly 6806442 8 2 14 24 8 2 15 26 Aperture WBC and bath assembly 6806443 8 2 14 23 8 2 15 25 Belt traverse horizontal drive AC T diff 2 analyzer 2527827 8 2 11 5 Board switching supply Power Supply module 4004097 8 2 9 9 Cable for adapting the AC T diff analyzer Power Supply module for use on an 8 10 6028918 analyzer Cable a c power line cord 115 Vac US 6027225 Cable bath assembly ground 6028719 Cable black ribbon cable to Display assembly AC T diff 2 analyzer 6002021 8 2 3 8 2 4 17 Cable chassis ground connects to Power Supply module 6028708 8 2 9 7 Cable ground strap for Display assembly AC T 8 10 and ACT diff analyzers 6028264 8 2 4 4 Cable ground strap for Display assembly
195. M23 Top rear Solenoid 23 vacuum pump 2 conductor J13 13 WM13 Center rear Sensor 13 diluent reservoir thermistor sensor 3 conductor J14 J14 P14 Center front Traverse module flex connect cable 20 conductor J15 1 WM1 Top rear Diluent reservoir sensor 4 conductor J16 12 Unused Top rear Spare sensor for M6 4 conductor J17 9 WM9 Top rear Syringe motor sensor 4 conductor J18 510 WM10 Center rear Sensor 10 vacuum transducer 3 conductor J19 2 WMe2 Center rear Sensor 2 lytic reagent optical fluid sensor 3 conductor J20 53 WM3 Center rear Sensor 3 ACT Rinse optical fluid sensor 3 conductor J21 514 Unused Center rear Spare sensor 14 3 conductor J22 515 Unused Spare sensor 15 3 conductor J23 516 Unused Spare sensor 16 3 conductor J24 M5 WM5 Top rear Motor 5 syringe assembly motor 5 conductor J25 M6 Unused rear Spare motor 6 spare sensor motor 5 conductor J26 M1 WM1 Top rear Motor 1 waste peristaltic pump motor 5 conductor J27 M2 WM Top rear Motor 2 diluent peristaltic pump motor 5 conductor J28 58 WM8 Center rear Sensor 8 aspirate switch 3 conductor J29 J29 29 Top front Flash Memory card 68 conductor J30 J30 P30 Center front Display assembly ribbon cable 26 conductor J31 LV1 WM1 Top rear upper row Solenoid 1 2 conductor J32 LV2 WM2 Top rear upper row Solenoid 2 2 conductor J33 LV3 WM3 Top rear upper row Solenoid 3 2 conductor A 2 2 PN 4237339F CI
196. NT DESCRIPTION Table 2 8 8 Closed Vial Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Software Version 1 00 and 2 00 Time Activity Note Vacuum is turned on by the software before execution of this Diluter Table 0 0 Apply holding current to cap pierce door energize LV2 High Vacuum Enable take Hgb Blank2 reading and aspirate 50 air 0 41 Energize LV13 Enable Diluent Reservoir Fill energize LV19 turn diluent pump ON energize LV12 WBC drain energize LV6 turn waste pump ON and move probe to middle sensor cap pierce vent stroke 1 57 Energize LV11 WBC bath diluent turn OFF waste pump de energize LV12 dispense 1 mL from diluent pump and move probe up to top sensor 2 78 Energize LV10 diluent to probe de energize LV11 energize LV8 open path from waste port of probe wipe housing to VC1 check vacuum and dispense 50 from sample pump 3 20 Dispense 1 5 mL from diluent pump probe wash and 50 uL from sample pump 4 40 De energize LV10 energize LV11 WBC bath diluent move probe to bottom sensor cap pierce for aspiration and dispense 2 0 mL from diluent pump to WBC bath 6 40 De energize LV8 LV11 energize LV12 WBC bath drain turn ON waste pump aspirate 18 uL sample 7 41 Energize LV8 open path from waste port of probe wipe housing to VC1 energize LV10 diluent to probe check vacuum wash probe move probe to top sensor while dispensing 1 mL of dilu
197. Not shown 3230085 Tubing for small Bio Chem solenoid pinch valve 6232867 Not shown 9908083 Fitting union 0 093 to 0 093 used to join tubing 3230085 to polyurethane tubing PN 4237339F 8 2 11 8 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 7 Right Side Compartment Reservoir and Reagent Pump Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 7 7339110F 8 2 12 PN 4237339F PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 7 Right Side Compartment Reservoir and Reagent Pump Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 7 Item Part Number Description 1 6232962 Fitting adapter 1 4 28 ext to 3 32 i d tubing 2 6232931 Valve solenoid fluidic 3 way 3 2852224 Screw pan head SEMS 74 40 x 0 31 in 4 6232933 Valve solenoid fluidic 2 way 5 6232870 Valve solenoid pinch 3 way 6 6806261 Reservoir subassembly with float sensor 7 2827134 Washer flat 6 0 156 i d x 0 375 o d x 0 046 thick 8 2826035 Washer split lock 6 9 2822008 Nut hex 76 32 10 6915526 Filter water hydrophilic 0 45 u replacement kit two filters in kit 11 2851663 Screw self tap 74 24 x 0 312 pan head 12 2826002 Washer split lock 4 13 2827045 Washer flat 4 0 125 i d x 0 250 o d x 0 031 thick 14 1024549 Bracket diluent reservoir fill pump 15 2852093 Screw self lock pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 38 in 16 6806580 Pump diluent reservoir fill 17 6806480 Bracket waste pump 18 2804082 Screw pan head
198. OCEDURES 4 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER KNF Dual Head Pump Replacement Tools Supplies Needed Flat blade screwdriver or needle nose pliers 3 8 in hex nut driver Wire cutters Removal 1 Turnthe instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 Open the right side instrument door 3 Unfasten the three captive thumb screws securing the pneumatic pump cover and remove the cover See Figure 4 7 2 4 Disconnect the vacuum and pressure output tubes Figure 4 7 2 from the pumps fittings using a flat blade screwdriver or needle nose pliers 5 Disconnect the pumps cable from the cable to the Pump Motor Filter card See Figure 4 7 2 Remove the two hex nuts holding the pump s bracket in place See Figure 4 7 2 Remove the pump and bracket from the instrument Remove the bracket from the pump Figure 4 7 2 KNF Dual Head Pneumatic Pump Replacement ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 4 Pump Motor gt lt Filter card Pneumatic Captive thumb screws Vacuum Pneumatic pump Pressure 7339147 bracket port PN 4237339F 4 7 3 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER 4 7 4 Installation 1 2 Place the pump bracket on the new pump Install a tubing choke assembly on the new pump See Figure 4 7 3 Remove the tubing choke assembly from the defective pump a b Re
199. On LED and Sensor Connector 2 5 6 Pulse 2 5 5 Red and White Amplifier 2 6 1 Serial and Parallel I O Port 2 5 3 Width Integrator 2 5 2 Citizen printer See Printer Citizen Classifications of Etiological Agents on the Basis of Hazards 1 2 1 Clean Baths cycle one of ten instrument cycles 2 8 1 Clean field on Voltages Sensors screen 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 5 cleaner optical sensor location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 5 See rinse cleaner optical sensor cleaner pump function in the cleaner system AC T diff 2 analyzer 2 3 17 cleaner system diff 2 analyzer 2 3 17 cleaner system See waste and cleaner system clog detection diff analyzer table acceptable Target value ranges A 1 1 clog detection diff and ACT diff 2 analyzers parameter storage 4 4 1 setting Target values procedure 4 13 1 clog detection diff and AC T diff analyzers setting Target values Sample Details screen 4 13 1 setting Target values tools supplies needed 4 13 1 setting Target values verification 4 13 2 PN 4237339F table of acceptable Target value ranges 4 13 1 Closed Vial mode diff 2 analyzer aspiration pierce typical 2 3 6 aspiration typical illustration of components used 2 3 6 aspiration using bottom sense function illustration of components used 2 3 8 bottom sense function 2 3 7 starting the cycle 2 3 5 starting the cycle illus
200. PERTURE BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 4 10 6 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 4 11 HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT Purpose Use this procedure to remove disassemble and reassemble the Hgb photometer assembly when the Hgb lamp clear lens blue heat filter or O ring needs replaced Tools Supplies Needed 2 Phillips head screwdriver A control or a fresh blood specimen with a known value for Verification Removal 1 Turnthe instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 Remove the top cover as directed in the procedures for Removing the ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Top Cover and Rear Panel or Removing the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer s Top and Rear Center Cover under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 3 Open the front door To open the front door of the ACeT diff 2 analyzer see Opening the ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Front Door under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 4 Unfasten the two thumb screws securing the aperture bath assembly shield to the front panel Figure 4 11 1 and remove the shield Figure 4 11 1 Removing the Aperture Bath Assembly Shield electrical shield 7339093E 5 Disconnect the Hgb lamp cable P9 and the Hgb preamp coaxial cable P10 from the Analyzer card connectors J9 and J10 respectively For the locat
201. PLACEMENT 4 4 ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT Purpose Use this procedure to replace the Analyzer card in any of the Series instruments Tools Supplies Needed 2 Phillips head screwdriver PC Card Removal tool 8 10 analyzer PN 5450276 optional Controls or fresh blood specimens with known values for Verification Removal PN 4237339F CAUTION Risk of damage to electronic components SMT Analyzer cards are very sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD The surface mounted components on the top and the bottom of these cards are very sensitive to mechanical and electronic stresses When removing installing or transporting SMT Analyzer cards ensure that you handle them by the edges and when transporting SMT Analyzer cards keep them in their original packaging The Analyzer cards in the AC T diff and diff 2 analyzers are SMT cards 1 Print out or record all the instrument settings especially the calibration factors gains and the Clog Detect parameters They are stored in the non volatile CMOS memory chip and must be re entered when the new Analyzer card is installed e For the AC T 8 10 analyzer WPWV RM and AVR RM e For the AC T diff and AC T diff 2 analyzers WBC Target RBC Target and AVR Target Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet Open the front door and remove the software Flash Memory card Figure 4 4 1 To open the front do
202. R 4 7 2 6 Remove the two hex nuts holding the pumps bracket in place remove the bracket See Figure 4 7 1 7 Remove the pump from the instrument Figure 4 7 1 ASF Thomas Pneumatic Pump Replacement ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Spade Captive ee L thumb Screws Spade PNG N Vacuum pump E lt Vacuum acuum 27 port l SR Exhaust 7339111E bracket ew port Installation 1 Connect the pump s tubing The tubing that adapts to the smaller green stripe tubing is the vacuum line Connect it to the IN v port on the vacuum head The larger tubing is the pressure tubing Connect it to the exhaust A port on the ASF Thomas pump Refer to Figure 4 7 1 2 Secure the pneumatic pump to the instrument a Place the pump in position b Secure the pump with its bracket fastening the bracket to the two captive studs with hex nuts ATTENTION Polarity is important When connecting the ASF Thomas pump wires ensure the red wire is attached to the terminal 3 Push the spade lugs onto the spade terminals on the pump ensuring the red positive wire is connected to the terminal 4 Ifyou have reason to question pump operation perform pneumatic pump Verification at the end of this section before installing the pump cover Reinstall the pneumatic pump cover being careful not to pinch any tubing Go to Verification PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PR
203. RAIN gt BATHS DARKEN LIGHTEN 4c SCREEN SCREEN DATE TIME L53 SOLENOIDS il cj CONTROL DRY PRIME RUN LYTIC REAGENT TRANSMISSION Jy VERIFY PREDILUTE CONTROL DISPENSE INFO LYTICREAGENT CALIBRATION Jet SAMPLE 4c FACTORS DETAILS ASSAY VALUES mem ZAP AND RANGES f APERTURES PRINTERS S MOTORS PROFILES 3 CALIBRATION RINSE MIX TARGET VALUES LABORATORY PULSE ID DRY PRIME REPRODUCIBILITY DILUENT RUN 3 LATEX PRINT SETUP CALIBRATION SWEEP FLOW CARRYOVER 5 5 id 55 45 CLEAN BATHS SHIP 7339058F A 3 2 PN 4237339F ACeT diff Veterinary Option Analyzer Figure A 3 3 Software Menu Tree ACeT AC T diff BECKMAN COULTER Veterinary Applications POWERUP QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION SOFTWARE MENU TREES A diff Veterinary Option Analyzer Title icon screen number Used as a screen reference Not all screens have title icon numbers STARTUP SCREEN SCREEN MAINSCREEN S STARTUP UNITS SHUTDOWN E WET PRIM Ter ANALYZING E Ed el MODE PATIENT VOLTAGE SAMPLE LIMITS SENSOR RESULTS DRAIN BATHS DARKEN LIGHTEN ac SCREEN SCREEN DATE TIME SOLENOIDS DRY PRIME E S LYTIC REAGENT 4 i IES c TRANSMISSION SAMPLE od DETAILS DISPENSE CONTROL m al LYTIC REAGENT INFO 2 CALIBRATION MOTORS 4c FACTORS ASSAY VALUES AND
204. RAIN signal from the aperture sensors then amplify and count the pulses that fall within specific size ranges The RBC Processor circuit also produces information about the average pulse size The Plt Processor circuit channelizes the pulses according to size Additional functions include monitoring the voltage across the aperture providing a high burn voltage for cleaning the aperture and producing pulse width information to be used for clog detection WBC Processor Circuitry The primary input to the WBC processor circuitry is the APERTURE signal from the WBC bath assembly This signal received at J8 on the Analyzer card Figure A 2 1 is sent to the Aperture Voltage Sensor circuit and the Preamplifier circuit The Aperture Voltage Sensor circuit produces the white aperture voltage WAV which is the voltage measured across the aperture This voltage is used for clog detection and is provided on the Voltages Sensors screen to monitor aperture integrity The chief component of this circuit is U65 an operational amplifier Output from this circuit can be measured at TP29 Figure A 2 1 The Preamplifier circuit amplifies the pulses the Threshold and Count circuit uses The main amplifier is an HA 5137 on U76 Output of the Preamplifier circuit which can be monitored at TP35 Figure A 2 1 is fed into the Dc Restorer circuit Output from the Preamplifier circuit is in the form of a negative going pulse offset from zero The Dc Restorer circuit in
205. RANGES agg APERTURES a A PULSE GS PRINTERS 6 PROFILES singe TK CALIBRATION i ASSIGNED VALUES LAE LATEX LABORATORY 3 CALIBRATION ID DRY PRIME REPRODUCIBILITY DILUENT RUN B CYCLE PRINT SETUP T COUNT REPORT SWEEP FLOW H n PREPARE TO CLEAN BATHS SHIP E is PN 4237339F A 3 3 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION SOFTWARE MENU TREES ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Figure A 3 4 Software Menu Tree ACT diff 2 Analyzer 134602 courer diff 2 BECKMAN WBC 007 s03 COULTER STARTUP SCREEN POWERUP SCREEN UNITS gt E WET PRIME Title icon screen number Not all screens have title icon numbers MAIN SCREEN ry f STARTUP SHUTDOWN ANALYZING MODE 79 m Aag D gt oz 115 4 m rn m c ic repr m rH 2 hl 2 C EJE a lt 29 2 LYTIC REAGENT afi TRANSMISSION Jii VERIFY PREDILUTE DISPENSE MR LYTIC REAGENT 59 qe ES CALIBRATION Je SAMPLE FACTORS DETAILS ZAP a yu CALIBRATION APERTURES ASSIGNED VALUES 5 HE e e 2 SAMPLE RESULTS DARKEN LIGHTEN SCREEN SCREEN Used as a screen reference 9 BD 9 E a mm nan REPRODUCIBILITY RUN LABORATORY PULSE p DRY PRIME DILUENT CARRYOVER gt LATEX PUN PRINT SETUP 8 CALIBRATION REPORT SWEEP FLOW
206. RBC Voteout 7 1 16 RAV CV 7 1 16 AVR Measured 7 1 16 WBC RBC AVR Target 7 1 16 RBC Clog Detection Criteria 7 1 16 WBC Clog Detection Criteria 7 1 17 Motors Screen 7 1 17 Pulse Test 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 22 Pulse Test ACT diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers 7 1 22 Latex Calibration 7 1 22 Cycle Counter 7 1 24 Prepare to Ship 7 1 24 7 2 TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES 7 2 1 Warning Non Fatal Error Messages Icons 7 2 1 Fatal Error Messages Numbers 7 2 2 Service Bypass 7 2 3 Extended Fatal Error Descriptions 7 2 4 PN 4237339F T i CONTENTS 7 13 1 7 2 4 DVM Error 3 7 2 4 Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 7 2 5 Syringe Did Not Reach Leave Up Position Errors 12 and 13 AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers 7 2 6 Valve Error 14 7 2 7 Communication Failure Error 16 7 2 7 Steps Missing Syringe Motor Error 17 8 10 diff Analyzers 7 2 7 Diluent Sample and Lyse Pump Not Home Errors 12 20 and 21 AC T diff 2 Analyzer 7 2 8 Diluent Level Error During Powerup 7 2 8 Vacuum Error 7 2 8 TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS 7 3 1 Purpose 7 3 1 Flow Voltage Pulse Width 7 3 1 Description 7 3 1 Measuring Pulse Widths 8 10 Analyzer 7 3 1 Measuring Pulse Widths ACeT diff and diff 2 Analyzers 7 3 1 Factors Affecting Pulse Widths 7 3 2 WBC RBC Ratios and WBC RBC Ratio CVs 7 3 3 WAV RAV
207. RCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A Table A 2 1 Analyzer Card Connectors 8 10 Analyzers See Figure A 2 1 Continued Reference Designator Card DCN 6322891 Label Plug Location Description J34 LV4 WM4 Top rear upper row Solenoid 4 2 conductor J35 LV5 WM5 Top rear upper row Solenoid 5 2 conductor J36 LV6 WM6 Top rear upper row Spare solenoid 6 2 conductor J37 LV7 WM7 Top rear upper row Solenoid 7 2 conductor J38 LV8 WM8 Top rear upper row Solenoid 8 2 conductor J39 LV9 WM9 Top rear upper row Solenoid 9 2 conductor J40 LV10 WM10 Top rear upper row Solenoid 10 2 conductor J41 LV11 WM11 Top rear lower row Solenoid 11 2 conductor J42 LV12 WM12 Top rear lower row Solenoid 12 2 conductor J43 LV13 WM13 Top rear lower row Solenoid 13 2 conductor J44 LV14 WM14 Top rear lower row Solenoid 14 2 conductor J45 LV15 WM15 Top rear lower row Solenoid 15 2 conductor J46 LV16 WM16 Top rear lower row Solenoid 16 2 conductor J47 LV17 WM17 Top rear lower row Solenoid 17 2 conductor J48 LV18 Unused rear lower row Spare solenoid 18 2 conductor J49 LV19 Unused rear lower row Spare solenoid 19 2 conductor J50 LV20 Unused rear lower row Spare solenoid 20 2 conductor J51 J51 Unused Lower front Spare Hgb lamp 3 conductor PN 42
208. RES FMI PUMP DECRYSTALLIZATION 4 20 2 Remove the top cover and rear panel to access the FMI pump Refer to Removal ACeT diff 2 Analyzer under the Removing the AC T diff 2 Analyzers Top and Rear Center Cover portion of Heading 4 2 At the pump remove the tubing from the inboard fitting near the inner panel as well as the outboard fitting At the motor end of the pump gently disconnect the white plug from the motor Note The sample pump does not have a removable plug at the motor To disconnect this pumps plug locate M5 in the upper right section of the Analyzer card Disconnect WM5 from M5 and free the wiring for removal with the pump If needed see Figure A 2 3 Analyzer Card Component Locations AC T diff 2 Analyzer to locate this connection Remove the two 2 Phillips head screws that mount the pump to the shock absorbers Remove the pump from the instrument CAUTION Risk of damage to the FMI pump Exposure to water may damage the metal and or electronic portions of the FMI pump Make sure water contact is limited to the pump s side fittings and the housing below these side fittings The water level for soaking the pump head must fall below the aluminum retainer that surrounds the pump s housing just above its side fittings 7 Submerge the pumps fittings in a container of hot water that is positioned such that the container will not tip over due to the heavy top weight of the pump Allow the pump to soak for seve
209. RTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 3 Front Panel Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 3 7339143F 8 2 4 PN 4237339F PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 3 Front Panel Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 3 Item Part Number Description 1 6915288 Software AC T diff 2 analyzer Version 1 00 6915345 Software AC T diff 2 analyzer Spanish Version 1 00 2 2852095 Screw pan head 76 32 x 0 50 in L 3 6806595 Clamp tubing front panel 4 6002021 Cable black ribbon cable to Display assembly 5 2852093 Screw self lock pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 38 in 6 Safety latch bracket assembly see Figure 8 2 12 items 16 through 21 7 1024447 Clamp cable front panel 8 6002022 Cable Traverse module flex 9 2852440 Latch receiver front door hidden replaces PN 1024624 and PN 2852413 on current ACeT diff 2 analyzers Note This latch receiver is used with a latching mechanism comprised of a mounting bracket PN 6806844 lever arm PN 1024875 shoulder screw PN 1024876 retaining ring PN 2852417 and setscrew PN 2807020 10 1024624 Latch front door keeper bracket used on original ACT diff 2 analyzers with latch keeper PN 2852413 11 2852413 Latch front door keeper used on original AC T diff 2 analyzers for latch PN 2852412 12 2806137 Screw flat head 76 32 x 0 38 in black 13 2806104 Screw countersink 76 32 x 0 25 in 14 1024601 Bracket safety latch catch plate f
210. Reference Component Function Reference Designator DCN 6323266 A 5 2 3 Lyse pump 100 pL FMI pump dispenses lytic reagent Both volume and flow rate are controlled by software eliminating variables that require lyse diluent timing adjustments LYSE and pump symbol A 5 2 4 LV13 Two way solenoid valve used to open or close the reagent pathway between the diluent supply and the reservoir fill pump De energized the pathway between the diluent supply and the reservoir fill pump is closed Energized the pathway between the diluent supply and the reservoir fill pump is open so that when the reservoir fill pump is turned on diluent is pumped from the supply container into the diluent reservoir LV13 A 5 2 5 LV10 Three way solenoid valve used to control diluent movement De energized routes diluent from the diluent reservoir to LV11 when the FMI diluent pump is turned on Energized routes diluent from the diluent reservoir to the top port of the probe wipe housing when the FMI diluent pump is turned on LV10 A 5 2 6 LV11 Three way solenoid valve used to control diluent movement De energized routes diluent from LV10 to the upper left and the two lower side ports of the RBC bath when the FMI diluent pump is turned on Energized routes diluent from LV10 to the upper and lower right side ports of the WBC bath when the FMI diluent pump is turned on LV11 A 5 2
211. Removing the Hgb Photometer Assembly 4 11 2 Disassembling the Hgb Photometer Assembly 4 11 3 Latex Calibration Screen diff Analyzer 4 12 1 Latex Calibration Screen diff 2 Analyzer 4 12 1 Latex Results Screen 4 12 2 Hgb Photometer Shipping Posts 4 15 3 Securing the Traverse Assembly for Shipping 4 15 4 Preparing FMI Pumps for Shipment 4 15 5 Removing the Cap Pierce Module 4 17 2 Removing the Cap Pierce Motor 4 17 3 Front Door Safety Latch Removal 4 17 4 Disassembling the Cap Pierce Door Assembly 4 17 5 xvii CONTENTS xviii 4 17 5 7 1 1 7 1 2 7 1 3 7 1 4 7 1 5 7 1 6 7 1 7 7 1 8 7 1 9 7 1 10 7 1 11 7 1 12 7 1 13 7 1 14 8 2 1 8 2 2 8 2 3 8 2 4 8 2 5 8 2 6 8 2 7 8 2 8 8 2 9 8 2 10 8 2 11 8 2 12 8 2 13 8 2 14 8 2 15 8 2 16 A 2 1 A 2 2 A 2 3 A 2 4 2 5 2 6 Removing the Optical Sensors the Cap Pierce Module 4 17 6 Diagnostics Menu AC T 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 1 Diagnostics Menu diff Veterinary Option Analyzer 7 1 1 Diagnostics Menu AC T diff and diff 2 Analyzers 7 1 1 Voltages Sensors Screen 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 2 Voltages Sensors Screen ACeT diff Analyzer 7 1 2 Voltages Sensors Screen diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 2 Solenoid Screen diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 6 Sample Details Screen Example ACT 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 9 Sample Details Screen Example diff Analyzer 7 1 13 Hgb Results Analysis
212. Resident Resident 6P Emulation Font No 1000 1000 Font Pitch 10 00 CPI 10 00 CPI Symbol Set PC 8 PC 8 Page Layout 1 A4 Print Width 78 Column 78 Column White Page Skip OFF OFF CR Function CR CR LF Function LF LF Common Page Layout 2 Orientation Portrait Portrait Lines per Page 60 Lines 60 Lines Host Interface Parallel Enable Enable RS232C Enable Enable USB Enable Enable Level 2 Print Mode Resolution 600 dpi 300 dpi Memory Usage Font Protection Auto Auto 0 KB Auto Operation Auto Continue OFF OFF Wait Timeout 90 Seconds 90 Seconds Darkness Control Darkness 0 0 Power Saving Power Saving 15 Min 15 Min Low Toner Low Toner ON ON Toner Saving Toner Saving Disable Disable Clearance Warnings Clearance Warnings ON ON Error Report Error Report OFF OFF Parallel I F Parallel Speed High High Bi Direction Enable Enable Prime OFF OFF RS232C Serial Flow Control DTR Hi Polarity DTR Hi Polarity Baud Rate 9600 Baud 9600 Baud Data Bits 8 Bits 8 Bits Parity None None Min Busy Time 200 mSec 200 mSec Language Language English English PN 4237339F C 3 3 C OPTIONAL PRINTERS OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER Controls and Indicators Figure C 3 1 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer Front Operator Panel POWER LIGHT MANUAL FEED ERROR LIGHT Amber Red OKI 7339145F READY LIGHT USER OPTION SWITCH Green See Figure C 3 1 for the locations of the controls and indicators on the operator front panel Table C 3 4 for their functions Table C 3 4 OKIPAGE
213. S POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 3 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT Purpose Use this procedure to replace the Power Supply module in Series analyzer Tools Supplies Needed 2 Phillips head screwdriver Removal Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 access the Power Supply module Figure 4 3 1 remove the top cover as directed in the procedure for Removing the AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Top Cover and Rear Panel or for Removing the AC T diff 2 Analyzers Top and Rear Center Cover under Heading 4 2 3 Remove the four Phillips head screws attaching the Power Supply module to the instrument Figure 4 3 1 4 Pull the Power Supply module out just until you have access to the wiring and unplug the two Power Supply module connectors Figure 4 3 1 e P5 9 or 12 pin output connector from J5 on the Analyzer card e P79 1 pin chassis ground connector attaches to a green yellow chassis ground wire with connector J79 5 Remove the Power Supply module Figure 4 3 1 Power Supply Module Replacement Analyzer card Chassis ground connector Power line cord connector J79 79 Removal installation Power ON OFF Screws 7339020A switch PN 4237339F 4 3 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT Installation l Position the new Power Supply module near the back of the instrument 2 Attach
214. Save and Exit icon When you press the Save and Exit icon the current preamp gain and Hgb gain settings are saved and then the screen is exited The icon on the right the return arrow icon is the Exit icon and pressing it returns you to the Diagnostics menu without saving the gain settings Solenoids Screen The Solenoids screen is used to energize up to six solenoids simultaneously Solenoids are designated by their number A solenoid that is energized is shown with inverse characters See Figure 7 1 7 On the ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers numbered keys represent solenoid drivers 1 through 17 and 23 On the ACeT diff 2 analyzer numbered keys represent solenoid drivers 1 through 23 Figure 7 1 7 Solenoid Screen ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 7339116E The key labeled 1 23 briefly energizes each solenoid driver in sequence Solenoids that are energized stay on until that solenoid number is pressed again or the Diagnostics menu not the Solenoids screen is exited This makes it possible to exit the Solenoids screen and move to another Diagnostics menu item such as the Motors screen while keeping up to six solenoids energized Although the numbers on the Solenoids screen represent solenoid drivers and most drivers are connected to solenoids of the same number several solenoid drivers drive dc motors Table 7 1 1 summarizes the solenoid drivers and their related components 7 1 6 PN 4237339F 4237339 Table 7 1 1 Solen
215. Setting the home sensor position in a sample pump to an exact location consistently is difficult from pump to pump pump correction factor PCF is used by the instrument to offset these possible inaccuracies Use this procedure to determine the PCF for a sample pump After installing a new sample pump If the PCF is lost and must be determined again however this procedure should not need to be repeated until another pump is installed Tools Supplies Needed Normal whole blood specimen or COULTER 4C PLUS Normal cell control Procedure 1 2 59 09 SOV 11 12 Select Verify Predilute Main icon Diagnostics icon Verify Predilute icon Make two dilutions of the same specimen in one container to provide sufficient prediluted specimen for 11 cycles Select the Predilute Mode icon from the Main screen Select the Reproducibility icon Main icon QA Functions icon gt gt Reproducibility icon Run the prediluted specimen 11 times and record the results Calculate the WBC RBC and Hgb mean values obtained using the prediluted specimen Exit to the Main screen and select the Whole Blood Closed Vial Mode icon Select the Reproducibility icon Main icon QA Functions icon gt gt Reproducibility icon Run the original whole blood specimen 11 times in the Closed Vial mode and record the results Calculate the WBC RBC and Hgb mean values obtained using whole blood Calculate the PCF by
216. T 8 10 AND AC T diff ANALYZERS 4 6 2 Removal 1 Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 Open the left side door of the analyzer and place the internal reagents on the bench 3 Remove the three Phillips head screws securing the pneumatic pump cover Figure 4 6 1 Note The cover forms the platform that the internal reagents are placed on Figure 4 6 1 Pneumatic Pump Cover and Bracket Removal ACeT 8 10 and A eT diff Analyzers Bracket securing screws Bracket securing screws Bracket a 1 securing Cover screws amp Cover securing screws Cover securing screws 7339018F ASF Thomas Pump Dual Head Pump 4 Ifyou are removing a Brailsford pump remove the top cover of the analyzer as directed in Removing the 8 10 diff Analyzers Top Cover and Rear Panel under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 5 Disconnect the vacuum and pressure output tubes from the pumps fittings using a flat blade screwdriver or needle nose pliers If the pump is a KNF dual head pump with a choke installed on one of its ports remove that tubing choke assembly also and set it aside 6 Ifthe pump is a KNF dual head pump remove the two Phillips head screws securing the Pump Motor Filter card to the pumps bracket Figure 4 6 2 and set the card aside 7 Disconnect the pumps elec
217. V PT and PD are ND voc Verify that the tube bottom seeking optical sensor is working With the cap pierce door still closed push down on the specimen tube until PD indicates ON 9 Exit the Diagnostics Functions screen If a startup cycle was not done automatically when you turned on the power do a startup cycle 10 Close the front door 11 Cycle a capped specimen in the Closed Vial mode to ensure proper mechanical operation 12 Verify or have the customer verify the instruments performance by running the appropriate control materials in the Closed Vial mode 4237339F 4 17 9 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER 4 17 10 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES CAP PIERCE PROBE TUBE ALIGNMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER 4 18 PROBE TUBE ALIGNMENT ACeT diff 2 ANALYZER Purpose Use this procedure to ensure that the probe pierces the specimen tube caps in the center This is particularly important if small volume tubes are being used Do this procedure whenever e You have loosened or removed the gt Cap Pierce module gt Traverse module gt Traverse housing guide rod The probe is visibly piercing off center Tools Supplies Needed 2 Phillips head screwdriver A specimen tube with a clearly delineated center on the cap or a control vial Note You can use the circular hole in the plastic portion
218. VERIFICATION AC T diff Veterinary Option ANALYZER 4 16 1 Purpose 4 16 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 16 1 Procedure 4 16 1 4 17 CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER 4 17 1 Purpose 4 17 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 17 1 Preliminary Steps 4 17 1 PN 4237339F 4 iii CONTENTS 4 18 3 19 4 20 4 21 422 4 iv Disassembly and Removal Procedures 4 17 1 Cap Pierce Module Removal 4 17 1 Cap Pierce Motor Removal 4 17 3 Front Door Safety Latch Removal 4 17 4 Cap Pierce Door Disassembly 4 17 5 Optical Sensor Removal 4 17 6 Reassembly and Installation Procedures 4 17 7 Cap Pierce Door Reassembly 4 17 7 Optical Sensor Installation 4 17 7 Cap Pierce Motor Installation 4 17 8 Front Door Safety Latch Installation 4 17 8 Cap Pierce Module Installation 4 17 8 Verification 4 17 9 CAP PIERCE PROBE TUBE ALIGNMENT diff 2 ANALYZER 4 18 1 Purpose 4 18 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 18 1 Front to Back Alignment 4 18 1 Side to Side Alignment 4 18 1 Verification 4 18 2 PUMP CORRECTION FACTOR PCF DETERMINATION 4 19 1 Purpose 4 19 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 19 1 Procedure 4 19 1 Verification 4 19 2 FMI PUMP DECRYSTALLIZATION 4 20 1 Purpose 4 20 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 20 1 Procedure 4 20 1 Soaking the Pump Head 4 20 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 20 1 FMI Pump Removal 4 20 1 Reinstalling the Pump 4 20 2 Verification 4 20 2 INSTRUMENT DECONTAMIN
219. Z AMPS WATTS CAUTION ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD DO NOT REMOVE COVER l FOR IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC USEJ FUSE 3AG 1 5A 250V Act 0000 240 120 50 60 0 5 1 0 VOLTS HZ AMPS WATTS BECKMAN 38 COULTER FUSE 3AG 2 5A LEAKAGE CURRENT COMPLIES WITH UL STD 1262 INSP BY 8 10 or diff Analyzers zl 222 DATE Tum 7339010E 1 2 2 mE See N E FUSE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY AC INPUTS 90 132v 198 264v WARNING TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK DISCONNECT POWER CORD PRIOR TO REMOVING OR REPLACING FUSE CONNECT ONLY TO A PROPERLY EARTH GROUNDED OUTLET REPLACE FUSE ONLY WITH THE TYPE AND RATING SPECIFIED CAUTION ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD DO NOT REMOVE COVER FOR IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC USE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY AC INPUTS 90 132v 198 264v WARNING TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK DISCONNECT POWER CORD PRIOR TO REMOVING OR REPLACING REPLACE FUSE ONLY WITH THE TYPE AND RATING SPECIFIED CONNECT ONLY TO A PROPERLY EARTH GROUNDED OUTLET AC T diff 2 Analyzer PN 4237339F 4237339 CONTENTS 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 1 1 sd 2 2 2 3 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 2 1 1 Hardware 2 1 1 Software 2 1 1 In
220. ackup copies when used as a Roll Printer The backup copy is automatically spooled in a roll at the back of the Printer similar to many cash register systems The other Series 90 models do not have all the printing features and consequently do not cost as much This might be a consideration if all features will not be used When using the Ithaca Series 90 Printer as a Ticket Printer you need to consider three main differences between it and the Epson Printers l Settings are not available at the Ithaca Series 90 Printer to select the Ticket mode the instrument must send a command to put this Printer into the Ticket mode Consequently the instrument has to be programmed specifically for this Printer and this mode When the proper command is sent the Ithaca Series 90 Printer accepts a ticket but as soon as it prints the ticket it automatically defaults to the Roll Paper mode 2 Standard in house tickets do not work well with the Ithaca Series 90 Printer third party tickets are strongly recommended previous Ticket Printers used advance rollers on the underside of the ticket The Ithaca Series 90 Printer has its ticket advance rollers on the top of the ticket The combination of hard back copy and very smooth slippery carbon paper causes the front copies of standard Beckman Coulter tickets to bunch up 3 The Ithaca Series 90 Printer has a standard parallel printer output but does not use the standard DB25 pin to Centronics 36 pin
221. agent syringe 8 10 diff analyzers function A 4 8 volume A 4 8 maintenance table showing component schedule responsibility 5 1 1 manifold pneumatic 8 10 diff analyzers 2 2 5 pneumatic diff 2 analyzer 2 3 11 manual abbreviations used in ABBREVIATIONS 1 conventions 1 1 6 PN 4237339F numbering format 1 1 5 organization 1 1 4 reference designators used in ABBREVIATIONS 1 scope 1 1 1 memory CMOS See CMOS memory chip Flash Memory See Flash Memory menu trees ACeT 8 10 analyzer illustration showing instrument icons and their text equivalents A 3 1 ACeT diff analyzer illustration showing instrument icons and their text equivalents 3 2 ACeT diff 2 analyzer illustration showing instrument icons and their text equivalents 3 4 ACeT diff Veterinary Option analyzer illustration showing instrument icons and their text equivalents 3 3 menus Diagnostics See Diagnostics menu 7 1 1 mixing bubbles affect of altitude ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 1 generating in the ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 7 generating in the diff 2 analyzer 2 2 7 2 3 14 motor Cap Pierce module See Cap Pierce module motors cap pierce door location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 dc See dc motors disconnecting for Analyzer card removal installations 4 4 2 functions actions descriptions table of 7 1 18 horizontal position 7 1 20 ho
222. ages Do the sweep flow prime function four times On the Main screen press Diluter Functions icon Sweep Flow icon Do four Startup cycles to completely flush the system with acetic acid On the Main screen press Startup icon Turn the instrument off 0 Allow acetic acid to remain in the system for 1 hour Go to Flushing Out the Acetic Acid Flushing Out the Acetic Acid Manually drain the diluent reservoir with the 20 mL syringe Discard the used syringe and obtain a fresh clean 20 mL syringe Rinse the diluent reservoir twice with distilled water using the clean 20 mL syringe Leave the reservoir empty Place the syringe and tubing on a clean surface to avoid contaminating them Remove the diluent pickup tube from the acetic acid and rinse it with distilled water Place the diluent pickup tube back in the container of distilled water with the lytic reagent and cleaning agent pickup tubes Turn the instrument on 1 and wait until the instrument status returns to ready or the Main screen Note Correct any reagent low error messages Do the sweep flow prime function six times On the Main screen press Diluter Functions icon Sweep Flow icon Do two Shutdown cycles On the Main screen press Shutdown icon Note Each Shutdown cycle includes a Startup cycle PN 4237339F 10 11 12 13 14 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION Do six Startup cycles to completely flush out
223. ages of pinch tube type 2 3 16 component definition 4 1 5 1 controlled by solenoid driver circuitry AC T 8 10 analyzer table of 2 5 5 disconnecting for Analyzer card removal installations 4 4 2 driver circuitry AC T 8 10 analyzer 2 5 4 function in aperture sensor system 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 2 2 8 function in pneumatic system 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 5 functions table of 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4 1 functions table of ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 1 ghost ACeT diff 2 analyzer 5 1 Solenoids screen description 7 1 6 function 7 1 1 illustration ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers 7 1 6 specifications Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer table of C 2 1 Power Supply module switching supply table of 2 4 1 touch screen table of 2 7 2 Startup cycle function in Analyzer card verification 4 4 5 one of ten instrument cycles 2 8 1 stepper motors and associated chips 8 10 analyzer table of 2 5 4 PN 4237339F INDEX components in Traverse module 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 1 components in Traverse module ACT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 1 control of 2 6 3 driver circuitry 8 10 analyzer 2 5 4 function in Traverse module 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 2 steps missing syringe motor table error 17 7 2 3 B 1 2 sweep flow lines function diff 2 analyzer 2 3 10 sweep flow spool function 8 10
224. ain VC1 perform flagging including clog detection Energize LV3 LV5 de energize LV12 LV15 LV1 De energize LV5 LV3 drain WBC bath fill diluent syringe with 3 0 mL fill diluent reservoir display sample results Energize LV12 de energize LV14 Dispense 3 1 mL from diluent syringe to WBC bath fill reservoir move probe to aspirate station print results if autoprint is on Note The time needed to print results depends on the Printer used and increases significantly when automatic host transmission is performed Because the time needed to print varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV12 energize LV7 Fill diluent syringe with 0 15 mL from RBC bath this is used to compensate for syringe backlash Energize LV11 Aspirate 12 0 uL of air increment cycle counter Energize LV11 LV8 LV2 Overfill diluent reservoir move probe down fill diluent syringe with 1 65 mL sound probe movement warning De energize LV8 LV2 LV11 LV7 turn off vacuum energize LV1 LV15 fill reservoir to sensor Overfill diluent reservoir drain VC1 do aperture burn De energize LV15 LV1 2 8 7 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Time 1 62 3 62 3 94 4 00 5 58 5 6 7 16 7 32 8 86 8 89 10 19 11 59 12 38 13 61 13 63 15 23 15 26 16 08 18 27 18 83 18 85 22 52 22 71 23 57 23 97 40 97 42 63 2 8 8 Table 2 8 4 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT 8 and ACeT 10 Analyzers
225. ainer reagents Reagent 2 of the AC T Pak reagents A 4 3 3 Connection for reagent Connects the cleaning agent supply to the analyzer pickup tube 3 e Reagent of the AC T Tainer or diff AC T Tainer reagents Use this connection for the ACeT Rinse shutdown diluent supply A 4 10 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A 8 10 and AC T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 4 4 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an ACeT 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer Continued Reference Figure Designator Reference Component Function DCN 6323083 4 3 4 Pneumatic pump Located underneath the panel floor of the on board reagent PM3 compartment All three types of 24 Vdc pneumatic pumps currently in use the Brailsford brushless type vacuum pump the ASF Thomas brush type diaphragm vacuum pump and the KNF brushless type dual head pump provide the vacuum and pressure needed by the system For details see Pneumatic System under Heading 2 2 DILUTER SYSTEM ACeT 8 10 AND ACeT diff ANALYZERS Note The ASF Thomas vacuum pump diaphragm and motor are a single assembly PN 4237339F 4 11 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION 8 10 diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS A 4 12 PN 4237339F 5 Summary QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS ACT diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS A Most Diluter functio
226. allowing the controller to stop motor movement on sensor when necessary The microcontroller can pass information such as the number of steps moved and the state of a sensor back to the main processor Output phase information of the 74HC541 microcontroller is input to an L298 driver which is fed to the motor connector Table 2 5 1 lists the motors and their associated chips Table 2 5 1 Stepper Motors ACeT 8 10 Analyzer Associated Chips Syringe U35 U36 J24 Probe horizontal U67 J14 flex cable Probe vertical 072 080 J14 flex cable Waste Rinse U53 U34 J26 Diluent pump U15 J27 Spare 071 U17 J25 Solenoid Driver Circuitry The instrument uses solenoids 1 through 5 and 7 through 17 Solenoids 6 18 19 and 20 are unused The Solenoid Driver circuitry consists of three latch driver chip pairs controlling the 20 solenoid valves See Table 2 5 2 PN 4237339F 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION ANALYZER CARD 8 10 Analyzer Table 2 5 2 Solenoids Controlled by Solenoid Driver Circuitry ACeT 8 10 Analyzer Latch Solenoids Controlled U38 LV1 through LV8 U25 19 through LV16 U10 LV17 through LV20 solenoids are connected to the 24 V supply The driver merely connects the other solenoid lead to ground closing the circuit Latch U10 also controls two dc motors The output of one motor at J11 VL22 is not used The other motor output at J12 LV23 is used for the vacuum pump Since more current is needed to drive
227. allows more circuitry on the same size card so the overall size of the Analyzer card has not changed The numbering for its connectors also remains the same One obvious difference is the number of mounting holes on the cards The Analyzer cards for the ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers use seven mounting holes the Analyzer card for the diff 2 analyzer has an eighth mounting hole in its lower right corner Figure 4 4 3 Although the Analyzer card for the ACeT diff 2 analyzer is very similar to the Analyzer card for the diff analyzer it has more driver components to handle the additional stepper motors dc motors and sensors used by the diff 2 analyzer Refer to Figures 2 2 and 2 3 for component locations New ACeT diff and diff 2 analyzers are shipped with a Universal ACeT diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzer card This card provides better motor drive current and stepping control for the peristaltic pumps in the ACeT diff analyzer and the FMI sample pump in the diff 2 analyzer and is required if these pumps are wired for half winding Jumpers are used on the Universal ACeT diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzer card to configure the card for the instrument model and for the type of peristaltic or FMI sample pump full or half winding currently in use on the instrument Refer to Figure A 2 4 for the jumper locations and to Table A 2 10 for the jumper configurations Power Supply Filtering and Distribution The Power S
228. alyzer Diluent reservoir pump J50 LV20 Unused Top rear lower row diff analyzer Not used diff 2 analyzer Fan back panel J57 M3 WM3 Center front Motor 3 traverse horizontal motor J80 924 WM24 Top center Sensor 24 specimen tube bottom seeking sensor J81 917 WM17 Top center Sensor 17 WBC bath horizontal position sensor J82 918 18 Center rear Sensor 18 lyse pump home sensor J83 919 19 Center rear Sensor 19 diluent pump home sensor J98 525 25 Sensor 25 closed vial aspirate sensor door closed position sensor Jumpers jumpers on the Universal diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzer card configure the card for the model of the instrument and for the type of peristaltic or FMI sample pump full or half winding currently in use on the instrument Table A 2 11 lists both the wire colors for pump motor connectors J26 J27 and J24 to help you determine if the pump is full or half winding and the corresponding jumper settings A 2 16 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS A Table A 2 10 Universal diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Card Jumper Settings See Figure A 2 4 ACeT diff Analyzer ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Peristaltic Pumps J26 and J27 FMI Sample Pump J24 Function Half Winding Full Winding Half Winding Full Winding Pin No Wire Colo
229. alyzers 2 8 3 table duration and activity diff 2 analyzer 2 8 4 Preamp Gain field on Voltages Sensors screen description 8 10 analyzer 7 1 3 INDEX 15 INDEX Predilute cycle amount of lytic reagent dispensed 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 2 2 4 one of ten instrument cycles 2 8 1 Predilute mode instrument verification procedure 4 14 1 instrument verification procedure tools supplies needed 4 14 1 when to use the Verify Predilute function 4 14 1 Prepare to Ship cycle one of ten instrument cycles 2 8 1 pressure port function diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 Prime cycle amount of lytic reagent dispensed 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 4 one of ten instrument cycles 2 8 1 Printer Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet cartridge lock and paper thickness levers location C 2 2 power resume controls indicator location 3 2 4 C 2 1 Printer specifications C 2 1 See also Printers Printer Citizen part numbers 8 1 14 See also Printers Printer Epson TM 290P Slip Printer connections illustration 3 2 2 controls and indicators function C 1 2 controls and indicators location 3 2 3 1 1 DIP switch location 3 2 1 DIP switch settings 3 2 1 C 1 2 DIP switch settings international character sets C 1 2 part number 8 1 14 self test 3 2 2 setup procedure 3 2 1 3 2 3 specifications C 1 1 See also Printers Printer Ithaca Series 90 description 3 2 5 Printer OKIPAGE 14e LED
230. amount of data accumulated during data analysis and the differential histogram data Values for an average normal blood are used in this table Because the time needed to analyze this data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies 51 17 De energize LV15 turn OFF waste pump energize LV8 open path from waste port of probe wipe housing to VC1 move probe to top sensor out of the RBC bath 51 87 Increment cycle count turn waste pump ON de energize LV11 energize LV12 WBC bath drain dispense about 2 3 mL diluent into the RBC bath homing the diluent pump and Show Results Note The time needed to complete the Show Results to the Screen function which does flagging and clog detect analysis varies Values for an average normal blood are used in this table Because this time varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies PN 4237339F 2 8 17 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Table 2 8 8 Closed Vial Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Software Version 1 00 and 2 00 Time Activity 53 96 Energize LV3 energize LV5 for a 200 ms burst de energize LV3 turn vacuum pump OFF and dispense from the diluent pump 1 2 mL to the RBC bath and Print Results Note The time needed to produce print ready results depends on the printer used the selected print mode and the presence or absence of graphical data The time required increases when autoprint is turned on and may in
231. analyzer 2 2527699 Spacer nylon bath assembly isolation 3 6805559 Plate bath assembly mounting and isolation ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6806092 Plate bath assembly mounting and isolation AC T diff 2 analyzer 4 2852093 Screw self lock pan head SEMS 26 32 x 0 38 in 5 2852281 Washer flat 6 nylon 0 177 i d x 0 408 o d x 0 062 thick 8 2 30 PN 4237339F CONTENTS A QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A 1 1 A l 2 A3 4 4237339 TOLERANCES AND LIMITS A 1 1 Analyzer Card Voltage Limits A 1 1 Clog Detection Target Value A 1 1 Hgb Amplifier Output A 1 1 Latex Adjustment Criteria A 1 2 Power Supply Module Output Connector P5 A 1 2 CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS A 2 1 Analyzer Card 8 10 Analyzers A 2 1 Component Locations A 2 1 Connectors A 2 2 Test Points A 2 4 Analyzer Card diff Analyzers A 2 5 Component Locations A 2 5 Connectors A 2 6 Jumpers A 2 7 Test Points A 2 8 Analyzer Card diff 2 Analyzers A 2 9 Component Locations A 2 9 Connectors A 2 10 Jumpers A 2 12 Test Points A 2 12 Analyzer Card Universal ACeT diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzers A 2 13 Component Locations A 2 13 Connectors A 2 14 Jumpers A 2 16 Test Points A 2 18 Display Controller Driver Card A 2 19 Component Locations A 2 19 Connectors and Pinouts A 2 20 Jumpers A 2 23 Test Points A 2 23 SOFTWARE MENU TREES A 3 1 ACeT 8 10 A
232. analyzers Control expired ACeT diff and AC T diff 2 analyzers C Control file full ACeT diff and AC T diff 2 analyzers Table B 1 2 Fatal Error Messages Numbers Error No Icon Instrument Description 1 PCMCIA For details see PCMCIA Error 1 3 DVM For details see DVM Error 3 4 Unexpected software condition 6 Probe did not reach up position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 PN 4237339F B 1 1 ERROR MESSAGES Table B 1 2 Fatal Error Messages Numbers Continued Error No Icon Instrument Description 7 All Probe did not reach down position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 8 All Measured thief position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 9 ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers Probe did not reach aspirate position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 diff 2 analyzer Probe did not reach closed vial position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 10 All Probe did not reach WBC position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 11 Probe did not reach position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 12 AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers Syringe did not reach up position For details see Syringe Did Not Reach Leave Up Position Errors 12
233. analyzers 16 2851605 Latch side door black ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 2852403 Latch side door grey AC T diff 2 analyzer 17 Note The following cable bundle clamps are used throughout the specified analyzer 6028810 Clamp cable bundle snap mount to panel 0 875 x 0 437 in bundle 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers In some cases PN 6028995 may replace this clamp 6028995 Clamp cable bundle 0 73 diameter panel mount snap lock 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers This cable bundle clamp replaces PN 6028809 and in some cases PN 6028810 6028999 Clamp cable bundle 0 47 diameter panel mount snap lock diff 2 analyzer 18 2306099 Sensor vacuum transducer 15 V AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 2302008 Sensor vacuum transducer 8 V AC T diff 2 analyzer 18 6232628 Regulator vacuum Not shown 1024645 Screw hex post 44 40 used for Analyzer card mount AC T diff 2 analyzer In the diff 2 analyzer the pneumatic pump and vacuum regulator are located inside a covered compartment in the analyzer s right side compartment See Figure 8 2 8 PN 4237339F 8 2 25 8 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 14 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 14 7339001F 8 2 26 PN 4237339F PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 14 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Moun
234. and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 5 diluent location illustration AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 diluent See diluent pump FM See FMI pumps part numbers 8 1 4 peristaltic See peristaltic pumps PM1 PM2 PM1 location illustration AC T 8 10 diff analyzers A 4 5 pneumatic function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 pneumatic location illustration AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 reservoir fill pump See reservoir fill pumps reservoir fill function diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 reservoir fill location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 rinse function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 rinse location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 rinse See rinse pump sample See sample vacuum See pneumatic pump waste function diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 waste location illustration AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 18 INDEX waste See waste pump waste rinse 8 10 and diff analyzers volume A 4 7 waste rinse location illustration 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 5 R RAV conditions that decrease this voltage reading 7 1 3 7 3 4 conditions that increase this voltage reading 7 1 3 7 3 4 typical readings 7 1 3 used in clog detection 7 3 4 RAV field on Voltages Sensors screen description 7 1 3 RAV VAR field on Sample Details screen AC T 8 10 analyzer 7 1 10 RBC erratic results troubleshooting 7 4 1 high results troubleshooting 7 4 1 low results troublesh
235. and 13 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers diff 2 analyzer Diluent pump did not see home sensor For details see Diluent Sample and Lyse Pump Not Home Errors 12 20 and 21 ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 13 ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers Syringe did not leave up position For details see Syringe Did Not Reach Leave Up Position Errors 12 and 13 AC T 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers 14 ACeT 8 analyzers Software Valve error For details see Valve Error 14 Version 1 03 16 All 126 communication failure For details see 12C Communication Failure Error 16 17 AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers Steps missing syringe motor For details see Steps Missing Syringe Motor Error 17 AC T 8 10 and diff Analyzers 19 diff 2 analyzer Probe did not reach open vial position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 20 AC T diff 2 analyzer Sample pump did not see home sensor For details see Diluent Sample and Lyse Pump Not Home Errors 12 20 and 21 ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 21 ACeT diff 2 analyzer Lyse pump did not see home sensor For details see Diluent Sample and Lyse Pump Not Home Errors 12 20 and 21 ACeT diff 2 Analyzer ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers Diluent level error during Powerup table execution For details see Diluent Level Error During Powerup Vacuum 6 in Hg before probe wipe For details see Vacuum Error PN 4237339F OPTIONAL PRINTERS
236. and AC T diff analyzers A 4 3 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 2 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 reference designator diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 sweep flow tubing spool component in aperture sensor system 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 8 component in aperture sensor system diff 2 analyzer 2 3 15 switches aspirate See aspirate switch cap pierce door See cap pierce door Cap Pierce module optical See optical switch Cap Pierce module power ON OFF See power ON OFF switch 2 4 2 Syringe module 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 5 function in lytic reagent delivery system 2 2 4 module function A 4 8 module location illustration A 4 5 syringe motor in steps missing 17 error 7 2 3 B 1 2 syringe sensor description AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 7 1 20 syringes 8 10 and diff analyzers aspiration location illustration 4 5 aspiration volume A 4 5 diluent location illustration A 4 5 diluent volume 4 5 lytic reagent location illustration 4 5 lytic reagent volume A 4 5 part numbers 8 1 6 INDEX 21 INDEX piston seals maintenance schedule 5 1 1 system interconnect engineering schematic part number 6 1 1 system overview hardware 2 1 1 instruments in the AC T series 2 1 1 interacting with the ACeT analyzer 2 1 1 software
237. and AC T diff Analyzers under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS Reinstall the software Flash Memory card 10 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet Verification 1 Turn the instrument on D Ifthe time and date warning is issued it means the Analyzer card has new or cleared CMOS and default values were written for all the settings Press the Continue icon Iferrors occur troubleshoot the errors Ifthe instrument attains a ready state with no errors the motors and sensors are connected properly and have proper power Go to step 2 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT ATTENTION Check the instrument settings carefully If this Analyzer card was installed in another instrument the settings for that instrument are not automatically written over 2 When the instrument reaches the ready state select Main icon Settings icon and check or re enter the customers settings recorded in step 1 of Removal 3 Ifthe instrument did not perform a Startup on Powerup cycle or failed background run a Startup cycle Rerun as necessary until the backgrounds are acceptable Depending on the condition of the instrument before the Analyzer card was replaced this may take several attempts 4 Select Main icon Diagnostics icon Voltages Sensors icon Ensure all the voltages are present and all the sensors indicate their current
238. aste port when the respective solenoid COULTER LV12 for the WBC bath LV15 for the RBC bath or LV7 for VC1 is energized CLENZ cleaning agent A 5 2 17 LV7 Large Bio Chem two way solenoid pinch valve used to LV7 control the flow of waste from the vacuum chamber VC1 or the flow of shutdown diluent cleaner to VC1 De energized closes the pathway between the bottom port of VC1 and LV18 Energized depending on the state of LV18 connects either the waste system or the shutdown diluent cleaner system to the bottom port of VC1 A 5 8 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 5 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an A eT diff 2 Analyzer Continued Reference Designator Figure DCN Reference Component Function 6323266 A 5 2 18 LV15 Large Bio Chem two way solenoid pinch valve used to LV15 control the flow of waste from the RBC bath or the flow of shutdown diluent cleaner to the RBC bath De energized closes the pathway between the bottom port of the RBC bath and LV18 Energized depending on the state of LV18 connects either the waste system or the shutdown diluent cleaner system to the bottom port of the RBC bath 5 2 19 LV8 Large Bio Chem two way solenoid pinch valve used to LV8 connect the vacuum chamber VC1 to the bottom port of the probe wipe housing De energized the pathway from the bottom port of the pr
239. ated for the 12 readings If the resulting CV is gt 5 0 this clog test fails AVR Measured The 12 readings for RBC Aperture Voltage RAV and WBC Aperture Voltage WAV are averaged The RAV average is then divided by the WAV average to obtain the Aperture Voltage Ratio AVR Measured This test fails if AVR average gt AVR Target x 1 09 this condition generates an RBC failure AVR average lt AVR Target x 0 97 this condition generates a WBC failure WBC RBC AVR Target WBC and RBC Target are target 26 percentile values used for comparison with the WBC and RBC Measured values during sample analysis AVR Target is the target Aperture Voltage Ratio used for comparison with the AVR Measured clog detection test They are determined by averaging the value obtained when running several normal samples See Heading 4 13 SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES ACeT diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS for the procedure to determine these values Note The numeric keypad and Save and Exit icon are used to enter the Target values RBC Clog Detection Criteria The above tests are used to determine whether a clog has occurred and whether results should be suppressed with XXXXX or whether the result will be given with a single X flag These tests are not performed if total RBC voteout has occurred Hgb 2 0 g dL or Hgb is incomplete and RBC 0 5 x 106 cells nL RBC count lt 0 20 x 106 cells uL then RBC Measured is not calc
240. ath the RBC bath and the vacuum chamber VC1 Energized the pump is connected to the Rinse shutdown diluent cleaner supply for input of cleaning agent during the Shutdown routine A 5 2 11 Pneumatic pump With the exception of the vacuum sensor this compartment compartment contains the main components associated with the development of high vacuum and its regulation to low vacuum A 5 2 12 Diluent reservoir Distribution chamber for supplying diluent to the sample RSD and diluent FMI pumps Also supplies diluent through the sweep flow line behind the RBC aperture A 5 2 13 Diluent pump 24 Vdc brush type motor driven diaphragm liquid pump RESERVOIR reservoir fill used to fill the diluent reservoir from the diluent supply FILL when LV13 is energized and pump symbol A 5 2 14 Waste pump This dc motor driven diaphragm pump drains the WBC WASTE bath the RBC bath and the vacuum chamber VC1 when and pump the respective solenoid LV12 for the WBC bath LV15 for symbol the RBC bath or LV7 for VC1 is energized A 5 2 15 Foam trap Collects foam overflow from the vacuum isolator chamber VC2 preventing it from entering the vacuum system A 5 2 16 Rinse pump When LV18 is energized and the rinse pump is turned CLENZ this dc motor driven peristaltic pump moves AC T Rinse and pump shutdown diluent cleaner into the WBC bath the RBC symbol bath and the vacuum chamber VC1 through the component s w
241. ath is used the newer molded version of the bath clamp must also be used since it has a notch to accommodate the extra fitting Hemoglobin Photometer Assembly CAUTION The length of the screw used to mount the Hgb photometer assembly is critical A screw that is too long will punch a hole in the WBC bath aperture assembly Use the correct length screw to mount the Hgb photometer assembly A single screw mounts the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC bath while two additional screws and posts are used for shipping support The assembly is composed of two pieces a housing including the photodiode and preamp and the removable Hgb lamp A coaxial cable connects the photodiode preamp to the Analyzer card A four wire cable connects the lamp to the Analyzer card On the 8 10 analyzer two wires are used for the lamps voltage and two wires are used to sense the voltage applied to the lamp Lamp sensing is used to keep the lamps voltage constant at approximately 3 18 Vdc On the diff analyzer sensing is not used by the Analyzer card and the supply voltage is 3 6 Vdc Waste and Cleaner System Waste System At the completion of a sample run the remaining sample dilutions the counted sample and the material washed from the outside of the probe must be cleared from the system in preparation for the next sample This means the two aperture baths and the vacuum chamber VCI must be drained and rinsed then the accumulated waste
242. base The schematics the SRK are the latest revisions available at the time the SRK is released For copies of schematics released between revisions of the SRK check the Lotus Notes database It will always have the most current revisions Note Depending on the configurations of this instrument in the field more than one revision of a schematic can be valid If you want to include schematics in the printed version of this manual make printouts of the electronic files and insert them at the end of this chapter SCHEMATICS SCHEMATICS REQUIRED 6 1 2 PN 4237339F CONTENTS 1 7 TROUBLESHOOTING 7 1 1 7 1 DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7 1 1 Voltages Sensors Screen 7 1 2 Hgb 7 1 3 Preamp Gain and Hgb Gain 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 3 Hgb Gain AC T diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers 7 1 3 WAV and RAV 7 1 3 Vac 7 1 4 Temp 7 1 4 Voltages 7 1 4 Lytic and Clean 7 1 5 Dil Waste and AspSW OVAsp and CVAsp on the ACT diff 2 Analyzer 7 1 5 Exit Icons 7 1 6 Solenoids Screen 7 1 6 Verify Predilute Screen 7 1 8 Sample Details Screen 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 8 Sample Results 7 1 9 WAV RAV VAR 7 1 10 WPWV RPWV VAR 7 1 10 AVR VAR AVG RM DELTA 7 1 10 WPWV AVG RM LTVAR 7 1 11 WBC RBC VAR 7 1 12 Hgb Readings 7 1 12 Sample Details Screen ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers 7 1 12 Sample Results 7 1 12 Hgb Readings 7 1 13 WBC RBC Measured 7 1 15 RBC CV 7 1 15 WBC RBC Ratio CVs 7 1 15 RBC Ratio Mean 7 1 16 WBC
243. bath s rear chamber gt Connect the sweep flow tubing to the lower fitting of the bath s rear chamber 3 Snap the aperture bath assembly into the aperture bath clamp orienting it so that the bath s rear chamber is at the back PN 4237339F 4 10 3 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES APERTURE BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 4 10 4 4 Ifthe WBC aperture bath assembly was replaced install the Hgb photometer assembly a Slide the Hgb photometer assembly onto the front of the WBC bath CAUTION Risk of damage to the WBC bath When securing the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC bath if you use a screw that is too long the screw can break through the bath wall Use the correct length screw when securing the photometer assembly to the WBC bath b Secure the Hgb photometer assembly using the appropriate length Phillips head screw Figure 4 10 2 c Ifshipping the instrument reinstall the two shipping posts Figure 4 10 2 5 Attach the tubings to the bath being replaced a For either the RBC or the WBC aperture bath assemblies connect the waste tubing to the bottom fitting of the bath b For an RBC aperture bath assembly diluent flow is divided by two Y fittings into three paths 1 Connect the diluent tubing with the small check valve in the line to the top fitting on the bath 2 Connect the other two diluent lines to the two lower side fittings of the bath c Fora WBC aperture bath assembly diluent
244. ber 7 2 3 21 error number 7 2 3 A abbreviations used in this manual ABBREVIATIONS 1 ACeT 8 10 analyzer components See components AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers ACeT diff analyzer components See components 8 10 and diff analyzers ACeT diff 2 analyzer components See components ACeT diff 2 analyzer altitude affect on mixing ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 1 compensation for increase ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 1 analog circuits on Analyzer card AC T 8 10 analyzer 2 5 1 Analyzer card AC T 8 10 analyzer A D Converter circuit 2 5 3 analog circuits used 2 5 1 Aperture Voltage Sensor circuit 2 5 1 connector and test point locations illustration A 2 1 connectors table of A 2 2 description 2 5 1 digital circuits used 2 5 3 Display Interface circuit 2 5 4 ground connection for aperture sensor system 2 2 8 PN 4237339F Hgb support circuitry 2 5 6 memory 2 1 1 miscellaneous support circuits used 2 5 5 Plt processor circuitry 2 5 2 Power On LED and Sensor Connector circuits 2 5 6 Pulse circuit 2 5 5 RBC processor circuitry 2 5 2 Serial and Parallel I O Port circuits 2 5 3 solenoid driver circuitry 2 5 4 stepper motor driver circuitry 2 5 4 test points table of A 2 4 voltages acceptable ranges table of A 1 1 WEC processor circuitry 2 5 1 See also Analyzer cards Analyzer card diff analyzer communication circuitry 2 6 2 connector and test
245. ble 2 7 5 Display Controller Driver Card J61 Pinout zu 2 co o oc1 c ro5o Pol pot poy o MI my a 2 co5 ro o Description Data bit to from Analyzer card DGND1 Motor and solenoid ground Data bit to from Analyzer card 24 Vdc Jc N Data bit to from Analyzer card LCD CONTRAST VOLTAGE Data bit to from Analyzer card Jc 5 Vdc DD4 Data bit to from Analyzer card 5 Vdc DD5 Data bit to from Analyzer card DGND Digital ground Data bit to from Analyzer card EGND Earth ground Jc JO Data bit to from Analyzer card Not used Connects to address bit A16 of display memory U7 RESET Reset signal for reagent card reader Production instruments do not use LEDPWR Power source for power on LED 20 Read enable for display controller chip U6 active low ANR Write enable for display controller chip U6 active low SCLK Clock signal for reagent card reader CS Chip select signal for display controller chip U6 active low KINT Keyboard interrupt signal from U5 keyboard controller KWR Write control signal for U5 keyboard controller active low KWD Read control signal for 05 keyboard controller active low PN 4237339F 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DISPLAY ASSEMBLY Differences Between the Old and New Versions of the Display Controller Driver Card Two versions of the Display Controller Driver card are curre
246. by measuring the pulse width at a voltage just above the count threshold voltage At the end of each one second count period an average of the widths of the pulses counted during the period is determined This is the basis of the WPWV and RPWV parameters Measuring Pulse Widths ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers The ACeT diff and diff 2 analyzers use a very different method from the 8 10 analyzer to measure the pulse width The ACT diff and diff 2 analyzers use a method that produces a value called the 26 percentile The 26 percentile value is reported on the Sample Details screen in the WBC Measured or RBC Measured field The 26 percentile value is based on readings taken at the 12 height width and 34 height width To understand 12 height width first consider a triangular pulse If you were to draw horizontal line at the height of the triangle and measure the length between the points where the line intersects the two vertical sides of the triangle this measurement would be the 15 height width of the triangle or the pulse width The reason this method of measuring the pulse width is better than the method used by the ACeT 8 10 analyzer is that this value is independent of height This can be illustrated by considering another triangle with exactly the same base width but with a different height This triangle represents a particle of a different size but taking exactly the same path and time through th
247. cation Traverse Module Installation 1 4237339 Feed the horizontal motor wire harness through the large cutout provided in the front panel for the horizontal motor Figure 4 9 4 Feed the three Traverse module tubings through the round hole just below the right end of the location for the Traverse module Feed the horizontal sensor wires through the small rectangular cutouts provided in the front panel for the sensors Figure 4 9 4 Secure the Traverse module s main bracket to the instrument front panel with six 2 Phillips head screws three behind the horizontal drive belt one in each of the lower corners of the bracket and one in the upper right corner of the bracket Figure 4 9 4 Connect the tubing from the Traverse module to the instrument a Connect the stiff aspirate tubing to the fitting on the front of the 50 pL sample pump See Figure 4 9 3 1 b Connect the probe wipe housing top port tubing to the adapter union fitting between the probe wipe tubing and the larger tubing 10 See Figure 4 9 3 2 c Connect the probe wipe housing bottom port tubing to the adapter union fitting between the probe wipe ribbon tubing and the pinch tubing in LV8 See Figure 4 9 3 3 Connect the traverse flex cable connector P56 to 56 on the Traverse Interconnect card Figure 4 9 1 Route the horizontal motor wire harness between the main front panel and the false front to the back of the WBC position sensor
248. ce AC T diff 2 analyzer 2302008 8 2 8 2 8 2 13 18 Sensor waste assembly with cable and tubing 6805741 Sensor waste sensor only 6705981 Shaft cap pierce door gear AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024428 8 2 12 14 Shield bath assembly electrical 8 10 and diff analyzers 6805331 8 2 16 1 Shield bath assembly electrical AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806555 8 2 16 1 Shield electromagnetic for Display assembly 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers with 6805136 8 2 4 18 original through hole Display Controller Driver card Shield electromagnetic for Display assembly AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers with 6806205 8 2 4 18 SMT Display Controller Driver card Shield electromagnetic for Display assembly AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806601 8 2 4 18 Shield EMI EMC gasket V form 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 5704057 82 2 5 Shield EMI EMC gasket V form AC T diff 2 analyzer 5703007 8 2 3 15 4237339 8 PARTS LISTS MASTER PARTS LIST Table 8 1 1 Components Continued Description Part Number Figure Item Shield plastic splash guard 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6805734 8 210 5 Software AC T 10 analyzer Version 1 04 6706655 8 2 2 1 Software ACT 8 analyzer Version 1 04 6706654 82 2 1 Software AC T diff 2 analyzer Spanish Version 1 00 6915345 8 2 3 1 Software AC T diff 2 analyzer Version 1 00 6915288 8 2 3 1 Software AC T diff analyzer English Version 1 06 card o
249. ce sensor connects to 515 3 Verify the instrument is working correctly Go to Verification Horizontal Motor Installation 1 At the rear of the instruments front panel position the horizontal motor assembly on the right end of the Traverse module s main bracket Figure 4 9 13 2 Atthe front of the Traverse modules main bracket secure the motor to the bracket with four 1 Phillips head screws Figure 4 9 13 3 Ifthe Traverse module is in place on the instrument feed the horizontal motor cable into the middle compartment and attach its connector to connector M3 J57 on the center front of the Analyzer card 4 Verify the instrument is working correctly Go to Verification Vertical Rack Installation 1 With the flag at the bottom and pointing to the rear insert the vertical rack into the bottom of the traverse housing Figure 4 9 12 2 Push the vertical rack up into the traverse housing as far as it will go and then rotate the rack 90 degrees clockwise Note Rotating the rack positions the flag on the right side of the traverse housing 3 Reinstall the Traverse Interconnect card Go to the Traverse Interconnect Card Installation procedure Traverse Interconnect Card Installation l Slide the Traverse Interconnect card into its guide slots on the right side of the traverse housing and secure the card with two 1 Phillips head screws Figure 4 9 11 2 Ifthe Traverse module is in place on the instrument connect t
250. cedure to replace an RBC or WBC aperture bath assembly that is defective or that has an aperture too large for use with the ACeT diff Veterinary Options analyzer software Tools Supplies Needed 2 Phillips head screwdriver Specimen with known values for Verification Removal Select Main icon Diluter Functions icon gt gt Drain icon Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet Remove the top cover as directed in the procedures for Removing the AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Top Cover and Rear Panel or Removing the AC T diff 2 Analyzer s Top and Rear Center Cover under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 4 Disconnect the aperture white coaxial cables plugged into the preamp a shielded area at the lower front of the Analyzer card The WBC cable connects through the top hole in the preamp shield RBC cable connects through the bottom hole in the preamp shield 5 Open the front door To open the front door of the ACeT diff 2 analyzer see Opening the ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Front Door under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 6 Unfasten the two thumb screws securing the aperture bath assembly shield to the front panel Figure 4 10 1 and remove the shield Figure 4 10 1 Removing the Aperture Bath Assembly Shield Bath electrical shield 7339093E 4237339F 410 1 SERVICE AN
251. cessors for each motor The main microprocessor on the Analyzer card merely sends messages to these motor drivers with specific parameters Information like how many steps to move and whether to stop on sensor or on step count is relayed in these messages The protocol used to send and receive messages between the motor driver processors and the main Analyzer card processor is called I Squared C or 12 for short If a problem is detected with this message protocol error 16 is generated Since all the components involved in error 16 are located on the Analyzer card any time error 16 is generated there is a problem on the Analyzer card Steps Missing Syringe Motor Error 17 ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Error 17 indicates something is wrong with syringe movement The syringe assembly has one sensor located at the top of stroke The syringe is sent to this sensor near the beginning of a cycle so that it has a known starting point Because there are three syringes for one motor many upward and downward moves are made before the syringe may be sent back to the sensor The system keeps track of the number of steps for each move When the syringe is finally sent back to the sensor the number of downward steps should equal the number of upward steps leaving a difference of 0 Error 17 is generated if the difference is not near 0 A margin of error is given since normal stopping and directional changes can produce small step errors Note that
252. cleaner system diff 2 analyzer 2 3 16 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 location illustration 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 5 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 RPWV VAR field on Sample Details screen 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 10 S safety precautions biological 1 2 1 1 2 2 electrical 1 2 1 electronic 1 2 1 illustration warning and information labels 8 10 and diff analyzers 1 2 2 illustration warning and information labels ACeT diff 2 analyzer 1 2 2 troubleshooting 1 2 1 while performing maintenance or service 1 2 1 1 2 2 Sample Details screen description AC T 8 10 analyzer 7 1 8 description ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers 7 1 12 for troubleshooting clog detect AC T diff analyzer 7 1 12 INDEX 19 INDEX setting clog detection Target values diff and diff analyzers 4 13 1 See also specific field names sample pump aspiration volumes diff 2 analyzer component in diluent delivery system diff 2 analyzer 2 3 9 function diff 2 analyzer 2 3 10 A 5 6 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 See also FMI pumps Sample Results screen function in removal installation of Display assembly 4 5 4 in sleep state 2 9 1 Samplel field on Sample Details screen 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 12 Sample2 field on Sample Details screen AC T 8 10 analyze
253. connecting to remove Traverse module 4 8 1 location illustration 4 8 2 8 2 18 part number 8 1 2 8 2 19 removal 4 8 1 Traverse Interconnect card ACeT diff 2 analyzer location 2 3 2 location illustration 8 2 20 part number 8 1 2 8 2 21 removal 4 9 1 removal illustration 4 9 7 Traverse module function 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 4 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 5 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 2 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 Traverse module 8 10 and diff analyzers component part numbers 8 2 19 components 2 2 1 connector on Analyzer card A 2 2 description 2 2 1 disassembly replacement verification 4 8 5 disassembly replacement illustration 4 8 2 disassembly replacement tools supplies needed 4 8 1 disconnecting for Analyzer card removal installation 4 4 2 exploded view 4 8 2 8 2 18 function 2 2 1 installation 4 8 3 removal 4 8 1 Traverse module AC T diff analyzers connector on Analyzer card A 2 6 Traverse module diff 2 analyzer component part numbers 8 2 21 components illustration 2 3 2 components listing of 2 3 1 description 2 3 1 PN 4237339F disassembly replacement procedure verification 4 9 14 disassembly replacement procedures 4 9 1 disassembly replacement tools supplies needed 4 9 1 disconnecting flex cable illustration 4 9 2 disconnecting for Analyzer card re
254. count system AC T 8 10 diff analyzers description 2 2 6 vacuum error 7 2 1 7 2 3 7 2 8 B 1 1 B 1 2 VIC system components and flow simplified schematic 2 2 7 probe wipe and count system diff 2 analyzer description 2 3 15 vacuum error 7 2 1 7 2 3 7 2 8 B 1 1 B 1 2 PN 4237339F INDEX horizontal motor removal 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 8 1 horizontal motor removal ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4 9 1 horizontal sensor removal 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 4 8 1 VIC system components and flow simplified schematic 2 3 13 probe wipe block function diff 2 analyzer A 5 5 probe wipe block See probe wipe housing probe wipe housing component in Traverse module 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 1 function AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 4 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 5 location illustration 8 10 diff analyzers A 4 2 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 probe wipe housing 8 10 and diff analyzers location illustration 4 8 2 removal 4 8 1 probe wipe housing diff 2 analyzer component in Traverse module 2 3 1 location 2 3 2 removal from traverse housing illustration 4 9 4 procedures Analyzer card replacement 4 4 1 aperture bath assembly electrode positioning 4 10 4 aperture bath assembly replacement 4 10 1 Cap Pierce module
255. crease significantly when automatic host transmission is performed Graphical printouts also increase print time and depending on the size of the printer buffer could add a lot of time to a cycle Because the time needed to print varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies 56 00 De energize LV12 energize LV11 turn reservoir pump OFF energize LV7 dispense 0 5 mL from diluent pump to the WBC bath 56 50 Dispense 2 5 mL diluent to the WBC bath move probe to closed vial position zap apertures 60 00 Dispense 1 0 mL diluent probe wash de energize LV13 LV7 LV8 LV11 turn waste pump OFF and turn reservoir fill OFF 2 8 18 PN 4237339F 2 9 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION INSTRUMENT STATES INSTRUMENT STATES To save time and reagents whenever power is interrupted the Series analyzers record the time of the last sample run and the state of the instrument or more specifically the diluter as power is lost The six instrument states are busy ready sleep exception error and ready to ship Busy state Any time the diluter is in the middle of a cycle performing some operation the exact fluidic condition is not known and this is considered the busy state Ready state When the instrument is not performing a cycle and is waiting for user input Sleep state The instrument is put to sleep after two hours without running a sample To save energy improve re
256. ct Card Removal To remove the horizontal motor go to Horizontal Motor Removal To remove a horizontal sensor go to Horizontal Sensor Removal Disassembly and Removal Procedures Traverse Module Removal l Disconnect the Traverse module flex cable P56 from 56 on the Traverse Interconnect card PN 4237339F 4 9 1 4 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER Figure 4 9 1 Disconnecting the Traverse Module Flex Cable P56 J56 7339079E 2 Disconnect the horizontal motor cable from M3 J57 on the center front of the Analyzer card and pull the cable through the right bulkhead into the right side compartment Figure 4 9 2 Figure 4 9 2 Disconnecting the Horizontal Motor Cable M3 J57 7339080E 3 Disconnect the four horizontal sensors from connectors 514 515 516 and 517 on the top front of the Analyzer card Figure 4 9 2 and free the wires from the wire harness and cable clamps 4 In the right side compartment disconnect the tubing attaching the Traverse module to the instrument a Disconnect the stiff aspirate tubing from the fitting on the front of the 50 pL sample pump See Figure 4 9 3 1 4 9 2 PN 4237339F SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER b Disconnect the probe wipe housing top port tubing from the adapter union fitting between the probe
257. cted to the Rinse shutdown diluent cleaner PM1 is rotated counterclockwise and AC T Rinse shutdown diluent is brought into the system and fills both counting baths through their respective waste ports An inline optical fluid sensor FS3 is placed in the tubing from the reagent source to ensure reagent is present Note For details concerning the operation of peristaltic pumps see Peristaltic Pumps at the end of this section A parallel check valve filter combination is used to ensure that waste is not pushed back into the system When draining waste from the system the waste passes through CV4 When the ACeT Rinse shutdown diluent is brought into the system it passes through CV5 and hydraulic particle filter FLS2 FLS2 captures debris from the waste system and from the peristaltic pump tubing wear before debris can enter the baths FLS2 is directional and fluid should enter the blue striped side of the filter 22 10 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 DILUTER SYSTEM 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS Peristaltic Pumps peristaltic pump consists of a spool with an attached motor Figure 2 2 8 The spool is a cylindrical device which has a rim or ridge at each end and an axial hole for inserting the motors shaft Flexible tubing is wound around the spool and attached to a connector When the motor is turned on the motors rotating shaft rotates the spool Fluid is forced along by waves of contraction produced
258. d ACeT diff 2 analyzers two wires are used for the 24 Vdc instead of one The need for two different harnesses arose due to instrument design changes that exceeded the current rating for a single wire The sense line for the 5 Vdc supply is also passed through the connector to the card in the 12 pin version 12 pin to 9 pin converter harness is available to allow the newer 12 pin Power Supply module for the diff analyzer to be used on an older 8 10 analyzer The 12 pin Power Supply module for the ACT diff 2 analyzer is not interchangeable with the Power Supply modules used on the 8 10 and diff analyzers Fuses The 8 10 and diff Power Supply module circuitry uses two 1 5 SLO BLO fuses whereas the Power Supply module for the diff 2 analyzer uses two 2 5 A SLO BLO fuses Appearance The Power Supply modules exterior cover matches the paint scheme used on the back of the analyzer The diff 2 analyzer uses a lighter paint scheme than that used on the ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers covers Comparison The major components used in these three Power Supply modules are identical The modifications requiring them to have separate part numbers are minimal Table 2 4 2 provides a quick reference of the features that make the Power Supply modules differ enough to require a separate part number Table 2 4 2 Power Supply Module Comparison of Unique Features
259. d Pump PN 4237339F Tools Supplies Needed Wire cutters Phillips head screwdriver Flat blade screwdriver or needle nose pliers KNF Dual Head Pump module PN 6807707 Wire tie mount 0 75 l x 0 75 w adhesive back PN 6011015 Wire tie releasable 4 0 1 x 10 w PN 6028917 Removal of Old Pneumatic Pump Compartment 1 Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 access the Analyzer card remove the top cover of the analyzer as directed in Removing the ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Top and Rear Center Cover under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 3 Disconnect S10A 2 LV3 LV4 and IV5 from the Analyzer card Free up their associated cables and let them hang loose You will remove them with the pneumatic pump compartment For the locations of the connectors refer to Figure A 2 3 Analyzer Card Component Locations AC T diff 2 Analyzer or Figure A 2 4 Universal ACeT diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations Open the front door of the analyzer and remove the baths electrical shield Disconnect the tubings labeled 1 2 and 3 from the check valves connected to the bottoms of the baths See Figure 4 7 4 Figure 4 7 4 Locations of CV1 CV2 and CV on the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer SG Tubing 2 2 Tubing 1 CV1 7339150F 4 7 5 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER 4 7
260. d cleaner system waste See waste and cleaner system hydraulic systems diff 2 analyzer cleaner See waste and cleaner system diluent See diluent delivery system engineering schematic part number 6 1 1 lytic reagent See lytic reagent delivery system shutdown diluent See waste and cleaner system waste See waste and cleaner system icons ACeT 8 10 analyzer relative positions on the software menu tree illustration A 3 1 ACeT diff analyzer relative positions on the software menu tree illustration A 3 2 ACeT diff 2 analyzer relative positions on the software menu tree illustration A 3 4 ACeT diff Veterinary Option analyzer relative positions on the software menu tree illustration A 3 3 Exit 7 1 6 exiting using 7 1 6 Save and Exit 7 1 3 7 1 6 illustrated parts list See parts lists illustrated IMPORTANT definition 1 1 5 information labels location illustration 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 1 2 2 location illustration diff 2 analyzer 1 2 2 installation instructions and procedures 3 1 1 veterinary software option 3 3 1 installation procedures customer documents table of 3 1 1 PN 4237339F INDEX instrument covers part numbers 8 1 2 cycles available 2 8 1 interconnect engineering schematic part number 6 1 1 long term shutdown procedure 4 15 1 ON OFF switch See power ON OFF switch opening or removing doors panels and covers 4 2 1 operating modes 2 1 3 parameters r
261. d for vertical motion while a belt and pulley drive system is used for horizontal motion Optical sensors control probe movement and location Horizontal Optical Sensors Four horizontal optical sensors on the Traverse module Figure 2 3 1 control the four horizontal travel positions of the probe at the open vial manual aspirate station over the WBC bath over the RBC bath and the closed vial cap pierce station The flag for interrupting these optical sensors is attached to the back of the traverse housing where the probe resides The Closed Vial mode is considered the primary mode of operation consequently the cap pierce aspirate station is considered home position by the instrument Vertical Optical Sensors Vertical positioning of the probe is controlled by four optical sensors Three of these optical sensors top middle bottom are located on the Traverse Interconnect card Figure 2 3 1 The flag for interrupting these optical sensors is attached to the vertical rack and moves with the probe Figure 2 3 2 PN 4237339F 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Note The traverse housing has a long vertical slot on its right through which the roll pin flag attached to the vertical rack protrudes This is the flag that moves with the probe to interrupt the vertical sensors on the Traverse Interconnect card Figure 2 3 2 Vertical Positioning of the Probe Components Vertical
262. d probe tip will eventually break glass tubes Do not use short glass tubes The bottom sense function allows small volume specimen tubes and specimen tubes with false bottoms to be processed in the Closed Vial mode of the ACeT diff 2 analyzer Use of the bottom sense function also allows small narrow specimen tubes that require a special tube adapter to be processed in the Closed Vial mode Although both glass and plastic specimen tubes can fit in this adapter only plastic tubes should be used Depending on the design of the specimen tube the tube will either fit completely inside the tube adapter or the tube s cap will rest on top of the adapter The tube adapter and specimen tube are inserted together into the tube holder assembly in the same manner as a normal diameter tube Note For more information about this tube adapter see the Operators Guide Appendix B Figure 2 3 7 Bottom Sense Function Components Bottom Sense Function Components right side view Refer to Figure 2 3 7 Flag When a smaller volume specimen tube a tube with a false bottom or the tube adapter is inserted into the tube holder assembly it rests on a spring loaded platform located at the bottom of the tube holder assembly Top vertical optical sensor Tranverse Interconnect card When the operator closes the cap pierce door the tube bottom seeking roll pin flag inserted in the side of this spring loaded platform rests above the tube b
263. d pump 1 Remove the assembly from the old pump 2 Replace the choke in the assembly with a new choke 3 Install the tubing choke assembly on the new pump b Ifa tubing choke assembly is not available 1 Place an O ring over the threaded end of the barb fitting and screw the fitting onto the appropriate choke 2 Attach a 5 08 cm 2 in piece of the 0 145 i d polyurethane tubing to the barb end of the fitting 3 Attach the other end of the tubing to the new pump Figure 4 6 2 KNF Dual Head Pump with Muffler and Choke Installed Grommet Bracket zc M e FA 7339151F Choke Muffler PN 4237339F 4 6 3 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T 8 10 AND AC T diff ANALYZERS 4 6 4 8 9 Secure the pneumatic pump to the instrument a Place the pump in position b Ifyou are replacing a single head pump with a KNF dual head pump install a grommet in the cable outlet on the top of the new pumps bracket See Figure 4 6 2 ATTENTION When installing the pump bracket on a KNF dual head pump ensure the mounts for the circuit card face outward toward you C Secure the pump with its bracket fastening the bracket with one for field upgrades or two Phillips head screws See Figure 4 6 1 Note On instruments that are upgraded to a KNF d
264. d therefore increases pulse width The temperature of the dilution also alters flow rate As the dilution temperature rises it becomes less viscous and can travel through the aperture more readily This decreases pulse width e Cell elasticity is a less obvious factor affecting pulse width Cells are very elastic in nature being essentially a bag of fluid A red cell for instance elongates as it passes through the aperture creating a length five to ten times its normal diameter This process of elongation seems to slow the travel through the aperture causing wider pulse widths The length of the cell in itself causes the cell to be in the sensing zone for a longer period as it travels PN 4237339F 4237339 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS When a cell is fixed as cells are for controls and calibrators some of the elasticity is lost Consequently the cell travels through the aperture faster creating a narrower pulse width This is why there is a difference in the 26 percentile value between fresh bloods and controls This is also why sickle cells produce a narrow pulse width Sickle cells have rigid cell walls which means they do not have the same elasticity as normal cells and travel through the aperture much faster WBC RBC Ratios and WBC RBC Ratio CVs The WBC and RBC Ratio CVs like the 26 percentile value are derived from data obtained from the Editor circuit These parameters are only availabl
265. d valve LV12 controls the draining of the WBC bath LV15 the draining of the RBC bath and LV7 the draining of the vacuum chamber VCI PN 4237339F 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Note LV12 LV15 and LV7 are large Bio Chem solenoid pinch valves These two way pinch tube type of solenoid valves function like the single acting pinch valves used on many other Beckman Coulter instruments Since most fluidic solenoid valve designs tend to develop build up problems when the valve is used in a waste line a pinch tube type of solenoid valve was chosen for use in the diff 2 analyzer Because the design of this valve provides a large straight path for the waste the use of this pinch tube type of solenoid valve virtually eliminates any build up problems It also allows you to clean or replace tubing easily without replacing the entire valve The valve selected uses a strong thick walled silicon compound tubing that will not require frequent replacement and may last the life of the instrument The outputs of valves LV12 LV15 and LV7 are joined and routed through the normally open path of solenoid LV18 a three way pinch tube type solenoid valve Note 18 is a large Bio Chem solenoid pinch valve This three way pinch tube type solenoid valve functions just like the double acting pinch valve used on many other Beckman Coulter instruments The waste is then drawn through a basket type
266. depth of the pierce for aspiration The depth of pierce is controlled using the vertical optical sensors on the Traverse Interconnect card From its home position inside the top optical sensor the probe moves downward Probe travel for the venting pierce is stopped when the probes flag is positioned inside the middle optical sensor This allows the tip of the probe to extend about 2 inches into the specimen tube less than half the length of a typical specimen tube Aspiration Pierce Typical Refer to Figure 2 3 6 Downward probe travel for the aspiration pierce is stopped one of two ways Typically the aspiration pierce is stopped by positioning the probe s flag inside the bottom optical sensor on the Traverse Interconnect card At this position the probe is near the bottom of the specimen tube This method of stopping probe travel is used when the length of the inserted specimen tube allows the tube s bottom to rest against the bottom of the tube holder assembly Smaller volume tubes tubes with false bottoms and short plastic tubes use the bottom sense function to stop downward probe travel during the aspiration pierce PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Bottom Sense Function CAUTION Risk of damage to the probe tip Use of short glass specimen tubes may damage the probe tip as the probe pushes on the bottom of the glass tube against the strong spring pressure A damage
267. diff analyzers A 4 5 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 operational states 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 6 operational states diff 2 analyzer 5 7 type of valve AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 6 type of valve AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 7 LV12 function 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 6 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 7 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 5 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 operational states 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 6 operational states diff 2 analyzer 5 7 type of valve 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 6 type of valve AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 7 LV13 function AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 8 function AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 7 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 5 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 operational states 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4 8 operational states ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 7 type of valve 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 8 type of valve diff 2 analyzer A 5 7 PN 4237339F LV14 function AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 9 location illustration 8 10 diff analyzers A 4 5 operational states 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 9 typ
268. dilute function Tables 2 8 1 and 2 8 2 describe the Powerup cycle for the current models and software versions of the Series analyzers PN 4237339F Duration 2 0 0 025 2 2 to 3 1 0 0 to 32 4 2 27 0 025 2 45 9 5 0 0 0 025 2 24 0 025 2 45 0 0 9 5 2 0 0 0 2 9 2 24 0 025 2 45 0 0 0 0 0 025 2 43 3 525 14 6 0 025 2 24 0 025 1 55 0 025 4 48 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Table 2 8 1 Powerup Cycle ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers All Software Versions Activity Energize LV1 de energize LV2 through LV17 when power is applied some drivers may be on Energize LV1 turn on vacuum pump energize LV11 and LV7 Home syringe while draining RBC bath and moving probe up Fill diluent reservoir Fill diluent syringe 3 0 mL while draining RBC bath Energize LV12 Dispense diluent syringe into RBC bath de energize LV12 Repeat last 3 steps 2 times Energize LV14 Wait Fill diluent syringe 3 0 mL drain WBC bath Energize LV12 energize LV7 Dispense 3 1 mL from diluent syringe to WBC bath De energize LV12 energize LV7 Repeat last 5 steps 2 times Fill diluent syringe 5 0 mL Check diluent sensor for empty fluid not at sensor state Dispense diluent syringe to sensor 5 0 mL to reservoir Fill diluent syringe 3 0 mL drain WBC bath send probe to aspirate position check lytic reagent sensor De energize LV14 energize LV12 de energize LV7 energize LV8 Dispense 3 0 mL
269. dividing the whole blood Hgb mean by the predilute Hgb mean PCF Blood Hgb Mean Predilute Hgb Mean Verify the PCF value meets the following criteria PCF must be within the range 0 85 to 1 15 Divide the whole blood WBC mean by the predilute WBC mean The result must be within 0 07 of the PCE Divide the whole blood RBC mean by the predilute RBC mean The result must be within 0 07 of the PCE 4 19 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PUMP CORRECTION FACTOR PCF DETERMINATION 13 If the results are acceptable enter the pump correction factor in the instrument a Select Latex Calibration Main icon Diagnostics icon Latex Calibration icon This factor is located on the first Latex Procedure screen with the amplifier gains b Enter the PCF value calculated in step 11 c Select Save and Exit to save the PCF value and return to the Main screen It is not necessary to perform a latex procedure at this time 14 Verify the instrument is working correctly Go to Verification Verification 1 Select Verify Predilute Main icon Diagnostics icon gt gt Verify Predilute icon 2 Make a dilution of the whole blood specimen or control 3 Select the Predilute Mode icon from the Main screen 4 Select the Reproducibility icon Main icon gt QA Functions icon gt gt Reproducibility icon IMPORTANT Risk of compromised results possible due to short sample on the fifth run Ensure the aspirate probe is comp
270. door disassembly 4 17 1 Cap Pierce module front door safety latch removal 4 17 1 Cap Pierce module motor removal 4 17 1 Cap Pierce module optical switch removal 4 17 1 Cap Pierce module removal disassembly 4 17 1 decontamination instrument 4 21 1 Display assembly disassembly 4 5 1 dummy load test 4 22 1 Flash Memory software card removal 4 4 1 FMI pump decrystallization 4 20 1 front door diff analyzer opening 4 2 3 general guidelines 4 1 1 Hgb output adjustment 4 11 4 Hgb photometer assembly disassembly replacement 4 11 1 horizontal drive belt removal ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4 9 1 horizontal drive belt tension adjustment diff 2 analyzer 4 9 14 PN 4237339F horizontal sensors removal diff 2 analyzer 4 9 1 latex gain adjustment AC T diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers 4 12 1 pneumatic pump replacement 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 4 6 1 pneumatic pump ACeT diff 2 analyzer replacement 4 7 1 Power Supply module replacement 4 3 1 preparing instrument for shipment long term shutdown 4 15 1 probe removal 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 8 1 probe removal AC T diff 2 analyzer 4 9 1 probe tube alignment ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4 18 1 probe wipe housing removal 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 4 8 1 setting clog detection Target values ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers 4 13 1 soaking an FMI pump head 4 20 1 top and rear center panel removal
271. ds 8 1 1 covers 8 1 2 customer documents table of 1 1 1 fans 8 1 2 filters 8 1 2 LED power indicator 8 1 3 master parts list for components 8 1 1 master parts list for fasteners fittings miscellaneous hardware 8 1 8 master parts list for optional items and supplies 8 1 14 online manual 1 1 1 pickup tubes 8 1 14 Power Supply modules 8 1 4 probes aspirate 8 1 4 pumps 8 1 4 sensors 8 1 5 Service Resource Kit CD ROM 1 1 1 software 8 1 6 tubing 8 1 6 valves 8 1 7 parts lists illustrated aperture bath assembly shield and mounting plate 8 2 30 aperture bath assembly components on mounting plate 8 10 and diff 8 2 26 aperture bath assembly components on mounting plate diff 2 analyzer 8 2 28 Cap Pierce module 8 2 22 front panel components 8 2 2 8 2 4 left side and top view components 8 2 24 Power Supply module 8 2 16 rear view components 8 2 16 right side compartment 8 10 and diff analyzers showing reservoir 8 2 8 right side compartment 8 10 and diff analyzers showing transducer 8 2 10 right side compartment ACT diff 2 analyzer showing pneumatic pump 8 2 14 right side compartment diff 2 analyzer showing reagent pumps 8 2 12 right side compartment ACT diff 2 analyzer showing reservoir 8 2 12 Traverse module 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 8 2 18 Traverse module AC T diff 2 analyze
272. e AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 9 LV9 function AC T 8 10 and ACT diff analyzers A 4 6 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 5 operational states 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 4 6 type of valve AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4 6 Lyse Dispense Verification cycle amount of lytic reagent dispensed 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 4 12 INDEX Lyse Prime cycle amount of lytic reagent dispensed 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 4 lyse pump advantages of using FMI pump diff 2 analyzer 2 3 10 component in lytic reagent delivery system ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 11 FMI pump function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 7 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 10 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 pump volume A 5 7 See also FMI pumps lyse syringe AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers function 2 2 4 See also Triple Syringe module Lytic field on Voltages Sensors screen 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 5 lytic reagent amount dispensed for various cycles 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 4 function 2 2 4 2 3 10 lytic reagent delivery system 8 10 ACeT diff analyzers components and flow simplified schematic 2 2 4 description 2 2 4 lytic reagent delivery system ACeT diff 2 analyzer components and flow simplified schematic 2 3 11 description 2 3 10 lytic reagent pump See lyse pump lytic re
273. e Figure A 5 4 to locate these components A 5 2 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Components Located Behind the Front Door of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Figure A 5 1 View of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer with the Front Door Open Software card slot Cap pierce door motor Cap Pierce module Vacuum chamber Hgb assembly LV17 WBC bath LV16 Sweep flow spool RBC bath Aspirate switch Probe Probe wipe housing Traverse module e mn ce gt e e k ae 7339126 Table A 5 2 Components behind the Front Door of ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Reference Designator Figure DCN Reference Component Function 6323266 5 1 1 Software card slot Opening for inserting the metallic diff 2 software card This software card must be firmly seated into the track of the slot otherwise the card could fall inside the analyzer A 5 1 2 Cap pierce door motor Stepper motor opens the cap pierce door when aspiration in the closed vial mode is complete 5 1 3 Cap Pierce module Module that provides the capability for closed vial sampling Accepts one specimen tube at a time in a spring loaded holder that is capable of clamping a variety
274. e door assembly diff 2 analyzer 6806616 Housing cap pierce diff 2 analyzer 6806481 8 2 12 1 Housing lamp holder and heatsink molded 6805691 8 2 14 3 8 2 15 3 Housing probe wipe 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6859716 8 2 10 14 Housing probe wipe AC T diff 2 analyzer 6807013 8 2 11 12 Housing traverse guide AC T diff 2 analyzer 6706321 8 2 11 10 Housing traverse molded AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6805479 8 2 10 17 Housing traverse molded AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806502 8 2 11 15 Insulation vacuum pump cover side AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024433 8 2 8 15 Insulation vacuum pump cover top and bottom AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024434 8 2 8 14 Insulation vacuum pump cover top AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024432 8 2 8 16 Insulation vacuum pump bracket side diff 2 analyzer 1024435 8 2 8 8 Insulator display fish paper 8 10 or diff analyzer with original through hole 1023501 Display Controller Driver card Insulator display fish paper analyzer with SMT Display Controller Driver card 1024137 Keyboard touch screen 2016703 8 2 4 20 Knob vacuum regulator 9908180 8 2 2 2 8 2 8 5 Lamp Hgb Photometer assembly 6805344 8 2 14 2 8 2 15 2 LED power indicator assembly 8 10 and diff analyzers 6805394 8 2 4 23 LED power indicator assembly AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806620 8 2 4 23 Lens Hgb lamp 1023237 8 2 14 6 8 2 15 6 Lens Hgb lamp heat
275. e aperture Measuring the 15 height width gives the same value as was obtained for the first triangle Measuring the width at a fixed threshold gives a wider pulse width for a taller triangle and a narrower pulse width for a shorter triangle 7 3 1 7 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS 7 3 2 After measuring the pulse widths the instrument must determine a value representing all the pulses passing through the Editor circuit during a count period The first value to consider is an average but an average value might not be the best choice If all the pulse widths during a count period were plotted with the vertical axis representing the number of pulses and the horizontal axis representing increasing width the resulting distribution would be similar to a normal Plt distribution curve It would show a fast rise on the left of the peak and a more gradual drop on the right of the peak The average width would be on the right but fairly close to the peak The average width would represent the 50 percentile since 5096 of the pulses would be on the left of this point and 5096 would be on the right The 26 percentile is a point on the curve where 2696 of the pulses are on the right of that point and 74 are on the left The 26 percentile point is well to the right of the peak where the curve is approaching the baseline Keeping this normal distribution in mind consider what happens if a clog occurs Pulse widths increase
276. e aperture electrode cable from which the APERTURE signal is received Control is established using a microprocessor signal ZAPON applied to the base of Q13 Q13 supplies the burn voltage to both apertures at the same time Electronic test pulses are also applied to the incoming electrode cable These pulses are used to test the integrity of the WBC analyzer They do not have the complexity of the aperture pulse train in terms of timing or shape therefore they can only impart information on whether the circuit is working not how well it is working RBC Processor Circuitry The RBC processor circuitry is almost identical to the WBC processor circuitry with the addition of the MCV circuit The APERTURE signal is connected to J7 Figure A 2 1 and input to the Preamplifier and Aperture Voltage Sensor circuits The amplifier used is on chip U75 TP33 Figure A 2 1 can be used to monitor preamplifier output The Aperture Voltage Sensor circuit and its output red aperture voltage RAV measured at TP28 Figure A 2 1 use the U63 operational amplifier The Dc Restorer circuit is comprised of amplifiers found on chips U48 and U64 Output from the Dc Restorer circuit is fed to the Count Comparator Width Integrator and Plt Processor circuits The Count Comparator circuits primary component is an LM311 comparator labelled U42 The Width Integrator circuit primarily uses a pair of analog switches on U54 and an amplifier on U63 Burn voltage and test
277. e between the raw counts used and the final WBC or RBC count If however the WBC count is 1 7 x 103 pL or lower or the RBC count is 0 20 x 106 pL or lower then the corresponding pulse width parameter was probably not used for clog determination e 0 0 CVs pass 1 0 CVs fail Failure criteria gt WPWV CV gt 12 0 results a clog in the WBC aperture gt RPWV CV gt 5 0 results in a clog in the RBC aperture AVR VAR AVG RM DELTA The aperture voltage ratio AVR is based on the idea that if neither aperture has a problem then the ratio of the voltages across each aperture should be constant The average RAV and WAV are calculated and then the RAV average is divided by the WAV average to get AVR AVG for the last result It is displayed as the calculated ratio This ratio is then compared to AVR RM which is a running mean of the AVR ratios of previous samples There is editing capability for AVR RM If circumstances such as installing a new aperture give an unacceptable value the correct value can be entered without the need to run many bloods DELTA AVR is the comparison between AVR AVG and AVR RM It is a percentage difference expressed as a ratio For instance a 3 0 difference is indicated as 0 03 The following applies e DELTA AVR gt 5 0 05 results in a clog in the RBC aperture PN 4237339F TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7 e 2 DELIA AVR lt 5 and no other WBC criteria failure results in asteri
278. e circuit the Stepper Motor Driver circuitry and the Solenoid Driver circuitry Memory for the microprocessor is limited comprised of a non volatile RAM chip U58 and a Flash Memory card The controlling program resides on the Flash Memory card located to the left of the vacuum regulator knob and above the Traverse module A partial PCMCIA interface implementation allows the ability to read flash memory The instrument never writes to the Flash Memory card The program is executed directly from the card using some of the non volatile RAM for variable storage in lieu of static RAM The primary purpose of the non volatile RAM is to preserve configuration data such as calibration factors A D Converter Circuit Many voltages and signals in the instrument require analog to digital conversion before the system can properly use them Three multiplexer chips each capable of handling eight inputs are used to select a voltage to be input to the A D Converter circuit The data bus from the 80C188 microprocessor is tied into the select lines of the multiplexers allowing data on the data bus to select which voltage to convert The three multiplexers are U11 U1 and U2 All system voltages parameter voltages monitored power supplies and sensor voltages are tied to one input of these three chips The selected voltage is applied first to a programmable gain amplifier U3 that scales the voltage for input to U4 the A D converter chip The A D Converter circui
279. e computations 795 Diluent peristaltic pump tubing worn Diluent fluid filters plugged Solenoid LV10 problems Probe wash restricted Poor probe wipe evacuation due to Probe wipe housing restricted e Path from probe wipe housing to VC1 restricted e Solenoid LV8 problems Insufficient high vacuum caused by slight leak restriction or weak vacuum pump diaphragm High vacuum at VC1 should be 15 in Hg If not replace pump diaphragm see Heading 4 6 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T 8 10 AND ACeT diff ANALYZERS Counts Hgb low and or Poor bath drain Restriction in one of solenoids LV13 LV14 or LV15 Usually erratic requires dislodging of large particle Manual purging of solenoid using Diagnostics menu usually clears problem If not using syringe to flush solenoid and or bleaching waste path may prevent solenoid replacements High WBC counts and Interference Ground path between bath panel and Analyzer card uses a lug background connector on preamp shield If lug connector becomes loose from being reconnected several times or oxidized interference results Ensure a good connection at this ground point Cross talk Shunt paths between the two apertures or from one aperture to the bottom waste port in VC1 PN 4237339F 7 4 1 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING 8 10 AND AC T diff ANALYZER SPECIFIC PROBLEMS 7 4 2 PN 4237339F CONTENTS ra 8 PARTS LISTS 8 1 1 8 1 MASTER PARTS LIST 8 1 1 8 2
280. e diluent reagent supply to the analyzer pickup tube 1 e Reagent 1 of the Tainer or diff AC T Tainer reagents e Reagent 1 of the Pak reagents A 5 4 2 Connection for reagent Connects the lytic reagent supply to the analyzer pickup tube 2 e Reagent 2 of the AC T Tainer or diff AC T Tainer reagents Reagent 2 of the ACeT Pak reagents A 5 4 3 Connection for reagent Connects the cleaning agent supply to the analyzer pickup tube 3 e Reagent 3 of the Tainer or diff AC T Tainer reagents Use this connection for the ACT Rinse shutdown diluent supply PN 4237339F A 5 13 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS A 5 14 PN 4237339F ERROR MESSAGES ra B 1 WARNING AND FATAL ERROR MESSAGE TABLES Table B 1 1 Warning Non Fatal Error Messages Icons Error Message Icons Description Check printer Transmission incomplete Pe Vacuum out of range during count Hgb voltage failure Hgb Blank or Sample reading outside range 2048 to 4095 A D units x Hab s Channelizing buffer overflow error usually indicates an overflow in one of the Plt channels Z6 Timekeeper failure CMOS PD persistent data failure At Check Reagent Management card g g EJ Waste full Diluent empty Ds L s IIl ACeT Rinse shutdown diluent empty Cle Lytic reagent empty Patient storage data corrupt AC T diff and AC T diff 2
281. e for clog detection on the AC T diff analyzer not the ACT 8 or 10 analyzer The primary purpose of the Editor circuit in deriving the WBC and RBC Ratios is to screen the pulse train for well shaped pulses and channelize only well shaped pulses for constructing histograms The aperture signal is applied to the editor and the rising edge of a pulse triggers the processing of that pulse No other pulses are processed until processing is completed for the previous pulse This means that only a percentage of pulses are even looked at by the editor This is further complicated for the RBC editor because Plts are taken from the same signal and Plt pulse processing is given a higher priority because of the smaller number of Plts generally available If the Plt count is high the number of pulses looked at by the RBC editor decreases Pulses processed and rejected by the editor are not counted so the WBC RBC Ratio is a ratio of the channelized pulses well shaped pulses to the raw count from the counter total pulses at the aperture The ratio of well shaped pulses may be very low but still acceptable For this reason the actual ratio is not used for RBC clog detection and the ratio has a wide limit for WBC clog detection More useful information is gained from the CV of the ratio values A ratio is calculated for each count period yielding 12 readings for RBC and WBC A CV of the 12 values is calculated and limits placed on the result The assumption is
282. e of valve 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 9 LV15 function AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 9 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 9 location illustration 8 10 diff analyzers A 4 5 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 operational states AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 9 operational states diff 2 analyzer A 5 9 type of valve 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 9 type of valve AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 9 LV16 function 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 4 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 2 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 operational states 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 4 operational states AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 type of valve AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 4 type of valve AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 LV17 function AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 3 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 2 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 operational states 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 3 operational states ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 type of valve AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 3 type of valve ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 LV18 functio
283. e top position At various times the syringe is homed sent to the top position When the syringe is not detected at the home position after it is sent there a Syringe Did Not Reach Up Position error 12 message is generated Syringe movement is complex as many up down movements can occur before the syringe is sent back to the home position It is not practical to track this movement and determine exactly when the syringe should be back at the home position Instead the syringe is sent to the home sensor after a period of activity to start once again from a known position Though movement is not tracked precisely the syringe should never be at the home sensor after a downward move If this is detected a Syringe Did Not Leave Up Position error 13 message is generated Mechanical and hydraulic problems that can produce error 12 or 13 include e problem with the motor and lead screw of the syringe mechanism e Dislodged syringe pistons damaged obstructed or out of position syringe sensor e Deteriorating piston seals that result in too much friction Broken syringe bodies Plugs in hydraulic tubing or solenoid valves that cause syringe deadheading Electrical problems that can produce error 12 or 13 include e defective syringe motor or sensor defective solenoid valve that causes deadhead pathway e Poor electrical connections to a solenoid syringe motor or sensor e A problem with the Analyzer card which dr
284. ed back toward the reagent container An optical liquid sensor FS2 in the lytic reagent line monitors the lytic reagent supply as it enters the instrument Lytic reagent in the sensor transmits light but air in the sensor prevents light transmission The presence of air gaps in the sensor triggers a lytic reagent low PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 DILUTER SYSTEM 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS warning software filter is applied to the data received from the sensor to ensure that microbubbles inconsequential in their affect on the lytic reagent delivery volume do not trigger the warning Pneumatic System The pneumatic pump is located beneath the on board reagent compartment Currently three models of a 24 Vdc pump are in use the Brailsford brushless vacuum pump the ASF Thomas brush type diaphragm vacuum pump and the KNF dual head brushless type pump The earliest AC T analyzers used the Brailsford pump more recent analyzers including the ACeT diff 2 analyzer used the ASF Thomas pump and the latest use a KNF dual head pump These pumps satisfy the three pneumatic supply requirements e Raw vacuum from the pump is used unregulated as a high vacuum source for the probe wipe function e Raw high vacuum from the pump is regulated to 6 in Hg for counting Pressure from the pump exhaust pressure from the single head pumps is used to create bubbles for mixing the WBC and RBC dilutions in their respecti
285. edures 4 2 1 customer documents part numbers table of 1 1 1 CVAsp field on Voltages Sensors screen ACeT diff 2 analyzer description 7 1 5 cycles Aspirate See Aspirate cycles Clean Baths 2 8 1 counter function and location 7 1 24 instrument 2 8 1 Lyse Dispense Verification See Lyse Dispense Verification cycle Lyse Prime See Lyse Prime cycle Non Labile Control Mode 2 8 1 Powerup See Powerup cycle Predilute See Predilute cycle Prepare to Ship See Prepare to Ship cycle Prime 2 8 1 Shutdown 2 8 1 Startup See Startup cycle Wakeup Prime 2 8 1 D dc motors control circuitry diff and ACT diff 2 analyzers 2 6 2 decontamination procedure 4 21 1 DELTA AVR field on Sample Details screen 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 10 diagnostic functions See Diagnostics menu 7 1 2 Diagnostics menu ACeT 8 10 analyzer illustration 7 1 1 ACeT diff analyzer illustration 7 1 1 diff 2 analyzer illustration 7 1 1 description of menu items 7 1 2 exiting initiates Powerup cycle 7 1 1 function 7 1 1 INDEX 5 INDEX location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 part number 8 1 5 diluent reservoir sensor conditions that turn ON its indicator 7 1 5 digital sensor indicator 7 1 5 diluent syringe 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers function 2 2 3 A 4 8 See also Triple Syringe module volume A 4 8 Display assembly circuitry diff analyzer 2 6 2 in troubleshooting 7 1
286. ee Figure A 2 3 2 12 Analyzer Card Test Points diff 2 Analyzer See Figure A 2 3 A 2 12 Universal diff ACeT diff 2Analyzer Card Connectors See Figure A 2 4 A 2 14 Universal ACeT diff AC T diff 2 Analyzer Card Jumper Settings See Figure 2 4 2 17 Universal diff ACeT diff 2Analyzer Card Test Points See Figure 2 4 2 18 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors 2 20 Display Controller Driver Card J61 Pinouts A 2 21 xxi CONTENTS xxii 2 14 2 15 2 16 2 17 2 18 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 2 1 2 2 3 1 C 3 2 C 3 3 C 3 4 Display Controller Driver Card J62 Pinouts A 2 22 Display Controller Driver Card J63 Pinouts A 2 22 Display Controller Driver Card J65 Pinouts A 2 22 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers A 2 23 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points 2 23 Solenoid Functions ACeT 8 10 or AC T diff Analyzers 4 1 Components behind the Front Door of an 8 10 or AC T diff Analyzer A 4 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an ACeT 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer A 4 6 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an 8 10 or AC T diff Analyzer A 4 10 Solenoid Functions AC T diff 2 Analyzers A 5 1 Components behind the Front Door of an AC T diff 2 Analyzer A 5 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an ACeT
287. een The instrument verifies the integrity of the readings by using the process shown in Figure 7 1 10 4237339F 7 1 13 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU Figure 7 1 10 Hgb Results Analysis Is Blank1 or Non fatal warning Blank2 lt 2048 Hgb VOLTAGE lt Hab A D units FAILURE Is Non fatal nice 4090 iid warning lt Hab gt A D units Hgb VOLTAGE g FAILURE Calculate Hgb using both blank readings Is result Generate 0 6 incomplete 2 Hgb result Use highest Blank reading Calculate Hgb with Hgb Reading 1 and Hgb Reading 2 Is Hgb Difference gt 0 5 2 Generate incomplete Hgb result Use Hgb 1 as result 73390500 7 1 14 4237339 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7 When troubleshooting Hgb problems on the ACeT diff or diff 2 analyzers consider the following On the ACeT diff 2 analyzer Hgb Blank2 is taken soon after the aspirate switch is pressed on the rinse that is in the bath at the beginning of a cycle A drain and rinse follows but a Hgb Blank reading is not taken on this rinse Onthe ACeT diff analyzer Hgb Blank2 is taken on the WBC bath rinse After the aspirate switch is pressed the WBC bath is drained and rinsed The Hgb Blank2 reading is taken on this rinse On both the ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers Hgb Blank is taken on the 1 5 mL sample pre
288. ell as an ON OFF signal The sense lines ensure that the voltage is maintained at 3 18 V and the ON OFF signal allows control from the microprocessor The lamp is turned off when the instrument has not been used for two hours Power On LED and Sensor Connector Circuits The Power On LED and Sensor Connector circuits are not much more than interface circuitry Power is supplied to all sensor LEDs from the same 5 V source that supplies the Power On LED circuit The LEDPWR signal enables Q12 which turns on power This signal originates at pin 15 of U30 output of the bus controlled 88C681 DUART Power for the vacuum sensor is supplied from the 15 V reference supply PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION ANALYZER CARDS diff and AC T diff 2 Analyzers 2 6 ANALYZER CARDS diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers PN 4237339F The Analyzer card is the main electronic printed circuit PC card in the instrument It controls all the input output functions and data analysis Refer to Figure 4 4 2 for the location of the Analyzer card Currently the 8 10 the diff and the ACeT diff 2 analyzers use different Analyzer cards The Analyzer card for the 8 10 analyzer is described in Heading 2 5 major difference among these Analyzer cards is the additional editor circuitry needed by the ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers for creating histograms The use of surface mount technology SMT for mounting components
289. embly ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6028879 Cable ground strap for Display assembly AC T diff 2 analyzer 9 7000580 Display LCD and keypad assembly with SMT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 7000623 Display LCD and keypad assembly with SMT AC T diff 2 analyzer 6 6805673 Cover front with partial label 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6806393 Cover front ACeT diff 2 analyzer 7 2052272 Latch catch front door ACeT 8 10 AC T diff analyzers for latch keeper PN 2852271 8 2806104 Screw countersink 46 32 x 0 25 in for 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 2806137 Screw flat head 46 32 x 0 38 in black AC T diff 2 analyzer 9 2852218 Screw pan head SEMS 4 40 x 0 38 in 10 6805138 Hinge front cover mount 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6806604 Hinge front cover mount AC T diff 2 analyzer 11 2806137 Screw flat head 76 32 x 0 38 in black 12 1023618 Spacer hinge 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 13 2804036 Screw pan head 74 40 x 1 25 in 14 2852289 Spacer 4 0 375 in long x 0 250 in o d 15 6706342 Card Display Controller Driver through hole 6706703 Card Display Controller Driver SM 16 2852288 Spacer threaded 24 40 0 56 in length 17 6028704 Cable ribbon cable to Display assembly 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6002021 Cable black ribbon cable to Display assembly AC T diff 2 analyzer 18 6805136 Shield electromagnetic for Display assembly 8 10 or ACT diff analyzer wi
290. en for sounds indicating that a touch screen press was received At the Sample Results screen make sure the reagent management card reader icon is not displayed in the lower status area of the screen If the icon is displayed touch it to remove it If the instrument cannot read the reagent management card it cannot run any samples At the front of the instrument ensure that the Display assembly is visually centered If it is not loosen the four shield screws and or the four Display assembly screws realign the Display assembly until it appears centered and then tighten the appropriate screws PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS 4 6 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT 8 10 AND ACeT diff ANALYZERS ATTENTION Chapter 4 contains two procedures for replacing pneumatic pumps Use this procedure to replace a pneumatic pump in 8 10 or ACeT diff analyzer Use the procedure under Heading 4 7 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER to replace a pneumatic pump in diff 2 analyzer Purpose In the field three models of pneumatic pumps are currently in use in the 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers e The Brailsford pump which is now obsolete If this pump becomes defective you can replace it with either an ASF Thomas pump or a KNF dual head pump ASF Thomas pump The KNF dual head pump This pump
291. en opens displaying 2 indicating the second stage of preparation and an icon that refers the operator to the manual for instructions if they do not know how to proceed Insert the diluent and lytic reagent pickup tubes into a container of distilled water Insert the cleaning agent pickup tube into a container of bleach solution one part distilled water and one part bleach from the bleach container Press 2 a Theinstrument cycles the bleach solution through the system and draws it through the apertures b Theinstrument enters a 15 minute wait period for the bleaching and decontamination processes to complete After the wait period the bleach solution drains and the system is flushed with distilled water 4 15 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT 10 11 12 13 screen opens displaying 3 indicating the third stage of preparation and an icon that refers the operator to the manual for instructions if they do not know how to proceed Remove the cleaning agent pickup tube from the bleach container and place it into distilled water Press 3 a The instrument cycles the distilled water through the system b After cycling a screen opens displaying 4 indicating the fourth stage of preparation and an icon that refers the operator to the manual for instructions if they do not know how to proceed Remove all the pickup tubes from the distilled wat
292. ensing 100 0 uL sample and 2 075 mL diluent into RBC bath mix with 3 bubbles through bottom port fill diluent reservoir De energize LV3 delay 0 25 seconds de energize LV9 LV12 fill lytic reagent syringe Energize LV9 dispense 385 0 uL lytic reagent De energize LV9 energize LV4 WBC through lytic reagent port with 3 air bursts De energize LV4 mix RBC bath through bottom port with 2 air bursts Energize LV16 LV17 move probe up delay 1 second acquire data Note The time for acquiring count data depends on the number of extended counts When data is insufficient sensing is extended up to eight additional 3 0 second counts in an attempt to acquire sufficient data Because the time for acquiring data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV17 LV16 fill diluent syringe with 3 25 mL drain RBC bath move probe into RBC bath Energize LV12 LV1 LV15 dispense 0 2 mL diluent from probe Energize LV7 LV11 PN 4237339F 49 25 50 9 50 92 57 98 58 01 59 84 61 08 61 11 61 61 65 61 67 24 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Table 2 8 7 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff Analyzer with Veterinary Option Software Versions 1 04 1 05 1 06 and 2 00 Continued Activity Home syringe dispensing 3 3 mL diluent to RBC bath drain VC1 fill diluent reservoir take two Hgb Sample readings 0 5 seconds apart De energize LV1 energize LV2 LV14
293. ent from diluent pump 8 57 Dispense 0 5 mL from diluent pump probe wash dispense 6 uL from sample pump with check to see if pump is at home sensor 12 uL of sample remains inside the probe then open cap pierce door 8 99 De energize LV10 LV8 and LV12 energize LV11 WBC bath diluent and LV15 RBC bath drain 9 02 Aspirate air for gap move probe over the WBC bath dispense 1 6 mL from diluent pump into WBC bath prefill 10 84 Energize LV8 open path from waste port of probe wipe housing to VC1 for vent and delay 12 64 Take Hgb Blank1 reading move probe to thief middle position in WBC bath de energize LV15 de energize LV6 turn waste pump OFF dispense 505 25 uL from sample pump including the 12 uL of whole blood and 500 uL from diluent pump 16 03 De energize LV8 LV11 and LV2 energize LV3 WBC bath mix select use LV5 to create four mix bubbles 16 43 De energize LV3 then aspirate 100 uL from the WBC bath while dispensing 500 uL into RBC bath prefill 17 73 Energize LV8 open path from waste port of probe wipe housing to VC1 and LV2 High Vacuum enable while moving the probe up to the top sensor dry wipe 18 43 De energize LV8 LV2 move probe over the RBC bath dispense 800 uL diluent from the diluent pump into the RBC bath and dispense 325 uL lytic reagent into the WBC bath while checking the lyse sensor 19 23 Home lyse pump dispensing 20 uL dispense 200 uL diluent to RBC bath dispense 90 uL lytic reagent 19
294. ent from the diluent pump When LV10 is energized the diluent pump is connected to the top of the probe wipe housing so it can supply diluent for probe washing When 10 is de energized at rest it routes diluent through LV11 to the baths When LV11 is de energized diluent is routed to the RBC bath ports when LV11 is energized diluent is routed to the WBC bath ports Note For details about how an FMI pump operates and other considerations see FMI Pump Operation at the end of this section Lytic Reagent Delivery System Lytic reagent is used to eliminate red blood cells from the WBC Hgb dilution similar to most Beckman Coulter hematology analyzers A 100 pL FMI pump is used to dispense 415 pL of lytic reagent for the diluter system See Figure 2 3 10 Several features of the FMI pump simplify lytic reagent delivery in the ACeT diff 2 analyzer The FMI pump is an in line continuous flow pump which eliminates the need for extra valves to control flow direction such as are needed when using diaphragm pumps or syringe pumps Although the pump design effectively seals the input from the output during operation a check valve positioned between the optical liquid sensor FS2 and the lyse pump prevents any siphoning that might occur when the instrument is at rest The pump uses a stepper motor to provide accurate reagent delivery Both volume and flow rate are controlled by the software therefore eliminating the need for variables to
295. ep flow diluent behind the RBC aperture The high vacuum applied to when 2 is energized is used to scavenge waste during the probe wipe function Note The AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers use an additional solenoid LV1 to vent VCI while draining and during the high vacuum low vacuum transitions Solenoid LV1 has been removed from the ACeT diff 2 analyzer When venting is required solenoid LV8 normally used for probe wipe function is opened to make the lower port on the probe wipe housing a vent path On the single head pneumatic pump LV5 switches the exhaust to atmosphere when vacuum is being used PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Probe Wipe The probe wipe function involves two tasks probe washing with diluent and probe drying Both tasks require high vacuum To supply the high vacuum needed to accomplish these tasks LV8 connects the high vacuum supply in VCI to the bottom port of the probe wipe housing Figure 2 3 12 Figure 2 3 12 Vacuum Chamber VC1 System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Components and Flow Diluent 1 reservoir iluen WBC RBC aperture aperture 1 i du Diluent 1 1 17 1 16 1 Probe wipe housing Probe L Vacuum 7339066F Note LV8 is a large Bio Chem solenoid pinch valve This two way pinch tube type of solenoid valve functions like the single acting pinch valve used o
296. eported 2 1 3 preparing for shipment 4 15 1 states description 2 9 1 instrument labels location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers 1 2 2 location illustration diff 2 analyzer 1 2 2 intended audience requirements of 1 1 4 interference electrical troubleshooting 7 4 1 IPL See parts lists illustrated Ithaca Series 90 printer description 3 2 5 J jumpers Analyzer card diff analyzer table of A 2 7 Analyzer card ACeT diff 2 analyzer table of A 2 12 Display Controller Driver card table of A 2 23 K KNF pump See pneumatic pump L lamp Hgb See lamp Hgb lamps maintenance schedule 5 1 1 Latex Calibration screen function in latex gain adjustment diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers 4 12 2 illustration diff analyzer 4 12 1 7 1 23 illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer 4 12 1 7 1 23 latex gain adjustment AC T diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers adjustment criteria table of 4 12 2 A 1 2 INDEX 9 INDEX procedure 4 12 1 tools supplies needed 4 12 1 verification 4 12 3 when to make adjustment 4 12 1 Latex Results screen function in latex gain adjustment diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers 4 12 2 illustration AC T diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers 4 12 2 LCD backlighting 2 7 4 CNI pinouts table of 2 7 3 2 22 CN2 pinouts table of 2 7 3 A 2 22 component in the Display assembly 2 7 1 connection to Display Controller Driver card 2 7 2
297. er pack the instrument in its original box if available Ifshipping an diff 2 analyzer go to step 5 4 15 4 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT 4 For steps 5 through 8 refer to Figure 4 15 3 Open the right side door 1 Verify the caution tag is attached to the pump cushion 2 If not attach the tag to the cushion by looping the tag s string through the hole in the pump cushion then pulling the tag through the center of the string 7 With the cardboard side down towards the FMI pumps insert the tagged pump cushion between the FMI pump motors and the top cover of the instrument to prevent movement of the FMI pumps during shipment 2 8 While holding the caution tag over the top cover close the right side door When you release the caution tag it should be clearly visible as it hangs against the right side door 3 Figure 4 15 3 Preparing FMI Pumps for Shipment Qaa on on Oh ea N 0 7339141A 9 Pack the instrument in its original box if available PN 4237339F 4 15 5 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT 4 15 6 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES APERTURE VERIFICATION AC T diff Veterinary Option ANALYZER 4 16 APERTURE VERIFICATION ACeT
298. er Driver Card J61 Pinout 2 7 4 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors 2 7 5 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers 2 7 6 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points 2 7 6 Powerup Cycle 8 10 and diff Analyzers Software Versions 2 8 3 Powerup Cycle diff 2 Analyzer 2 8 4 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle AC T 8 Analyzer Software Version 1 03 2 8 6 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle 8 and AC T 10 Analyzers Software Version 1 04 and 2 00 2 8 8 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff Analyzer Software Version 1 03 2 8 10 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle diff Analyzer Software Versions 1 04 1 05 1 06 and 2 00 2 8 12 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle AC T diff Analyzer with Veterinary Option Software Versions 1 04 1 05 1 06 and 2 00 2 8 14 Closed Vial Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Software Version 1 00 and 2 00 2 8 16 PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW The analyzer product line consists of four small uncomplicated low cost hematology analyzers the ACeT 8 analyzer the AC T 10 analyzer the diff analyzer and the ACeT diff 2 analyzer The 8 10 and the diff analyzers use the same diluter but different electronics and software The ACeT diff and AC T diff 2 analyzers use very similar electronics and software but different diluters All four models accept open vial whole blood or prediluted samples The diff
299. er and place them into the empty sample container Press 4 and the instrument clears the distilled water from the system When the system has been mostly cleared of fluids the final screen displays a power on off icon Optional if preparing an ACeT diff 2 analyzer Flushing the aspiration and diluent FMI pumps with warm or hot tap water helps prevent salt crystallization a Attach a piece of tubing preferably polyurethane to a syringe then fill the syringe with warm or hot tap water b Open the right side door use Figure A 5 2 to locate the aspiration and diluent FMI pumps c Atthe aspiration FMI pump remove the tubing from the outboard fitting the fitting closest to you d Attach the syringe to the fitting and apply continuous pressure slight to medium for two minutes Note Due to the structure of the FMI pump there will be no discernible movement of liquid from the syringe into the pump however the pressure being applied is forcing the hot water to mix with and dilute any reagent remaining inside the pump e Detach the syringe and reattach the pumps tubing f Flush the diluent FMI pump using this same technique WARNING Risk of personal injury or contamination Waste can include biohazardous materials Handle and dispose of waste according to acceptable laboratory standards 14 4 15 2 Turn the instrument off 0 unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet and disconnect the waste tubing
300. er card 7 DD3 8 5 Vdc DD4 Data bit to from Analyzer card 5 Vdc co 11 DD5 Data bit to from Analyzer card 12 Digital ground 13 DG Data bit to from Analyzer card 14 Earth ground 15 Data bit to from Analyzer card 16 Connects to address bit A16 of display memory U7 17 Reset signal for reagent card reader 18 ul Production instruments do not use 19 Read enable for display controller chip U6 active low 20 Power source for power on LED 21 Write enable for display controller chip U6 active low 22 Clock signal for reagent card reader 23 CS Chip select signal for display controller chip U6 active low 24 KINT Keyboard interrupt signal from U5 keyboard controller KWR Write control signal for U5 keyboard controller active low N 26 KWD Read control signal for U5 keyboard controller active low PN 4237339F A 2 21 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Table A 2 14 Display Controller Driver Card J62 Pinouts Pin Signal Function 1 YD FRAME STARTUP Signals start of each screen frame 2 WF LIQUID CRYSTAL AC Provides ac polarity in each display frame 3 LP DISPLAY DATA LATCH Latches data in each common line 4 XSCL DISPLAY DATA SHIFT Shifts data in 4 bit increments to display 5 INHX DISPLAY ON OFF H ON L OFF 6 Data bit 0 7 XD1 Data bit 1 8 XD2 Data bit 2 9 XD3 Data bit 3 10 5V Power supply volta
301. erated If WPWV AVG for the current result 10 or less WPWV LTVAR 0 0 pass WPWV RM is updated using the formula WPWV RM new 0 8 x WPWV RM old 0 2 x WPWV AVG current 4 WPWV must 410 to 2460 A D units or WPWV RM will not be updated Ifthe CMOS is new or corrupted a default value of 1400 A D units is used to start a new RM For statistical validity this test is not applied for a WBC count of approximately 1 7 x 10 uL or lower PN 4237339F 7 1 11 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU WBC RBC VAR The WBC and RBC variance VAR parameters deal with aperture voteouts As with other single aperture COULTER COUNTER instruments voting is done based on a three aperture system where the first four 1 second count periods comprise aperture 1 the second four 1 count periods are aperture 2 and the last four 1 second count periods are aperture 3 When a single aperture voteout occurs the aperture that voted out is compared to the average of the other two apertures If the resulting percent difference gt 7 a clog is generated for that aperture The system displays 1 0 fail a clog detect is generated e 0 0 pass Hgb Readings Hgb measurements are obtained by measuring the amount of 525 nm light transmitted through a sample and comparing that result to the amount of 525 nm light transmitted through a blank solution To ensure the integrity of the readings the takes two blank readings
302. ergizing any other solenoid performing M15 CF fills the RBC bath with shutdown diluent e Performing the M15 CF function from the Motors screen does not energize LV13 so the RBC bath fills with waste from the waste system Furthermore since draining waste is also a separate function the RBC bath overflows if you repeatedly perform this function without draining the RBC bath To duplicate the Shutdown cycle you must energize the appropriate solenoids from the Solenoids screen first before entering the Motors screen CAUTION Risk of damage to mechanical components Using fill functions repeatedly can drive the syringe pistons down and out of the glass syringe barrels Subsequent upward movement of the syringe without manually placing the pistons back into the glass barrels may cause the syringe barrels to break Always open the right side door and observe the syringe assembly when using syringe motor functions If the pistons are pulled out of the syringe barrels manually guide them back in while using the thumbscrew at the bottom of the syringe assembly CAUTION Motor functions M10 PDHC and M20 DCHC leave holding current applied to the motor after motion has stopped Doing motor functions M10 PDHC or M20 DCHC without doing the opposite function within 1 minute can damage the driver circuit on the Analyzer card or the stepper motors Do motor function M9 PUP within 1 minute of doing M10 PDHC Do motor function M21 DOPN within 1 minute
303. ers See Table 8 2 14 8 2 26 Aperture Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 15 8 2 28 Aperture Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate See Table 8 2 16 8 2 30 Analyzer Card Component Locations 8 10 Analyzers A 2 1 Analyzer Card Component Locations diff Analyzer A 2 5 Analyzer Card Component Locations diff 2 Analyzer A 2 9 Universal diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations A 2 13 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations Through Hole Design A 2 19 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations Surface Mount Design A 2 20 PN 4237339F CONTENTS A 3 1 Software Menu Tree 8 10 Analyzer A 3 1 A 3 2 Software Menu Tree diff Analyzer A 3 2 A 3 3 Software Menu Tree diff Veterinary Option Analyzer A 3 3 A 3 4 Software Menu Tree AC T diff 2 Analyzer A 3 4 A 4 1 View of an AC T 8 10 or AC T diff Analyzer with the Front Door Open 4 2 A 4 2 View Inside the Right Compartment of an AC T 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer A 4 5 A 4 3 View Inside the Left Compartment of an 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer 4 10 A 5 1 View of an AC T diff 2 Analyzer with the Front Door Open A 5 3 A 5 2 View Inside the Right Compartment of an AC T diff 2 Analyzer A 5 6 A 5 3 View Inside the Pneumatic Pump Compartment of an diff 2 Analyzer A 5 10 A 5 4 View Inside the Left Compartment of an
304. erture The high vacuum applied to VC1 when LV2 is energized is used to scavenge waste during the probe wipe function Solenoid LV1 is used to vent to atmosphere when it is draining and during high vacuum low vacuum transitions On the single head pneumatic pump 5 switches the exhaust to atmosphere when vacuum is being used Probe Wipe The probe wipe function involves two tasks probe washing with diluent and probe drying Both tasks require high vacuum To supply the high vacuum needed to accomplish these tasks LV8 connects the high vacuum supply in VCI to the bottom port of the probe wipe housing Figure 2 2 5 After aspiration while the probe is moving up into the probe wipe housing LV10 is energized to open the pathway from the diluent source to the top port of the probe wipe housing and peristaltic pump PM2 begins pumping diluent from the source container to the top probe wipe port The diluent is forced in a spiral action down to the bottom probe wipe port and with high vacuum assistance is drawn into VC1 The probe wipe waste path is split into two lines for attachment to two outside fittings on VCI It is important to connect these tubings to the two outer fittings that allow the waste to enter behind the splash guards inside 1 This is necessary to reduce flow rate at each fitting which reduces splashing and cross talk in VC1 Once the outside of the probe is washed PM2 is turned off and LV10 is de energized which
305. es AC T 8 10 Analyzer 7 2 5 7 2 4 Allowable Voltage Ranges ACeT diff Analyzer 7 2 5 7 2 5 Allowable Voltage Ranges ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 7 2 5 7 4 1 Specific 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzer Problems Solutions 7 4 1 PN 4237339F 7 CONTENTS 7 4237339 TROUBLESHOOTING 7 1 DIAGNOSTICS MENU The Diagnostics menu Figure 7 1 1 for the 8 10 analyzer Figure 7 1 2 for the ACeT diff Veterinary option analyzer and Figure 7 1 3 for the ACeT diff ACeT diff 2 analyzers provides information and manual control of many instrument functions that are needed to adjust or troubleshoot the instrument Figure 7 1 1 Diagnostics Menu ACeT 8 10 Analyzer 7339015 Figure 7 1 2 Diagnostics Menu ACeT diff Veterinary Figure 7 1 3 Diagnostics Menu ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 Option Analyzer Analyzers PN 4237339F 7339052D 7515007A Individual control of instrument components is possible from the Solenoids screen and the Motors screen If any instrument functions are used the instrument state is unknown To ensure that the instrument is ready to run a cycle the Powerup cycle is automatically performed when leaving the Diagnostics menu TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU Voltages Sensors Screen The Voltages Sensors screen Figure 7 1 4 for the 8 10 analyzer Figure 7 1 5 for the ACeT diff a
306. eumatic system 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 8 function in waste and cleaner system 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 9 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 probe position in Traverse module ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 1 See also aperture bath assembly WEC bath function 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 3 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 location illustration 8 10 and AC eT diff analyzers A 4 2 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 WEC Measured field on Sample Details screen AC T diff analyzer description 7 1 15 WBC Ratio CV field on Sample Details screen diff analyzer description 7 1 16 Whole Blood Aspirate cycle See Aspirate cycle WPWV field on Sample Details screen 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 11 WPWV LTVAR field on Sample Details screen AC T 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 11 WPWV RM field on Sample Details screen 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 11 WPWV VAR field on Sample Details screen 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 10 INDEX 25 INDEX 26 INDEX PN 4237339F TRADEMARKS m The BECKMAN COULTER logo 4C AC T ACeT diff ACeT diff 2 ACeT Pak AC T Rinse ACeT Tainer AC T Tron COULTER COULTER COUNTER diff ACeT Pak diff Tainer and MD II are trademarks of Beckman Coulter Inc All other trademarks service marks products or services are trademarks or registered
307. expelled from the analyzer Peristaltic pump 1 drains these chambers and LV14 and LV15 control the flow of waste Figure 2 2 7 To effectively remove waste from the system an individual drain line is attached to the bottom of each chamber the WBC bath the RBC bath and VC1 Each drain line is controlled by a small Bio Chem pinch valve LV14 normally connects the waste system to the bottom port of the RBC bath and when energized switches the waste system to the bottom port of the WBC bath 5 is normally connected to LV14 for bath drainage and when energized connects peristaltic pump 1 to the bottom port of When is rotated clockwise the selected chamber is drained LV1 must also be energized to apply atmospheric pressure when draining VCI Note For details concerning the operation of peristaltic pumps see Peristaltic Pumps at the end of this section 2 2 9 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS Figure 2 2 7 Waste Cleaner System in ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Components and Flow FS3 1 2 CV4 Cleaner PUE 1 Waste 1 FLS2 LV13 WBC RBC bath bath LV14 abe un LV15 E 7339042E Cleaner System To limit the number of components used in the instrument peristaltic pump PM1 does double duty Figure 2 2 7 Normally PM1 is connected to the waste system but when LV13 is energized 1 is conne
308. f A 1 1 Analyzer card ACeT diff analyzer acceptable ranges table of A 1 1 Analyzer card ACeT diff 2 analyzer acceptable ranges table of A 1 1 fields on Voltages Sensors screen AC T 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 4 RAV 7 1 3 WAV 7 1 3 Voltages Sensors screen ACeT diff analyzer illustration 7 1 2 description 7 1 2 7 1 3 Exit icons 7 1 6 function in Analyzer card verification 4 4 5 function in Hgb photometer assembly disassembly replacement verification 4 11 4 function in pneumatic pump replacement 8 10 and diff analyzer 4 6 4 function in pneumatic pump replacement T diff 2 analyzer 4 7 7 illustration ACeT 8 10 analyzer 7 1 2 illustration ACeT diff analyzer 7 1 2 troubleshooting aid 7 1 2 used for adjusting the Hgb value 7 1 3 See also specific field names voteouts criteria 7 1 12 W Wakeup Prime cycle one of ten instrument cycles 2 8 1 WARNING biological risk of personal injury 1 2 1 1 2 2 definition 1 1 5 electronic risk of personal injury 1 2 1 warning error messages See error messages warning 7 2 1 warning labels location illustration 8 10 diff analyzers 1 2 2 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer 1 2 2 PN 4237339F waste cleaner system 8 10 diff analyzers components and flow simplified schematic 2 2 10 description 2 2 9 waste and cleaner system AC T diff 2 analyzer co
309. ferable to insert the right end of the guide rod into the left side of the traverse housing since that end should have fewer scratches 2 Insert the left end of the traverse housing guide rod into the left end of the Traverse modules main bracket and slide the rod just far enough so that you can drop the right end of the rod into the right end of the bracket 3 Attheright end of the Traverse module s main bracket secure the traverse housing guide rod to the bracket with a 2 Phillips head screw Figure 4 9 9 4 Reinstall the horizontal belt drive Go to the Horizontal Drive Belt Installation procedure Horizontal Drive Belt Installation l Loosen the belt tension shoulder screw if it is not already loose Figure 4 9 8 2 Loop the horizontal drive belt over the right horizontal motor pulley 3 Inserta large flathead screwdriver between the Traverse module bracket and the belt tension bracket and apply force against the spring pressure until you loop the other end of the belt over the left belt tension idler pulley Figure 4 9 8 4 Setthe belt tension as directed under Belt Tension Adjustment Probe Installation Refer to Figure 4 9 15 1 With the knurled end of the probe retainer at the top insert the probe retainer into the top of the vertical rack 1 2 Feed the aspirate tubing 2 down through the top of the probe retainer vertical rack until it is accessible at the bottom of the traverse housing 3 Locate the ope
310. ff and AC T diff 2 analyzers Lytic reagent empty Rinse shutdown diluent empty 7 2 1 7 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES Table 7 2 1 Warning Non Fatal Error Messages Icons Continued Error Message Icons Description Control expired AC T diff and AC T diff 2 analyzers Control file full diff and AC T diff 2 analyzers t Fatal Error Messages Numbers Fatal error messages Table 7 2 2 are indicated by an Error icon and an Error Message icon or number Fatal error messages do not have a Continue icon available The instrument must be turned OFF then ON to continue operation The Error icon is displayed until the fatal error is resolved Table 7 2 2 Fatal Error Messages Numbers Error No Icon Instrument Description 1 PCMCIA For details see PCMCIA Error 1 3 DVM For details see DVM Error 3 4 Unexpected software condition 6 All Probe did not reach up position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 7 All Probe did not reach down position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 8 Measured thief position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 9 ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers Probe did not reach aspirate position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 diff 2 analyzer Probe did not reach closed vial positi
311. field for sensor PCV probe closed vial PN 4237339F 4 18 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES CAP PIERCE PROBE TUBE ALIGNMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER 4 18 2 3 With the specimen tube used for centering the probe from front to back still in the tube holder close the cap pierce door 4 Loosen but do not remove the six screws securing the Cap Pierce module to the instrument front panel 5 Manually move the probe housing to a central location on the traverse The PCV sensor should be OFF 6 Ensure the probe is up then press motor function M6 PCV to move the probe housing to the closed vial position The PCV sensor should be ON 7 Manually move the probe down until it is close to the specimen tube cap Note Positioning the probe close to the cap makes it easier to see when the probe is centered 8 Move the entire Cap Pierce module until the probe is centered on the cap from left to right Tighten the module in this position 9 Ifyou are unable to center the probe with the cap a Loosen but do not remove the screws securing the Traverse module b Move the entire Traverse module until you can center the probe c Tighten the Traverse module and repeat step 8 as necessary d Verify the Closed Vial mode is working correctly Go to Verification Verification 1 Move the probe housing up and to the left 2 Press motor function M9 PUP probe up position to move the probe to the up position PV should be ON 3 Press moto
312. fill that enters the WBC bath through the lower port This is the first phase of the sample dilution the rest of the diluent is dispensed through the probe with the sample HgbSamplel is taken one second before the WBC sample is drained from the WBC bath e HgbSample2 is taken 1 2 second after the Hgb Samplel WBC RBC Measured These parameters are 26 percentile values representing pulse width A 26 percentile value is determined by the Editor circuit for each one second count period Twelve values are recorded during sample data accumulation and these twelve values are averaged to produce the reported measured value The measured value is then compared to the Target value to determine if this clog test passes The limits for the measured values generating clogs are as follows WBC Target value x 0 88 lt WBC Measured lt WBC Target value x 1 12 RBC Target value x 0 87 lt RBC Measured lt RBC Target value x 1 15 RBC CV eS The CV is calculated using the 12 measured 26 percentile values determined during sample data collection This test fails if the calculated CV is not within the following range 0 5 RBC CV lt 5 096 WBC RBC Ratio CVs The ratio is the ratio of good pulses to total pulses Pulses are processed to determine a proper size and width Pulses having the proper size and width are good pulses The editor receives pulses one by one When it is processing a pulse it ignores any other pulses that may
313. filter blue 6102189 8 2 14 5 8 2 15 5 4237339 8 PARTS LISTS MASTER PARTS LIST Table 8 1 1 Components Continued Description Part Number Figure Item Memory CMOS non volatile Dallas chip 4837242 Module Pneumatic Pump KNF dual head includes the pneumatic pump compartment 6807707 8 2 8 27 with all the internal components shown in Figure 8 2 8 the pneumatic pump cover and the following components external to the compartment the EMC Motor Filter 2 card PN 6707140 the vacuum transducer PN 2302008 the vacuum regulator knob PN 9908180 and the female Luer lock fitting PN 6232801 Note Only order this complete module if you are upgrading a single head pump to a KNF dual head pump If you are simply replacing a defective KNF dual head pump order the pump PN 6233071 Module Traverse 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 7000558 8 2 2 8 Motor cap pierce door AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806575 8 2 12 8 Motor peristaltic pump assembly with connector 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6805708 8 2 5 2 Motor peristaltic pump assembly with connector half winding use with new Analyzer 6807092 8 2 5 2 card PN 6707111 AC T 8 10 and A sT diff analyzers Motor probe vertical movement AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806490 8 2 11 1 Motor traverse horizontal motion diff 2 analyzer 6806491 8 2 11 6 Motor traverse travel with connector AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6805555
314. for Removing the AC T 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers Top Cover and Rear Panel Opening the AC T diff 2 Analyzers Front Door or Removing the ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Top and Rear Center Cover to access the instruments components Removing the ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Top Cover and Rear Panel Tools Supplies Needed 2 Phillips head screwdriver Small blade screwdriver Removal AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers 1 Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 From the back of the instrument Figure 4 2 1 remove the top cover a Remove the three Phillips head screws across the back of the instrument b Unhook there are no fasteners the top cover from under the top edge of the front panel and pull the cover off of the instrument Figure 4 2 1 Figure 4 2 1 Top Cover and Rear Panel Removal ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers TOP COVER WASTE CONNECTOR HOST CONNECTOR PRINTER CONNECTOR LYTIC REAGENT FITTING 2 DILUENT FITTING 1 WASTE FITTING 7339012A PN 4237339F 4 2 1 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 4 2 2 3 Remove the Power Supply module as directed under Heading 4 3 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 Remove the input output cables attached to the Analyzer card s rear connectors Figure 4 2 1 Top WASTE connector round BNC connector
315. from diluent syringe to WBC bath fill diluent reservoir De energize LV12 LV8 LV11 BEGIN CLEANUP ROUTINE performed only if power was turned OFF in midcycle Energize LV11 LV7 Delay Fill diluent syringe with 3 0 mL while draining RBC bath Energize LV12 dispense 3 0 mL from diluent syringe to RBC bath while filling diluent reservoir de energize LV12 Repeat last 3 steps 2 times Energize LV14 L V8 Fill syringe with 3 0 mL while draining WBC bath De energize LV8 energize 1 12 de energize LV7 Move probe to WBC bath dispense 0 2 mL from diluent syringe to WBC bath De energize LV11 Move probe down into WBC bath dispense to sensor about 3 0 mL from diluent syringe through probe to WBC bath 2 8 3 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Duration 0 0 0 025 2 24 0 025 2 45 0 025 10 0 025 1 85 1 0 1 55 0 025 0 9 0 025 1 3 to 3 15 0 025 1 3 0 025 0 0 to 5 4 1 127 0 0 0 0 Table 2 8 1 Powerup Cycle ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers All Software Versions Continued Activity De energize LV12 energize LV11 LV7 Delay Fill diluent syringe with 3 0 mL while draining WBC bath Energize LV12 de energize LV7 Dispense 3 0 mL from diluent syringe to bottom of WBC bath while filling diluent reservoir Energize LV7 de energize LV12 Repeat last 5 steps 2 times De energize LV14 LV7 LV11 energize LV8 LV2 LV10 Fill diluent reservoir without stopping at sensor move probe up De energize LV10 De ene
316. from the instrument The instrument is now in long term shutdown If the instrument is to be packed for shipment go to Preparation for Shipment PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT 4 Preparation for Shipment Tools Supplies Needed 2 Phillips head screwdriver Two shipping posts PN 2852302 and two shipping screws PN 2852303 for the Hgb photometer assembly if not already installed One 3 5 in shipping screw PN 2851323 for the Traverse module Pump cushion PN 8024587 with attached caution tag PN 4276819 Procedure 1 Open the front door To open the front door of an AC T diff 2 analyzer see Opening the ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Front Door under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 2 Ifnot installed install the two Hgb photometer assembly shipping posts and screws Figure 4 15 1 Figure 4 15 1 Hgb Photometer Shipping Posts Shipping posts Hgb photometer securing screw Shipping screws 7339094E PN 4237339F 4 15 3 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT 3 Secure the Traverse module with a 3 5 in Phillips head shipping screw to prevent movement during shipment Figure 4 15 2 Figure 4 15 2 Securing the Traverse Assembly for Shipping 7339121E 4 Close the front door e Ifshipping an ACeT 8 10 AC T diff analyz
317. ge for logic at 5 Vdc 11 DGND Digital ground 12 22V Power supply for LCD at 22 Vdc 13 Voltage for LCD contrast adjustment 14 EGND Chassis earth ground Table A 2 15 Display Controller Driver Card J63 Pinouts Columns Rows Pin Front Flex Cable Destination Pin J63 Back Flex Cable Destination Pin J63 1 1 2 2 3 3 7 7 8 8 Table A 2 16 Display Controller Driver J65 Pinouts Pin Signal Function 1 AC IN Ac backlight supply 1000 V 2 Not connected 3 Ac backlight supply 1000 V 2 22 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Jumpers Table A 2 17 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers XNo Description Through Hole Design Description Surface Mount Design X1 ON N A X2 OFF N A X3 ON N A X4 OFF N A Test Points Table A 2 18 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points TP No Description Through Hole Design Description Surface Mount Design TP1 Oscillator output Oscillator output TP2 22 Vdc 22 Vdc TP3 Digital ground Digital ground 4 5 Vdc 5 Vdc PN 4237339F A 2 23 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS 2 24 4237339 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A SOFTWAR
318. gs in the User column in Table C 3 2 If any setting needs to be changed reconfigure the Printer Refer to Configuring the Printer procedure under Heading C 3 OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER PN 4237339F INSTALLATION PROCEDURES 3 VETERINARY SOFTWARE OPTION 3 3 VETERINARY SOFTWARE OPTION Software designed specifically for veterinary specimens is available for the diff analyzer This software was introduced with version 1 04 of the ACeT diff analyzer software It will be maintained with the standard software and kept at the same revision level IMPORTANT Risk of inaccurate results due to loss of setup information such as calibration factors Setup information may be lost if software version 1 03 and the Veterinary Option software are switched on an diff analyzer Although Veterinary Option software is generally intended to be switched back and forth with the clinical version of software there were CMOS changes from version 1 03 to 1 04 Switching back and forth between revisions of software with different CMOS configurations can corrupt the CMOS data which forces the instrument to rewrite the CMOS with Default Data Do not switch between software version 1 03 and Veterinary Option software on an AC T diff analyzer Veterinary Software Installation 1 Turn the instrument off 0 2 Replace the standard system software card with the veterinary software card 3 Turn the instrument on I 4 If the instrument has never been
319. gth screw when securing the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC bath 3 Slide the Hgb photometer assembly onto the WBC bath Tighten in place using the appropriate length Phillips head screw Figure 4 11 2 If shipping the instrument install the two shipping posts Figure 4 11 2 5 Dress the Hgb preamp and the Hgb lamp cables to the rear of bath Place a rubber grommet over both cables if they were removed from the panel Feed both cables through the panel Install the grommet if it is not in place Connect cables P9 and P10 to the Analyzer card connectors J9 and J10 respectively For the locations of the connectors see Figures A 2 1 Analyzer Card Component Locations AC T 8 10 Analyzers A 2 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations ACeT diff Analyzer or A 2 3 Analyzer Card Component Locations ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 4 11 3 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 4 11 4 8 Install the aperture bath assembly shield Figure 4 11 1 Reinstall the instruments top cover as directed in Installation 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers or Installation ACeT diff 2 Analyzer under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 10 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet 11 Verify the instrument is working correctly Go to Verification Verification 1 Turn the instrument on D 2 When the instrument reaches the ready state
320. gure 8 2 5 Item Part Number Description 1 2807024 Setscrew Allen 26 32 x 0 375 in 2 6805708 Motor peristaltic pump assembly with connector 6807092 Motor peristaltic pump assembly with connector half winding use with new Analyzer card PN 6707111 3 6859650 Spool peristaltic pump 6706686 Spool peristaltic pump new molded version 4 3213214 Tubing peristaltic pump 5 6232246 Fitting union polypropylene 0 093 i d to 0 125 i d 6 2852095 Screw pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 50 in 7 2827134 Washer flat 6 0 156 i d x 0 375 o d x 0 046 thick 8 2826035 Washer splitlock 6 9 2822008 Nut hex 76 32 10 2306100 Sensor thermistor temperature assembly 11 6806261 Reservoir subassembly with float sensor replaces PN 6805906 12 6232776 Valve solenoid Pneutronics module with manifold 13 2806117 Screw pan head 6 32 x 1 0 in 14 6232777 Valve Pneutronics solenoid PN 4237339F 8 2 9 8 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 6 Right Side Compartment Transducer Components ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 6 RIGHT SIDE VIEW 7339004E 8 2 10 PN 4237339F Table 8 2 6 Right See Figure 8 2 6 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Side Compartment Transducer Components ACeT 8
321. hape of the histogram The time to fill the reservoir up to the sensor depends on the starting level of the reagent and on the state of the filters and the peristaltic pump tubing This is even more pronounced in the Powerup cycle when the reagent level can be anywhere The position of the syringe and therefore the time it takes to home the syringe at the beginning of the Powerup cycle depends on the state of the instrument when the power was turned off and what was done to the instrument while the power was off The first movement in the Powerup cycle is to home the syringe If the syringe is already at home no time is taken If the syringe is at the bottom of stroke up to 2 2 seconds is used This time affects the rest of the Powerup cycle For the Powerup cycles described in Tables 2 8 1 and 2 8 2 step duration is given rather than time Powerup Cycle The Powerup cycle is a diluter cycle that is executed once the main program is up and running When power is applied the software first checks for valid CMOS data then displays the copyright screen does a checksum of the Flash Memory card checks for clock movement setting a default if necessary and finishes by doing a DVM check and a waste level check This activity takes 25 to 30 seconds When this activity is complete the Powerup cycle begins This Powerup cycle may also be executed when leaving the Diagnostics menu or the Diluter Functions menu or when entering into the Verify Pre
322. he ACeT analyzer Chapter 6 SCHEMATICS A list of the engineering schematics needed for servicing the analyzer 1 1 4 4237339F 4237339 INTRODUCTION MANUAL DESCRIPTION Chapter 7 TROUBLESHOOTING An in depth troubleshooting table Chapter 8 PARTS LISTS The master parts list followed by the illustrated parts list Appendix A QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION Quick reference information tolerances and limits connectors test points and jumpers for the circuit cards connector locations for the Analyzer cards the software menu trees location diagrams and summarized functions for main analyzer components Appendix B ERROR MESSAGES Tables of fatal and non fatal error messages Appendix C OPTIONAL PRINTERS Specifications operator controls and indicators switch settings and self test procedures for the optional Printers ABBREVIATIONS A list of abbreviations acronyms and reference designators used in this manual Numbering Format Each chapter of this manual is further divided into topics that are numbered sequentially beginning at one The numbering format for the topic heading which is called the primary heading is chapter number decimal point topic number For example the primary heading number for the fourth topic covered in Chapter 2 is 2 4 The page figure and table numbers are tied directly to the primary heading number For example Heading 2 4 begins on page 2 4 1 the first fig
323. he following cables to the Traverse Interconnect card Figure 4 9 11 Connect the vertical motor connector P55 to J55 Connect the traverse flex cable connector P56 to J56 3 Ifyou removed the probe to access the vertical rack reinstall the probe Go to the Probe Installation procedure 4 Ifthe probe is installed verify the instrument is working correctly Go to Verification PN 4237339F 4237339 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER Vertical Motor Installation l From the rear of the traverse housing feed the vertical motor gear through the housing ensuring the gear meshes with the teeth on the vertical rack Figure 4 9 10 2 From the front of the traverse housing secure the vertical motor to the housing with four 1 Phillips head screws Figure 4 9 10 3 Connect the vertical motor cable connector P55 to J55 on the Traverse Interconnect card If you removed the traverse housing to access the vertical motor reinstall the traverse housing Go to the Traverse Housing Installation procedure 5 Ifyou removed the entire Traverse module to access the vertical motor reinstall the Traverse module Go to the Traverse Module Installation procedure Traverse Housing Installation l Insert the right threaded end of the traverse housing guide rod into the left side of the traverse housing and slide the guide rod through the traverse housing Note It is pre
324. he front panel with two screws Figure 4 17 1 b Connect the cap pierce door motor cable connector P25 to the inline connector J25 in the wire harness Note The wiring for the cap pierce motor and the door closed position and tube bottom seeking optical sensors are attached to the same wire harness Figure 4 17 1 c Connect the optical sensors to the wire harness e For the tube bottom seeking optical sensor connect P80 to J80 e For the door closed position sensor connect P98 to J98 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES 4 CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER 4 Verify the alignment of the cap pierce probe and the tube Go to Heading 4 18 CAP PIERCE PROBE TUBE ALIGNMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER Verification 1 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet and turn the instrument on D 2 Ensure that the instrument attains a ready state Troubleshoot any errors before continuing 3 Verify the alignment of the probe and tube e f you changed the position of the Cap Pierce module base bracket go to Heading 4 18 CAP PIERCE PROBE TUBE ALIGNMENT ACeT diff 2 ANALYZER e Ifyou did not change the position of the Cap Pierce module base bracket go to step 4 Access the Motors screen Select Main icon Diagnostics Functions icon gt gt Motors icon Manually move the probe housing up and to the left Ensure the probe is not in any vertical sensor that is that P
325. hen the Display assembly is free hold it near the front door c Disconnect the power on LED connector P64 from the Display Controller Driver card Figure 4 5 2 Figure 4 5 2 Removing and Disassembling the Display Assembly Power on LED cable P64 Touch screen P cable Display Controller Driver card 7339092E 7 To remove an AC T diff 2 analyzer s Display assembly from the front door a Using a small flat blade screwdriver remove the power LED connector P64 from the Display Controller Driver card b Beginning with the top two screws remove the four outer screws securing the Display assembly to the front door Figure 4 5 2 8 Ifreplacing the entire Display assembly go to Installation to install the new assembly Otherwise go to step 9 9 Remove the four remaining screws attaching the shield to the rest of the Display assembly and set the shield aside Figure 4 5 2 PN 4237339F 4237339 10 11 12 13 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES DISPLAY ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLING ASSEMBLING Disassemble the Display assembly a Disconnect the two touch screen flex cables from J63 on the Display Controller Driver card Figure 4 5 2 b Disconnect the LCD high voltage cable from CN2 on the Display Controller Driver card c Remove the four Phillips head screws holding the assembly together Figure 4 5 2 The Phillips head screws are accessed on the
326. ierce door go to the Front Door Safety Latch Removal procedure Note Before disassembling the cap pierce door you must remove the front door safety latch 4 17 3 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER Front Door Safety Latch Removal The front door safety latch is the hook type latch on the lower left of the Cap Pierce module that prevents the front door of the instrument from opening when the cap pierce door is open Note You can remove the front door safety latch without removing the Cap Pierce module l Ifthe Cap Pierce module is still on the instrument a Open the right side door of the instrument b Intheright compartment remove the two screws securing the front door safety latch to the front panel Figure 4 17 3 Figure 4 17 3 Front Door Safety Latch Removal Front door safety latch Setscrew Front door safety latch NS d Screws Do not remove AN j these screws Cap pierce door 7339105E shaft 2 Atthe front door safety latch loosen the Phillips head setscrew securing the cam bracket to the cap pierce door shaft Figure 4 17 3 3 Slide the entire safety latch assembly off the cap pierce door shaft Note Unless it is necessary DO NOT remove the two shoulder screws that hold the pieces of the safety latch together These screws have a strong thread lock compound on their threads and will fa
327. ilter waste particle basket type 149 micron mesh double barb AC T diff 2 analyzer 6233045 8 2 7 22 Note Position filter with the arrow pointing towards the waste pump Filter water hydrophilc 5 y with male Luer fitting 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6233052 8 2 6 1 Filter water hydrophilic 0 45 u replacement kit two filters kit 8 10 and 6915577 diff analyzers Note These filters are mounted on the inside surface of the right side door Filter water hydrophilic 0 45 y replacement kit two filters kit diff 2 analyzer 6915526 8 2 7 10 Note These filters are mounted inside the right compartment on the pneumatic pump cover 8 1 2 PN 4237339F PARTS LISTS MASTER PARTS LIST Table 8 1 1 Components Continued Description Part Number Figure Item Flag vertical position for optical sensor AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 1023357 8 2 10 11 Foam trap glassware and stopper assembly 6806764 8 2 7 20 Fuse 1 5 ASLO BLO F1 and F2 on Power Supply module 8 10 and AC T diff 5102029 8 2 9 14 analyzers Fuse 2 5 A SLO BLO F1 and F2 on Power Supply module AC T diff 2 analyzer 5120184 8 2 9 14 Gear cap pierce door with setscrew AC T diff 2 analyzer 2527842 8 2 12 10 Gear traverse belt tensioner ACT diff 2 analyzer 2527743 8 2 11 21 Guard cap pierce probe diff 2 analyzer 1024587 8 2 12 22 Holder tube AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806615 8 2 12 2 Holder tub
328. imilar scheme is used for PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION ANALYZER CARDS diff and AC T diff 2 Analyzers solenoid connectors LV18 J48 and LV20 50 Since U104 has eight drivers and only four are used in the Analyzer card for the diff analyzer the extra driver outputs are tied to these connectors doubling their power output capability Stepper Motor Control The Analyzer cards for all the analyzer models handle stepper motor control in a very similar manner Each motor is controlled by its own microcontroller communicating with the main CPU on a shared I C bus The Analyzer cards for the AC T diff and diff 2 analyzers use an 83C751 PLCC device This PLCC device has the same program as the microcontroller device in the 8 10 analyzer All the Analyzer cards have the circuitry to control six motors but only the Analyzer card for the ACeT diff 2 analyzer uses six motor drivers The Analyzer card for the diff analyzer like the one for the 8 10 analyzer only has five components mounted Output from the microcontroller passes through 16506 and TPIC0298 devices TPIC0298 is a power stage and L6506 a current modulation controller Table 2 6 1 summarizes the devices and the motor functions they control Table 2 6 1 Stepper Motor Function Summary Analyzer Card for ACeT diff Analyzer Analyzer Card for ACT diff 2 Analyzer Microcontroller 16506 TPICO298 O
329. in and it can then be adjusted by touching the up down arrow boxes The 1 and 1 boxes move the selected gain up or down by one unit respectively while the 10 and 10 boxes move the gain up or down by ten units respectively When adjustment is completed use the Save and Exit icon to save the new value and exit the screen Using the Exit icon alone does not save results Using the Exit icon allows the screen to revert to the gain data the instrument housed before you entered the screen Hgb Gain ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers The Analyzer cards used by the diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers provide only Hgb amplifier This gain is labeled Hgb Gain on the Voltages Sensors screen Adjusting the Hgb Gain on the ACeT diff and AC T diff 2 analyzers is the same as described under Preamp Gain and Hgb Gain AC T 8 10 Analyzer for adjusting the Preamp Gain and the Hgb Gain on the 8 10 analyzer except that there is only one gain to adjust WAV and RAV The red and white aperture voltages are measured voltages across the external and internal electrodes They indicate aperture impedance for their respective aperture An aperture voltage reading varies with the volume of electrolyte through the aperture Decreases from the normal reading for that aperture could indicate a cracked aperture An increased reading could indicate a partial plug or an aperture with severe protein buildup Typical readings are 5 V to 6 V for WAV and 10 t
330. iner reagent Pickup tube diluent Tainer reagent Pickup tube diluent ACeT Pak reagent Pickup tube lytic reagent AC T Pak reagent machined Pickup tube lytic reagent Tainer reagent Printer ac adapter 13 5 Vdc for Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer 110 V Printer Citizen GSX 190 80 column 115 Vac Printer Citizen GSX 190 80 column 230 Vac Printer Citizen iDP 3110 40 column 115 Vac Printer Citizen iDP 3110 40 column 230 Vac Printer Epson TM290P MAXM tickets no power supply Printer OKIPAGE 14 LED Printer parallel 115 Vac Printer OKIPAGE 14 LED Printer parallel 230 Vac Printer ink cartridge black for Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Printer ink cassette for Citizen GSX 190 Printer Printer ink cassette for Epson TM290P Slip Printer Printer toner cartridge for OKIPAGE 10e LED Printer Printer universal power supply for Epson TM290P Slip Printer Ribbon cartridge purple ink for Citizen iDP 3110 Printer Silicone grease DOW CORNING 33 Lubricant Tag caution for use with FMI pump cushion 8024587 Tool for PC card removal nylon mounting posts Tool Coax Load Cable Assembly dummy load 1020854 6028504 8024587 2016740 6857371 6805687 6805770 6805771 6805685 6805686 6805769 2016814 2016583 2016584 2016730 2016800 2016671 2016932 2016933 2016812 2016511 2016717 2016900 4004103 2016739 1604007 4276819 5450276 6029105 8 1 14 PN 4237339F
331. ing Posts 4 4 3 Disconnecting the Cables to the Display Assembly 4 5 1 Removing and Disassembling the Display Assembly 4 5 2 Pneumatic Pump Cover and Bracket Removal 8 10 ACT diff Analyzers 4 6 2 KNF Dual Head Pump with Muffler and Choke Installed 4 6 3 ASF Thomas Pneumatic Pump Replacement ACeT diff 2 Analyzer 4 7 2 KNF Dual Head Pneumatic Pump Replacement diff 2 Analyzer 4 7 3 KNF Dual Head Pump with Muffler and Choke Installed 4 7 4 Locations of CV1 CV2 and CV on the AC T diff 2 Analyzer 4 7 5 Pneumatic Compartment Securing Screws 4 7 6 Traverse Module Disassembling Replacement 4 8 2 Disconnecting the Traverse Module Flex Cable 4 9 2 Disconnecting the Horizontal Motor Cable 4 9 2 Disconnecting the Traverse Module Tubing 4 9 3 Removing the Traverse Module 4 9 3 Removing the Probe Wipe Housing from the Traverse Housing 4 9 4 Removing the Probe from the Traverse Housing 4 9 4 Removing the Belt Clamp 4 9 5 Removing the Belt 4 9 5 Removing the Traverse Housing 4 9 6 Removing the Vertical Motor 4 9 6 Removing the Traverse Interconnect Card 4 9 7 Removing the Vertical Rack 4 9 8 Removing the Horizontal Motor 4 9 8 Removing a Horizontal Sensor 4 9 9 Probe Installation 4 9 12 Removing the Aperture Bath Assembly Shield 4 10 1 Removing the Hgb Photometer Assembly 4 10 2 Aperture Sensor System Components 4 10 3 Removing the Aperture Bath Assembly Shield 4 11 1
332. ing posts Figure 4 4 3 a Install the card onto the top three posts This should line up the two center posts and the bottom posts b Gently push the center and lower portions of the card until the card is completely seated on all the mounting posts c Ifthe card has threaded metal mounting posts secure the card with the original fasteners Connect the bath assembly ground wire to the Analyzer card s ground lug connector located on or near the preamp shield Figure 4 4 2 If this connection feels loose gently squeeze the wire lug with pliers to make a tighter connection Note Electrical noise problems occur especially for Plt and WBC counts if the ground lug connection is not firm Connect the RBC and WBC coaxial aperture bath cables then the coaxial Hgb connector to J10 and the four wire Hgb lamp connector P9 to J9 Figure 4 4 2 Connect the Traverse module flex cable and the Display assembly ribbon cable Figure 4 4 2 Connect the solenoid motor sensor dc and pneumatic pump cables to the Analyzer card Refer to Figures A 2 1 Analyzer Card Component Locations 8 10 Analyzers A 2 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations ACeT diff Analyzer or A 2 3 Analyzer Card Component Locations AC T diff 2 Analyzer for the locations of these connectors Ensure all the connectors are plugged in For the AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers only reinstall the rear panel as directed in Installation AC T 8 10
333. ing with the 8 10 analyzer Software Version 1 04 and in all the ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers software the Motors screen also displays the state of the sensors associated with the stepper motors See Figures 7 1 11 and 7 1 12 Pressing a Motors key performs the diluter table default action for the selected motor On the ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 15 different motor actions are required during instrument operation so five motor functions are available on the Motors screen Table 7 1 4 The AC T diff analyzer uses 24 different motor functions Table 7 1 5 Many of the motor functions appear similar For example in Table 7 1 4 MO ASF operates the aspirate syringe to aspirate a sample and M2 DSF operates the diluent syringe to recharge the syringe but both functions move the syringe pistons down 71 17 7 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU Figure 7 1 11 Motors Screen ACeT 8 10 and ACT diff Analyzers M5 SDSP M9 PUP MO SASP MI DILH M2 DILU M4 PLFT Merov 10 M11 PO V MI2 PRGT MB8 PRB M1 DDSP M21 DOPN PT Ed PD ERA M13 SHSC M14 PDNH M15 LDSP M16 PJDN PUB ASP Bid PREISE PWEISEH SYR 2 7339144F Figure 7 1 12 Motors Screen AC T diff 2 Analyzer M SASP MI DILH M5 SDSP M9 PUP M10 PDHC M2 DILU M7 PWB M4 PLFT M8 PRB MI2 PRGT
334. inter Information Tests 3 2 4 PN 4237339F 3 i CONTENTS 3 ii PN 4237339F INSTALLATION PROCEDURE PART A INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION 3 1 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION Complete installation instructions and procedures are available in the customer documents listed in Table 3 1 1 Table 3 1 1 ACeT Analyzer Installation Documents Instrument Document Language 8 10 analyzer Getting Started English 4237289 Chinese 4237355 French 4237349 German 4237352 Italian 4237361 Japanese 4237358 4237346 Installation and Training Guide for the ACeT Reagent English 4237414 Installation and Training Guide for the Tainer Reagent English 4237413 Installation Guide English 4237407 ACeT diff analyzer Installation and Training Guide for the ACT Pak Reagent English 4237421 Chinese 4237444 French 4237432 German 4237436 Italian 4237440 Spanish 4237428 Installation and Training Guide for the Tainer Reagent English 4237417 Chinese 4237445 French 4237433 German 4237437 Italian 4237441 Japanese 4237449 Spanish 4237429 ACeT diff 2 analyzer Installation and Training Guide for the diff Reagent and the English 4237517 diff AC T Tainer Reagent French 4237553 German 4237544 Italian 4237561 Japanese 4237556 Spanish 4237550 Portuguese 4237547 PN 4237339F 31 1
335. ion This is the typical probe stop point when the length of the inserted specimen tube allows the tube s bottom to rest against the bottom of the tube holder assembly Most standard specimen tubes fit this criteria The fourth optical sensor for controlling vertical positioning of the probe is the tube bottom seeking sensor located inside the cap pierce housing When using the Closed Vial mode of operation this sensor controls downward probe movement during the aspiration pierce when a smaller volume tube a tube with a false bottom or the tube adapter is used The tube bottom seeking sensor is detailed later in this section 2 3 3 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Cap Pierce Module The Cap Pierce module is the main addition to the AC T diff 2 analyzer The Cap Pierce module provides the capability for closed vial sampling This module accepts one specimen tube at a time in a spring loaded holder that is capable of clamping a variety of tubes with different diameters Tubes too small for this holder can be accommodated using an adapter Note For a list of specimen tubes that are tested and approved for closed vial sampling on the ACeT diff 2 analyzer see the Operators Guide Appendix B Components Main components of the Cap Pierce module Figure 2 3 3 include e housing e Cap pierce door e Tube holder Tube holder assembly with attached door closed flag and bottom sense
336. ion illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 13 reagent pickup tube 2 function AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 10 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 13 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 10 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 13 reagent pickup tube 3 function AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 10 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 13 location illustration 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 10 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 13 reagent pickup tubes location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 10 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 13 Red and White Amplifier circuits voltage used 2 6 1 red striped tubing location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 reference designators used in this manual ABBREVIATIONS 1 PN 4237339F INDEX regulator vacuum part number 8 1 5 reservoir part number 8 1 5 reservoir fill pump component in diluent delivery system ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 9 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 See also diaphragm pumps rinse cleaner optical sensor function 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 9 location illustration 8 10 diff analyzers A 4 5 rinse optical sensor location illustration 8 10 and AC eT diff analyzers A 4 5 rinse pump component in waste and
337. ions of the connectors see Figures A 2 1 Analyzer Card Component Locations 8 10 Analyzers A 2 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations diff Analyzer or A 2 3 Analyzer Card Component Locations diff 2 Analyzer PN 4237339F 4 11 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 4 11 2 WARNING Risk of personal injury The hemoglobin lamp is hot You might be burned if you handle the lamp while it is hot Let the lamp cool before removing the Hgb photometer assembly 6 Remove the Phillips head screw fastening the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC bath Figure 4 11 2 If the two shipping posts are still attached remove them Figure 4 11 2 Note The shipping posts which consist of a screw and a spacer do not have to be installed unless you are shipping the instrument Figure 4 11 2 Removing the Hgb Photometer Assembly Hgb photometer securing screw Shipping posts Shipping screws 7339094E Remove the Hgb photometer from the WBC bath and pull the Hgb preamp and the Hgb lamp cables through the front panel Note It is often easier to remove the rubber grommet from the panel with the cables and then take the grommet off the cables Disassemble the Hgb photometer Figure 4 11 3 by removing the following components from the Hgb detector housing Note Disassemble carefully These components are small and can be easily lost
338. is used on new 8 10 or diff analyzers and as an upgrade for instruments installed at high altitudes Note The Brailsford and ASF Thomas pumps cannot build the necessary pressure to produce adequate mixing when installed at high altitudes For instruments installed at 1524 m 5 000 ft or above you must upgrade the pump to a KNF dual head pump The KNF pump has two pump heads driven by the same motor One head is used for vacuum A muffler is connected to its output port The other head is used for pressure A choke is connected to its input port to decrease the air pressure at its output The following procedure can be used for any of these pneumatic pumps Tools Supplies Needed 2 Phillips head screwdriver Flat blade screwdriver or needle nose pliers Wire cutters For field upgrades to a KNF dual head pump you will also need the following KNF dual head pump PN 6233071 Brown choke 0 006 i d orifice PN 6213009 for applications below 1524 m 5 000 ft Or black choke 0 010 i d orifice PN 6213011 for applications at or above 1524 m 5 000 ft Union fitting 0 125 x 10 32 PN 6232085 O ring seal 0 187 i d 0 050 w PN 2523062 5 08 cm 2 in of 0 145 i d tubing PN 3202039 Pneumatic pump bracket PN 6807690 Grommet PN 2830017 Pump Motor Filter card PN 6029207 PN 4237339F 4 6 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC
339. its rotation Asa waste pump rotates clockwise and drains the WBC bath the RBC bath and the vacuum chamber VC1 As a rinse pump 1 rotates counterclockwise and pumps Rinse shutdown diluent cleaner into the system filling both baths through their respective waste ports 1 4 2 13 Diluent pump Peristaltic pump used to pull diluent from the diluent container into the diluent reservoir PM2 PN 4237339F A 4 7 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION 8 10 diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 4 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an ACeT 8 10 or diff Analyzer Continued Figure Reference Component Function Reference Designator DCN 6323083 A 4 2 14 LV13 Small Bio Chem solenoid pinch valve directs the flow of liquid being moved by peristaltic pump 1 De energized peristaltic pump 1 is connected to the waste system for draining the WBC bath the RBC bath and the vacuum chamber VC1 Energized peristaltic pump PM1 is connected to the Rinse shutdown diluent cleaner supply for input of cleaning agent during the Shutdown routine LV13 A 4 2 15 Diluent reservoir Distribution chamber for supplying diluent to the diluent syringe Diluent flow between the reservoir and diluent syringe is bidirectional to allow diluent flow back into the reservoir when the Triple Syringe module is energized
340. ity run and verify all the results are within specifications Cycle patient samples and verify the results and the histogram if applicable are acceptable 4 21 3 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION 4 21 4 PN 4237339F 4 22 4237339 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PREAMP DUMMY LOAD TEST PREAMP DUMMY LOAD TEST Purpose Use this procedure as a troubleshooting tool to help determine if problems affecting the test results are in the pneumatic hydraulic system or in the electronic system Tools Supplies Needed Two Coax Load Cable Assemblies dummy loads PN 6029105 Procedure 1 Turnthe instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 access the Analyzer card Figure 4 4 2 remove the top cover and rear panel as directed in the procedure for Removing the ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers Top Cover and Rear Panel or for Removing the AC T diff 2 Analyzers Top and Rear Center Cover under Heading 4 2 3 Onthe Analyzer card disconnect the RBC and WBC aperture cables from J7 and J8 respectively For the exact locations of these connectors refer to Figure A 2 1 Analyzer Card Component Locations AC T 8 10 Analyzers Figure A 2 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations AC T diff Analyzer or Figure A 2 3 Analyzer Card Component Locations ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Connect the Coax Load Cable Assemblies to J7 and J8 on the Analyzer card 5 Reinstall the to
341. ivery System AC T 8 10 and diff Analyzers Components and Flow 2 2 4 2 2 4 Pneumatic System in 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers Vacuum Components and Flow 2 2 5 2 2 5 Vacuum Chamber System 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzer Components and Flow 2 2 7 2 2 6 Pneumatic System 8 10 and diff Analyzers Pressure Components and Flow 2 2 8 2 2 7 Waste Cleaner System AC T 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers Components and Flow 2 2 10 2 2 8 Peristaltic Pump Assembly 2 2 11 2 3 1 Traverse Module Main Components 2 3 2 2 3 2 Vertical Positioning of the Probe Components 2 3 3 2 3 3 Cap Pierce Module Main Components 2 3 4 2 3 4 Starting the Cycle right side view 2 3 5 2 3 5 Vent Pierce right side view 2 3 6 2 3 6 2 3 7 2 3 8 2 3 9 2 3 10 2 3 11 2 3 12 2 3 13 2 3 14 2 3 15 2 3 16 2 3 17 2 3 18 2 3 19 2 4 1 2 7 1 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 3 Aspiration Pierce Typical right side view 2 3 6 Bottom Sense Function Components right side view 2 3 7 Aspiration Pierce Using Bottom Sensing right side view 2 3 8 Diluent Delivery System the diff 2 Analyzer Components and Flow 2 3 9 Lytic Reagent Delivery System in the AC T diff 2 Analyzer Components and Flow 2 3 11 Pneumatic System in the diff 2 Analyzer Vacuum Components and Flow 2 3 12 Vacuum Chamber VC1 System in the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Component
342. ives the solenoids motors and sensors e Problems with the Power Supply module since the DVM check is made only during powerup This is especially true on the AC T 8 10 analyzer since the DVM does not check the 24 Vdc supply PN 4237339F 4237339 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES Valve Error 14 Note Error 14 applies only to the 8 10 Software Version 1 03 The driver output of each solenoid valve LV1 to LV20 and the vacuum pump LV23 is monitored The monitoring system can detect if current is flowing so if a valve is turned on and the monitoring system does not detect current flow indicating something is wrong with the valve circuit it generates an error 14 Error 14 does not indicate which valve is in error but you can determine the valve by using the service bypass function and then using the Solenoids screen to turn on each valve individually The most likely source of solenoid errors is an open circuit whether it is caused by an open coil in the device or by a break in the connection from the circuit on the Analyzer card to the device Two reasons for a vacuum pump causing error 14 are The vacuum pump does not turn on if it is deadheaded so plugs in the input and output lines can turn it off Aninternal thermal switch inhibits the vacuum pump from turning on if the pump is too hot 126 Communication Failure Error 16 Motor movement is provided by individual driver micropro
343. l and gain You do not need to do this procedure however if the Analyzer card was changed for an unrelated symptom Variations in gain from one Analyzer card to another are minimal and do not affect results Note On instruments using both AC T diff analyzer and diff Veterinary Option analyzer software you can set the gains using either software and no additional adjustments are needed to use the other software The higher gains needed for the various animal species are accomplished by the software based on the gains set in the LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT ACeT diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS procedure for normal laboratory use Tools Supplies Needed Latex particles PN 6857371 8 Procedure 1 Ensure that the apertures are clean If protein buildup is suspected bleach the apertures as directed under Clean the Baths in the Special Procedures and Troubleshooting manual 2 Select Main icon Diagnostics icon Latex Calibration icon An intermediate screen Figure 4 12 1 for an diff analyzer or Figure 4 12 2 for an ACeT diff 2 analyzer is displayed indicating the next action to perform Figure 4 12 1 Latex Calibration Screen Figure 4 12 2 Latex Calibration Screen ACeT diff Analyzer ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Particle size in tL Particle size in fL 108 WEC Gain 109 WBE Gain 146 RBC Gain 146 Gain 146 FIt Gain 146 Pit Gain 1 000 PCF Gain
344. le and an Open Vial Aspirate cycle in place of the Whole Blood Aspirate cycle The primary aspirate or sample table for the 8 10 and diff analyzers is the Whole Blood Aspirate cycle the primary aspirate table for the ACeT diff 2 analyzer is the Closed Vial Aspirate cycle 2 8 1 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE 2 8 2 The following tables summarize the Powerup and the primary Aspirate cycles Powerup cycles gt Table 2 8 1 Powerup Cycle 8 10 and diff Analyzers All Software Versions gt Table 2 8 2 Powerup Cycle diff 2 Analyzer Aspirate cycles gt Table 2 8 3 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT 8 Analyzer Software Version 1 03 gt Table 2 8 4 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle 8 and 10 Analyzers Software Version 1 04 and 2 00 gt Table 2 8 5 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle diff Analyzer Software Version 1 03 gt Table 2 8 6 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle AC T diff Analyzer Software Versions 1 04 1 05 1 06 and 2 00 gt Table 2 8 7 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle AC T diff Analyzer with Veterinary Option Software Versions 1 04 1 05 1 06 and 2 00 gt Table 2 8 8 Closed Vial Aspirate Cycle diff 2 Analyzer Software Version 1 00 and 2 00 Realize that changes in software can result in changes to these cycles Also times are approximate because they can vary For example The time to analyze the data depends on the s
345. letely submerged before initiating the fifth cycle Run the prediluted specimen five times and record the results Calculate the RBC and Hgb mean values obtained using the prediluted specimen Exit to the Main screen and select the Whole Blood Closed Vial Mode icon Select the Reproducibility icon Main icon QA Functions icon gt gt Reproducibility icon O NOM Run the original whole blood or control specimen five times in the Closed Vial mode and record the results 10 Calculate the RBC and Hgb mean values obtained using whole blood 11 Verify that the RBC and mean values for the Predilute and Closed Vial modes compare within 596 4 19 2 PN 4237339F 4 20 4237339 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES FMI PUMP DECRYSTALLIZATION FMI PUMP DECRYSTALLIZATION Purpose FMI pumps can dry out If salt crystallizes within the tight seal between the ceramic piston and the liner it will seize the assembly which will inhibit reagent delivery Of the three FMI pumps the diluent FMI pump is the pump most likely to dry out Use this procedure to dissolve the crystallized salt bond Tools Supplies Needed Syringe with attached tubing Note Use of polyurethane tubing with an internal diameter large enough to fit securely but snugly over the pump fitting will maximize the pressure application Control or a specimen with known values for verification purposes Procedure l Fillasyringe with warm or hot tap
346. lf winding currently in use on the instrument Table A 2 11 lists both the wire colors for pump motor connectors J26 J27 and J24 to help you determine if the pump is full or half winding and the corresponding jumper settings For details concerning a specific test point refer to Table A 2 11 Component Locations Figure A 2 4 Universal ACeT diff ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations Use these jumper for half windin a ing 14 15 S16 S17 524 525 motors only X13 X10 LV22 LV23 J30 Hu M2 1259 Sl o ZS OA S2 M3 J6 AN TP3 J14 NEE J9 l J3 T26 58 J5 E 9 518 TP5 6 9 513 W 18 NS as APT 2 4 J7 H i PN 4237339F A 2 13 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Connectors Table A 2 9 Universal ACeT diff ACeT diff 2Analyzer Card Connectors See Figure A 2 4 Reference Designator Card DCN 6323409 Label Plug Location Description J2 J2 P2 Lower rear Parallel Printer rear panel interface 25 conductor J3 J3 P3 Center rear Serial out rear panel interface 9 conductor J4 J4 P4 Center rear Waste sensor rear panel interface BNC connector J5 J5 P5 Lower rear Power in 200 Vdc from Power Supply module 9 conductor J6 J6 P6 Top center Cover interlock currently just jumped 2 conductor J7 J7 P7 R Lower f
347. liability and force a Prime cycle the Hgb lamp and pneumatic pump are turned off If the system is in the Sample Results screen the probe is retracted If the first request while the instrument is asleep is to go to the Sample Results screen the probe retracts immediately the system awakens then the probe returns to the aspirate position Retracting the probe prevents using sample aspiration to awaken the instrument from the sleep state This is necessary because system vacuum takes time to build up to sufficient levels to perform a probe wash and is also used to force a Prime cycle after two hours Note If the screen is not touched for 15 minutes the screen backlighting is turned off the screen goes blank This is not considered the sleep state Touch the screen to turn it back on Exception state When the instrument identifies a situation requiring the user to take some action before the instrument can continue for example a reagent is empty Error state When the instrument identifies a fatal error condition Ready to Ship state When the prepare to ship sequence of operations has been performed The state of the instrument at the time it was powered down is used during powerup to determine what actions to take If the instrument was in a ready state when powered down a Powerup cycle home all hardware perform one drain and rinse extend the probe and check the lytic reagent level is performed If the instru
348. ll out during normal instrument operation if the thread lock compound is not intact 4 If replacing the front door safety latch go to the Front Door Safety Latch Installation procedure 5 If disassembling the cap pierce door go to the Cap Pierce Door Disassembly procedure 4 17 4 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES 4 CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER Cap Pierce Door Disassembly 1 Remove the motor as directed under Cap Pierce Motor Removal 2 Remove the front door safety latch as directed under Front Door Safety Latch Removal 3 Atthe bottom front of the cap pierce door loosen the Phillips head setscrew tightening the cap pierce door to the gear shaft Figure 4 17 4 4 Slide the gear and shaft to the right to free the cap pierce door from the Cap Pierce module base bracket Figure 4 17 4 Figure 4 17 4 Disassembling the Cap Pierce Door Assembly Bottom sense housing Sensor Gear shaft spring Roll pin flag 7339106E 5 Remove the tube holder from the top of the cap pierce door assembly by sliding the lower end back and pivoting it on the top front edge Using pliers pull the roll pin or flag from the bottom sense housing Figure 4 17 4 Remove the E clip from the bottom sense housing shaft through an opening in the bottom of the cap pierce door assembly Remove the bottom sense housing and the sensor spring To reassemble the cap pierce
349. logy gt Use a digital voltmeter DVM and an oscilloscope gt Read pneumatic hydraulic schematics and understand related terminology gt Read electronic schematics and understand related terminology Organization The material in this manual is organized into eight chapters and three appendices To make it easier to access the information Inthe electronic manual each page or screen has A Contents button linked to a master table of contents gt Illustrations button linked to a master list of illustrations gt A Tables button linked to a master list of tables gt Index button linked to an alphabetic index Inthe printed manual there is a master table of contents including master lists of the illustrations and tables at the beginning of the manual a chapter specific table of contents at the beginning of each chapter and an alphabetic index at the end of the manual The chapters appendices contain Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION A brief description of this manual and essential safety information Chapter 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION An introduction to the analyzer and a description of how it functions Chapter 3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE A reference to the Getting Started manual for installation requirements and procedures Chapter 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES The procedures for servicing repairing the ACeT analyzer Chapter 5 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES The procedures for maintaining t
350. lyzers 5 1 1 5 1 2 Recommended Maintenance Schedule ACT diff 2 Analyzers 5 1 1 PN 4237339F 5 i CONTENTS 5 ii PN 4237339F MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 9 1 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Perform maintenance for the 8 10 and diff analyzers according to the schedule in Table 5 1 1 Perform maintenance for the AC T diff 2 analyzers according to the schedule in Table 5 1 2 Table 5 1 1 Recommended Maintenance Schedule ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Person Responsible for Component Replacement Interval Replacement Aperture bath assembly Service personnel Dual diluent filters Customer every 5 000 cycles Hgb lamp Service personnel Pump filter FLS1 FLS3 blue fluid diluent 2 Customer when replacing associated tubing Pump filter FLS2 blue fluid shutdown diluent Customer Tubing Service personnel Peristaltic tubing Customer Syringe piston seals Every 12 000 cycles Customer Table 5 1 2 Recommended Maintenance Schedule ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Person Responsible for Component Replacement Interval Replacement Aperture bath assembly Every 3 years Service personnel Dual diluent filters Every 6 months or Customer every 5 000 cycles Hgb lamp Every 3 years Service personnel Waste filter As required Customer PN 4237339F 5 1 1 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 5 1 2 PN 4237339F 6 SCHEMATICS 6 1 1 6 1 SCHEMATICS REQUIRED 6 1 1 PN 4237339F 6 i CONTENTS 6 ii PN 4
351. mber of extended counts When data is insufficient sensing is extended up to eight additional 3 0 second counts in an attempt to acquire sufficient data Because the time for acquiring data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV17 LV16 fill diluent syringe with 3 25 mL drain RBC bath move probe into RBC bath Energize LV12 LV1 LV15 dispense 0 2 mL diluent from probe PN 4237339F Timing 40 82 40 85 43 05 43 07 49 00 49 03 51 43 51 52 53 73 53 76 56 21 56 23 57 09 57 12 57 44 57 64 58 64 60 14 61 27 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Table 2 8 3 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT 8 Analyzer Software Version 1 03 Continued Activity Energize LV7 LV11 Home syringe dispensing 3 3 mL diluent to RBC bath drain VC1 fill diluent reservoir take two Hgb Sample readings 0 5 seconds apart De energize LV1 LV7 energize LV2 LV14 de energize LV12 LV15 energize LV8 Fill syringe with 3 6 mL drain WBC bath move probe up analyze data Note The time needed to analyze data depends on the amount of data accumulated during data analysis and the Plt histogram data A normal blood takes about 6 0 seconds but can vary from 4 0 to 8 0 seconds Because the time needed to analyze this data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV8 LV2 energize LV12 LV15 LV1 Dispense diluent syringe to WBC bath dr
352. mble and reassemble the Traverse module in an 8 10 or diff analyzer Tools Supplies Needed 1 Phillips head screwdriver 2 Phillips head screwdriver C Large flat blade screwdriver L Controls or a specimen with known results for Verification Preliminary Steps 1 Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 Open the front door See Opening the AC T diff 2 Analyzers Front Door under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 3 Ifremoving the Traverse module the horizontal motor or a horizontal sensor remove the top cover and rear panel to access the connections on the Analyzer card Refer to Removing the ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Top and Rear Center Cover under Heading 4 2 To remove the entire Traverse module go to Traverse Module Removal 5 remove the probe or to access the vertical rack go to Probe Removal Note You must remove the probe and the Traverse Interconnect card before you can remove the vertical rack 6 remove the horizontal drive belt or to access the traverse housing or the vertical motor go to Horizontal Drive Belt Removal Note You must remove the horizontal drive belt before you can remove the traverse housing You must remove either the traverse housing or the entire Traverse module to make room for removing the vertical motor To remove the Traverse Interconnect card go to Traverse Interconne
353. mechanically on the flexible tubing The direction of flow is determined by the clockwise or counterclockwise rotation of the motors shaft Figure 2 2 8 Peristaltic Pump Assembly 7339131 Two peristaltic pumps used the 8 10 and diff analyzers PM1 is used to either move shutdown diluent cleaner into the analyzer or waste out of the analyzer while PM2 is used to move diluent from the reagent source into the diluent reservoir PN 4237339F 2 2 11 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS 22 12 PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 2 3 DILUTER SYSTEM ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS The 8 10 and the diff analyzers use different Analyzer cards and software but the same diluter The diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers have only minimal differences in their electronics and software but have major differences in their diluters The most significant difference between the diff and the ACeT diff 2 analyzers is that an ACeT diff 2 analyzer is capable of closed vial sampling Adding a Closed Vial mode and the cap piercing components needed for this mode significantly affected operation of the Traverse module Additionally the ACeT diff 2 analyzer uses pumps manufactured by Fluid Metering Inc for precision reagent and sample movement These pumps which are commonly referred to as FMI pumps do not req
354. ment uses threaded mounting posts unscrew and remove the fasteners from those posts b Remove the card from the top three mounting posts c Remove the card from the two center posts The front center post is located just below connector J30 d Remove the card from the bottom posts The front bottom post is located just below the lower front corner of the preamp shield Figure 4 4 3 Disengaging the Analyzer Card from the Mounting Posts 7 Snap On mounting posts 4 es ACT diff Snap On n mounting NN posts a 6 B Threaded Threaded mounting mounting posts post 1 4 7339090E While holding the wires and connectors aside with one hand slowly remove the card from the chassis through the rear of the instrument 4 4 3 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT 4 4 4 Installation 1 While holding the wires and connectors aside with hand position the Analyzer card inside the instruments chassis CAUTION Risk of damage to electronic components SMT Analyzer card components are very fragile Flexing the SMT Analyzer card creates stress on the components When removing installing or transporting SMT Analyzer cards handle them by the edges and ensure that you do not flex them The Analyzer cards on the AC T diff and AC T diff 2 analyzers are SMT cards 2 9 Install the Analyzer card onto its mount
355. ment was in a ready state when powered down and over two hours have elapsed since the last Sample cycle a Startup cycle is automatically performed after the Powerup cycle is completed If the instrument was in any other state when powered down an extended Cleanup cycle is performed during the Powerup cycle then a Startup cycle including a background count is performed after the Powerup cycle 2 9 1 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION INSTRUMENT STATES 2 9 2 PN 4237339F CONTENTS 3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3 1 1 PART A INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION 3 1 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION 3 1 1 PART B UPGRADE AND OPTION INSTALLATION 3 2 OPTIONAL PRINTERS 3 2 1 Epson TM 290P and TM 295P Slip Printers 3 2 1 Printer Setup Procedure 3 2 1 Verification 3 2 2 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer 3 2 3 Printer Setup Procedure 3 2 3 Verification 3 2 4 Ithaca Series 90 Printer 3 2 5 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer 3 2 5 Printer Setup Procedure 3 2 5 Verification 3 2 6 3 8 VETERINARY SOFTWARE OPTION 3 3 1 Veterinary Software Installation 3 3 1 ILLUSTRATIONS 3 2 1 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer DIP Switch SW1 Location 3 2 1 3 2 2 Connecting Optional Printers 3 2 2 3 2 3 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Location of Controls and Indicators 3 2 3 3 2 4 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Power Resume Controls and Indicators 3 2 4 TABLES 31 1 AC T Analyzer Installation Documents 3 1 1 3 2 1 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Available Pr
356. mix select A 4 2 10 LV5 Air mix enable A 4 2 11 LV6 Spare LV7 RBC bath diluent select A 4 2 3 LV8 Probe wipe waste select A 4 2 4 LV9 Lytic reagent dispense enable A 4 2 1 LV10 Probe wipe diluent select 4 2 2 LV11 Bath diluent select A 4 2 5 LV12 Syringe diluent select A 4 2 6 LV131T Cleaner select A 4 2 14 LV141 WBC bath drain select A 4 2 21 LV15T VC1 drain select A 4 2 20 LV16 RBC count 4 1 8 LV17 WBC count A 4 1 7 LV23 Pneumatic pump motor A 4 3 4 Note Solenoids LV18 through LV22 are not used on the AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers Solenoid is attached to and controls the operation of an Angar valve 1 Solenoid is attached to and controls the operation of a small Bio Chem pinch valve 4 1 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION AC T 8 10 diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Main Analyzer Components The main Diluter components comprising the ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers are identified and described in the following tables Each table also includes the reference designator for the component where applicable and a figure reference for locating the component Table A 4 2 describes the main components behind the front door Use Figure A 4 1 to locate these components Table A 4 3 describes the main components inside the right compartment Use Figure A 4 2 to locate these components Table A 4 4 describes the main components inside the left compartment Use Figure A 4 3 to loca
357. mmonly referred to as FMI pumps do not require valves to control movement in and out of the pump An FMI pump uses a ceramic piston moving within a ceramic liner The seal between these two parts is tight and performs the valve action Ceramic does not wear quickly so the pump lasts a long time without parts wearing or failing No parts require periodic replacement 2 3 17 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM diff 2 ANALYZERS Figure 2 3 15 FMI Pump Components Pump Components Refer to the item numbers in Figure 2 3 15 3 The main component of the FMI pump isa ceramic piston which is a cylinder 1 with a flattened area 2 at the port or liquid end The piston is mounted at an angle to the piston mount 3 which is mounted to the motor shaft 4 This angle causes the piston e D to move up and down inside the pump Y 7 housing 5 when the piston is rotated 6 The piston can be rotated in either direction e For precise control the pumps in the ACeT diff 2 analyzer use stepper motors driven with 24 Vdc 7339069E B r When the pumps stepper motor is turned on the motor shaft piston mount and piston rotate simultaneously In the following descriptions rotation of the piston implies rotation of the motor shaft and piston mount The direction of rotation is considered from the pump housing end of the assembly The pump housing has two ports an intake port 6 and an output port 7 Figu
358. motors discrete FET drivers Q1 and Q2 are used for LV22 and 23 current output respectively The output of the drivers for solenoids 1 through 20 and the two dc motors are fed through a voltage divider to a buffer bus driver chip The voltage divider pulls the driver output high if the solenoid is open with no current flow and output goes low when there is current flow This allows the valve operation to be monitored If a valve or motor is turned on and no current flow is indicated fatal error 14 Valve is generated Chip U41 handles the output for LV1 through LV8 U27 handles the output for LV9 through LV16 and U20 handles the output for LV17 through LV20 LV22 and LV23 The waste sensor is also implemented through this circuit The latch and driver output for what would have been 21 is fed through an inductor L1 to the waste sensor and then to ground When the system turns on this circuit the same current sensing mechanism is used to check for current flow or an open circuit across the waste sensor electrodes Miscellaneous Support Circuitry Support circuits include precision regulation of reference voltage supplies a 1 6 Pulse circuit Hgb Support circuitry the Power On LED light emitting diode circuit and the Sensor Connector circuit Several devices require precision voltage supplies for proper operation Three reference supplies are created on the Analyzer card 10 V 10 V and 15 V A precision regulator U45
359. moval installation 4 4 2 disconnecting horizontal motor cable illustration 4 9 2 disconnecting tubing illustration 4 9 3 exploded view 8 2 20 horizontal drive belt removal 4 9 1 horizontal drive belt tension adjustment 4 9 14 horizontal motor removal 4 9 1 horizontal sensors removal 4 9 1 probe removal 4 9 1 removal 4 9 1 removal illustration 4 9 3 traverse housing removal 4 9 1 Traverse Interconnect card removal 4 9 1 vertical motor removal 4 9 1 vertical rack removal 4 9 1 Traverse module ACeT diff 2 analyzers connector on Analyzer card 2 10 A 2 14 Triple Syringe module exploded view 8 2 1 function 2 1 1 function in lytic reagent delivery system 2 2 4 See Syringe module troubleshooting 8 10 and diff analyzer specific problems 7 4 1 clog detection problems 7 3 1 DVM error 3 7 2 4 error messages 7 2 1 service bypass function for powerup errors 7 2 3 using pulse test 8 10 analyzer 7 1 22 using pulse test diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers 7 1 22 using the dummy load test 4 22 1 using Voltages Sensors screen 7 1 2 verify predilute 7 1 8 tubing lists part numbers 6 1 1 maintenance schedule 5 1 1 part numbers 8 1 6 PN 4237339F INDEX V Vac field on Voltages Sensors screen description 7 1 4 vacuum error 7 2 3 7 2 8 minimum and maximum readings 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 7 1 4 regulator part number 8 1 5 vacuum adjust making l
360. mp KNF dual head vacuum pressure 24 Vdc brushless 6233071 8 2 8 23 8 2 13 10 Pump Triple Syringe module with boot seal on diluent syringe only 6707085 8 2 1 1 Pump waste KNF AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806494 8 2 7 19 Rack traverse horizontal motion 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 1023360 8 2 10 3 Rack traverse horizontal motion AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024022 8 2 11 22 Rack traverse vertical drive ACeT diff 2 analyzer 6806614 8 2 11 11 Rack traverse vertical motion 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 1023359 8 2 10 15 Regulator vacuum 6232628 8 2 8 4 8 2 13 18 Reservoir subassembly with float sensor replaces PN 6805906 6806261 8 2 5 11 8 2 7 6 Retainer probe AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024158 8 2 11 23 Sensor dual channel optical 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4837317 8 2 10 10 Sensor inline optical fluid cleaning and lytic reagent 6706483 8 2 6 14 Sensor optical diluent level sense with fuse 5120246 8 2 5 11 Sensor optical position ACT diff 2 analyzer 6806496 8 2 11 18 Note The four horizontal position sensors on the Traverse module and the door closed 8 2 12 4 position and tube bottom seeking sensors in the Cap Pierce module are identical sensors Sensor thermistor temperature assembly ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 2306100 8 2 5 10 Sensor vacuum transducer 15 V reference AC T 8 10 AC T diff analyzers 2306099 8 2 6 8 8 2 13 18 Sensor vacuum transducer 8 V referen
361. mp 6028781 Fastener nylon retaining post to mount Analyzer card old mount style 2851601 8 2 13 2 Fitting adapter 1 4 28 ext to 3 32 i d tubing 6232962 8 2 7 1 Fitting adapter 1 8 i d to 1 4 28 male thd 6232951 8 2 7 25 Fitting feed thru 1 4 x 28 flat bottom stainless steel CP 1025523 8 2 14 15 8 2 15 15 Fitting feed thru bulkhead 0 062 i d to 0 093 i d diff 2 analyzer 6216353 8 2 15 16 Fitting feed thru bulkhead 0 07 i d AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 1017458 8 2 14 16 Fitting Luer bulkhead to barbed hose fitting 6232503 8 2 9 3 Fitting Luer female to 0 094 barbed hose 6232801 8 2 6 2 8 2 8 19 Fitting Luer male to 0 094 barbed hose fitting 6232502 8 2 1 2 8 2 6 5 8 2 8 17 8 2 9 5 Fitting Luer male to barbed hose fitting 6232846 8 2 9 4 Fitting T 0 062 legs 6226008 Fitting T 0 094 i d 6232051 8 2 14 22 8 2 15 24 Fitting union 1 4 28 female to 0 093 barb CP 1025566 8 2 14 18 8 2 15 21 Fitting union 0 062 i d to 0 093 i d 6232352 8 222 4 8 28 6 Fitting union 0 093 to 0 093 9908083 8 2 10 13 Note Also used to join tubing 3230085 to polyurethane tubing Fitting union barb 0 062 to 0 062 6232109 Fitting union barb 0 125 x 10 32 6232085 PN 4237339F 8 1 9 PARTS LISTS MASTER PARTS LIST Table 8 1 2 Fasteners Fittings and Miscellaneous Hardware Continued Description Part Number Figure Item Fitting union polypropylene 0 093 i
362. mponents Inside the Right Compartment of an 8 10 or diff Analyzer 4 5 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer A 4 10 5 AC T diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS A 5 1 Summary 5 1 Solenoids A 5 1 Main Analyzer Components A 5 2 Components Located Behind the Front Door of an AC T diff 2 Analyzer A 5 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an diff 2 Analyzer A 5 6 Components Inside the Pneumatic Compartment of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer A 5 10 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC T diff 2 Analyzer A 5 13 B ERROR MESSAGES B 1 1 C OPTIONAL PRINTERS C 1 1 Specifications C 1 1 Operator Controls and Indicators C 1 1 Switch SW1 Settings C 1 2 2 CANON BJC 250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER C 2 1 Specifications C 2 1 Operator Controls and Indicators C 2 1 OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER C 3 1 Specifications C 3 1 Configuring the Printer C 3 1 Controls and Indicators C 3 4 ABBREVIATIONS ABBREVIATIONS 1 INDEX INDEX 1 TRADEMARKS PN 4237339F XV CONTENTS xvi ILLUSTRATIONS 1 2 1 Warning and Information Labels 1 2 2 2 1 1 User Interfaces on the 8 10 and diff Analyzers 2 1 2 2 1 2 User Interfaces on the diff 2 Analyzer 2 1 2 2 2 1 Traverse Module Components 2 2 1 2 2 2 Diluent Delivery System in AC T 8 10 and diff Analyzers Components and Flow 2 2 3 2 2 3 Lytic Reagent Del
363. mponents and flow simplified schematic 2 3 16 description 2 3 16 Waste field on Voltages Sensors screen description 7 1 5 waste pump component in waste and cleaner system diff 2 analyzer 2 3 16 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 5 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 waste sensor conditions that turn ON its indicator 7 1 5 digital sensor indicator 7 1 5 waste rinse pump function 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4 7 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers 4 5 WAV conditions that decrease this voltage reading 7 1 3 7 3 4 conditions that increase this voltage reading 7 1 3 7 3 4 typical readings 7 1 3 used in clog detection 7 3 4 WAV field on Voltage Sensors screen description 7 1 3 WAV VAR field on Sample Details screen 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 10 WBC erratic results troubleshooting 7 4 1 high results troubleshooting 7 4 1 low results troubleshooting 7 4 1 processor circuitry 2 5 1 voteout criteria 7 1 12 WBC aperture voltage See WAV WBC aperture bath assembly draining 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 2 2 9 draining diff 2 analyzer 2 3 16 PN 4237339F INDEX function in aperture sensor system 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 8 function in aperture sensor system ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 15 function in pn
364. n diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 PN 4237339F INDEX location illustration AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 operational states ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 type of valve AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 LV2 function AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 7 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 location illustration 8 10 diff analyzers A 4 5 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 operational states 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 7 operational states diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 type of valve 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 7 type of valve AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 LV3 function AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 7 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 location illustration 8 10 diff analyzers A 4 5 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 operational states 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 7 operational states ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 type of valve 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers A 4 7 type of valve AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 LV4 function AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 7 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 11 location illustration 8 10 ACeT diff analyzers A 4 5 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 operational states 8 10 ACeT diff analyzers A 4 7 operational states A
365. n 4 5 4 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT 8 10 AND ACeT diff ANALYZERS 4 6 1 Purpose 4 6 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 6 1 Removal 4 6 2 Installation 4 6 3 Verification 4 6 4 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER 4 7 1 Purpose 4 7 1 ASF Thomas Pump Replacement 4 7 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 7 1 Removal 4 7 1 Installation 4 7 2 KNF Dual Head Pump Replacement 4 7 3 Tools Supplies Needed 4 7 3 Removal 4 7 3 Installation 4 7 4 Pneumatic Pump Upgrade to KNF Dual Head Pump 4 7 5 Tools Supplies Needed 4 7 5 Removal of Old Pneumatic Pump Compartment 4 7 5 Installation of New Pneumatic Pump Compartment 4 7 6 Verification 4 7 7 TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT AC T 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS 4 8 1 Purpose 4 8 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 8 1 Removal 4 8 1 Installation 4 8 3 Verification 4 8 5 TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLA CEMENT ACeT diff 2 ANALYZER 4 9 1 Purpose 4 9 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 9 1 Preliminary Steps 4 9 1 Disassembly and Removal Procedures 4 9 1 Traverse Module Removal 4 9 1 Probe Removal 4 9 4 Horizontal Drive Belt Removal 4 9 5 Traverse Housing Removal 4 9 6 Vertical Motor Removal 4 9 6 CONTENTS 4 10 4 11 4 12 4 13 4 14 4 15 Traverse Interconnect Card Removal 4 9 7 Vertical Rack Removal 4 9 7 Horizontal Motor Removal 4 9 8 Horizontal Sensor Removal 4 9 9 Installation Procedures 4 9 10 Horizontal Sensor
366. n 9 4004097 Board switching supply Power Supply module 10 5120214 Switch Power Supply module and instrument ON OFF 11 6705663 Card Transient Suppressor Power Supply module 12 2121695 Connector 9 pin P5 on Power Supply module 8 10 analyzer 2121892 Connector 12 pin P5 on Power Supply module AC T diff analyzer 13 9921373 Fuse holder Power Supply module 14 5102029 Fuse 1 5 ASLO BLO F1 and F2 on Power Supply module 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 5120184 Fuse 2 5 A SLO BLO F1 and F2 on Power Supply module AC T diff 2 analyzer 15 2852300 Screw pan head SEMS 766 32 x 0 38 in black 16 7000556 Power Supply main power module 8 10 analyzer 7000573 Power Supply main power module AC T diff analyzer 7000626 Power Supply main power module AC T diff 2 analyzer 17 6232497 Washer red lock ring for bulkhead Luer fitting Not shown 2121692 Pin socket for Power Supply module 9 pin connector Not shown 2603078 Fan filter and cage assembly for rear panel of the AC T diff 2 analyzer Not shown 6028918 Cable adapts ACT diff analyzer Power Supply module for use on 8 10 analyzer Not shown 6806535 Fan 24 Vdc mounts on rear of panel of the AC T diff 2 analyzer Not shown 2603081 Filter for 24 Vdc fan diff 2 analyzer PN 4237339F 8 2 17 8 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 10 Traverse Module Components ACeT 8 10 and diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 10
367. n four horizontal sensors mounted on the main bracket of the Traverse module and three vertical sensors mounted on the Traverse Interconnect card Roll pins mounted on the probe mechanism move and interrupt the stationary sensors During system operation the probe is sent enough steps to go slightly beyond the sensor read position If the probe does not get to the position horizontal or vertical that it is sent to a corresponding error message is generated See Table 7 2 2 Fatal Error Messages Numbers for specific messages 7 2 5 7 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES 7 2 6 Mechanical and electrical problems that can cause errors 6 through 11 and 19 include e Obstruction or resistance to probe movement that causes the stepper motor to miss steps e Obstructions in the optical sensor path that cause incorrect sensor reads e Poor electrical connections to the motors and sensors the responsibility of the Traverse Interconnect card and the flex cable Problems with the Power Supply module since the DVM check is made only during powerup This is especially true on the AC T 8 10 analyzer since the DVM does not check the 24 Vdc supply Failure of any of the following components motors sensors Traverse Interconnect card flex cable and Analyzer card Syringe Did Not Reach Leave Up Position Errors 12 and 13 ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers The syringe assembly only uses one sensor and it is at th
368. n BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Available Printer Information Tests Printout of the Following Information Tests Audible Beeps Required General Printer Demonstration Printer Status Status Information Printer Test Print Head Nozzle Blo pe Figure 3 2 4 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Power Resume Controls and Indicators BUTTONS J U C POWER RESUME POWER LIGHT 7479001A PN 4237339F 3 2 4 4237339 OPTIONAL PRINTERS OPTIONAL PRINTERS Ithaca Series 90 Printer The Ithaca Series 90 Printer also called the OKIPOS Series 90 Printer in Germany is supported by the diff and diff 2 analyzers software but it is not available with the instrument and does not have a Beckman Coulter part number This Printer must be obtained from the manufacturer or a third party distributor The Ithaca Series 90 Printer is a 40 column fast dot matrix Printer It is intended as a point of sale Printer and hence is very reliable This Printer is capable of printing graphics from an Espson graphic driver just like the Citizen GSX 190 and Canon Bubble Jet BJC 250 Printers The Model 93 Printer was used in developing software support When the instrument is setup for this Printer histograms print vertically rather than horizontally In addition to its graphic capability this Printer can print tickets slips and has a journal feature The journal feature allows one or two b
369. n many other Beckman Coulter instruments This solenoid valve uses a strong thick walled silicon compound tubing and provides a large straight path for the waste so that any rubber particles from the cap pierce are easily washed through the probe wipe system After aspiration or venting in the Closed Vial mode while the probe is moving up into the probe wipe housing LV10 is energized to open the pathway from the diluent pump to the top probe wipe housing port and the pump begins to move diluent from the diluent reservoir to the top probe wipe housing port The diluent is forced in a spiral action down to the bottom probe wipe housing port washing sample from the outside of the probe High vacuum pulls this waste material into 1 A Y fitting is used to split the waste path between LV8 and into two paths At VCI it is important to connect these tubings to the two outer fittings that allow the waste to enter behind the splash guards inside the vacuum chamber This is necessary to reduce the flow rate at each fitting which reduces splashing and cross talk in 4237339F 2 3 13 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Once the outside of the probe is washed the diluent pump is turned off and 10 is de energized which stops the supply of wash diluent The high vacuum being applied to the bottom probe wipe housing port dries the probe before LV8 de energizes When the probe is moved
370. n paper is out FORWARD key Feeds paper forward REVERSE key Feeds paper backward RELEASE key Releases paper DIP Switch SW1 Settings See Table C 1 3 for the DIP switch settings and Table C 1 4 for the DIP switch settings for international character sets Table C 1 3 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer DIP Switch Settings for SW1 Positions Settings 1 OFF 2 ON 3 ON 4 ON 5 6 7 8 9 10 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON Autofeed Used only for International Character Sets Table C 1 4 Not Used Table C 1 4 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer International Character Sets DIP Switch Settings for SW1 2 through SW1 4 Positions Settings Country SW1 2 SW1 3 SW1 4 U S A ON ON ON France OFF ON ON Germany ON OFF ON U K OFF OFF ON Denmark ON ON OFF Sweden OFF ON OFF Italy ON OFF OFF Spain OFF OFF OFF PN 4237339F C 2 PN 4237339F OPTIONAL PRINTERS CANON BJC 250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER CANON BJC 250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER Specifications Table C 2 1 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Specifications Item Specification Print method Bubble jet ink Ribbon BC 02 black cartridge e Life 500 pages 5 coverage e Throughput 3 1 ppm standard 4 ppm draft Paper Weight auto feeder 64 to 105 g m 17 to 28 Ib Sheet feed capacity auto feeder e Q4in e 100 sheets e 750 2 20 Ib paper
371. nalyzer A 3 1 ACeT diff Analyzer A 3 2 ACeT diff Veterinary Option Analyzer A 3 3 ACeT diff 2 Analyzer A 3 4 ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS A 4 1 Summary 4 1 Solenoids A 4 1 Main Analyzer Components A 4 2 Components Located Behind the Front Door of an ACeT 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer A 4 2 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an ACeT 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer 4 5 CONTENTS 9 ii 5 Ga C3 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an ACeT 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer A 4 10 ACeT diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS A 5 1 Summary A 5 1 Solenoids A 5 1 Main Analyzer Components A 5 2 Components Located Behind the Front Door of an AC T diff 2 Analyzer A 5 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an diff 2 Analyzer A 5 6 Components Inside the Pneumatic Compartment of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer A 5 10 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer A 5 13 ERROR MESSAGES B 1 1 OPTIONAL PRINTERS C 1 1 Specifications C 1 1 Operator Controls and Indicators C 1 1 DIP Switch SW1 Settings C 1 2 CANON BJC 250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER C 2 1 Specifications C 2 1 Operator Controls and Indicators C 2 1 OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER C 3 1 Specifications C 3 1 Configuring the Printer C 3 1 Controls and Indicators C 3 4 ILLUSTRATIONS A 2 1 A 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 3 1 3 2 A 3 3 A 3 4 A 4 1 A 4 2
372. nalyzer and Figure 7 1 6 for the AC T diff 2 analyzer provides information about the instrument state that can be used for troubleshooting Voltages sensors Hgb amplifier gain and vacuum are displayed on this screen The reagent temperature in the diluent reservoir is also indicated This value is not currently used by the 8 10 analyzer s software but it is used by the clog detection algorithm on the ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzer A description of each screen item by its screen name follows Figure 7 1 6 Figure 7 1 4 Voltages Sensors Screen ACeT 8 10 Analyzer bz jor P WAV XXXX fa mer mg RAV Lytic Clean Vac in hg Z Dil Waste xx zi AspSW Xx tov poss E 15V 15 xx 100 5V 200V xxx 7339016C Figure 7 1 5 Voltages Sensors Screen diff Figure 7 1 6 Voltages Sensors Screen diff 2 Analyzer Analyzer i rid Hob XOX Gain Hgb Hob Gain Hgb Lamp XXX Lytic OFF Lytic 1 9 10 Dil ON Dil ON RAV 200 ASPSVV OFF ROM OVAspSw Wi Clean Vac inng Waste OFF CvAspsw sii Temp UP 15 15 YOO 15RF 200 PXK WHT 10V 107 WHT 10V RED 10V 7339057C 7339113E PN 4237339F 4237339 TROUBLESHOOTING
373. nalyzers 2 2 4 function in lytic reagent delivery system diff 2 analyzer 2 3 11 fuses location illustration 8 2 16 part number 8 10 and diff analyzers 8 1 3 8 2 17 part number ACeT diff 2 analyzer 8 1 3 8 2 17 H hazards biological 1 2 1 electronic 1 2 1 while troubleshooting 1 2 1 headings special definitions 1 1 5 Hgb erratic results troubleshooting 7 4 1 high results troubleshooting 7 4 1 low results troubleshooting 7 4 1 support circuitry 2 5 6 Hgb assembly function AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 3 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 location illustration 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4 2 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 Hgb field on Voltages Sensors screen description 7 1 3 Hgb gain field on Voltages Sensors screen description 7 1 3 Hgb lamp in sleep state 2 9 1 8 INDEX maintenance schedule 5 1 1 supply voltage 8 10 analyzer 2 2 9 supply voltage ACeT diff analyzer 2 2 9 supply voltage AC T diff 2 analyzer 2 3 16 Hgb measurements description diff analyzer 7 1 12 7 1 13 results analysis flowchart 7 1 14 Hgb output acceptable blank reading 4 11 4 A 1 1 setting 7 1 3 Hgb photometer assembly acceptable Hgb output reading with clean diluent in WBC bath 4 11 4 A 1 1 adjusting the Hgb output 4 11 4 assembly installation 4 11 3 description 8 10 and
374. nch 4237347 German 4237350 Italian 4237359 Japanese 4237356 Spanish 4237344 PN 4237339F 144 INTRODUCTION MANUAL DESCRIPTION Table 1 1 1 ACeT Analyzer Customer Documents Continued Instrument Document Language diff analyzer Installation and Training Guide for the ACT Pak Reagent English 4237421 Chinese 4237444 French 4237432 German 4237436 Italian 4237440 Spanish 4237428 Installation and Training Guide for the Tainer Reagent English 4237417 Chinese 4237445 French 4237433 German 4237437 Italian 4237441 Japanese 4237449 Spanish 4237429 Operating Summary English 4237420 Chinese 4237446 French 4237434 German 4237438 Italian 4237442 Japanese 4237450 Spanish 4237430 Operator s Guide English 4237416 Chinese 4237447 French 4237435 German 4237439 Italian 4237443 Japanese 4237451 Spanish 4237431 Reference Manual English 4237422 Veterinary Applications Software Options Operator s Guide English 4237400 PN 4237339F INTRODUCTION MANUAL DESCRIPTION Table 1 1 1 ACeT Analyzer Customer Documents Continued Instrument Document Language diff 2 analyzer Installation and Training Guide for the diff AC T Pak Reagent and the English 4237517 diff ACT Tainer Reagent French 4237553 German 4237544 Italian 4237561
375. nd Paper Thickness Levers C 2 2 C 3 1 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer Front Operator Panel C 3 4 TABLES 1 1 Analyzer Card AC T 8 10 Analyzer Voltage Limits A 1 1 A l 2 Analyzer Card diff Analyzer Voltage Limits 1 1 A 1 3 Analyzer Card diff 2 Analyzer Voltage Limits A 1 1 A l 4 Target Acceptance Criteria A 1 1 A 1 5 Latex Adjustment Criteria A 1 2 A 1 6 Power Supply Module Output Connector P5 8 10 Analyzer A 1 2 A 1 7 Power Supply Module Output Connector P5 diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers A 1 2 A 2 1 Analyzer Card Connectors AC T 8 10 Analyzers See Figure 2 1 A 2 2 A 2 2 Analyzer Card Test Points AC T 8 10 Analyzers See Figure A 2 1 A 2 4 A 2 3 Analyzer Card Connectors AC T diff Analyzer See Figure A 2 2 A 2 6 A 2 4 Analyzer Card Jumpers AC T diff Analyzer See Figure A 2 2 A 2 7 A 2 5 Analyzer Card Test Points AC T diff Analyzer See Figure A 2 2 A 2 8 A 2 6 Analyzer Card Connectors ACeT diff 2 Analyzer See Figure 2 3 A 2 10 A 2 7 Analyzer Card Jumpers AC T diff 2 Analyzer See Figure A 2 3 A 2 12 A 2 8 Analyzer Card Test Points AC T diff 2 Analyzer See Figure A 2 3 2 12 A 2 9 Universal diff ACeT diff 2Analyzer Card Connectors See Figure A 2 4 A 2 14 A 2 10 Universal ACeT diff AC T diff 2 Analyzer Card Jumper Settings See Figure 2 4 2 17 A 2 11 Universal diff ACeT diff 2Analyzer Card Test Points See Figure 2 4 2
376. nd probe warning move probe down De energize LV8 LV2 LV7 turn vacuum pump off energize LV1 LV15 fill diluent reservoir Overfill diluent reservoir drain VC1 do aperture burn De energize LV15 LV1 energize LV2 2 8 9 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Time 0 32 2 32 2 64 2 7 4 03 4 08 5 64 5 84 6 59 7 92 9 32 10 11 11 34 11 36 12 96 12 99 13 8 16 0 16 55 16 58 19 85 20 9 21 4 36 4 37 88 38 11 38 13 2 8 10 Table 2 8 5 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff Analyzer Software Version 1 03 Activity Energize LV2 high vacuum aspirate 12 0 uL Energize LV10 LV14 LV8 check for 6 in Hg at VC1 sound probe warning move up and wipe probe drain WBC bath overfill diluent reservoir De energize LV14 LV10 aspirate 12 0 uL air gap Energize LV12 LV11 Drain RBC bath move probe to WBC bath rinse WBC bath with 2 6 mL De energize LV8 LV2 LV12 energize LV14 LV7 take Hgb Blank2 reading Drain WBC bath fill diluent reservoir with 2 5 mL and diluent syringe with 3 250 mL Energize LV12 de energize LV14 prefill RBC bath with 240 0 uL de energize LV7 Prefill WBC bath with 1 5 mL move probe into WBC bath partial drain RBC bath fill reservoir Take Hgb Blank1 reading de energize LV11 dispense 980 0 uL with sample from probe to WBC bath drain RBC bath fill reservoir Energize LV3 LV11 LV7 send mix bubbles through lytic reagent port Energize de energize
377. nergized connects PM2 to the top port of the probe wipe housing This is the diluent supply for cleansing the probe FLS4 and FLS5 remove smaller contaminating particles such as some bacteria Filters that are small enough to eliminate all possible bacteria would restrict diluent flow too much Two filters are used in parallel to facilitate initial priming IV12 controls the reservoir diluent usage In its normal state LV12 connects the reservoir to the 5 mL diluent syringe This provides diluent while the syringe is being filled and also allows delivery of diluent back to the reservoir when only lytic reagent dispense or aspirate functions are required A separate port on the diluent reservoir provides sweep flow diluent to the RBC aperture through the sweep flow coil and a check valve LV7 and LV11 control diluent output from the syringes When LV11 is in its normal state the diluent syringe dispenses through the aspirate probe When energized LV11 routes diluent from the syringe to LV7 which routes diluent to lower side ports on the baths Diluent is routed to these ports to rinse the baths and to prefill each bath prior to making the dilution The remainder of the diluent needed to make the dilution is dispensed through the probe with the whole blood sample In its normal state LV7 is connected to the WBC bath When energized LV7 switches to the RBC bath 2 2 3 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM 8 10 AND diff
378. ng Removal procedure or the Traverse Module Removal procedure Disconnect the vertical motor cable connector P55 from J55 on the Traverse Interconnect card Figure 4 9 10 Remove the four 1 Phillips head screws securing the vertical motor to the traverse housing Figure 4 9 10 and remove the motor To install a vertical motor go to the Vertical Motor Installation procedure PN 4237339F SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER Traverse Interconnect Card Removal l Ifthe Traverse module is still on the instrument disconnect the vertical motor cable P55 and the Traverse module flex cable P56 from J55 and 56 on the Traverse Interconnect card respectively Figure 4 9 11 Figure 4 9 11 Removing the Traverse Interconnect Card J56 P56 Traverse module flex cable Traverse Interconnect card Vertical motor cable 7339097E 2 Remove the two 1 Phillips head screws securing the Traverse Interconnect card to the traverse housing Figure 4 9 11 3 Ifremoving the vertical rack go to the Vertical Rack Removal procedure If replacing the Traverse Interconnect card go to the Traverse Interconnect Card Installation procedure Vertical Rack Removal 1 Remove the probe as directed under Probe Removal 2 Remove the Traverse Interconnect card as directed under Traverse Interconnect Card Removal 3 Push the vertical rack down into the
379. ng count data depends on the number of extended counts When data is insufficient sensing is extended up to eight additional 3 0 second counts in an attempt to acquire sufficient data Because the time for acquiring data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV17 LV16 fill diluent syringe with 3 25 mL drain RBC bath move probe into RBC bath Energize LV12 LV1 LV15 dispense 0 2 mL diluent from probe Energize LV7 LV11 PN 4237339F 39 97 41 77 41 8 48 0 48 03 50 02 51 39 51 42 51 95 56 32 58 08 PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Table 2 8 6 Whole Blood Aspirate Cycle ACeT diff Analyzer Software Versions 1 04 1 05 1 06 and 2 00 Activity Home syringe dispense 3 3 mL diluent to RBC bath drain VC1 fill diluent reservoir take two Hgb Sample readings 0 5 seconds apart De energize LV1 energize LV2 LV14 de energize LV12 LV15 energize LV8 Fill syringe with 3 6 mL drain WBC bath move probe up analyze CBC data Note The time needed to analyze data depends on the amount of data accumulated during data analysis and the histogram data A normal blood takes about 6 0 seconds but can vary from 4 0 to 8 0 seconds Because the time needed to analyze this data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies De energize LV8 LV2 energize LV12 de energize LV7 energize LV15 LV1 Dispense diluent syringe to WB
380. ning Guide 6 Ifyou have not done so install the pneumatic pump cover and close up the instrument PN 4237339F 47 7 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER 4 7 8 PN 4237339F 4 8 4237339 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT ACeT 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS Purpose Use the procedure in this section to completely disassemble reassemble the Traverse module in an AC T 8 10 or AC T diff analyzer Replacing individual parts on the Traverse module requires only portions of the procedure Use the TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER procedure under Heading 4 9 to disassemble and reassemble the Traverse module in an diff 2 analyzer Tools Supplies Needed 1 Phillips head screwdriver 2 Phillips head screwdriver C Large flat blade screwdriver DOW CORNING 338 lubricant PN 1604007 0 Removal 1 Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 2 Remove the probe wipe housing Figure 4 8 1 a Manually remove the metal clip b Pullthe probe wipe housing out the bottom of the traverse housing c Remove the tubing from the probe wipe housing 3 Remove the aspirate probe from the traverse housing see Figure 4 8 1 a Manually move the probe and vertical rack until the bot
381. ning at the tip of the probe and the probe flange 4 Notice the probe flange has two flattened sides Note the aspirate port is aligned with one of the narrow sides of the probe flange This side of the flange will act as a marker for positioning the probe When properly installed the probe aspirate port and this flange will face outward 4 9 11 4 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER 4 9 12 7339130E Figure 4 9 15 Installation Probe opening I Aspirate 2 d tubin i su g 7 probe Sil 4 Yes No rack TE Bottom of Sii vertical ge ul di 5 Probe Traverse flange housing window 1 1 No Yes With the aspirate port facing you connect the aspirate tubing to the top of the probe pushing it on inch While looking through the traverse housing window 5 push the probe up into the traverse housing until you can see the junction between the probe and the vertical rack Move the probe up slightly until the flange is clearly visible through the traverse housing window then turn the probe until the narrow side of the flange is centered in the window The probes aspirate port should be facing you While holding the probe in place with one hand thread the probe retainer onto the probe with the other When the c
382. nly 6915355 942711 Software AC T diff analyzer English Version 1 06 upgrade kit mailable 6915356 8 2 2 1 Software ACeT diff analyzer Spanish Version 1 06 card only 6915347 82 2 Software AC T diff Veterinary Option analyzer Version 1 06 kit with manual 6915366 8 2 2 1 Software diff Veterinary Option analyzer Version 1 06 kit without manual 6915367 822 01 Spool peristaltic pump 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6859650 82 5 3 Spool peristaltic pump new molded version ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6706686 8 2 5 3 Spool sweep flow assembly includes 13 ft of EVA tubing PN 3202284 and two 6807701 8 2 14 17 flangeless fittings 6233080 8 2 15 20 Switch aspirate with cable and connector 6805396 8 2 13 Switch Power Supply module and instrument ON OFF 5120214 8 2 9 10 Syringe assembly 1 mL without barrel boot seal 6707095 8 2 1 5 Syringe glass barrel assembly with boot and plunger 250 uL 6706808 8 2 1 14 Syringe glass barrel assembly with boot and plunger 5 mL 6706809 8 2 1 3 Syringe glass barrel assembly with boot and plunger without boot seal 250 uL 6707087 8 2 1 4 Syringe glass barrel with Luer fitting 1 mL replaces PN 2527682 6706652 8 2 1 6 Syringe glass barrel with Luer fitting 250 uL replaces PN 2527683 6706653 8 2 1 13 Syringe glass barrel with Luer fitting 5 mL replaces PN 2527680 6706651 8 2 1 7 Syringe piston 1 mL 2527677 8 2 1 5 Syringe piston 250 uL 2
383. ns are accomplished by fluidic components that are interconnected by tubing and controlled by timed solenoid signals This section briefly describes the functions of these fluidic components and shows their locations Solenoids Solenoids are electronic valves that are energized or de energized to perform a function or to activate other components in the Diluter Table A 5 1 identifies the function of each solenoid used in the diff 2 analyzer Solenoids LV7 IV8 IV12 LV15 and LV18 are attached to and control the operation of large Bio Chem valves Use the Pneumatic Hydraulic Schematic DCN 6323266 in Chapter 6 or the figures referenced in Table A 5 1 to locate these solenoids Table A 5 1 Solenoid Functions ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Solenoid Figure Number Function Reference LV1 Rinse pump motor LV2 High vacuum enable A 5 3 10 LV3 WBC air mix select A 5 3 9 LV4 Lytic reagent air mix select A 5 3 8 LV5 Air mix enable 5 3 7 LV6 Waste pump motor LV7 Vacuum chamber drain enable A 5 2 16 LV8 Probe wipe waste select A 5 2 18 LV9 Not connected ghost LV5 Note Solenoid LV9 is not connected in the system however LV9 is used as a software switch in the Closed Vial Open Vial Predilute and Startup Diluter Tables As altitude increases more pump action is required to create mixing bubbles LV9 informs the software to increase mix bubble pump time when the altitude
384. nsuring that it moves smoothly without binding and that nothing interferes with its travel 2 Manually move the horizontal rack to the WBC bath position and back Ensuring that the horizontal rack moves smoothly without binding by confirming that The motor and sensor wires do not snag on anything The flex cable flows and bends without difficulty e The ribbon tubing has enough play in it for travel to each end of horizontal movement If necessary adjust the traverse and front panel tubing clamps 3 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet Turn the instrument on 1 If the instrument does not perform a startup producing background results initiate a startup 5 Ifno probe position errors are encountered during startup the instrument is ready to be used PN 4237339F 4 8 5 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS 4 8 6 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER 4 9 TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT ACeT diff 2 ANALYZER Purpose Use the procedures in this section to remove and replace the entire Traverse module in an diff 2 analyzer or to disassemble or replace specific components Always begin by doing the Preliminary Steps Use the TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT AC T 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS procedure under Heading 4 8 to disasse
385. nt and instrument rinse lines The numbers displayed are low when reagent is present and high when no reagent air is present The cutpoint is 820 meaning that readings gt 820 trigger a no reagent reading Typically when reagent is present the reading is 100 and when no reagent is present the reading is gt 1500 On the ACeT diff and diff 2 analyzers the signals from the optical sensors in the lytic reagent and instrument rinse lines are routed to digital drivers on the Analyzer card Instead of indicating an analog value Lytic and Clean indicate ON when reagent is present and OFF when reagent is not present Dil Waste and AspSW OVAsp and CVAsp on the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer These are digital sensor indicators on the Voltages Sensors screen for the diluent reservoir sensor Dil the waste container sensor Waste and the aspirate switch AspSW Dil displays ON when diluent is high or trips the sensor in the diluent reservoir e Waste is ON when the two waste sensor electrodes shorted AspSW is ON when the aspirate switch is pressed or closed The ACeT diff 2 analyzer has two aspirate switches one for the open vial position OVAsp and the other for the closed vial position CVAsp For all other conditions these sensors display OFE 7 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU Exit Icons The two icons in the lower right corner are the exit icons The icon on the left resembling a file folder is the
386. nters the VC1 as a stream of droplets LV17 PN 4237339F A 4 3 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION 8 10 diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 4 2 Components behind the Front Door of 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer Continued Reference Figure Designator Reference Component Function DCN 6323083 A 4 1 8 LV16 Angar two way solenoid valve used to apply the low LV16 vacuum 6 in Hg in the vacuum chamber VC1 to the RBC aperture for accumulating count and size data De energized the pathway from VC1 to the RBC aperture is closed Energized the pathway from VC1 to the RBC aperture is open As low vacuum is applied to the RBC aperture dilution is pulled from the RBC bath through the RBC aperture via LV16 and enters the VC1 as a stream of droplets Vacuum applied to the RBC aperture is simultaneously applied to the sweep flow system A 4 1 9 RBC bath Holds the RBC dilution for mixing and for collecting RBC RBC and data May also be referred to as the RBC aperture bath assembly A 4 1 10 Aspirate switch When pressed by the operator initiates a cycle in the selected mode of operation either the Whole Blood mode or Predilute mode A 4 1 11 Probe Input pathway for sample aspiration in the Whole Blood ASP PROBE and Predilute modes Also the input pathway for aspirating a portion of the WBC dilution from the WBC bath for transfer to the RBC bath May also be referred to as
387. nting of the vacuum chamber VC1 De energized atmospheric vent closed Energized vents the top of VC1 to atmosphere when the chamber is draining or during a high vacuum low vacuum transition LV1 A 4 2 8 LV2 Three way solenoid valve used to control the vacuum level going through port 1 to the vacuum chamber VC1 De energized low vacuum 6 in Hg is available at LV2 port 1 Energized high vacuum is available at LV2 port 1 LV2 A 4 2 9 LV3 Three way solenoid valve used to switch the mixing bubbles between the bottom port of the RBC and WBC baths De energized supplies mixing bubbles to the RBC bath Energized supplies mixing bubbles to the WBC bath LV3 A 4 2 10 LV4 Three way solenoid valve used to switch pressure between the WBC bath and LV3 De energized pressure is routed to LV3 Energized pressure is routed to the WBC bath lytic reagent port left side port LV4 A 4 2 11 LV5 Three way solenoid valve used to switch the pressure from the pneumatic pump between atmosphere and LV4 De energized pressure from the pneumatic pump is vented to atmosphere necessary for proper operation of a single head pump when vacuum is being used in the system Energized pressure from pneumatic pump routed to LV4 for creating mixing bubbles LV5 A 4 2 12 Waste rinse pump This peristaltic pump functions as either a waste pump rinse pump depending on
388. ntly being used in AC T Series analyzers the old card with the standard through hole design and the new card with surface mount design Currently both cards will work in any AC T Series analyzer The old through hole card design was used on the 8 10 analyzers and on the original ACeT diff analyzers Unlike the old version of the Display Controller Driver card the new version of the Display Controller Driver card allows the use of reagent management cards from a different manufacturer For this reason when you replace the Display Controller Driver card on an ACeT diff or AC T diff 2 analyzer you should always use the new version of the Display Controller Driver card for the replacement This way if the decision is made to change the vendor for the reagent management card the ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers will be ready for the change Note The new card is designed as drop in replacement and will work in any AC T Series analyzer however if a new Display Controller Driver card is used to replace an old card in an ACeT 8 analyzer the analyzer will still be unable to use reagent management cards from a different manufacturer Current software for the ACeT 8 analyzer does not support this capability and there are no plans to add this capability to its program Table 2 7 6 lists the connectors used on the two versions of the Display Controller Driver card Table 2 7 6 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors
389. o 11 5 V for RAV Readings vary depending on the aperture size Note The AC T diff and diff 2 analyzers tends to give slightly lower readings For example it is common to get readings in the 9 to 10 V range for RAV while the 8 10 analyzer rarely gives a reading 10 0 V 7 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU Vac Vac is the count or low vacuum reading given in inches of mercury The instrument has no indicator for the unregulated pump vacuum To adjust the low vacuum you watch the low vacuum reading as you turn the regulator adjustment knob On the ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers the regulator adjustment knob is located on the upper right front panel behind the Display assembly On the ACeT diff 2 analyzer the regulator adjustment knob is located on the vacuum pump enclosure in the right side compartment The vacuum regulator is a mechanical device so the adjustment does not have to be saved before leaving the Voltages Sensors screen The vacuum transducer used to obtain a vacuum reading on the AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers has a small range of measurement for maximum resolution Any vacuum under the minimum reading shows the minimum reading and any vacuum over the maximum reading shows the maximum reading Current hardware gives a minimum reading of 5 36 in Hg and a maximum reading of 6 5 in Hg These numbers may vary slightly with different hardware implementations but should not change
390. obe wipe housing to VC1 is closed Energized the pathway from the bottom port of the probe wipe housing to the VC1 is open to allow high vacuum to either pull diluent through the housing to clean the outside of the probe or function as a source of air for drying the outside of the probe Also used to vent the top of VC1 to atmosphere when the chamber is draining or during a high vacuum low vacuum transition PN 4237339F A 5 9 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION ACeT diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Components Inside the Pneumatic Compartment of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Figure A 5 3 View Inside the Pneumatic Pump Compartment of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Fluid barrier 0 045 Cover Vacum sensor Vacuum regulator Vacuum adjust knob 12 inches red striped tubing LV5 LV4 LV8 LV2 Vacuum port Pneumatic pump Exhaust port Pump Motor Filter card Pressure port 7339129F ASF Thomas Pump A 5 10 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 5 4 Components Inside the Pneumatic Pump Compartment of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Figure Reference Component Function Reference Designator DCN 6323266 5 3 1 Fluid barrier 0 045 p filter barrier placed between the vacuum chamber VC1 and LV2 protects the vacuum components from fluid exposure FB1
391. of doing M20 DCHC If you are using probe functions direction of travel is determined by the needs of the system during normal instrument cycles Some functions may generate error messages if the position of the probe before initiating the function is ignored For example during a normal instrument cycle the probe always goes to the RBC bath position from the WBC bath never from the aspirate position The direction of travel is left If you initiate function M8 PRB while at the aspirate position the probe moves left Since the probe is already at its left most position and the RBC bath position is to the right you drive the traverse housing against the left mechanical stop never get to the RBC bath and generate fatal error 11 Starting with ACeT 8 10 analyzer Software Version 1 04 the Motors screen also displays the states of the sensors associated with the stepper motors This allows you to move a motor and check the sensor state without going back to the Voltages Sensors screen On the ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers the syringe sensor is the simplest It is a single sensor that displays ON when the syringe is at the top position and displays OFF when the syringe is not at the top position The horizontal and vertical traverse sensors are actually double sensors where the binary state is used to determine a horizontal or vertical position The Motors screen displays the probe position rather than the individual sensor state 7
392. of latching mechanism 2852417 8 2 3 21 on current AC T diff 2 analyzers Screw countersink 26 32 x 0 25 in 2806104 8 2 3 13 8 2 8 Screw flat head 76 32 x 0 38 in black 2806137 8 2 5 12 8 24 8 8 2 4 11 Screw hex post 44 40 for Analyzer card mount AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024645 Screw latch shoulder CP part of latching mechanism on current AC T diff 2 analyzers 1024876 8 2 3 20 Screw pan head 4 40 x 0 25 in 2852223 8 2 11 8 Screw pan head 94 40 x 0 25 in traverse motor mount 8 10 and ACeT diff 2804005 8 210 12 analyzers Screw pan head 24 40 x 1 25 in 2804036 8 2 4 13 Screw pan head 4 40 x 1 50 in 2804082 8 2 7 18 Screw pan head 24 40 x 1 75 in 2852303 8 2 14 7 8 2 15 7 Screw pan head 76 32 x 0 19 in 2806005 8 2 12 17 Screw pan head 76 32 x 1 0 in 2806117 8 2 5 13 8 2 6 16 Screw pan head 8 32 x 0 50 in 2808038 8 2 12 13 Screw pan head 78 32 x 1 50 in 2808072 8 2 11 16 Screw head 5 5 4 40 x 0 31 in 2852224 8 2 7 3 8 2 11 9 8 2 12 3 8 2 14 8 8 2 15 8 4237339 8 1 11 8 PARTS LISTS MASTER PARTS LIST Table 8 1 2 Fasteners Fittings and Miscellaneous Hardware Continued Description Part Number Figure Item Screw pan head SEMS 4 40 x 0 38 in 2852218 8 222 14 8 2 4 9 8 2 10 9 Screw pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 38 in black 2852300 8 2 2 13 8 2 3 17 8 2 9 15 Screw pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 50
393. of tubes with different diameters Tubes too small for this holder can be accommodated using an adapter Figure 2 3 3 illustrates the main components PN 4237339F A 5 3 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION ACeT diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 5 2 Components behind the Front Door of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Continued Figure Reference Component Function Reference Designator DCN 6323266 A 5 1 4 Vacuum chamber Distributes low vacuum 6 in Hg to pull dilution through the aperture in both baths and sweep flow diluent through the sweep flow line behind the RBC aperture Also provides the high vacuum needed for scavenging the sweep flow line behind the RBC bath and for cleansing and drying the probe inside the probe wipe housing Also acts as a holding chamber for the waste that accumulates during these count scavenge and cleaning functions May also be referred to as a vacuum isolator chamber VC1 or VAC ISLR CHMBR A 5 1 5 Hgb assembly Hgb lamp and preamp provide the hemoglobin blank and sample readings needed to calculate the Hgb result 5 1 6 LV17 Two way solenoid valve used to apply the low vacuum 6 in Hg in the vacuum chamber VC1 to the WBC aperture for accumulating count and size data De energized the pathway from VC1 to the WBC aperture is closed Energized the pathway from VC1 to the WBC aperture is open As low vacuum is applied to the WBC aper
394. oid Drivers and Related Components TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzer ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Solenoid Driver No Component Function Component Function 1 LV1 VIC vent select Rinse pump motor 2 LV2 High vacuum enable LV2 High vacuum enable 3 LV3 WBC air mix select LV3 WBC air mix select 4 LV4 Lytic reagent air mix select LV4 Lytic reagent air mix select 5 LV5 Air mix enable LV5 Air mix enable 6 Spare Waste pump motor 7 LV7 RBC bath diluent select LV7 VIC drain enable 8 LV8 Probe wipe waste select LV8 Probe wipe waste select 9 LV9 Lytic reagent dispense LV9 Not connected enable ghost LV5 10 LV10 Probe wash diluent select LV10 Probe wash diluent select 11 LV11 Bath diluent select LV11 WBC bath diluent select 12 LV12 Syringe diluent select LV12 WBC bath drain select 13 LV13 Cleaner select LV13 Diluent reservoir fill select 14 LV14 WBC bath drain select LV14 Spare 15 LV15 VIC drain select LV15 RBC bath drain select 16 LV16 RBC count LV16 RBC count 17 LV17 WBC count LV17 WBC count 18 N A LV18 Cleaner select 19 N A Diluent pump motor 20 N A Rear panel fan motor 21 N A N A 22 N A LV22 Spare 23 Vacuum Vacuum pump pump motor motor Solenoid LV9 is not connected in the system however LV9 is used as a software switch in the Closed Vial Open Vial Predilute and Startup Diluter Tables As altitude increases more pum
395. on For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 10 All Probe did not reach WBC position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 11 All Probe did not reach RBC position For details see Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 12 AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers Syringe did not reach up position For details see Syringe Did Not 7 2 0 Reach Leave Up Position Errors 12 and 13 8 10 AC T diff Analyzers diff 2 analyzer Diluent pump did not see home sensor For details see Diluent Sample and Lyse Pump Not Home Errors 12 20 and 21 ACsT diff 2 Analyzer PN 4237339F TROUBLESHOOTING v TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES Table 7 2 2 Fatal Error Messages Numbers Continued Error No Icon Instrument Description 13 ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers Syringe did not leave up position For details see Syringe Did Not Reach Leave Up Position Errors 12 and 13 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers 14 ACeT 8 analyzers Software Valve error For details see Valve Error 14 Version 1 03 16 12C communication failure For details see 12C Communication Failure Error 16 17 ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers Steps missing syringe motor For details see Steps Missing Syringe Motor Error 17 8 10 and diff Analyzers 19 ACeT diff 2 analyzer Probe did not reach open vial position For details
396. on Criteria 7 1 16 WBC Clog Detection Criteria 7 1 17 Motors Screen 7 1 17 Pulse Test AC T 8 10 Analyzer 7 1 22 Pulse Test diff and ACeT diff 2 Analyzers 7 1 22 Latex Calibration 7 1 22 Cycle Counter 7 1 24 Prepare to Ship 7 1 24 TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES 7 2 1 Warning Non Fatal Error Messages Icons 7 2 1 Fatal Error Messages Numbers 7 2 2 Service Bypass 7 2 3 Extended Fatal Error Descriptions 7 2 4 PCMCIA Error 1 7 2 4 DVM Error 3 7 2 4 Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19 7 2 5 Syringe Did Not Reach Leave Up Position Errors 12 and 13 AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers 7 2 6 Valve Error 14 7 2 7 Communication Failure Error 16 7 2 7 Steps Missing Syringe Motor Error 17 AC T 8 10 diff Analyzers 7 2 7 Diluent Sample and Lyse Pump Not Home Errors 12 20 and 21 diff 2 Analyzer 7 2 8 Diluent Level Error During Powerup 7 2 8 Vacuum Error 7 2 8 TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS 7 3 1 Purpose 7 3 1 Flow Voltage Pulse Width 7 3 1 Description 7 3 1 Measuring Pulse Widths 8 10 Analyzer 7 3 1 Measuring Pulse Widths ACeT diff and diff 2 Analyzers 7 3 1 Factors Affecting Pulse Widths 7 3 2 WBC RBC Ratios and WBC RBC Ratio CVs 7 3 3 WAV RAV AVR 7 3 4 TROUBLESHOOTING AC T 8 10 AND ACeT diff ANALYZER SPECIFIC PROBLEMS 7 4 1 xiii CONTENTS xiv PARTS LISTS 8 1 1 8 1 8 2 MASTER PARTS LIST 8 1 1
397. on of Controls and Indicators C 1 2 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer DIP Switch Settings for SW1 C 1 2 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer International Character Sets DIP Switch Settings for SW1 2 through SW1 4 C 1 2 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Specifications C 2 1 Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Function Status of Controls and Indicators C 2 2 14 LED Printer Specifications C 3 1 Approved Menu Settings Printed Using the Front Panel C 3 2 Approved Menu Settings Printed from the Installation Software Print Menu C 3 3 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer Operator Panel Lights Reference C 3 4 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION 1 TOLERANCES AND LIMITS Analyzer Card Voltage Limits PN 4237339F Table A 1 1 Analyzer Card ACeT 8 10 Analyzer Voltage Limits 15 RF 2 Positive lead C66 Voltage Test Point 15 14 5 7 32 Table A 1 2 Analyzer Card ACeT diff Analyzer Voltage Limits Voltage Acceptable Range Test Point EIL ms Table A 1 3 Analyzer Card ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Voltage Limits Acceptable Range If 8 V reference 3 X4 OFF new vacuum transducer If 415 V reference 3 X4 old vacuum transducer Voltage Test Point 8 10 J184 Pin 1 VACRF S10A J18A Pin 1 Clog Detection Target Value Table A 1 4 Target Acceptance Criteria Parameter Acceptable Range WBC count CV x3 096 RBC count
398. on of large valves AC T diff 2 analyzer 2 3 17 large valves used on diff 2 analyzer A 5 1 small valves used AC T 8 10 diff analyzers A 4 1 Biohazards Safety Guide 1 2 1 biological hazards 1 2 1 1 field on Sample Details screen AC T 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 12 Blank2 field on Sample Details screen 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 12 block probe wipe See probe wipe housing boards circuit See cards circuit bottom sense function ACeT diff 2 analyzer aspiration pierce 2 3 8 aspiration pierce illustration of components 2 3 8 components identification of 2 3 7 components location illustration 2 3 7 purpose 2 3 7 spring tension 2 3 8 vent pierce 2 3 7 bubbles mixing See mixing bubbles busy state definition 2 9 1 C cables coaxial connections to Analyzer card 4 10 1 part numbers 8 1 1 calibration factors storage 4 4 1 Canon printer See Printer Canon cap pierce door disassembly 4 17 1 INDEX 3 INDEX disassembly illustration 4 17 5 location illustration diff 2 analyzer 2 1 2 used as aspirate switch 2 1 1 cap pierce door motor diff 2 analyzer function A 5 3 location illustration A 5 3 Cap Pierce module component in the Traverse module diff 2 analyzer 2 3 1 component part numbers 8 2 23 description 2 3 4 disassembling replacement procedure verification 4 17 9 disassembling replacement procedure
399. onnection is secured finger tighten by grasping the vertical rack 1 with one hand and tightening the knurled probe retainer 2 with the other When complete the aspirate port should be facing you and the short probe flange should still be visible and centered in the traverse housing window Note The probe retainer will thread onto the probe even when the probe is not properly fitted into the notch at the bottom of the vertical rack as detailed in step 7 so using the flange and the probe s aspirate port as guides for proper alignment is important to ensure proper operation PN 4237339F 10 11 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER Check the tubing attached to the probe wipe housing ports If needed e Connect black striped tubing which is used to provide diluent from LV10 for the probe wash to the top port Connect yellow striped tubing which is used to route waste through LV8 to the vacuum isolator chamber to the bottom port With the probe wipe housing retaining groove up and its fittings facing the rear slide the probe wipe housing block 3 onto the probe Secure the probe wipe housing block by inserting the retaining clip through the side openings near the bottom of the traverse housing The clip should snap around the retaining groove etched near the top of the probe wipe housing block Figure 4 9 5 1 Verify the instrument is working correctly Go to Verifi
400. ooting 7 4 1 processor circuitry 2 5 2 voteout criteria 7 1 12 RBC aperture voltage See RAV RBC aperture bath assembly draining 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 9 draining ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 16 function in aperture sensor system AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 8 function in aperture sensor system ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 15 function in pneumatic system 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 8 function in waste and cleaner system 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 9 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 probe position in Traverse module AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 1 See also aperture bath assembly RBC bath function AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 4 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 2 PN 4237339F location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 RBC CV field on Sample Details screen diff analyzer description 7 1 15 RBC Measured field on Sample Details screen AC T diff analyzer description 7 1 15 RBC Ratio CV field on Sample Details screen AC T diff analyzer description 7 1 16 ready state definition 2 9 1 ready to ship state definition 2 9 1 reagent pickup tube 1 function AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 10 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 13 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 10 locat
401. optical sensor An inline fluid sensor placed in the tubing from the cleaning reagent source to ensure cleaning reagent is present FS3 A 4 2 23 Vacuum transducer Monitors the low vacuum supply in VC1 prior to energizing count solenoids VL16 and VL17 to verify the proper level of low vacuum 6 in Hg is available for collecting count data May also be referred to as the vacuum sensor VAC XDCR PN 4237339F A 4 9 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION 8 10 diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Components Inside the Left Compartment of ACeT 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer Figure A 4 3 View Inside the Left Compartment of 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer Fon Pneumatic pump Table A 4 4 Components Inside the Left Compartment of ACeT 8 10 or A eT diff Analyzer Connection for reagent pickup tube 1 Connection for reagent pickup tube 2 Connection for reagent pickup tube 3 7339125F Reference Figure Designator Reference Component Function DCN 6323083 A 4 3 1 Connection for reagent Connects the diluent reagent supply to the analyzer pickup tube 1 e Reagent 1 of the ACeT Tainer or diff AC T Tainer reagents e Reagent 1 of the Pak reagents 4 3 2 Connection for reagent Connects the lytic reagent supply to the analyzer pickup tube 2 e Reagent 2 of the Tainer or diff AC T T
402. or LV12 Vacuum adjust knob LV18 Vacuum pump compartment Diluent reservoir Diluent pump reservoir fill Waste pump Foam trap Rinse pump LV7 LV15 LV8 1 2 3 Table A 5 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an A eT diff 2 Analyzer 7339127F Reference Designator Figure DCN Reference Component Function 6323266 A 5 2 1 Sample pump 50 uL FMI pump is capable of aspirating different volumes SAMPLE depending on the mode of operation and pump e 18 uL of whole blood is aspirated when using the symbol Whole Blood mode of operation 50 uL of whole blood is aspirated when using the Predilute mode of operation Used to deliver diluent as well as sample through the probe May also be referred to as the aspirate pump A 5 2 2 Diluent pump 100 uL FMI pump dispenses different volumes of diluent as DILUENT required in the cycle for prefilling the baths and then and pump providing the proper volume of diluent for making the final symbol WBC and RBC dilutions This pump also provides the diluent needed for rinsing the WBC and RBC baths and for washing the outside of the probe A 5 6 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 5 3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an A eT diff 2 Analyzer Continued Figure
403. or 1 05 2 8 12 volume of lytic reagent used 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 4 aspirate probe component in the Traverse module diff 2 analyzer 2 3 1 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 5 aspirate probe See probe aspirate pump See sample pump aspirate switch cap pierce door See cap pierce door conditions that turn ON its indicator 7 1 5 digital sensor indicator 7 1 5 function 2 1 1 function AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 4 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 location illustration 8 2 24 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 1 2 A 4 2 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 1 2 A 5 3 part number 8 1 6 8 2 25 two digital sensor indicators on the ACeT diff 2 analyzer 7 1 5 aspiration pump See sample pump aspiration syringe ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers function 4 8 volume A 4 8 AspSW field on Voltages Sensors screen description 7 1 5 ATTENTION definition 1 1 6 audience requirements of 1 1 4 AVR AVG field on Sample Details screen 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 10 AVR Measured field on Sample Details screen AC T diff analyzer description 7 1 16 PN 4237339F INDEX AVR RM field on Sample Details screen AC T 8 10 analyzer description 7 1 10 background high results troubleshooting 7 4 1 baths See aperture bath assembly belt horizontal drive See horizontal drive belt Bio Chem solenoid pinch valves functi
404. or of the diff 2 analyzer see Opening the AC T diff 2 Analyzer s Front Door under Heading 4 2 Figure 4 4 1 Removing the Software Flash Memory Card 4 ol ut 5 7339089 access the Analyzer card Figure 4 4 2 remove the cover and rear panel as directed in the procedure for Removing the AC T 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers Top Cover and Rear Panel or for Removing the AC T diff 2 Analyzers Top and Rear Center Cover under Heading 4 2 4 4 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT Figure 4 4 2 Disconnecting the Analyzer Card Software Analyzer card Flash Memory card slot Display assembly cable Traverse module Hgb lamp J9 Hgb preamp connector J10 WBC preamp Preamp shield Preamp ground RBC preamp lug connector 7339014E 5 Disconnect the cable connectors and the preamp ground from the Analyzer card Note If any connectors or wires are not labeled especially solenoid wires label them before disconnecting them a the top right corner of the Analyzer card Figure 4 4 2 disconnect the solenoid motor sensor dc and pneumatic pump connectors For the exact locations of these connectors refer to Figure A 2 1 Analyzer Card Component Locations 8 10 Analyzers Figure A 2 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations AC T diff Analyzer or Figure A 2 3 Analyzer Card Component Locations AC T diff 2 Analyzer
405. ottom seeking optical sensor located inside the cap pierce housing Specimen tube with false bottom inside the tube holder assembly 4 As stated earlier the door closed position sensor acts as an aspirate switch when interrupted by the Cap pierce door closed position flag door closed Tube bottom Note For more information about initiating a seeking flag cycle in this section see Starting the Cycle Once the cycle is initiated the probe makes its first pierce to vent the specimen tube This process does not differ with the type of specimen tube It is the probe movement for the aspiration pierce that differs with these special tubes Figure 2 3 7 illustrates the status of these key components when the vent pierce is complete Tube bottom seeking optical sensor Spring 7339138E Note For more information about venting the specimen tube in this section see Vent Pierce PN 4237339 2 3 7 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Figure 2 3 8 Aspiration Pierce Using Bottom Sensing Aspiration Pierce Using Bottom Sensing right side view Refer to Figure 2 3 8 Flag When the probe pierces the tubes cap the second time for aspiration the probe makes contact with the bottom of the specimen tube before the flag on the probe reaches the bottom optical sensor on the Traverse Interconnect card this is the sensor that generally stops downward probe movement during aspiration
406. ou tighten the display to the shield in step 8 e Tighten the two lower screws Tighten the four screws attaching the Display assembly to the shield On an ACT diff 2 analyzer connect the power LED connector P64 to J64 on the Display Controller Driver card Reattach and tighten the chassis ground strap Figure 4 5 1 Connect the reagent management card reader flex cable to J66 Figure 4 5 2 on the Display Controller Driver card a Without pushing in the top portion of J66 insert the reagent management card reader flex cable as far as it will go into the connector slot b Using needle nose pliers apply even force to both ends of the connector pushing against the top portion of J66 while keeping the reagent management card reader flex cable in place c Ensure the top portion of J66 is snug against the base of J66 Reconnect P61 Figure 4 5 1 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet Verification 1 2 Turn the instrument on I Ensure that the green power on LED lights As the instrument boots up watch to see if the LCD backlights and then watch the screen to see if the Beckman Coulter copyright message is displayed When the instrument status is ready move through all the menu items touching each one and ensuring you have full touch screen control a Using all numerals in the Sample Results ID entry screen will test a large portion of screen b While using the touch screen list
407. ovement 2 6859756 Clamp tubing traverse 3 6706753 Card Traverse Interconnect 4 6002022 Cable Traverse module flex 5 2527827 Belt traverse horizontal drive 6 6806491 Motor traverse horizontal motion 7 2852093 Screw self lock pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 38 8 2852223 Screw pan head 24 40 x 0 25 in for clamp 6859756 9 2852224 Screw pan head SEMS 74 40 x 0 31 in 10 6706321 Housing traverse guide 11 6806614 Rack traverse vertical drive 12 6807013 Housing probe wipe 13 6805948 Probe aspirate 14 1022827 Clip probe wipe housing 15 6806502 Housing traverse molded 16 2808072 Screw pan head 78 32 x 1 50 in 17 2523815 Spring traverse belt tensioner 18 6806496 Sensor optical horizontal position 19 2852100 Screw shoulder 78 32 x 0 188 in 20 2827148 Washer flat 8 21 2527743 Gear traverse belt tensioner 22 1024022 Rack traverse horizontal motion 23 1024158 Retainer probe PN 4237339F 8 2 21 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 12 Cap Pierce Module Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Table 8 2 12 7339108E 8 2 22 PN 4237339F PARTS LISTS 8 ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 12 Cap Pierce Module Components ACeT diff 2 Analyzers See Figure 8 2 12 Item Part Number Description 1 6806481 Housing cap pierce 2 6806615 Holder tube 3 2852224 Screw pan head SEMS 4 40 x 0 31 4 6806496 Sensor optical door closed position upper sensor mounted
408. ow vacuum adjustment diff 2 analyzer 4 7 7 vacuum adjust knob function diff 2 analyzer A 5 11 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 2 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 A 5 10 making a low vacuum adjustment diff 2 analyzer A 5 11 vacuum chamber function 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 3 function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 4 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 2 location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 3 See also 1 vacuum isolator chamber See vacuum chamber vacuum port function diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 vacuum pump See pneumatic pump vacuum regulator function AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 11 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 vacuum sensor function AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 11 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 6 A 5 10 See also vacuum transducer vacuum transducer function AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 4 9 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 5 See also vacuum sensor INDEX 23 INDEX valves Bio Chem See Bio Chem solenoid pinch valves 2 3 17 check See check valves part numbers 8 1 7 pinch Bio Chem See Bio Chem solenoid pinch valves 2 3 17 solenoid See solenoids component in aperture sensor system 8 10 and AC T
409. p action is required to create mixing bubbles LV9 informs the software to increase mix bubble pump time when the altitude setting requires it LV5 still creates the mixing bubbles but is held open for a longer time 7 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU Verify Predilute Screen Many problems encountered using the Predilute mode are sample or dilution technique related rather than instrument related This function is used to verify instrument operation in the Predilute mode To verify instrument operation obtain a whole blood specimen or whole blood control and use the Verify Predilute function to create one or more prediluted samples Using blood collected in a tube eliminates many sample problems such as tissue debris Using the instrument to make dilutions rather than capillary fingerstick pipettes provides consistent and accurate dilutions from sample to sample Refer to Heading 4 12 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT ACeT diff AND ACeT diff 2 ANALYZERS When the Verify Predilute function is entered a cleanup cycle is performed to ensure that the instrument is ready to make a dilution Software Version 1 03 for the 8 analyzer allows only one dilution to be made Software Version 1 04 for the 8 10 analyzer and the software for the ACeT diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers allow many dilutions to be made before exiting the Verify Predilute function Sample Details Screen ACeT 8 10 Analyzer IMPORTANT Reporting results from the
410. p cover and rear panel as directed in Installation AC T 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers or Installation AC T diff 2 Analyzer under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS Plug the power line cord into the ac wall outlet and turn the instrument on D Cycle a sample of air and verify the directly measured parameter results are zero and the histograms on the diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers have no populations or spikes Ifthe test passed the problem is probably in the pneumatic hydraulic system Ifthe test failed the problem is probably in the electronic system possibly a malfunction of the Analyzer card or the Power Supply module Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet Remove the top cover and rear panel to access the Analyzer card 10 On the Analyzer card a Disconnect the Coax Load Cable Assemblies from 7 and J8 b Reconnect the RBC and WBC aperture cables to J7 and J8 respectively 11 Troubleshoot and correct the problem When you are finished a Reinstall the top cover and rear panel b Plug the power line cord into the ac wall outlet and turn the instrument on I 4 22 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PREAMP DUMMY LOAD TEST 4 22 2 PN 4237339F CONTENTS 5 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 5 1 1 5 1 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 5 1 1 TABLES 5 1 1 Recommended Maintenance Schedule 8 10 and diff Ana
411. panel ACT diff 2 analyzer 1024447 8 23 7 Clamp cable front panel molded AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024447 512 2080 Eli Clamp cap pierce door AC T diff 2 analyzer 1024496 8 2 12 7 Clamp ribbon cable Display assembly 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6027373 ee e Clamp tie wrap releasable 4 0 x 10 w for fastening foam trap to mount ACeT diff 2 6028917 analyzer Clamp tie wrap releaseable for fastening vacuum chamber to mount 6029001 8 2 14 12 8 2 15 12 Clamp tubing front panel AC T diff 2 analyzer 6806595 8 2 3 13 8 1 8 PN 4237339 PARTS LISTS 8 MASTER PARTS LIST Table 8 1 2 Fasteners Fittings and Miscellaneous Hardware Continued Description Part Number Figure Item Clamp tubing traverse AC T diff 2 analyzer 6859756 8 2 11 2 Clip probe wipe housing 1022827 8 2 10 16 8 2 11 14 Connector 12 pin P5 on Power Supply module AC T diff analyzer 2121892 8 2 9 12 Connector 1 pin 2121410 8 2 9 8 Connector 9 pin P5 on Power Supply module 8 10 analyzer 2121695 8 2 9 12 Connector card reader flex cable part of Display Controller Driver card 2121952 8 2 4 21 Fastener adhesive back cable clamp 0 375 x 0 500 in 6027571 Fastener barbed for vacuum transducer push in fastener 2851884 Fastener LED panel mount 8 10 and diff analyzers 2838063 8 2 4 22 Fastener nut for bulkhead Luer fitting 6232382 8 2 9 1 Fastener nylon panel mount cable cla
412. place by the top four screws Remove the Cap Pierce module 5 Ifreplacing the entire Cap Pierce module go to the Cap Pierce Module Installation procedure 6 If disassembling and removing a component from the Cap Pierce module To replace the motor or disassemble the cap pierce door go to the Cap Pierce Motor Removal procedure To replace the front door safety latch go to the Front Door Safety Latch Removal procedure 4 17 2 PN 4237339F 4237339 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES 4 CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER Cap Pierce Motor Removal Note You can remove the cap pierce motor without removing the Cap Pierce module 1 3 If the Cap Pierce module is still on the instrument disconnect the cap pierce motor a Open the right side door of the instrument b Intheright compartment disconnect the cap pierce door motor cable connector P25 from the inline connector J25 and free the cable from any cable clamps Figure 4 17 2 Remove the four screws that attach the cap pierce motor bracket to the Cap Pierce module base bracket Figure 4 17 2 Remove the four screws that attach the cap pierce motor to its bracket Figure 4 17 2 Figure 4 17 2 Removing the Cap Pierce Motor P25 J25 7339102E Remove the cap pierce motor If replacing the cap pierce motor go to the Cap Pierce Motor Installation procedure If disassembling the cap p
413. place the choke in the assembly with a new choke eo Attach the tubing choke assembly to the IN A port on the pumps pressure head a Bind the choke and muffler lines together with a tie wrap Note Restricting the position of the choke prevents it from being obstructed by the foam on the underside of the pumps cover Figure 4 7 3 KNF Dual Head Pump with Muffler and Choke Installed Grommet 7339151F Choke Muffler Connect the pumps tubing The tubing that adapts to the smaller green stripe tubing is the vacuum line Connect it to the IN port on the vacuum head The larger tubing is the pressure tubing Connect it to the OUT v port on the pressure head Refer to Figure 4 7 2 Secure the pneumatic pump to the instrument a Place the pump in position b Secure the pump with its bracket fastening the bracket to the two captive studs with hex nuts Connect the pumps cable to the cable on the Pump Motor Filter card If you have reason to question pump operation perform pneumatic pump Verification at the end of this section before installing the pump cover Reinstall the pneumatic pump cover being careful not to pinch any tubing Go to Verification PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER Pneumatic Pump Upgrade to KNF Dual Hea
414. play Controller Driver card Figure 2 7 1 The touch screen and LCD are purchased components while the Display Controller Driver card is designed in house Figure 2 7 1 Display Assembly Components Chassis ground Power on LED cable 4 A Touch screen cable X1 to X4 Daughter Display Controller 7339017 or Driver card PN 4237339F 27 1 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DISPLAY ASSEMBLY 2 1 2 Touch Screen An 8 row x 8 column digital resistive touch screen provides system input Table 2 7 1 lists the general specifications for the touch screen Table 2 7 1 Touch Screen Specifications Specification Actuation force 40 to 80 g Mechanical life 6 million cycles Contact resistance open 20 MO Contact resistance closed 10 to 30 Operating voltage 5V Operating current 5 mA Flex cables connect the rows and columns displayed as a grid to the Display Controller Driver card at connector J63 To connect the touch screen to the Display Controller Driver card locate the grid on the back of the touch screen and follow the pinouts on Table 2 7 2 The grid is displayed in rows and columns The columns correspond to the front flex cable and the rows to the back flex cable Table 2 7 2 Touch Screen Connections to Display Controller Driver Card Columns Rows Pin Front Flex Cable Destination Pin J63 Back Flex Cable Destination Pin J63 1 1 2 2 3 3
415. ply 1000 V The Display Controller Driver card is an interface between the front door components and the Analyzer card The Display Controller Driver card e Receives power from the Analyzer card and distributes the power to the display the power on LED J64 P64 and the reagent management card reader Receives display data from the Analyzer card and uses the display data to control the display Receives input data from the touch screen and forwards it to the Analyzer card e Provides a two way communication path between the reagent management card reader and the Analyzer card Major components of the Display Controller Driver card include A buzzer BZ1 that provides sound for touch screen keypress response 2 7 3 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DISPLAY ASSEMBLY 2 7 4 high voltage daughter board for LCD backlighting which converts 24 Vdc to 1000 Vac It is bolted onto the Display Controller Driver card and has two connectors CNI and CN2 receives power from the Display Controller Driver main card and CN2 feeds high voltage to the LCD The U5 microcontroller an 87C51 chip that manages the touch screen input The U6 display driver chip that drives the graphics LCD screen The U7 memory used for the display by the display controller The interface between the Display controller Driver card and the Analyzer card is through connector J61 The pins and functions of J61 are detailed in Table 2 7 5 Ta
416. ply Exhaust from a single head pneumatic pump or pressure from a dual head pneumatic pump is used as the mixing bubble air supply These air bubbles pass through the sample dilution inside each bath and mix the dilution to ensure the particle suspension is uniform throughout the bath LV5 switches the pressure between atmosphere and the mixing bubble path Figure 2 2 6 The alternate energizing and de energizing of LV5 breaks up the air flow and creates the individual bubbles 2 2 1 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS Figure 2 2 6 Pneumatic System in ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Pressure Components and Flow Lytic reagent 4 Pneumatic pump 7339044F Solenoids LV3 and LV4 control the path for the mixing bubbles LV4 switches the air path between the WBC bath lytic reagent side port and LV3 LV3 switches the mixing bubbles between the bottom ports of the RBC and WBC baths The alternate energizing and de energizing of LV5 provides the bubble rate Check valves are used in all three mixing bubble paths to ensure that liquid from the bath does not migrate into the pneumatic system At the completion of mixing an air gap remains This air gap electrically isolates the reagent systems from the dilution in the bath that is about to be counted Aperture Sensor System The aperture sensor system is responsible for sample analysis It consists of e An RBC and a WBC bath and aperture
417. position sensor 3 conductor J22 15 WM15 Center rear Sensor 15 closed vial horizontal position sensor 3 conductor J23 16 WM16 Center rear Sensor 16 RBC bath horizontal position sensor 3 conductor J24 M5 WM5 Top rear Motor 5 sample FMI pump 5 conductor J25 M6 WM25 Top rear Motor 6 closed vial station door motor 5 conductor J26 M1 WM1 Top rear Motor 1 lyse FMI pump motor 5 conductor J27 M2 WM2 Top rear Motor 2 diluent FMI pump motor 5 conductor J28 58 WM8 Center rear Sensor 8 open vial station aspirate switch 3 conductor J29 J29 P29 Top front Flash Memory card 68 conductor J30 J30 P30 Center front Display assembly ribbon cable 26 conductor A 2 10 PN 4237339F CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A Table A 2 6 Analyzer Card Connectors ACeT diff 2 Analyzer See Figure A 2 3 Continued Reference Designator Card DCN 6323409 Label Plug Location Description J31 LV1 WM1 Top rear upper row Rinse pump J32 LV2 WM2 Top rear upper row Solenoid 2 2 conductor J33 LV3 WM3 Top rear upper row Solenoid 3 2 conductor J34 LV4 WM4 Top rear upper row Solenoid 4 2 conductor J35 LV5 WM5 Top rear upper row Solenoid 5 2 conductor J36 LV6 WM6 Top rear upper row Waste pump J37 LV7 WM7 Top rear upperrow Solenoid 7 2 conductor J38 LV8 WM8 Top rear upper row Solenoid 8
418. printer cable It uses a straight DB25 pin to DB25 pin cable OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer The OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer is shipped configured for use with the AC T Series instruments and cannot be easily reconfigured in the field In case it does become essential to reconfigure this Printer in the field however the procedure Configuring the Printer and associated tables of settings are supplied under Heading C 3 OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER Printer Setup Procedure 1 Remove the Printer from the box and place it on the countertop next to the instrument 2 Connect the end of the Printer cable labeled Centronic connector to the Printer rear parallel port connector and secure the connection using the Printer spring clips 3 2 5 3 OPTIONAL PRINTERS OPTIONAL PRINTERS 3 2 6 4 Connect the end of the Printer cable labeled P2 DB 25 connector to the back of the instrument next to the Printer symbol and secure the connection by tightening the two screws Press the Printer cover release button and lift the cover ATTENTION For steps 5 through 12 refer to the supplied Quick Start Guide 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1T 18 19 Lift out the image drum cartridge Do not touch the drums green surface or remove the sponge at this time Without turning the drum cartridge over remove the protective paper from the image drum Reinstall the cartridge in the Printer Remove the sponge Unwrap the toner ca
419. procedure is more accurate if performed at the normal operating temperature of the instrument During sample analysis the Target values are scaled according to the temperature of the reagent in the diluent reservoir 1 Ensure the apertures are clean If protein buildup is suspected bleach the apertures as directed under Clean Bleach the Baths in the Operators Guide Section 6 Service and Maintenance Run the first specimen or the 4C PLUS Normal cell control Print the Sample Details screen or from the Sample Details screen record the WBC RBC AVR Measured WBC Measured and RBC Measured values Repeat step 3 above until you have ten values Note If using 4C PLUS Normal cell control cycle the control ten times If using five normal fresh blood specimens cycle each blood twice If using ten normal fresh blood specimens cycle each blood once Calculate the Mean value of the ten runs for WBC RBC AVR Measured WBC Measured and RBC Measured Ifyou used normal fresh blood specimens the Mean values for AVR Measured WBC Measured and RBC Measured are the new Target values e Ifyou used 4C PLUS Normal cell control multiply the Mean values for AVR Measured WBC Measured and RBC Measured by the values below to obtain the new Target values gt Mean value of AVR Measured x 0 98 new Target value gt Mean value of WBC Measured x 1 05 new Target value gt Mean value of RBC Measured x 1 02 new Target value
420. protruding above the clamp c Feed the tubing into the top of the rack and through to the bottom of the traverse housing 11 Install the aspirate probe Figure 4 8 1 Apply a small amount of silicon lubricant onto the probe mounting O ring b Attach the probe to the aspirate tubing c Push the probe up until it pushes the vertical rack up Holding the vertical rack with one hand and the probe with the other hand push the probe into the vertical rack 12 Install the probe wipe housing Figure 4 8 1 a Slide the probe wipe housing onto the bottom of the probe with the slotted end up and the fitting at the back b Move the probe wipe housing and the probe up into the traverse housing c At the front fasten the probe wipe housing in place using the wire clip 13 Attach the probe wipe tubing Figure 4 8 1 The middle tube in the tubing ribbon connects to the top fitting The larger outside non aspirate tubing connects to the bottom fitting 14 Place the tubing ribbon into its retaining clamp at the back of the traverse housing The tubing ribbon runs along the front panel from the right runs behind the traverse housing and then loops back to the traverse housing Slide it down into its retaining clamp near the split of the three tubings PN 4237339F SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES 4 TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS Verification 1 Manually move the probe up and down e
421. pull dilution through the aperture in both baths and sweep flow diluent through the sweep flow line behind the RBC aperture Also provides the high vacuum needed for scavenging the sweep flow line behind the RBC bath and for cleansing and drying the probe inside the probe wipe housing Also acts as a holding chamber for the waste that accumulates during these count scavenge and cleaning functions May also be referred to as a vacuum isolator chamber VC1 or VAC ISLR CHMBR A 4 1 4 Hgb assembly Hgb lamp and preamp provide the hemoglobin blank and sample readings needed to calculate the Hgb result 4 1 5 Sweep flow spool Tubing wound around a spool that acts as a choke to regulate diluent delivery through the sweep flow line behind the RBC aperture CK2 A 4 1 6 WBC bath Holds the WBC dilution for mixing and for collecting WBC and Hgb data including differential data if the analyzer is an ACsT diff analyzer May also be referred to as the WBC aperture bath assembly WBC 4 1 7 LV17 Angar two way solenoid valve used to apply the low vacuum 6 in Hg in the vacuum chamber VC1 to the WBC aperture for accumulating count and size data De energized the pathway from VC1 to the WBC aperture is closed Energized the pathway from VC1 to the WBC aperture is open As low vacuum is applied to the WBC aperture dilution is pulled from the WBC bath through the WBC aperture via LV17 and e
422. pulses are added to the beginning of the circuit where the ELECTRODE signal enters In addition to the RBC parameter the RBC Processor circuitry must produce an MCV parameter Peak Detector Inverter and MCV Integrator circuits make up the MCV circuitry The Peak Detector circuit uses the Dc Restorer circuits output This circuit establishes and holds the peak voltage of input pulses Two amplifiers on U28 are used to sample then hold this peak voltage Output of the Peak Detector circuit can be monitored at TP16 Figure A 2 1 The Inverter circuit uses an operational amplifier on U39 to invert the peak waveform This inverted signal is then input to the integrator which uses the other amplifier on U39 Two signals using two analog switches on U29 control the integrator One signal tells the circuit when to be active the other controls when the integrator is reset Output from the integrator can be monitored at TP17 Figure A 2 1 Pit Processor Circuitry The Plt processor circuitry uses the output from the Dc Restorer circuit of the RBC processor circuitry as a signal source Since Plt pulses are much smaller than RBC pulses the first action of the Plt processor circuitry is to amplify the signal An operational amplifier on U24 achieves additional signal gain of 8 09 This larger signal can be monitored at TP38 Figure A 2 1 It is fed into a Peak Detector circuit and the Plt Window Comparator circuit The Peak Detector circuit is comprised
423. r description 7 1 12 schematics engineering included in this manual 6 1 1 screens Latex Calibration See Latex Calibration screen Latex Results See Latex Results screen Motors See Motors screen Sample Details See Sample Details screen Solenoids See Solenoids screen touch See touch screen Verify Predilute See Verify Predilute screen Voltages Sensors See Voltages Sensors screen sensors diluent level See diluent level sensor disconnecting for Analyzer card removal installations 4 4 2 horizontal traverse motor 7 1 20 horizontal See horizontal sensors optical liquid See FS1 FS2 liquid optical sensors opto See opto sensors part numbers 8 1 5 Sensor Connector circuit 8 10 analyzer 2 5 6 syringe 7 1 20 vertical traverse motor 7 1 20 vertical See vertical sensor vertical See vertical sensors waste See waste sensor service bypass function 7 2 3 20 INDEX Service Resource Kit CD ROM part number 1 1 1 settings Hgb output 7 1 3 shipment preparing instrument procedure 4 15 1 Shutdown cycle one of ten instrument cycles 2 8 1 shutdown diluent system See waste and cleaner system shutdown procedure long term 4 15 1 signals Analyzer card 2 7 4 A 2 21 APERTURE 2 5 1 Display Controller Driver card 2 7 4 A 2 21 POWER GOOD POWER FAIL 7 2 4 simplified schematics Diluent Delivery System in 8 10 AC T diff Analyzers 2 2 3 Diluent Delivery System in the diff 2 Analyzer 2
424. r 8 2 20 Triple Syringe module 8 2 1 14 INDEX parts lists master components 8 1 1 fasteners fittings miscellaneous hardware 8 1 9 optional items and supplies 8 1 14 PCMCIA error 1 description 7 2 4 table error 1 7 2 2 B 1 1 peristaltic pump component description 2 2 11 illustration of assembly 2 2 11 operation 2 2 11 peristaltic pump motors location illustration 8 2 8 peristaltic pumps tubing maintenance schedule 5 1 1 pickup tubes part numbers 8 1 14 pinch valves large Bio Chem solenoid diff 2 analyzer 2 3 17 Plt erratic results troubleshooting 7 4 1 high results troubleshooting 7 4 1 low results troubleshooting 7 4 1 processor circuitry 2 5 2 PM1 function in waste and cleaner system ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 9 location illustration 8 10 and diff analyzers A 4 5 PM2 function in diluent delivery system 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 2 location illustration 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers A 4 5 pneumatic manifold 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 2 2 5 pneumatic manifold diff 2 analyzer 2 3 11 pneumatic pump dual head pump pressure port location illustration diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 function diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 KNF pump description 4 6 1 4 7 1 location illustration 8 10 and AC eT diff analyzers A 4 10 location illustration AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 PN 42
425. r can cause an error 12 20 or 21 Diluent Level Error During Powerup D During the Powerup cycle the diluent level sensor is checked twice It is checked after a large amount of diluent is used by the system which should indicate that the diluent level is low not at the sensor It is checked again after the reservoir is intentionally overfilled which should indicate that diluent is at sensor If the sensor reading is not what it should be at either check a fatal diluent error is generated This routine is used to check the operation of the diluent sensor not to check the diluent level but a problem with the diluent reagent delivery system can cause the fatal version of the diluent error to occur For instance if there is a leak in the diluent input that does not allow the reservoir to fill the sensor never sees diluent on the second check The most common problem with the diluent level sensor is bubbles a film or a droplet of diluent developing on the surface of the sensor Chronic diluent errors during powerup can also be caused by clogged diluent filters Vacuum Error More than 6 in Hg is needed to do probe wipe The vacuum is checked before probe wipe and if the vacuum is less than 6 in Hg this error is generated This check ensures there is no vacuum leak and that the vacuum can build to this level quickly 72 8 PN 4237339 7 3 4237339 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS
426. r function M6 PCV to move the probe to the closed vial position Sensor PCV should be ON CAUTION Motor functions M10 PDHC and M20 DCHC leave holding current applied to the motor after motion has stopped Doing motor functions M10 PDHC or M20 DCHC without doing the opposite function within 1 minute can damage the driver circuit on the Analyzer card or the stepper motors Do motor function M9 PUP within 1 minute of doing M10 PDHC Do motor function M21 DOPN within 1 minute of doing M20 DCHC 4 Press motor function M20 DCHC door closed holding current to apply holding current to keep the cap pierce door closed Press motor function M10 PDHC probe down holding current to move the probe to the down position piercing the tube cap on the way and to apply holding current to keep the probe down Ensure the probe pierced the tube in the center of the cap Press M9 PUP to move the probe up and M21 DOPN door open to open the cap pierce door Exit the Motor Functions screen Run a sample from a capped specimen tube in the Closed Vial mode and verify the tube is pierced correctly PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PUMP CORRECTION FACTOR PCF DETERMINATION 4 19 PUMP CORRECTION FACTOR PCF DETERMINATION PN 4237339F Purpose The sample pump uses a partial revolution to aspirate sample from a specimen tube Accuracy of the aspirated sample volume depends on proper positioning of the sample pump s home sensor
427. r on Analyzer card diff 2 analyzer A 2 10 A 2 15 function 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 1 1 function ACeT diff analyzer 2 6 2 function diff 2 analyzer 2 6 2 possible cause of PCMCIA 1 error 7 2 4 removing illustration 4 4 1 source of controlling program 2 5 3 FLS1 function in diluent delivery system 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 3 function in waste and cleaner system diff 2 analyzer 2 3 17 FLS2 function in waste and cleaner system 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 10 FLS3 function in diluent delivery system 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 3 fluid barrier function in vacuum system AC T diff 2 analyzer 5 11 location in vacuum system illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 fluidic systems See pneumatic system hydraulic systems FMI pumps description 2 3 17 function 2 1 1 main components 2 3 18 main components illustration 2 3 18 pumps diff 2 analyzer diluent A 5 6 INDEX 7 INDEX diluent pump volume A 5 6 location illustration A 5 6 lyse pump volume A 5 7 lytic reagent sample pump volume 5 6 forms Notice of Information Update when used 1 1 3 front door See door front front panel components illustration 8 2 2 8 2 4 FSI function in diluent delivery system 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 2 FS2 function in lytic reagent delivery system 8 10 and diff a
428. ral hours to dissolve the salt bond Remove the pump head from the water and carefully wipe it dry using lint free tissues Reinstalling the FMI Pump l Insert the pump through the panel opening With the motors plug oriented towards the front of the instrument line up two of the four mounting holes with the shock absorbers 2 Secure the FMI pump mount to the shock absorbers using two 2 Phillips head screws 3 Reconnect the plug to the motor 4 Carefully reattach each tubing to its proper fitting 5 Replace the top cover and real panel Refer to Installation ACeT diff 2 Analyzer under the Removing the AC T diff 2 Analyzers Top and Rear Center Cover portion of Heading 4 2 6 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet and turn the instrument on I Verification l Asthe Powerup cycle progresses verify reagent delivery appears normal 2 When the Powerup and Startup cycles are complete verify the background results are acceptable a If operation appears normal run a control or a fresh blood specimen with a known value and verify the proper parameter results are being recovered b If reagent delivery is still compromised the pump may need to be replaced PN 4237339F 4 21 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION Purpose Use this procedure to decontaminate the instrument s diluent delivery system whenever you suspect contamination is the cause of eleva
429. rallel Enable Enable RS232C Enable Enable USB Enable Enable Level 2 Print Mode Resolution 600 dpi 300 dpi Memory Usage Font Protection Auto Auto 0 KB Auto Operation Auto Continue OFF OFF Wait Timeout 90 Seconds 90 Seconds Darkness Control Darkness 0 0 Power Saving Power Saving 15 Min 15 Min Low Toner Low Toner ON ON Toner Saving Toner Saving Disable Disable Clearance Warnings Clearance Warnings ON ON Error Report Error Report OFF OFF Parallel I F Parallel Speed High High Bi Direction Enable Enable Prime OFF OFF RS232C Serial Flow Control DTR Hi Polarity DTR Hi Polarity Baud Rate 9600 Baud 9600 Baud Data Bits 8 Bits 8 Bits Parity None None Min Busy Time 200 mSec 200 mSec Language Language English English C 3 2 PN 4237339F OPTIONAL PRINTERS OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER Table C 3 3 Approved Menu Settings Printed from the Installation Software Print Menu Level 1 Category Item Factory User Common Personality Emulation Auto Epson FX Tray Select Manual Feed OFF OFF Paper Feed Tray 1 Tray 1 Edit Size Edit Size Cassette Size Cassette Size Paper Size 1 Letter Letter Manual Letter Letter Media Type Tray 1 Medium Medium Manual Medium Medium Paper Size Check Paper Size Check Enable Enable Copies Copies 1 1 Euro Sign Euro Sign Disable Disable HP Laser Jet Fonts and Symbols Font Source
430. re 2 3 16 Crossover from Output to Intake Crossover Position from Output to Intake Refer to Figure 2 3 16 When the pump is ready to begin the intake phase of its operation the top of the piston 1 is flush with the port end of the pump housing and the flattened portion of the piston is facing outward 9 When the piston is in this position both the intake port 2 and output port 3 are blocked by the piston 207 7339067 2 3 18 4237339 Figure 2 3 17 Intake Position 7339070E Figure 2 3 18 Crossover from Intake to Output 7339071E PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS Intake Position Refer to Figure 2 3 17 When the stepper motor is turned on the piston 1 rotates counterclockwise and moves away from the port end of the pump housing towards the motor end of the pump Moving the piston unblocks the intake port 2 and provides negative pressure to draw fluid through the open intake port into the pump As the piston continues to rotate the internal volume between the top of the piston and the pump housing 3 increases Crossover Position from Intake to Output Refer to Figure 2 3 16 The piston 1 continues its counterclockwise rotation and is drawn as close to the motor end of the pump as it can travel The flattened portion of the piston is now facing inward When the piston is in this position both the intake port 2 and the output port 3
431. rear chamber fitting 410 2 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES APERTURE BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 12 Remove the aperture bath assembly by carefully guiding the coaxial cable connector of the aperture cable through the opening in the front panel A rubber grommet comes with the cable Remove the rubber grommet from the old assembly and use it on the replacement bath Figure 4 10 3 Aperture Sensor System Components Rubber Coaxial cable grommet n enon e Aperture bath clamp B CO Sweep flow spool 7339096E Installation 1 Install the aperture bath assembly by carefully guiding the coaxial cable connector of the aperture cable through the appropriate opening in the front panel and position the rubber grommet on the front panel ATTENTION If the aperture bath assembly s rear chamber tubing is not reconnected properly the tubes may crimp and impede flow Correct routing is from rear chamber fitting up through the opening in the machined clamp or around the stem of the molded clamp and then down to LV16 or LV17 This routing ensures a proper loop that will not crimp tubing 2 Attach the aperture bath assembly s rear chamber tubing Figure 4 10 3 Ifthe WBC aperture bath assembly was replaced connect the red striped tubing from LV17 to the bath s rear chamber fitting e Ifthe RBC aperture bath assembly was replaced gt Connect the red striped tubing from LV16 to the upper fitting of the
432. rgize LV16 LV17 turn OFF diluent pump and fan 26 37 Acquire data Note The time for acquiring count data depends on the number of extended counts When data is insufficient sensing is extended up to eight additional 3 0 second counts in an attempt to acquire sufficient data Because the time for acquiring data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies 40 57 Turn ON diluent reservoir pump fan de energize LV16 and LV17 turn ON waste pump move probe down to middle thief position and take two Hgb Sample readings about 0 5 seconds apart 41 27 Energize 11 12 WBC bath drain energize LV4 Lyse Mix enable to prevent carryover dispense 50 uL lytic reagent while homing the pump home the sample pump and analyze CBC data Note The time needed to analyze data depends on the amount of data accumulated during data analysis and the histogram data A normal blood takes about 6 0 seconds but can vary from 4 0 to 8 0 seconds Because the time needed to analyze this data varies the start time for the next sequence of events also varies 47 27 Energize LV5 for a short burst de energize LV4 112 and energize LV15 RBC bath drain and 1 11 WBC bath diluent 47 30 Dispense 0 5 mL diluent to WBC bath dispense 4 0 mL diluent dispense 4 uL from sample pump into the RBC bath while homing the pump and analyze differential data Note The time needed to analyze differential data depends on the
433. rgize LV2 LV8 move probe to aspirate position END CLEANUP ROUTINE resume normal Powerup cycle at next step Energize LV1 LV15 LV7 LV11 Fill diluent syringe with 1 8 mL while draining VC1 De energize LV7 LV11 Fill diluent reservoir while further draining VC1 De energize LV1 energize LV8 Aspirate 12 0 uL move probe down sound a warning beep drain VC1 De energize LV8 turn vacuum pump off energize LV1 Fill diluent reservoir to sensor tries 5 fills of 10 8 seconds each Overfill diluent reservoir with 2 5 mL without regard to sensor Check diluent sensor for fluid system expects fluid at sensor De energize LV15 LV1 Table 2 8 2 Powerup Cycle ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Duration Activity 0 0 Turn LV1 through LV20 LV22 and LV23 OFF turn LV20 fan LV13 diluent to reservoir enable and LV19 diluent pump ON 0 1 to 3 26 Home Probe jog down move up to top sensor jog left then move right to the closed vial position and sound probe move warning 0 5 to 2 5 Home sample diluent and lyse pumps 2 0 Diluent overfill fill past float then turn OFF LV19 diluent pump and LV13 diluent to reservoir enable 2 8 4 END STANDARD POWERUP PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Table 2 8 2 Powerup Cycle ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Continued Duration Activity BEGIN EXTENDED CLEANUP 4 0 Turn ON LV13 diluent to reservoir enable LV19 diluent pump LV
434. ringe assembly motor 5 conductor diff 2 analyzer Motor 5 sample FMI pump 5 conductor A 2 14 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS A Table A 2 9 Universal ACeT diff ACeT diff 2Analyzer Card Connectors See Figure A 2 4 Continued Reference Designator Card DCN 6323409 Label Plug Location Description J25 M6 25 Top rear diff analyzer Not used AGT diff 2 analyzer Motor 6 closed vial station door motor 5 conductor J26 M1 WM1 Top rear diff analyzer Motor 1 waste peristaltic pump motor 5 conductor diff 2 analyzer Motor 1 lyse FMI pump motor 5 conductor J27 M2 WM2 Top rear ACeT diff analyzer Motor 2 diluent peristaltic pump motor 5 conductor ACT diff 2 analyzer Motor 2 diluent pump motor 5 conductor J28 S8 WM8 Center rear diff analyzer Sensor 8 aspirate switch 3 conductor diff 2 analyzer Sensor 8 open vial station aspirate switch 3 conductor J29 J29 P29 Top front Flash Memory card 68 conductor J30 J30 P30 Center front Display assembly ribbon cable 26 conductor J31 1 WM1 Top rear upperrow AGT diff analyzer Solenoid 1 2 conductor ACT diff 2 analyzer Rinse pump J32 LV2 WM 2 Top rear upper row Solenoid 2 2 conductor J33 LV3 WM3 Top rear upper row Solenoid 3 2 conductor J34 LV4 WM4 Top
435. river card Table 2 7 7 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers Card Label Description Through Hole Design Description Surface Mount Design X1 ON N A X2 OFF N A X3 ON N A X4 OFF N A Table 2 7 8 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points Card Label Description Through Hole Design Description Surface Mount Design TP1 Oscillator output Oscillator output TP2 22 Vdc 22 Vdc TP3 Digital ground Digital ground TP4 5 Vdc 5 Vdc 27 6 4237339F 2 8 4237339 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SOFTWARE STRUCTURE SOFTWARE STRUCTURE Overview The AC T analyzer software can be divided into two sections the low level operating system and the diluter control The operating system software provides instrument system error checks data analysis and individual diluter subroutines or functions The diluter control software is responsible for all diluter activity The operating system software provides diluter functions that energize solenoids drive motors and check sensors in the diluter A sequence of these functions makes up a diluter table In effect these diluter functions become a high level programming language and the program using this language is called a diluter table Instrument cycles are diluter tables such as the whole blood aspirate diluter table or the shutdown diluter table Menu Trees Most I O functions of the operating system software are controlled b
436. rizontal See horizontal motor part numbers 8 1 4 peristaltic pump See peristaltic pump motors 8 2 8 pneumatic pump location illustration AC T diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 stepper See stepper motors syringe See syringe motor vertical position 7 1 20 vertical See vertical motor PN 4237339F INDEX Motors screen displaying sensor states 7 1 20 fatal error 11 7 1 20 function 7 1 1 illustration diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers 7 1 18 motor functions available from 7 1 18 nonfatal error messages See error messages warning 7 2 1 Non Labile Control Mode cycle one of ten instrument cycles 2 8 1 Note definition 1 1 6 Notice of Information Update form when used 1 1 3 numbering format description 1 1 5 0 ON OFF switch See power ON OFF switch online manual part number 1 1 1 operating modes 2 1 3 optical sensors ACeT diff 2 analyzer See horizontal sensors optical switch Cap Pierce module location illustration 4 17 6 removal 4 17 1 Opto sensors components in Traverse module 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 2 2 1 OVAsp field on Voltages Sensors screen ACeT diff 2 analyzer description 7 1 5 P panel top and rear removal procedures 4 2 1 panel front component part numbers 8 2 3 8 2 5 components illustration 8 2 2 8 2 4 parameters reported 2 1 3 See also specific parameter part numbers 8 1 2 aperture bath assemblies 8 1 1 INDEX 13 INDEX cables 8 1 1 circuit car
437. robe which functions as an aspirator tip and a cap piercer in the Closed Vial mode of operation The traverse housing which encases and protects the probe e probe wipe housing which surrounds the tip of the probe as it rests inside the traverse housing Two stepper motors one provides power for the vertical probe movements and the second provides power for the horizontal probe movements Traverse Interconnect card which includes three optical sensors to control vertical positioning of the probe e Four horizontal optical sensors control probe alignment as needed over the closed vial cap pierce aspirate station over the WBC bath over the RBC bath or at the open vial manual aspirate station The Cap Pierce module which uses a stepper motor and two optical sensors 2 3 1 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 2 3 2 Figure 2 3 1 Traverse Module Main Components f Vertical stepper motor 3 Traverse Horizontal optical sensors Horizontal optical sensor Vertical optical sensors Horizontal stepper i x motor Probe wipe Traverse housing Interconnect ro Cap Pierce 4 o module 7339103 7 A e Probe and Traverse Housing Movement Two stepper motors move the probe One motor moves it vertically and the other moves it horizontally A direct drive gear and rack system is employe
438. rod and altered its mounting to the Traverse modules main bracket check the probe alignment Go to Heading 4 18 PROBE TUBE ALIGNMENT ACeT diff 2 ANALYZER Manually move the probe up and down and back and forth Determine that the probe has full motion and that nothing is binding or impeding movement beyond the normal restriction of the motors If the motion does not feel right or the range is restricted troubleshoot this before continuing Leave the probe near the open vial position and halfway down its normal vertical travel Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet and turn the instrument on 1 Verify the instrument attains the ready state If it does not troubleshoot any error that prevents the system from reaching the ready state before continuing Access the Motors screen Select Main icon Diagnostics Functions icon gt Motors icon Move the probe horizontally verify that all four horizontal sensors POV PR PW and PCV change their state to 1 when the probe is in that position Return to the Main screen Select Sample Results icon and cycle a blood specimen Ensure that the cycle is completed without error Cycle controls or a specimen with known results to verify that the instrument is aspirating and dispensing correctly PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES APERTURE BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 4 4 10 APERTURE BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT Purpose Use this pro
439. ront Red aperture cable coaxial J8 J8 P8 W Lower front White aperture cable coaxial J9 J9 P9 Lower front Hgb lamp 4 conductor J10 J10 P10 Lower front Hgb sensor preamp coaxial J11 LV22 Unused Top rear Spare solenoid 22 dc motor 2 conductor J12 1 23 WM23 Top rear Vacuum pump 2 conductor J13 13 13 Center rear Sensor 13 diluent reservoir thermistor sensor 3 conductor J14 J14 P14 Center front Traverse module flex connect cable 20 conductor J15 51 WM1 Top rear Diluent reservoir sensor float 4 conductor J16 512 Unused Top rear Spare sensor for M6 4 conductor J17 S9 WM9 Top rear diff analyzer Syringe motor sensor 4 conductor ACsT diff 2 analyzer Sensor 9 sample pump home sensor 4 conductor J18A S10A WM10 Center rear Sensor 10A vacuum transducer 3 conductor J19 2 WM Center rear Sensor 2 lytic reagent optical fluid sensor 3 conductor J20 3 WMS3 Center rear Sensor 3 Rinse optical fluid sensor 3 conductor J21 514 14 Center rear ACeT diff analyzer Not used diff 2 analyzer Sensor 14 open vial horizontal position sensor 3 conductor J22 515 WM15 Center rear ACeT diff analyzer Not used ACT diff 2 analyzer Sensor 15 closed vial horizontal position sensor 3 conductor J23 16 16 Center rear ACeT diff analyzer Not used diff 2 analyzer Sensor 16 RBC bath horizontal position sensor 3 conductor J24 M5 WM5 Top rear AC T diff analyzer Motor 5 sy
440. ront door 15 5703007 Shield EMI EMC gasket V form 16 1024487 Plate aspirate switch grey molded 17 2852300 Screw pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 38 in black 18 6806844 Bracket screw mounting part of latching mechanism on current AC T diff 2 analyzers 19 1024875 Latch lever arm CP part of latching mechanism on current AC T diff 2 analyzers 20 1024876 Screw latch shoulder part of latching mechanism on current AC T diff 2 analyzers 21 2852417 Ring retainer 0 125 diameter groove x 0 029 wide crescent part of latching mechanism on current diff 2 analyzers 22 2807020 Screw setscrew 6 32 x 0 187 hex part of latching mechanism on current AC T diff 2 analyzers 23 2852412 Latch screw lock front door used on original AC T diff 2 analyzers for latch keeper PN 2852413 PN 4237339F 8 2 5 8 ILLUSTRATED PARTS PARTS LISTS Figure 8 2 4 Front Door Components See Table 8 2 4 7339002C PN 4237339F 8 2 6 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 4 Front Door Components See Figure 8 2 4 Item Part Number Description 1 2121950 Card reader reagent smart card 8 10 ACeT diff analyzers 2122060 Card reader reagent smart card AC T diff 2 analyzer 2 1023435 Gasket display cover seal 3 2852093 Screw self lock pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 38 in L 4 6028264 Cable ground strap for Display ass
441. rs Wire Colors Wire Colors Wire Colors 1 Open Open Open Open 2 Red Red Yellow Black 3 White Blue Green Green 4 Yellow Green White Red 5 Black Black Blue Blue Pg Green Yellow Black Yellow X Blue White Red White Half Winding Full Winding Half Winding Full Winding Jumpers Settings Settings Settings Settings x1 Always OFF Always OFF Always Always ON Number of traverse mechanism positions X2 Always OFF Always OFF Always OFF Always OFF Factory use only X3 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON Factory use only TVacuum transducer reference voltage x4 ON ON OFF OFF 4X ON 15 V 4X OFF 8 V X6 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON Factory use only X7 Always OFF Always OFF Always OFF Always OFF Factory use only X8 Always ON Always ON Always Always RS 232 serial port clock X9 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always Microprocessor clock Changes current for the Triple Syringe X10 Always OFF Always OFF ON OFF module FMI pump motors X11 ON OFF Always OFF Always OFF M2 current X12 ON OFF Always OFF Always OFF M1 current Changes current for the Triple Syringe X13 ON ON OFF OFF module FMI pump motors J6 Always ON Always ON Always Always ON High voltage OFF disconnects high voltage Factory set Connects RBC amplifier to E2 E3 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON signal processor Factory set Connects PLT amplifier to signal E5 E6 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON processor Factory set
442. rsonal injury from electric shock Power down completely before removing covers to access electronic components WARNING Risk of personal injury or damage to electronic components While performing maintenance or service on the instrument rings and other metal jewelry can become caught in the instrument To avoid personal injury or damage to the instrument remove rings and other metal jewelry before performing maintenance or service on the electronic components of the instrument CAUTION Risk of damage to electronic components If the power is ON while removing or replacing printed circuit cards and components the instrument could be damaged To prevent damage to electronic components always be sure power is OFF before removing or replacing printed circuit cards and components CAUTION Risk of damage to electronic components Electrostatic discharge ESD can damage add in circuit cards and other electronic components If there is a possibility of ESD damage with a procedure then perform that procedure at an ESD workstation or wear an antistatic wrist strap attached to a metal part of the chassis connected to an earth ground Biological WARNING Risk of personal injury or contamination If you do not properly shield yourself while servicing the instrument with the doors open you may become injured or contaminated To prevent possible injury or biological contamination you must wear appropriate safety glasses a lab coa
443. rtridge and shake the cartridge to distribute the toner Peel the tape off of the bottom of the toner cartridge Grasp the lock lever and place the left side of the toner cartridge under the end tab Lower the right side of the toner well aligning the lock lever slot with the ridge in the drum cartridge When the cartridge is in place push the lock lever forward until it stops Lower the Printer cover and press it firmly to close Remove the protective film from the front operator panel Slide out the paper tray Fan a stack of paper and place it in the tray under the tabs Place the tray in the printer and push closed until the tray locks in place Connect the power cord to the Printer then plug the cable into a grounded ac outlet ATTENTION DO NOT press the User Option switch while turning the Printer ON as that will reset the Printer back to the factory default settings 20 Turn the Printer ON The Printer takes about 10 seconds to warm up At that time the Ready Light on the operator panel lights indicating the Printer is ready to receive data Verification 1 Print a Demo and Menu page a Turn the Printer ON b Setthe Printer to off line the green ready light is off Press the User Option switch for 2 seconds then release it If done correctly the ready light begins to flash and the Printer prints a Demo page followed by a list of current menu settings Compare the menu settings to the settin
444. s 4 17 1 disassembling replacement tools supplies needed 4 17 1 door disassembly 4 17 1 door disassembly illustration 4 17 5 exploded view 8 2 22 front door safety latch removal 4 17 1 function 2 3 5 A 5 3 location 2 3 2 location illustration A 5 3 main components illustration 2 3 4 main components listing of 2 3 4 motor location illustration 4 17 3 motor removal 4 17 1 motor removal illustration 4 17 3 optical switch location illustration 4 17 6 optical switch removal 4 17 1 optical switch removal illustration 4 17 6 removing illustration 4 17 2 cards circuit Analyzer See Analyzer card Display Controller Driver See Display Controller Driver card Flash Memory See Flash Memory card part numbers 8 1 1 Transient Suppressor See Transient Suppressor card Traverse Interconnect See Traverse Interconnect card cards software See Flash Memory card CAUTION definition 1 1 5 risk of damage to electronic components 1 2 1 risk of ESD damage to electronic components 1 2 1 4 INDEX check valves function in mixing bubble paths ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 15 function in waste and cleaner system 8 10 and diff analyzers 2 2 10 circuit cards See cards circuit circuits A D Converter 2 5 3 Aperture Voltage Sensor 2 5 1 2 5 2 Count Comparator 2 5 2 Dc Restorer 2 5 2 Display Interface 2 5 4 Editor 2 6 2 Hgb Support 2 5 6 Peak Detector 2 5 2 Plt Window Comparator 2 5 2 Power
445. s solenoid drivers the parallel port and control of the analog circuitry Display Interface Circuit The Display Interface circuit serves only as a bus interface and buffer between the main processor and the Display Controller Driver card Data and control signal information from the processor is latched and sent to the Display Controller Driver card via J30 Chip U85 latches display and reagent card reader data and sends it to the Display Controller Driver card Chip U87 latches display and reagent card reader control signals and sends them out through J30 Input from the Display Controller Driver card uses the same data and control lines U84 a buffer and bus driver receives data making it available to the 80C188 microprocessor U86 the same buffer as U84 receives control signals making these signals available to the 80C188 microprocessor Stepper Motor Driver Circuitry There are six identical Stepper Motor Driver circuits though only five are currently used Microcontroller chip 74HC541 provides the main control This microcontroller has 64 bytes of on board control memory containing the stepper driver program six chips are loaded with the same program The program communicates with the main processor using the I Squared C I2C protocol Instructions to the microprocessor include when what step rate and for how long the motor should be turned on If the motor has an associated sensor the sensor is directly input from the 74HC541
446. s Supplies Needed 4 5 1 Removal 4 5 1 Installation 4 5 3 Verification 4 5 4 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS 4 6 1 Purpose 4 6 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 6 1 Removal 4 6 2 Installation 4 6 3 Verification 4 6 4 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER 4 7 1 Purpose 4 7 1 ASF Thomas Pump Replacement 4 7 1 CONTENTS ii 4 8 4 9 Tools Supplies Needed 4 7 1 Removal 4 7 1 Installation 4 7 2 KNF Dual Head Pump Replacement 4 7 3 Tools Supplies Needed 4 7 3 Removal 4 7 3 Installation 4 7 4 Pneumatic Pump Upgrade to KNF Dual Head Pump 4 7 5 Tools Supplies Needed 4 7 5 Removal of Old Pneumatic Pump Compartment 4 7 5 Installation of New Pneumatic Pump Compartment 4 7 6 Verification 4 7 7 TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS 4 8 1 Purpose 4 8 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 8 1 Removal 4 8 1 Installation 4 8 3 Verification 4 8 5 TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER 4 9 1 Purpose 4 9 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 9 1 Preliminary Steps 4 9 1 Disassembly and Removal Procedures 4 9 1 Traverse Module Removal 4 9 1 Probe Removal 4 9 4 Horizontal Drive Belt Removal 4 9 5 Traverse Housing Removal 4 9 6 Vertical Motor Removal 4 9 6 Traverse Interconnect Card Removal 4 9 7 Vertical Rack Removal 4 9 7 Horizontal Motor Removal 4 9 8 Horizontal Sensor Removal
447. s about half the voltage reading for the RBC aperture Resistance is lower for the larger WBC aperture so voltage is lower An obstruction in the aperture causes an increase in resistance which causes an increase in voltage A cracked aperture is larger with less resistance so the voltage across the aperture decreases The WAV RAV and AVR are affected directly by aperture size temperature of the reagents resistive properties of the reagents electrolytes and any bubbles in the aperture s path The instrument software compensates to some degree for temperature changes and using the AVR Ratio also minimizes the affects of temperature 7 3 4 PN 4237339F TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING 8 10 AND diff ANALYZER SPECIFIC PROBLEMS 7 7 4 TROUBLESHOOTING ACeT 8 10 AND diff ANALYZER SPECIFIC PROBLEMS The causes of several problems on the AC T 8 10 or AC T diff analyzers may not be immediately obvious Table 7 4 1 describes some of these problems and their causes solutions including solutions that may be different from those used for other Beckman Coulter instruments Table 7 4 1 Specific ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzer Problems Solutions Symptom Possible Problem Causes Solutions Counts Hgb high and or Poor probe wipe Poor diluent delivery due to erratic Diluent line too long diff analyzer only low Diluent height too great relative to instrument Hgb Blank giving Hgb Diluent line restricted incomplet
448. s and Flow 2 3 13 Pneumatic System in the diff 2 Analyzer Pressure Components and Flow 2 3 14 Waste and Cleaner System in the AC T diff 2 Analyzer Components and Flow 2 3 16 FMI Pump Components 2 3 18 Crossover from Output to Intake 2 3 18 Intake Position 2 3 19 Crossover from Intake to Output 2 3 19 Output Position 2 3 20 Power Supply Module Main Components 2 4 2 Display Assembly Components 2 7 1 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer DIP Switch SW1 Location 3 2 1 Connecting Optional Printers 3 2 2 Epson TM 290P Slip Printer Location of Controls and Indicators 3 2 3 PN 4237339F 4237339 3 2 4 4 2 1 4 2 2 4 2 3 4 3 1 4 4 1 4 4 2 4 4 3 4 5 1 4 5 2 4 6 1 4 6 2 4 7 1 4 7 2 4 7 3 4 7 4 4 7 5 4 8 1 4 9 1 4 9 2 4 9 3 4 9 4 4 9 5 4 9 6 4 9 7 4 9 8 4 9 9 4 9 10 4 9 11 4 9 12 4 9 13 4 9 14 4 9 15 4 10 1 4 10 2 4 10 3 4 11 1 4 11 2 4 11 3 4 12 1 4 12 2 4 12 3 4 15 1 4 15 2 4 15 3 417 1 4 17 2 47 3 4 17 4 CONTENTS Canon BJC 250 Bubble Jet Printer Power Resume Controls and Indicators 3 2 4 Top Cover and Rear Panel Removal AC T 8 10 and diff Analyzers 4 2 1 Opening the diff 2 Analyzers Front Door 4 2 3 Top and Rear Center Cover Removal diff 2 Analyzer 4 2 4 Power Supply Module Replacement 4 3 1 Removing the Software Flash Memory Card 4 4 1 Disconnecting the Analyzer Card 4 4 2 Disengaging the Analyzer Card from the Mount
449. s been decontaminated flushed with distilled water and dried For procedures refer to Heading 4 15 PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT PN 4237339F 1 2 PN 4237339F TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES The system displays two types of error messages warning non fatal and fatal error messages Warning Non Fatal Error Messages Icons A Warning messages indicate an instrument condition that could affect operation such as low reagents or a Printer that is off line A warning message is indicated by the yield sign warning icon a message specific icon and a continuation icon Pressing the Continue icon allows the user to continue operation and correct the condition where applicable Table 7 2 1 shows the icons that identify warning non fatal errors Table 7 2 1 Warning Non Fatal Error Messages Icons Error Message Icons Description Check printer S Transmission incomplete i be Vacuum out of range during count x Hab Hgb voltage failure Hgb Blank or Sample reading outside range 2048 to 4095 A D units Channelizing buffer overflow error usually indicates an overflow in one of the channels Z6 Timekeeper failure m CMOS PD persistent data failure Sor Check Reagent Management card EJ Waste full Diluent empty D L ls C ls Patient storage data corrupt AC T di
450. s manual are included separated by semicolons SYMBOLS C degrees Celsius F degrees Fahrenheit gt greater than 2 greater than or equal to lt less than less than or equal to micro amperes uL microliter us microsecond minus percent plus plus or minus A A amperes ac alternating current A D analog to digital AG automotive glass AGND analog ground APT aperture ASpSW aspirate switch ASTM American Society for Testing Materials ATM atmosphere AVG average AVR aperture voltage ratio BNC bayonet Neil Concelman connector C capacitor CD ROM compact disc read only memory cm centimeters CV check valve PN 4237339F CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor CN connector CPU central processing unit CV coefficient of variant check valve D dB decibels dc direct current DCHC door closed holding current DCN document control number DGND digital ground Dil diluent DIP switch dual in line package switch DMA direct memory access DOPN door open DUART dual universal asynchronous receiver transmitter DVM digital voltmeter E EGND earth chassis ground EPLD electronically programmable logic device ESD electrostatic discharge F F fuse FB fluid barrier FET field effect transistor fL femtoliters FLS hydraulic filter FMI logo of Fluid Metering Inc
451. s triggered by pushing a tube against the bottom of the tube holder in the Cap Pierce module The probe down position is not indicated correctly unless both PV and PT indicate OFE which is the case in normal operation The remaining three position sensors are the homing sensors within each FMI pump gt SH Sample pump home position DH Diluent pump home position gt LH Lyse pump home position PN 4237339F 7 1 21 7 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU Pulse Test ACeT 8 10 Analyzer An electronic pulse test is provided to verify operation of the Analyzer 5 signal processing capability Pulses are input into the signal path where the aperture electrode cables enter This means that the resistance at the aperture and any noise picked up by the aperture system affects the pulse test results If the pulse test is performed with the aperture cables in place ensure that there is reagent in the bath and rear chamber and that the bath shield is in place Aperture size and environmental conditions may still affect the results to some extent For a true baseline disconnect the aperture cables before doing the pulse test This provides stable results When the Pulse icon is pressed a screen is presented to allow entry of a minimum and maximum voltage The pulse test is a series of pulses that ramp from a minimum to maximum voltage Changing these voltages affects which channel the pulses start and end in The only channelizing circui
452. setting requires it LV5 still creates the mixing bubbles but is held open for a longer time LV10 Probe wipe diluent select A 5 2 5 LV11 WBC bath diluent select A 5 2 6 LV12 WBC bath drain select A 5 2 8 LV13 Diluent reservoir fill select A 5 2 4 LV14 Spare LV15 RBC bath drain select 5 2 17 LV16 RBC count A 5 1 9 LV17 WBC count A 5 1 7 LV18 Cleaner select A 5 2 10 LV19 Diluent pump motor PN 4237339F 5 1 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION ACeT diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 5 1 Solenoid Functions ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Continued Solenoid Figure Number Function Reference LV20 Rear panel fan motor LV21 Not used LV22 Spare LV23 Pneumatic pump motor A 5 3 13 Main Analyzer Components The main Diluter components comprising the ACeT diff 2 analyzers are identified and described in the following tables Each table also includes the reference designator for the component where applicable and a figure reference for locating the component Table A 5 2 describes the main components behind the front door Use Figure A 5 1 to locate these components e Table A 5 3 describes the main components inside the right compartment Use Figure A 5 2 to locate these components Table A 5 4 describes the main components inside the pneumatic pump compartment Use Figure A 5 3 to locate these components e Table A 5 5 describes the main components inside the left compartment Us
453. sient Suppressor Power Supply module 6705663 8 2 9 11 Card Traverse Interconnect ACeT 8 10 and diff analyzers 6706334 8 2 10 4 Card Traverse Interconnect AC T diff 2 analyzer 6706753 8 2 11 3 Chamber vacuum isolator and waste assembly molded 6805032 8 2 14 14 8 2 15 14 Choke 0 010 orifice black 6213011 8 2 13 11 Choke 0 006 orifice brown 6213009 8 2 13 11 Cover cap pierce door diff 2 analyzer 1024537 8 2 12 15 Cover front diff 2 analyzer 6806393 8 2 4 6 Cover front with partial label 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6805673 82 4 6 Cover pneumatic pump compartment AC T diff 2 analyzer ASF Thomas pump 6806364 8 2 8 1 Cover pneumatic pump compartment AC T diff 2 analyzer KNF dual head pump 6807605 8 2 8 26 Display graphic LCD screen 4837341 8 2 4 19 Display LCD and keypad assembly with SMT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 7000580 8 2 4 5 Display LCD and keypad assembly with SMT AC T diff 2 analyzer 7000623 8 2 4 5 Door left side with hinge no latch 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6805316 8 2 13 15 Door right side with hinge no latch ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6805672 82 6 20 Fan 24 Vdc mounts on rear of panel of the diff 2 analyzer 6806535 Fan filter and cage assembly for rear panel of the AC T diff 2 analyzer 2603078 Filter fluid barrier 0 45 micron green 6232803 8 2 6 22 8 2 8 18 Filter for 24 Vdc fan diff 2 analyzer 2603081 F
454. sion of the tube bottom seeking sensor is the most likely problem Extended Fatal Error Descriptions The following sections describe the most complex fatal errors with emphasis on what the instrument is looking for when it generates a particular fatal error message PCMCIA Error 1 Error 1 is generated when the system fails to verify a checksum of the PCMCIA code program code is contained in Flash Memory Major problems with reading the Flash Memory or corruption of Flash Memory data prevents the checksum verification from occurring or the display from being used As a result this error should be very rare but if it occurs the most likely problem is the Flash Memory software card itself DVM Error 3 DVM check is made during powerup and during a menu selected startup System voltages are checked to see if they are within allowable ranges If any of these voltages are outside their allowable range shown in Table 7 2 3 for the 8 10 analyzer in Table 7 2 4 for the ACeT diff analyzer and in Table 7 2 5 for the ACeT diff 2 analyzer error 3 is displayed on the screen The A D converter has an input range of 0 to 10 Vdc so voltages are converted to this range before presentation to the A D converter The test points given in the table are before the conversion representing the actual voltage The POWER GOOD POWER FAIL signal from the Power Supply module is also monitored A POWER GOOD POWER FAIL signal also triggers error 3
455. sk flags displaying for WBC e 2 DELIA AVR lt 5 and another WBC criteria failure results in a clog being generated for WBC DELTA AVR gt 5 0 05 results in a clog in the WBC aperture If AVR AVG for the current result 1 75 25 1 21 to 2 19 AVR RM is updated using the formula AVR RM new 0 8 x AVR RM old 0 2 AVR AVG Ifthe CMOS is new or corrupted a default value of 1 75 is used for AVR RM to start a new running mean WPWV AVG RM LTVAR This clog detect criteria differs from most of the other clog detection criteria in that a failure of this test alone does not suppress the WBC result An asterisk flag displays beside the WBC result if this test fails Two values are used to perform this test The white pulse width voltage average WPWV AVG is the average of the 12 count period values This is the average pulse width for the sample and is given in A D measurement units The WPWV RM is the running mean of all previous samples It is given in A D measurement units and can be edited If for some reason like changing an aperture the RM is not matching current samples it can be edited immediately rather than forcing the user to run many samples until it is acceptable The WPWV long term variance LI VAR is a comparison of WPWV AVG and WPWV RM The following applies If WPWV AVG for the current result gt 10 difference from WPWV RM WPWYV LTVAR 1 0 fail a clog detect is gen
456. ssing the Continue icon returns control to the Solenoids or the Motors screen e System states are ignored and normal instrument operation could be affected PN 4237339F 7 2 3 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES When the instrument is again ready for normal operation always power up without using the aspirate switch If the instrument is ON and was turned ON using the aspirate switch you must turn the instrument OFF and then back ON again without using the aspirate switch Note The AC T diff 2 analyzer uses four optical sensors to vertically position the probe Three of these optical sensors top middle bottom are located on the Traverse Interconnect card The fourth optical sensor for controlling vertical positioning of the probe is the tube bottom seeking alternate bottom sensor located inside the cap pierce housing At any given time only one of these four sensors should be blocked However if one of the optical sensors is defective or occluded so that two sensors are activated at the same time a Vertical Sensor Error will occur when the Vertical Sensor Check is performed Since the software performs a Vertical Sensor Check before the bypass function the service bypass function cannot be initiated in this situation If a Vertical Sensor Error does occur check the tube bottom seeking sensor first Because this sensor is located in the cap pierce module where it is exposed to aerosol during the piercing process occlu
457. state correctly ATTENTION To avoid interference from electrical noise during the Pulse test ensure the bath system is completely primed with diluent and the bath shield is in place 5 Exit the Voltages Sensors screen and select the Pulse icon a Use the default values b Ensure that values other than 0 0 are obtained for all four parameters 6 Reinstall the top cover as directed in Installation ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers or the top and rear cover as directed in Installation ACeT diff 2 Analyzer under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 7T Verify the instrument operation by running controls or fresh blood with known values Run the specimens several times to verify precision as well as accuracy PN 4237339F 4 4 5 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT 4 4 6 PN 4237339F 4 5 4237339 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES DISPLAY ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLING ASSEMBLING DISPLAY ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLING ASSEMBLING Use the procedure in this section to completely disassemble then reassemble the Display assembly When replacing the entire Display assembly only portions of this procedure are required Tools Supplies Needed 2 Phillips head screwdriver Fine needle nose pliers Small flat blade screwdriver AC T diff 2 analyzer only Removal Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet Open the front
458. t 4 14 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERATION IN PREDILUTE MODE 6 Identify status then proceed as instructed a If operating an ACeT 8 10 analyzer with revision 1 03 software the analyzer has returned to the Diagnostics menu Press the Verify Predilute icon if you want to make another prediluted sample Repeat this procedure from step 2 until you have prepared the desired number of prediluted samples b If operating any other ACeT Series analyzer the instrument is ready to prepare another sample Repeat this procedure from step 2 until you have prepared the desired number of prediluted samples 7 using any Series analyzers after the 8 10 analyzer with revision 1 03 software return to the Main screen Exit icon Exit icon 8 Ifnotalready in the Predilute mode select the Predilute mode Main icon Analyzing Mode icon Set to Predilute Mode 9 Select the Sample Results icon and run the prediluted samples 4 14 2 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT 4 15 PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT PN 4237339F Tools Supplies Needed m d d d Empty sample container Bleach solution one part distilled water and one part bleach from the bleach container Distilled water 5 mL to 20 mL syringe with attached tubing optional Note In step 2 a silicone tubing approximately
459. t and gloves when servicing the instrument with the doors open Use care when working with pathogenic materials Means must be available to decontaminate the instrument provide ventilation and to dispose of waste liquid Refer to the following publications for further guidance on decontamination e Biohazards Safety Guide 1974 National Institute of Health e Classifications of Etiological Agents on the Basis of Hazards 3d ed June 1974 Center for Disease Control U S Public Health Service Troubleshooting Bring the following Warning to the customers attention before advising that customer to perform any service maintenance or troubleshooting procedures on the AC T analyzer Also make sure customers are aware of the Warning and information labels shown in Figure 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 INTRODUCTION SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING Risk of personal injury or contamination If you do not properly shield yourself while performing service maintenance and troubleshooting procedures residual fluids in the instrument could injure or contaminate you Beckman Coulter recommends that you wear barrier protection such as appropriate safety glasses a lab coat and gloves throughout the performance of service maintenance and troubleshooting procedures to avoid contact with cleaners and residual fluids in the instrument Figure 1 2 1 Warning and Information Labels no 240 120 50 60 0 5 1 0 VOLTS H
460. t in the AC T 8 10 analyzer is for the Plt parameter so this test is only useful when troubleshooting Plt problems Generally the minimum and maximum should be left at default values of 1 and 50 respectively while doing the pulse test Pulse Test ACeT diff and ACT diff 2 Analyzers Unlike the 8 10 analyzers pulse test the pulses are input into the peak detector input signal path where the aperture electrode cables enter The aperture and bath system are not involved therefore any noise pulses picked up by the bath system are not counted in the pulse test Because the ACeT diff and AC T diff 2 analyzers have histograms for WBC and RBC as well as for Plt the pulse test must provide pulses for a 256 channel histogram When the Pulse icon is pressed a screen is presented to allow entry of a minimum and maximum voltage Values can range from 0 to 255 The minimum and maximum defaults are 1 and 255 respectively Latex Calibration With the introduction of histograms and the differential parameters greater control of amplifier gain is required The amplifiers are adjustable and a latex calibration function is provided for gain adjustment See Heading 4 12 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT diff AND diff 2 ANALYZERS for the procedure to adjust the amplifier gain using latex particles Selecting Main icon gt gt Diagnostics icon Latex Calibration icon displays the Latex Calibration screen Figure 7 1 13 for an ACeT
461. t output is 12 bits Since the microprocessor uses only an 8 bit data bus four bits are first latched using U5 This allows all bits to be available to the microprocessor when it wants to read the result Serial and Parallel 1 0 Port Circuits Two octal 3 to 8 bit decoders the 88C681 DUART and several latch and buffer chips control the input output functions from the 80C188 microprocessor The DUART U30 is primarily responsible for output through the external serial port The DUART receives data from the microprocessor bus and transmits it out the serial port using a receiver transmitter driver chip U7 The parallel port is implemented using a latch U31 and a bus buffer driver U9 Data to be sent out the parallel port is latched and made available The strobe signal is latched with U14 Data from the parallel device is buffered and made available to the microprocessor with U9 Other discrete system signals are output via U14 and received via the buffer driver U8 ina similar manner These ON OFF signals control the Hgb lamp burn circuit aperture current circuit and count enabling 2 5 3 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION ANALYZER CARD 8 10 Analyzer 2 5 4 The final I O functions for the 80C188 are the read and write control for the system device and data ports Two 3 to 8 bit converters are used U46 enabling port reads and U47 enabling port writes The port selection includes display data display control signal
462. t reservoir contains two sensors a level sensor and a temperature sensor The level sensor FS1 verifies delivery of diluent to the instrument The level sensor used originally was an optical sensor but a float sensor is used currently The temperature thermistor sensor provides a reagent temperature reading to the instrument This sensor is used by the diff analyzer but not by the ACT 8 10 analyzer Peristaltic pump PM2 moves diluent from the reagent source to the diluent reservoir via two hydraulic filters FLS1 FLS3 a solenoid LV10 and two hydrophilic filters FLS4 and FLS5 See Figure 2 2 2 for a simplified diagram of the diluent system Note For details concerning the operation of peristaltic pumps see Peristaltic Pumps at the end of this section PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS Figure 2 2 2 Diluent Delivery System in ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Components and Flow WBC bath PN 4237339F 3 Probe wipe housing 2 LV11 Diluent Sweep RBC 1 flow bath 3 2 1192 Aspiration Diluent RBC syringe syringe aperture 7339024F FLS1 and FLS3 filter any large particles from the diluent source as well as from peristaltic pump tubing wear They are directional and fluid should enter the blue striped side of the filter 10 normally connects PM2 output to the reservoir but when e
463. tall the pneumatic pump cover using three Phillips head screws Figure 4 6 1 Place the internal reagents back in the reagent compartment and close the left side door 10 If you removed the top cover over of the analyzer re install it Verification 1 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet 2 Turn the instrument on 1 Listen for the pneumatic pump to turn on during powerup 3 Press Main icon gt gt Diagnostics icon Voltages Sensors icon Verify that the pneumatic pump has turned on If necessary adjust the low vacuum reading to 6 00 4 Ifyou have not done so install the pneumatic pump cover and close up the instrument PN 4237339F 4237339 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT ACeT diff 2 ANALYZER ATTENTION Chapter 4 contains two procedures for replacing pneumatic pumps Use these procedures to replace a pneumatic pump in ACeT diff 2 analyzer Use the procedure under Heading 4 6 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T 8 10 AND ACeT diff ANALYZERS to replace a pneumatic pump an 8 10 or ACeT diff analyzer Purpose In the field two models of pneumatic pumps are currently in use in the AC T diff 2 analyzers The ASF Thomas pump is used in the original diff 2 analyzers The KNF dual head pump is used in the new ACeT diff 2 analyzers Note The KNF pump has two pump heads driven by the
464. tatus returns to ready or the Main screen Note Correct any reagent low error messages Do the dry lytic reagent function four times On the Main screen press Diluter Functions icon Dry Prime Lytic Reagent icon Do two Shutdown cycles On the Main screen press Shutdown icon Note Each Shutdown cycle includes a Startup cycle Turn the instrument off 0 Manually drain the diluent reservoir with a 20 mL syringe 4 21 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION 4 21 2 11 Remove and discard the diluent reservoir 12 Install the new diluent reservoir WARNING Mixing reagents with acetic acid could expose you and your customer to hazardous chemicals Do not allow waste containing acetic acid to be routed into a waste container containing lytic reagent nor into a sink or open drain Remove any waste container containing lytic reagent from the instrument 13 Remove the instrument waste line from its waste container or drain whichever is applicable and route it to an empty lytic reagent free waste container 14 Go to Decontaminating with Acetic Acid Decontaminating with Acetic Acid 1 Place the diluent pickup tube in a container of acetic acid Leave the lytic reagent cleaning agent pickup tubes submerged in distilled water Turn the instrument on 1 and wait until the instrument status returns to ready or the Main screen Note Correct any reagent low error mess
465. te these components Components Located Behind the Front Door of an ACeT 8 10 or diff Analyzer Figure A 4 1 View of an ACeT 8 10 or ACeT diff Analyzer with the Front Door Open Software card slot Vacuum adjust knob Vacuum chamber Hgb assembly Sweep flow spool WBC bath VL17 VL16 RBC bath Aspirate switch Probe Probe wipe housing Traverse module 7339123E 4 2 13 12 11 1 2 Jg i PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A 8 10 and AC T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 4 2 Components behind the Front Door of an 8 10 or diff Analyzer Figure Reference Component Function Reference Designator DCN 6323083 A 4 1 1 Software card slot Opening for inserting the metallic software card This software card must be firmly seated into the track of the slot otherwise the card could fall inside the analyzer 4 1 2 Vacuum adjust knob Knob used to the adjust the vacuum regulator RG1 which regulates the low 6 in Hg vacuum used to pull the dilution through the WBC and RBC aperture and sweep flow diluent behind the RBC aperture VAC RGL TR A 4 1 3 Vacuum chamber Distributes low vacuum 6 in Hg to
466. ted background counts ATTENTION Throughout this decontamination procedure handle the pickup tubes carefully to avoid recontaminating the system To avoid contamination in the future always place the pickup tubes on a known clean surface or material when changing the reagents and stress this action to the operator Tools Supplies Needed PN 4237339F m One diluent pickup tube PN 6805685 for the Pak reagent or PN 6805771 for the ACeT Tainer reagent One diluent reservoir with float PN 6806261 Two liters 5 acetic acid white distilled vinegar One empty reagent container for waste Two liter distilled water Two 20 mL syringes One fresh reagent supply Pak or Tainer Procedure WARNING Failure to adhere to the following procedure could mix reagents with acetic acid exposing you and your customer to hazardous chemicals Follow the procedure exactly as written Flushing Out the Old Reagents 1 2 9 4 9 10 Turn the instrument off 0 Manually drain the diluent reservoir with a 20 mL syringe Remove and discard the old diluent reagent 1 pickup tube Install a new diluent pickup tube placing the pickup end in a small container of distilled water Remove the lytic reagent reagent 2 and cleaning agent reagent 3 pickup tubes from their reagent containers and place them in the container of distilled water Turn the instrument on 1 and wait until the instrument s
467. teracting with the ACeT Analyzer 2 1 1 DILUTER SYSTEM AC T 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS 2 2 1 Traverse Module 2 2 1 Components 2 2 1 Diluent Delivery System 2 2 2 Lytic Reagent Delivery System 2 2 4 Pneumatic System 2 2 5 Vacuum Supply 2 2 6 Probe Wipe 2 2 6 Count 2 2 7 Pressure Supply 2 2 7 Aperture Sensor System 2 2 8 Hemoglobin Photometer Assembly 2 2 9 Waste and Cleaner System 2 2 9 Waste System 2 2 9 Cleaner System 2 2 10 Peristaltic Pumps 2 2 11 DILUTER SYSTEM AC T diff 2 ANALYZERS 2 3 1 Traverse Module 2 3 1 Components 2 3 1 Probe and Traverse Housing Movement 2 3 2 Horizontal Optical Sensors 2 3 2 Vertical Optical Sensors 2 3 2 Cap Pierce Module 2 3 4 Components 2 3 4 Typical Operation 2 3 5 Starting the Cycle 2 3 5 Vent Pierce 2 3 6 Aspiration Pierce Typical 2 3 6 Bottom Sense Function 2 3 7 Bottom Sense Function Components 2 3 7 Aspiration Pierce Using Bottom Sensing 2 3 8 When Aspiration is Complete 2 3 8 Diluent Delivery System 2 3 9 Lytic Reagent Delivery System 2 3 10 Pneumatic System 2 3 11 Vacuum Supply 2 3 12 Probe Wipe 2 3 13 Count 2 3 14 Pressure Supply 2 3 14 Aperture Sensor System 2 3 15 Hemoglobin Photometer Assembly 2 3 15 Waste and Cleaner System 2 3 16 CONTENTS PE 223 2 6 2 7 Waste System 2 3 16 Cleaner System 2 3 17 Pump Operation 2 3 17 Pump Components 2 3 18 Crossover Position from Output to Intake 2 3
468. text equivalents appearing in bold are substituted for icons Refer to Figures A 3 1 A 3 2 A 3 3 or A 3 4 for the icons along with their text equivalents used to access menus and screens Select menu item sub menu item indicates the software options you have to select as well as the order in which you should select them For example When the Powerup cycle is completed select Main icon Diagnostics icon Voltages Sensors icon In the electronic manual links to additional information are in blue and are underlined To access the linked information select the blue underlined text or in the case of a graphic the blue box A reference to AC T Series analyzers includes the 8 analyzer the 10 analyzer the AC T diff analyzer the diff with Veterinary Option analyzer and the diff 2 analyzer The ACeT 8 analyzer and AC T 10 analyzer are two different products However since these analyzers are physically identical with only slight differences in their software the product names are combined in this document As a result a reference to the 8 10 analyzer means the stated information or procedure applies to both the ACeT 8 analyzer and 10 analyzer PN 4237339F 1 2 4237339 INTRODUCTION SAFETY PRECAUTIONS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Electronic WARNING Risk of personal injury Contacting exposed electronic components while the instrument is attached to power can cause pe
469. th original through hole Display Controller Driver card 6806205 Shield electromagnetic for Display assembly AC T 8 10 or AC T diff analyzer with SMT Display Controller Driver card 6806601 Shield electromagnetic for Display assembly diff 2 analyzer 19 4837341 Display graphic LCD screen 20 2016703 Keyboard touch screen 21 2121952 Connector card reader flex cable part of Display Controller Driver card 22 2838063 Fastener LED panel mount 8 10 and diff analyzers 23 6805394 LED power indicator assembly 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6806620 LED power indicator assembly AC T diff 2 analyzer Not shown 1023501 Insulator display fish paper ACeT 8 10 or AC T diff analyzer with original through hole Display Controller Driver card Not shown 1024137 Insulator display fish paper analyzer with SMT Display Controller Driver card PN 4237339F 8 2 7 8 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 5 Right Side Compartment Reservoir Components ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers See Table 8 2 5 12 tha the K 8 2 RIGHT SIDE VIEW 7339003 4237339 8 2 8 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Table 8 2 5 Right Side Compartment Reservoir Components ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers See Fi
470. the 8 10 analyzer has no additional memory so the unused portion of non volatile RAM is used as program runtime memory The Analyzer cards for the diff and ACeT diff 2 analyzers have 256 KB RAM that is used during program execution Interacting with the ACeT Analyzer All ACeT analyzers have an Open Vial mode of operation Pressing the aspirate switch Figures 2 1 1 and 2 1 2 tells the instrument to begin aspiration in the Open Vial mode Additionally the diff 2 analyzer has cap pierce door for closed vial sampling Figure 2 1 2 Inserting a specimen tube and closing the cap pierce door initiates aspiration in the Closed Vial mode You also interact with the instrument using the touch screen Figures 2 1 1 and 2 1 2 To communicate commands to the instrument the touch screen displays a series of screens containing icons and numbers for your use Screens are available for initiating sample runs displaying sample results establishing instrument settings and performing various maintenance routines PN 4237339F 21 1 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION SYSTEM OVERVIEW Figure 2 1 1 User Interfaces on the ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Touch screen Aspirate 1 switch 7339011 Figure 2 1 2 User Interfaces the ACeT diff 2 Analyzer _ 1 Cap pierce door Aspirate switch 7339117E 2 1 2 PN 4237339F INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION
471. the top connector on the Traverse Interconnect card 4 8 3 4 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS 4 8 4 ATTENTION Dress the sensor and motor wires as efficiently as possible and tie wrap them together These wires move with the traverse housing Loose wires eventually snag and cause fatal probe position errors 7T Connect the traverse vertical and horizontal motors Figure 4 8 1 e Vertical and horizontal connector plugs are P55 and P57 respectively Wires are routed with vertical sensor wire 8 Engage the horizontal rack Figure 4 8 1 e The rack teeth are facing up The right end is threaded 9 Install the traverse housing onto the traverse bracket Figure 4 8 1 a Ensure that the two stainless steel wear strips are properly in place in the traverse housing b From inside slide the left end of the horizontal rack through the left end of the traverse bracket c Lineup the bottom travel guides d Lower the traverse housing onto the front guide edge of the traverse bracket just until the Phillips head screw can be fastened to the right end of the horizontal rack 10 Install the aspirate tubing Figure 4 8 1 a Guide the smaller aspirate tubing behind the vertical sensor b Using a small blade screwdriver push the aspirate tubing into the molded tubing clamp just above the vertical sensor There should be 24 cm 9 5 in of tubing
472. the tube holder opening in the cap pierce door Insert the sensor spring Figure 4 17 4 b Insert the bottom sense housing ensuring the shaft end is down and the hole provided in the housing for the roll pin flag is facing the slot in the cap pierce door Figure 4 17 4 c While pushing the bottom sense housing down slightly against the spring tension install the E clip on the housing Figure 4 17 4 Insert the roll pin flag through the slot in the cap pierce door and into its hole in the bottom sense housing This pin fits tightly and may need to be hammered completely into the housing If the cap pierce door spring clip is not installed install the clip onto the front center of the base bracket with one Phillips head screw Install the cap pierce door onto the Cap Pierce module base bracket a Lineup the holes at the bottom of the cap pierce door with the holes in the base bracket Figure 4 17 4 b Insert the gear and shaft from the right hand side until stopped by the E clip on the shaft near the gear Figure 4 17 4 c Tighten the setscrew at the bottom front of the cap pierce door against the flat of the gear shaft This setscrew forces the cap pierce door to move with the shaft and gear Install the tube holder in the top of the cap pierce door This piece clips into the top with a metal spring clip facing front Figure 4 17 4 Reinstall the cap pierce motor and the front door safety latch Go to the Cap Pierce Motor
473. the two Power Supply module connectors Figure 4 3 1 e P5 9 or 12 pin output connector from J5 on the Analyzer card e P79 1 pin chassis ground connector attaches to a green yellow chassis ground wire with connector J79 3 Slide the Power Supply module in place and fasten it using four Phillips head screws Figure 4 3 1 4 Reinstall the top cover and rear panel as directed in Installation 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers or the top and rear cover as directed in Installation AC T diff 2 Analyzer under Heading 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 5 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet Verification Turnthe instrument on D 2 When the Powerup cycle has completed select Main icon Diagnostics icon Voltages Sensors icon 3 Verify that the voltage supplies on the Voltages Sensors screen are good 4 3 2 e The Power Supply module supplies these direct voltages 5 Vdc 15 Vdc and 24 Vdc The 8 10 analyzers Voltages Sensors screen does not display 24 Vdc A quick check is to verify that the 15 RF voltage is good It is a 1 precision regulated voltage derived from the 24 Vdc supply Note If a more accurate check of the 24 Vdc supply in the ACeT 8 10 analyzer is needed check TP5 on the Analyzer card or pin P5 1 with a DVM TP5 is located about 2 cm 0 8 in above J5 See Figure A 3 1 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ANALYZER CARD RE
474. ting Plate ACeT 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers See Figure 8 2 14 Item Part Number Description 1 2807048 Setscrew Allen 24 40 x 0 38 in 2 6805344 Lamp Hgb photometer assembly 3 6805691 Housing lamp holder and heatsink molded 4 2523689 O ring 0 364 in i d 5 6102189 Lens Hgb lamp heat filter blue 6 1023237 Lens Hgb lamp 7 2852303 Screw pan head 4 40 x 1 75 in 8 2852224 Screw pan head SEMS 44 40 x 0 31 in 9 2852302 Spacer 4 1 5 in long 10 6805357 Photodiode Hgb preamp and housing molded 11 6011015 Mount wire tie 0 75 x 0 75 w adhesive back for vacuum chamber 12 6029001 Clamp wire tie releasable for fastening vacuum chamber to mount 13 2852093 Screw self lock pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 38 in 14 6805032 Chamber vacuum isolator and waste assembly molded 15 1025523 Fitting feed thru 1 4 x 28 flat bottom stainless steel CP 16 1017458 Fitting bulkhead feedthru 0 07 i d ACT 8 10 ACeT diff analyzers 17 6807701 Spool sweep flow assembly includes 13 ft of EVA tubing PN 3202284 and two flangeless fittings 6233080 18 1025566 Fitting union 1 4 28 female to 0 093 barb CP 19 3202039 Tubing 0 145 i d polyurethane clear 20 6214108 Valve check small 0 062 i d fitting for sweep flow 21 6232780 Valve solenoid Angar fluidic 2 way 8 10 and diff analyzers 22 6232051 Fitting T 0 094 i d 23 6806443 Aperture WBC and bath assembly 24 680644
475. tion ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 8 location illustration 8 10 and ACeT diff analyzers 4 5 6 INDEX circuitry ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 6 2 components 2 7 1 components illustration 2 7 1 disconnecting cables illustration 4 5 1 disconnecting for Analyzer card removal installation 4 4 2 exploded view 8 2 6 installation 4 5 3 part numbers 8 1 2 8 2 7 removal 4 5 1 removal installation verification 4 5 4 removal installation tools supplies needed 4 5 1 removing and disassembling illustration 4 5 2 Display Controller Driver card component in the Display assembly 2 7 1 components 2 7 3 connection to the LCD 2 7 2 connection to the touch screen 2 7 2 daughter card function 2 7 4 disconnecting the Display assembly 4 5 2 disconnecting the LED power indicator 4 5 2 function 2 7 3 J61 pinouts table of 2 7 4 A 2 21 162 pinouts table of 2 22 J63 pinouts table of 2 22 165 pinouts table of 2 22 jumpers table of A 2 23 location illustration 2 7 1 part number 8 1 2 8 2 7 schematic part number 6 1 1 SMT design component locations 2 20 SMT design illustration A 2 20 test points table of A 2 23 through hole design component locations A 2 19 through hole design illustration A 2 19 PN 4237339F door Cap Pierce module disassembly 4 17 1 Cap Pierce module safety latch removal 4 17 1 door front component part numbers 8 2 7 componen
476. tion far left sensor connects to 514 RBC bath position sensor connects to 516 e The WBC bath position sensor connects to 517 The closed vial position far right sensor connects to 515 Figure 4 9 14 Removing a Horizontal Sensor 514 15 516 17 Horizontal sensors Open vial Closed vial position i position sensor sensor access hole bath WBC bath Closed vial position position position sensor sensor sensor 73391 00E 2 From the rear of the instruments front panel remove the 1 Phillips head screw securing the sensor to the Traverse module s main bracket Figure 4 9 14 Note All the horizontal sensors are accessible even when the Traverse module has not been removed from the instrument 3 install a horizontal sensor go to the Horizontal Sensor Installation procedure 4 9 9 4 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER 4 9 10 Installation Procedures Horizontal Sensor Installation 1 Atthe rear of the instruments front panel secure the sensor to the Traverse modules main bracket with the 1 Phillips head screw Figure 4 9 14 2 Connect the sensor to the Analyzer card connector upper left corner as follows The open vial position sensor connects to 14 The RBC position sensor connects to 16 The WBC position sensor connects to S17 The closed vial or cap pier
477. tom of the rack where the probe is press fit into the vertical rack is visible through the traverse housing window b Pry the probe out of the rack using a large flat blade screwdriver c Pull the probe out of the bottom of the traverse housing d Remove the aspirate tubing from its top fitting ATTENTION Perform the next step only if the entire Traverse module is to be replaced 4 Disconnect the traverse flex cable from the Traverse Interconnect card 5 Remove the Traverse module from the instrument as a unit by removing three Phillips head screws attaching the traverse bracket to the front panel Figure 4 8 1 6 Remove the horizontal rack and the traverse housing Figure 4 8 1 Unscrew one the only Phillips head screw on the right end of the horizontal rack b When free slide the rack right until the left end disengages from the traverse bracket c Remove the horizontal rack from the traverse bracket d Remove the traverse housing from the horizontal rack 4 8 1 4 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS Figure 4 8 1 Traverse Module Disassembling Replacement TRAVERSE FRONT BRACKET PANEL HORIZONTAL RACK TRAVERSE HOUSING VERTICAL MOTOR a STAINLESS STEEL WEAR STRIP ASPIRATE TUBING CLIP VERTICAL i SENSOR FLAG HORIZONTAL gt SENSOR ML
478. touch screen side of the assembly and fastened to threaded hex posts on the Display Controller Driver card side Each screw has two spacers one separating the touch screen and the LCD the other separating the LCD and the Display Controller Driver card Set aside the touch screen Carefully disconnect the LCD plug from connector J62 on the Display Controller Driver card Figure 4 5 2 Carefully separate the LCD from the Display Controller Driver card Figure 4 5 2 Installation 1 Assemble the Display assembly Figure 4 5 2 a Plugthe LCD cable into J62 on the Display Controller Driver card b Secure the four Phillips head screws holding the assembly together The Phillips head screws are accessed on the touch screen side of the assembly and fastened to threaded hex posts on the Display Controller Driver card side Each screw has two spacers one separating the touch screen and the LCD the other separating the LCD and the Display Controller Driver card c Connect the LCD high voltage cable to CN2 on the Display Controller Driver card d Connect the two touch screen flex cables to J63 on the Display Controller Driver card If the Display Controller Driver card Figure 4 5 2 uses the original through hole technology ensure the jumpers on the daughter card are set as specified in Table A 2 17 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers Note Jumpers are eliminated on the SMT version of the Display Controller Driver
479. trademarks of their respective holders PN 4237339F
480. tration of components used 2 3 5 typical operation 2 3 5 venting 2 3 6 venting illustration of components used 2 3 6 CMOS memory chip for calibration factors and Clog Detect parameter storage 4 4 1 part number 8 1 4 coaxial cables connections to Analyzer card 4 10 1 components AC T 8 10 and diff analyzers located behind the front door illustration A 4 2 located behind the front door table of A 4 3 located inside the left compartment illustration A 4 10 located inside the left compartment table of A 4 10 located inside the right compartment illustration A 4 5 located inside the right compartment table of A 4 6 components ACeT diff 2 analyzer located behind the front door illustration A 5 3 located behind the front door table of A 5 3 located inside the left compartment illustration A 5 13 located inside the left compartment table of A 5 13 located inside the pneumatic pump compartment illustration A 5 10 located inside the pneumatic pump compartment table of A 5 11 located inside the right compartment illustration A 5 6 located inside the right compartment table of A 5 6 connectors external electrical 2 1 1 contamination risk of personal 1 2 1 1 2 2 PN 4237339F INDEX Continue icon in troubleshooting 7 2 1 conventions used in this manual 1 1 6 counter cycle function 7 1 24 location 7 1 24 counts See Plt RBC WBC covers part numbers 8 1 2 top and rear removal proc
481. traverse housing until the flag stops it Figure 4 9 12 4 Rotate the rack 90 degrees counterclockwise flag moves to back of traverse housing until the rack comes out the bottom of the traverse housing Figure 4 9 12 5 install a vertical rack go to the Vertical Rack Installation procedure PN 4237339F 4 9 7 4 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER Figure 4 9 12 Removing the Vertical Rack Vertical rack Ta A 7339098E Horizontal Motor Removal 1 Ifthe Traverse module is still on the instrument disconnect the motor cable connector from connector M3 J57 on the center front of the Analyzer card and pull the wire harness through to the right hand diluter compartment Figure 4 9 13 Figure 4 9 13 Removing the Horizontal Motor Horizontal motor 7339099E 49 8 PN 4237339F 4237339 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT AC T diff 2 ANALYZER 2 Remove the four 1 Phillips head screws securing the horizontal motor to the Traverse module main bracket Figure 4 9 13 and remove the motor 3 install a horizontal motor go to the Horizontal Motor Installation procedure Horizontal Sensor Removal 1 Ifthe Traverse module is still on the instrument disconnect the sensor that is being replaced from the top front of the Analyzer card Figure 4 9 14 The open vial posi
482. trical connector e Ifthe pump is a Brailsford pump disconnect its cable from on the Analyzer card For the location of the connector refer to Figure A 2 1 Analyzer Card Component Locations 8 10 Analyzers Figure A 2 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations diff Analyzer or Figure A 2 4 Universal diff AC T diff 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT AC T 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS Ifthe pump is an ASF Thomas pump disconnect the spade lugs from the spade terminals on the pump Ifthe pump is a KNF dual head pump disconnect its cable from the cable on the Pump Motor Filter card 8 Remove the two Phillips head screws holding the pneumatic pumps bracket in place Figure 4 6 1 Note If you are replacing a KNF dual head pump that was installed as a field upgrade only one Phillips head screw is securing the bracket 9 Remove the pump from the instrument Installation IMPORTANT Using the incorrect choke will result in improper mixing of the dilutions in the bath Be sure to use the black 0 010 i d orifice choke for altitudes of 1524 m 5 000 ft and above the brown 0 006 i d orifice choke for lower altitudes 1 Ifyou are installing a KNF dual head pump attach a tubing choke assembly to the IN port on the pumps pressure head See Figure 4 6 2 a lfatubing choke assembly is available from the ol
483. ts illustration 8 2 6 door front diff analyzer opening 4 2 3 opening illustration 4 2 3 opening tools supplies needed 4 2 3 E Editor circuits voltage used 2 6 2 electrical interference troubleshooting 7 4 1 electrode aperture bath assembly positioning 4 10 4 EMC Motor Filter 2 card function ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 engineering schematics included in this manual 6 1 1 Epson printer See Printer Epson C 1 2 error icons in fatal error messages 7 2 2 in warning error messages 7 2 1 B 1 1 error messages fatal description 7 2 2 table of 7 2 2 B 1 1 error messages warning description 7 2 1 table of 7 2 1 B 1 1 error state definition 2 9 1 exception state definition 2 9 1 exhaust port function diff 2 analyzer A 5 12 location illustration ACeT diff 2 analyzer A 5 10 external electrical connectors 2 1 1 F fans part numbers 8 1 2 fatal error messages See error messages fatal 7 2 2 PN 4237339F INDEX filters blue location 8 2 10 blue maintenance schedule 5 1 1 blue part number 8 2 11 FLS1 See FLSI FLS3 See FLS3 green location 8 2 10 green part number 8 2 11 part numbers 8 1 2 waste ACeT diff 2 analyzer 2 3 17 Flash Memory card amount of memory 8 10 analyzer 2 1 1 amount of memory diff analyzer 2 1 1 connector on Analyzer card 8 10 analyzer 2 2 connector on Analyzer card ACeT diff analyzer A 2 6 connecto
484. tting feed thru 1 4 x 28 flat bottom stainless steel CP 16 6216353 Fitting feed thru bulkhead 0 062 i d to 0 093 i d AC T diff 2 analyzer 17 6232932 Valve solenoid Takasago fluidic 2 way AC T diff 2 analyzer 18 2830016 Grommet panel tubing throughway 0 500 i d x 0 813 o d x 0 281 thick diff 2 analyzer 19 2830014 Grommet panel tubing throughway 0 375 i d x 0 625 o d x 0 250 thick 20 6807701 Spool sweep flow assembly includes 13 ft of EVA tubing PN 3202284 and two flangeless fittings 6233080 21 1025566 Fitting union 1 4 28 female to 0 093 barb CP 22 3202039 Tubing 0 145 i d polyurethane clear 23 6214108 Valve check small 0 062 i d fitting for sweep flow 24 6232051 Fitting T 0 094 i d 25 6806443 Aperture WBC and bath assembly 26 6806442 Aperture RBC and bath assembly 27 6805773 Clamp bath mounting post molded 28 2852095 Screw pan head SEMS 76 32 x 0 50 in Not shown 6232259 Fitting Y 0 093 i d to 0 093 i d PN 4237339F 8 2 29 8 PARTS LISTS ILLUSTRATED PARTS Figure 8 2 16 Aperture Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate See Table 8 2 16 7339047A Table 8 2 16 Aperture Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate See Figure 8 2 16 Item Part Number Description 1 6805331 Shield bath assembly electrical ACT 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers 6806555 Shield bath assembly electrical diff 2
485. tube bottom seeking sensor 24 go to the Optical Sensor Removal procedure Disassembly and Removal Procedures Cap Pierce Module Removal 1 Open the right side door of the instrument 2 Inthe right compartment a Disconnect the cap pierce door motor cable connector P25 from the inline connector J25 and free the cable from any cable clamps Note The wiring for the cap pierce motor the door closed position optical sensor and the tube bottom seeking optical sensor are attached to the same wire harness Figure 4 17 1 4 17 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES CAP PIERCE MODULE DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER b Disconnect the door closed position and tube bottom seeking optical sensors and free their wiring from any cable clamps Figure 4 17 1 Removing the Cap Pierce Module Cap pierce guard Front door safety latch screws Cap pierce module 7339101E c Remove the two screws securing the front door safety latch to the front panel Figure 4 17 1 Note The front door safety latch is the hook type latch on the lower left of the Cap Pierce module that prevents the front door of the instrument from opening when the cap pierce door is open 3 Remove the six screws securing the Cap Pierce module base bracket to the front panel Figure 4 17 1 This frees both the Cap Pierce module and the protective finger guard which is held in
486. tubing translucent EVA connects to the inner connector labeled 2 e Diluent tubing clear coiled tubing connects to the outer connector labeled 1 3 Attach any input output cables being used to the Analyzer card s rear connectors Figure 4 2 1 Top WASTE connector round BNC connector used by the waste full sensor Middle HOST connector 9 pin DB connector used for transmission to a Host computer Bottom PRINTER connector 25 pin DB connector used for a parallel Centronics Printer 4 Install the Power Supply module as directed under Installation in Heading 4 3 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES 4 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 5 From the back of the instrument Figure 4 2 1 install the top cover a Hook the top cover under the top edge of the front panel b Reinstall the three Phillips head screws across the back of the instrument 6 Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet and turn the instrument on I Opening the diff 2 Analyzer s Front Door Tools Supplies Needed Large blade screwdriver Procedure 1 Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet CAUTION Risk of damage to the analyzer If you attempt to open the analyzer s front door when the cap pierce door is open the Cap Pierce module or the front door may be damaged Before opening the analyzer s front door
487. ture dilution is pulled from the WBC bath through the WBC aperture via LV17 and enters the VC1 as a stream of droplets LV17 A 5 1 7 WBC bath Holds the WBC dilution for mixing and for collecting WBC and Hgb data including differential data May also be referred to as the WBC aperture bath assembly WBC A 5 1 8 LV16 Two way solenoid valve used to apply the low vacuum 6 in Hg in the vacuum chamber VC1 to the RBC aperture for accumulating count and size data De energized the pathway from VC1 to the RBC aperture is closed Energized the pathway from VC1 to the RBC aperture is open As low vacuum is applied to the RBC aperture dilution is pulled from the RBC bath through the RBC aperture via LV16 and enters the VC1 as a stream of droplets Vacuum applied to the RBC aperture is simultaneously applied to the sweep flow system LV16 A 5 1 9 Sweep flow spool Tubing wound around a spool that acts as a choke to regulate diluent delivery through the sweep flow line behind the RBC aperture CK2 A 5 1 10 RBC bath Holds the RBC dilution for mixing and for collecting RBC and data May also be referred to as the RBC aperture bath assembly RBC A 5 1 11 Aspirate switch When pressed by the operator initiates a cycle in the either the Open Vial Whole Blood mode or Predilute mode determined by the selection made at the Main Screen A 5 4 PN 4237339F QUICK RE
488. ual head pump in the field you can only secure the front of the pumps bracket d Ifyou are replacing a single head pump with a KNF dual head pump remove and discard the unused spacer for the pumps bracket If you are installing a KNF dual head pump secure the Pump Motor Filter card to the pumps bracket with Phillips head screws See Figure 4 6 1 Connect the pumps tubing The tubing that adapts to the smaller green stripe tubing is the vacuum line Connect it to the IN port on the vacuum head The larger tubing is the pressure tubing Connect it to the exhaust port on the ASF Thomas pump or the OUT port on the pressure head of the KNF dual head pump Connect the pumps electrical connector Ifthe pump is a KNF dual head pump connect the pumps cable to the cable on the Pump Motor Filter card ATTENTION Polarity is important When connecting the ASF Thomas pump wires ensure the red wire is attached to the terminal Ifthe pump is an ASF Thomas pump push the spade lugs onto the spade terminals on the pump ensuring the red positive wire is connected to the terminal On a KNF dual head pump bind the choke and muffler lines together with a wire tie Note Restricting the position of the choke prevents it from being obstructed by the foam on the underside of the pumps cover If you have reason to question pump operation perform pneumatic pump Verification next heading before installing the pump cover Reins
489. uent reservoir sensor 4 conductor J16 12 Unused Top rear Spare sensor for M6 4 conductor J17 9 WM9 Top rear Syringe motor sensor 4 conductor J18 510 WM10 Center rear Sensor 10 vacuum transducer 3 conductor J19 2 WMe2 Center rear Sensor 2 lytic reagent optical fluid sensor 3 conductor J20 53 WM3 Center rear Sensor 3 ACT Rinse optical fluid sensor 3 conductor J21 514 Unused Center rear Spare sensor 14 3 conductor J22 515 Unused Spare sensor 15 3 conductor J23 516 Unused Spare sensor 16 3 conductor J24 M5 WM5 Top rear Motor 5 syringe assembly motor 5 conductor J25 M6 Unused rear Spare motor 6 spare sensor motor 5 conductor J26 M1 WM1 Top rear Motor 1 waste peristaltic pump motor 5 conductor J27 M2 WM Top rear Motor 2 diluent peristaltic pump motor 5 conductor J28 58 WM8 Center rear Sensor 8 aspirate switch 3 conductor J29 J29 29 Top front Flash Memory card 68 conductor J30 J30 P30 Center front Display assembly ribbon cable 26 conductor J31 LV1 WM1 Top rear upper row Solenoid 1 2 conductor J32 LV2 WM2 Top rear upper row Solenoid 2 2 conductor J33 LV3 WM3 Top rear upper row Solenoid 3 2 conductor A 2 6 PN 4237339F QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS JUMPERS AND TEST POINTS Table A 2 3 Analyzer Card Connectors diff Analyzer See Figure A 2 2 Continued
490. uent to RBC bath de energize LV7 Dispense 1 5 mL diluent to WBC bath while moving probe into WBC bath Take Hgb Blank1 reading de energize LV11 Dispense 0 98 mL diluent and whole blood sample from probe into WBC bath while filling diluent reservoir Energize LV3 LV11 LV7 Energize LV5 wait 0 2 seconds de energize LV5 wait 0 2 seconds Repeat last step 2 times energize LV5 wait 0 2 seconds de energize LV5 Dispense 0 592 mL into RBC bath prefill de energize LV3 LV12 Fill diluent syringe with 3 0 mL fill reservoir to sensor De energize LV11 energize LV15 LV1 Drain VC1 aspirate 100 0 pL fill diluent reservoir to sensor check lytic reagent sensor Energize LV8 de energize LV15 LV1 energize LV2 LV12 LV11 Dispense 2 0 mL to RBC bath fill reservoir move probe up De energize LV8 drain RBC bath fill reservoir move probe to RBC bath Energize LV8 move probe into RBC bath with vacuum dry dispense 0 695 mL of diluent from diluent syringe to bottom of RBC bath De energize LV8 LV2 LV7 energize LV9 de energize LV11 energize LV3 Dispense 415 uL lytic reagent into WBC bath while dispensing sample and 2 075 mL diluent through probe fill diluent reservoir Alternately energize de energize LV5 LV4 and LV3 to mix both baths de energize LV9 LV12 during mix leave LV3 LV4 LV5 de energized Energize LV16 LV17 move probe up begin acquiring count data Note The time for acquiring count data depends on the nu
491. uffer during high vacuum low vacuum transitions A 5 3 7 LV5 Three way solenoid valve used to switch the pressure from the pneumatic pump between atmosphere and LV4 De energized pressure from the pneumatic pump is vented to atmosphere necessary for proper operation of a single head pump when vacuum is being used in the system Energized pressure from vacuum pump routed to 1 4 for creating mixing bubbles LV5 A 5 3 8 LVA Three way solenoid valve used to switch pressure between the WBC bath and LV3 De energized pressure is routed to LV3 Energized pressure is routed to the WBC bath lytic reagent port left side port LV4 PN 4237339F 5 11 QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Table A 5 4 Components Inside the Pneumatic Pump Compartment of an ACeT diff 2 Analyzer Figure Reference Component Function Reference Designator DCN 6323266 A 5 3 9 LV3 Three way solenoid valve used to switch the mixing bubbles between the bottom port of the RBC and WBC baths De energized supplies mixing bubbles to the RBC bath Energized supplies mixing bubbles to the WBC bath LV3 A 5 3 10 LV2 Three way solenoid valve used to control the vacuum level going through port 1 to the vacuum chamber VC1 De energized low vacuum 6 in Hg is available at LV2 port 1 Energized high vacuum is available at LV2 port 1 LV2
492. uire valves to control movement in and out of the pump As a result the number of valves required to perform reagent and sample movements on an ACeT diff 2 analyzer is generally less than the number of valves needed to perform the same function on one of the other ACeT analyzers Location diagrams for the fluidic components identified in the following descriptions are under Heading A 5 diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Traverse Module PN 4237339F The Traverse module acts as a transport system for the probe which in this instrument functions not only as an aspirator tip but also as a cap piercer Stepper motors provide the power that allows the Traverse module to move the probe either vertically or horizontally as needed A series of three optical sensors are used to control the vertical positioning of the probe for various aspiration functions including cap piercing and venting Additionally a series of four optical sensors control the horizontal positioning of the probe so that the probe is properly aligned as needed over the closed vial cap pierce aspirate station over the WBC bath over the RBC bath or at the open vial manual aspirate station When a function such as aspiration is complete the probe moves into the traverse housing where the probe wipe housing surrounds the tip of the probe and a flow of diluent cleanses the outside of the probe Components The Traverse module Figure 2 3 1 consists of e The p
493. ulated or used RBC count lt 0 12 x 106 cells uL then RBC Ratio and RBC Ratio CV are not calculated or used PN 4237339F 4237339 TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTICS MENU When clog tests are performed flagging is accomplished according to Table 7 1 2 Table 7 1 2 Clog Test Results Condition Status Effect on Results No tests fail No clog None 1 test fails Maybe clog X flag 1 test fails Clog Suppressed WBC Clog Detection Criteria The above tests are used to determine whether a clog has occurred and whether results should be suppressed with XXXXX or whether the result will be given with a single X flag These tests are not performed if Atotal WBC voteout has occurred 2 0 g dL or Hgb is incomplete and WBC 0 5 x 106 cells pL WBC count lt 1 7 x 13 cells uL then WBC Measured is not calculated or used WBC count lt 1 0 x 10 cells aL then WBC Ratio is not calculated so WBC Ratio CV is not used When clog tests are performed flagging is accomplished according to Table 7 1 3 Table 7 1 3 WBC Clog Test Results Condition Status Effect on Results No tests fail No clog None 1 test fails Maybe clog X flag 1 test fails WBC Ratio is not performed Clog Suppressed gt 1 test fails Clog Suppressed Motors Screen The Motors screen allows you to individually operate the stepper motors used by the series analyzers Beginn
494. ule 4 17 2 4 17 2 Removing the Cap Pierce Motor 4 17 3 4 17 3 Front Door Safety Latch Removal 4 17 4 PN 4237339F 4 y CONTENTS 4 vi 4 17 4 4 17 5 TABLES 4 12 1 4 13 1 23 1 C 3 2 C 3 3 C 3 4 Disassembling the Cap Pierce Door Assembly 4 17 5 Removing the Optical Sensors in the Cap Pierce Module 4 17 6 Latex Adjustment Criteria 4 12 2 Target Acceptance Criteria 4 13 1 OKIPAGE14e LED Printer Specifications C 3 1 Approved Menu Settings Printed Using the Front Panel C 3 2 Approved Menu Settings Printed from the Installation Software Print Menu C 3 3 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer Operator Panel Lights Reference C 3 4 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES 41 GENERAL GUIDELINES Field Service Engineers can perform the procedures in this section using their standard tool kit Any special tools supplies or equipment required are identified at the beginning of the applicable procedure under the Tools Supplies Needed heading Note When a service repair procedure requires some type of instrument performance verification upon completion a Verification heading is provided with the necessary steps that must be performed PN 4237339F 4 1 1 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES GENERAL GUIDELINES 4 1 2 PN 4237339F SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES 4 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 4 2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS Purpose Use the procedures in this section
495. upply module provides 5 Vdc 15 Vdc and 24 Vdc supplies to the Analyzer card Capacitors are used as filters for all these supplies to eliminate some of the switching noise The 5 Vdc is used for all the logic circuits The 15 Vdc supplies are used for the analog circuitry The 24 Vdc supply arrives at the Analyzer card on two wires One wire is used for the solenoid and dc motor driver circuitry the dc dc converter U7 and the LCD illumination The other wire is used by the stepper motor drivers U7 produces a 200 V output from 24 Vdc The 200 Vdc supply is used for the aperture current supplies and the aperture burn zap circuitry The device has a logical on off control and is turned on only during data acquisition aperture zap and while viewing the Voltages Sensors screen An interlock inhibits the 200 Vdc turn on The interlock is located at J6 Figures A 2 2 A 2 3 and should be jumped Additional voltages are also created on the Analyzer card Chip U8 a 7805CT 5 Vdc regulator produces a clean 5 Vdc supply from the 15 Vdc source The 5 Vdc supply is free of switching noise and is used for the more sensitive analog circuits A 15 Vdc precision reference supply is needed by the vacuum transducer It is created with U7 Finally the Red 2 6 1 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION ANALYZER CARDS diff and diff 2 Analyzers 2 6 2 and White Amplifier and Editor circuits use 10 Vdc references The 10 Vdc references
496. ure under Heading 2 4 is Figure 2 4 1 and the first table under Heading 2 4 is Table 2 4 1 Note Primary headings always begin at the top of a right hand page Special Headings Throughout this manual WARNING CAUTION IMPORTANT ATTENTION and Note headings are used to indicate potentially hazardous situations and important or helpful information WARNING WARNING indicates a situation or procedure that if ignored can cause serious personal injury The word WARNING is in bold faced text in the printed manual and is red in the electronic manual CAUTION CAUTION indicates a situation or procedure that if ignored can cause damage to the instrument The word CAUTION is in bold faced text in the printed manual and is red in the electronic manual IMPORTANT An IMPORTANT indicates a situation or procedure that if ignored can result in erroneous test results The word IMPORTANT is in bold faced text in the printed manual and is red in the electronic manual 1 INTRODUCTION MANUAL DESCRIPTION ATTENTION An ATTENTION contains information that is critical for the successful completion of a procedure and or operation of the instrument The word ATTENTION is in bold faced text in the printed manual and is red in the online manual Note A Note contains information that is important to remember or helpful in performing a procedure Conventions 1 The analyzer uses icons exclusively In this document however
497. used to open and close the reagent path since the diaphragm pump does not act as a valve Filters FLS3 and FLS4 are used to remove contaminating particles down to the size of some bacteria Filters that are small enough to eliminate all possible bacteria would restrict diluent flow too much Two filters are used in parallel to facilitate initial priming The diluent reservoir has two output ports One port supplies diluent for the sweep flow the other for sample preparation and rinsing The sweep flow port is connected to the rear chamber of the RBC bath through a coil of small diameter tubing and a check valve Sweep flow diluent is used to sweep away red blood cells that have already passed through the aperture so they do not swirl back into the aperture sensing area and get counted as platelets The coil of small diameter tubing restricts the flow of the diluent to a rate that allows the same vacuum source to simultaneously pull dilution through the RBC aperture and sweep flow diluent behind the RBC aperture The second output port on the diluent reservoir is connected through a Y fitting to two FMI pumps a 50 pL pump used primarily for sample aspiration and a 100 pL pump used for diluent supply The sample pump is connected directly to the top of the aspirate probe and is used anytime aspiration through the probe is required The diluent pump supplies diluent to the probe wipe and the baths Solenoids LV10 and LV11 control the flow of dilu
498. used with veterinary software before and the WBC aperture could have been changed since leaving the factory perform Heading 4 16 APERTURE VERIFICATION ACeT diff Veterinary Option ANALYZER to ensure that the WBC aperture is not too large for veterinary software PN 4237339F 3 3 1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES VETERINARY SOFTWARE OPTION 3 3 2 PN 4237339F 4237339 CONTENTS 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES 4 1 1 3 1 3 2 3 3 44 4 5 4 6 4 7 GENERAL GUIDELINES 4 1 1 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS PANELS AND COVERS 4 2 1 Purpose 4 2 1 Removing the 8 10 and AC T diff Analyzers Top Cover and Rear Panel 4 2 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 2 1 Removal 8 10 and diff Analyzers 4 2 1 Installation AC T 8 10 and diff Analyzers 4 2 2 Opening the ACeT diff 2 Analyzers Front Door 4 2 3 Tools Supplies Needed 4 2 3 Procedure 4 2 3 Removing the diff 2 Analyzers Top and Rear Center Cover 4 2 4 Tools Supplies Needed 4 2 4 Removal diff 2 Analyzer 4 2 4 Installation AC T diff 2 Analyzer 4 2 5 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 3 1 Purpose 4 3 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 3 1 Removal 4 3 1 Installation 4 3 2 Verification 4 3 2 ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT 4 4 1 Purpose 4 4 1 Tools Supplies Needed 4 4 1 Removal 4 4 1 Installation 4 4 4 Verification 4 4 4 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLING ASSEMBLING 4 5 1 Purpose 4 5 1 Tool
499. utput Function Output Function U74 U84 U82 J24 5 Triple syringes J24 M5 50 uL sample pump 075 085 079 J14 Flex M4 Probe vertical J14 M4 Probe vertical U77 U86 U80 J14 Flex M3 Probe horizontal J57 M3 Probe horizontal U87 U96 U93 J27 M2 Diluent pump J27 M2 100 uL diluent pump U89 U97 U94 J26 M1 Waste pump J26 M1 100 uL lytic reagent pump U91 U98 U95 J25 M6 Spare J25 M6 Cap pierce motor On the Universal AC T diff AC T diff 2 Analyzer a jumper is used to configure the card for this specific function Refer to Table A 2 10 PN 4237339F D A Conversion Digital to analog conversion is necessary for several functions This conversion is accomplished by U43 an AD7228 device U43 converts digital information supplied by the CPU into a white cell red cell and platelet count threshold voltage the contrast adjustment voltage for the LCD and the voltage pulses used by the diagnostics pulse test Data Acquisition The data acquisition scheme used by the diff analyzer is a replica of that used by the COULTER MD II Series Analyzer MD II analyzer The data acquisition module consists of Red and White Preamplifier circuits with Dc Restorer circuits Platelet and White Gain and Offset Stages Red Platelet and White Peak Detector hybrids Red And White Pulse Editor hybrids delay lines red and white editor state machines a Platelet Processor circuit and three a d interfaces providing three DM
500. ve baths Note An upgrade to a KNF dual head pump is required for instruments used at altitudes of 1524 m 5 000 ft or above Five pneumatic solenoids LV1 through LV5 control this vacuum system These solenoids are mounted together on a manifold and are available as an assembly The vacuum system is illustrated in Figure 2 2 4 Figure 2 2 4 Pneumatic System in ACeT 8 10 and ACeT diff Analyzers Vacuum Components and Flow ATM Vacuum sensor 7339043F PN 4237339F 2 2 5 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION DILUTER SYSTEM 8 10 AND diff ANALYZERS 2 2 6 Vacuum Supply LV2 controls the vacuum level applied to the vacuum chamber 1 High vacuum from the pneumatic pump is applied directly to the normally closed port labelled port 3 Figure 2 2 4 The normally open port port 2 is connected to the vacuum being routed through the vacuum regulator This configuration makes high vacuum and regulated low vacuum available at a common port port 1 which is connected to LV1 and the vacuum sensor At rest when the pneumatics are on but the analyzer is not cycling the high vacuum supply being regulated to 6 in Hg by the vacuum regulator is the vacuum available inside the vacuum chamber VCI Regulated vacuum monitored by the vacuum sensor is used during the count portion of the cycle to draw the WBC and RBC dilutions through their respective apertures and to pull sweep flow diluent behind the RBC ap
501. verts the pulse and sets it to a baseline of 0 0 V The Dc Restorer circuit uses several operational amplifiers found on chips U49 and U66 The Count Comparator circuit and the Width Integrator circuit use the output from the Dc Restorer circuit The Count Comparator circuit ensures that only pulses representing a cell gt 36 fL are used for analysis The comparator used is an LM311 found on chip U43 Output of the comparator is sent to U73 EPLD that shapes the pulse before being sent to the 80C188 microprocessor for counting Output from the comparator is also input to the Width Integrator circuit with the INITIAL PULSE signal This ensures that only pulses used for the WBC count are used for establishing the WBC pulse width WPWV white pulse width voltage The integration process is controlled using a 1 6 PULSE signal and the original PULSE TRAIN signal from the Dc Restorer circuit They control one input of an operational amplifier U65 Output charges C182 making available a voltage representing the average pulse width Resistor R249 2 5 1 2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION ANALYZER CARD 8 10 Analyzer 2 5 2 establishes the pulse height at which the width is measured which should be just above the noise threshold Output can be monitored at TP34 Figure A 2 1 Additional circuitry is added to the input of the WBC processor The 200 supply is used to burn protein from the aperture This voltage is applied directly to th
502. vision D 4 98 Released by CN 036420 0009 Software Version 1 04 diff and diff Veterinary option Numerous changes were made to this manual to reflect Software Version 1 04 and to address any Service Memos released since revision C Updated sections include Contents ABBREVIATIONS and Index New sections include Heading 4 14 APERTURE VERIFICATION diff Veterinary Option Analyzer and Appendix C 2 CANON BJC 250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER Actual text changes were made on the following pages 1 1 1 through 1 1 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 2 2 4 2 3 2 2 7 1 2 7 3 through 2 7 6 2 7 9 2 7 10 2 7 12 2 7 13 2 7 15 2 8 1 3 2 1 through 3 2 4 4 4 2 4 4 3 4 10 1 7 1 1 7 1 17 7 4 1 8 1 1 8 1 3 8 1 4 8 1 6 8 1 7 8 2 3 8 2 5 8 2 15 and A 3 1 through A 3 3 A new revision of the AC T Series Analyzers HYDRO PNEU Ac T SERIES engineering diagram DCN 6323083 was inserted into Chapter 6 Revision E 2 99 Released by CN 037530 0075 Software Version 1 00 Complete revision to include hardware and software information for the diff 2 analyzer Revision F 12 01 Released by CN 037560 0170 Software Version 2 00 The material in revision F change pages was updated for ACeT diff analyzer software version 2 00 and for any hardware changes made since revision E including relevant information released by the following service memos 5 1 804 SM 1809 SM 1819 SM 1839 SM 1871 SM 1887 SM 1896 SM 1911 SM 1988 SM 1994 SM 3013 SM 302
503. water Open the right side door and use Figure A 5 2 to locate the suspect FMI pump At the pump remove the tubing from the outboard fitting the fitting closest to you ap VA Attach the syringe to the fitting and apply pressure slight to medium for one to two minutes Note Due to the structure of the FMI pump there will be no discernible movement of liquid from the syringe into the pump however the pressure being applied is forcing the hot water to mix with the reagent inside the pump The hot water acts as a solvent and dissolves the salt crystals binding the ceramic piston to the liner Detach the syringe and reattach the pump s tubing Cycle the instrument to confirm proper reagent delivery a If reagent delivery appears normal run a control or a fresh blood specimen with a known value and verify the proper parameter results are being recovered b If reagent delivery is still compromised either repeat steps 1 through 6 or proceed to Soaking the Pump Head Soaking the Pump Head ATTENTION Only in extreme cases should it be necessary to soak the pump head to dissolve the salt bond Tools Supplies Needed 2 Phillips head screwdriver Sturdy container such as a tri pour or glass beaker Control or a specimen with known values for verification purposes FMI Pump Removal 1 Turn the instrument off 0 and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet 4 20 1 4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDU
504. when using the Motors screen a default number is used to generate error 17 when the syringe is sent to the sensor using the M1 motor function If you are not at the correct position within the limits for error before this function is used error 17 is generated This does not however mean that there is a problem with the syringe 1 2 1 7 TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES Diluent Sample and Lyse Pump Not Home Errors 12 20 and 21 ACeT diff 2 Analyzer The diff 2 analyzer uses FMI pumps for precision hydraulic movement These pumps are rotary style pumps with input and output actions during each motor revolution These pumps do not pump liquid in a constant flow during a revolution so it is important to have a consistent starting point for each use of the pump To establish a known starting point an optical sensor is interrupted at one position during a revolution This sensor would also be used to count steps for a dc motor but that is not necessary for the stepper motors used in the ACeT diff 2 analyzer The system homes these pumps at various times during a cycle To home the pump the system moves the pump clockwise until it interrupts the sensor then moves the pump to the edge of the sensor or just out of the sensor If the sensor is not interrupted when it should be the system generates an error 12 20 or 21 for the diluent sample or lyse pumps respectively Problems with a motor driver motor or senso
505. wipe tubing and the larger tubing in LV10 See Figure 4 9 3 2 c Disconnect the probe wipe housing bottom port tubing from the adapter union fitting between the probe wipe ribbon tubing and the pinch tubing in LV8 See Figure 4 9 3 3 Figure 4 9 3 Disconnecting the Traverse Module Tubing 7339076E 5 Remove the six 2 Phillips head screws securing the Traverse modules main bracket to the instrument front panel Figure 4 9 4 and remove the module Figure 4 9 4 Removing the Traverse Module 7339075E PN 4237339F 4 9 3 4 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER 4 9 4 Figure 4 9 5 Removing the Probe Wipe Housing from the Probe Removal Traverse Housing Knurled probe retainer 4 M Figure 4 9 6 Removing the Probe from the Traverse Housing 7339083 Remove the spring clip that retains the probe wipe housing Figure 4 9 5 1 Remove the probe wipe housing block from the traverse housing and pull it off the probe Figure 4 9 5 2 Unscrew the knurled probe retainer from the probe by grasping the vertical rack with one hand and loosening the knurled probe retainer with the other Figure 4 9 5 3 and 4 Note The probe retainer is a knurled cylinder at the top of the vertical rack The aspirate tubing is routed down through the probe retainer for attachment to the
506. y include but it is not limited to protective eyewear gloves and suitable laboratory attire when operating or maintaining this or any other automated laboratory analyzer This Service Manual contains confidential information of Beckman Coulter Inc and its receipt or possession does not convey any rights to reproduce disclose its contents or to manufacture use or sell anything it may describe Reproduction disclosure or use without specific written authorization of Beckman Coulter Inc is strictly forbidden Copyright Beckman Coulter Inc 1996 2001 rights reserved REVISION STATUS a Initial Issue 10 96 Software Version 1 03 8 Revision B 4 97 Software Version 1 04 8 and 10 Numerous changes were made to this manual to reflect Software Version 1 04 and to keep it current and easier to use A table of specific ACeT related problems was added The master parts list and the Index were updated Actual text changes were made on the following pages Legal Notices vi through viii 1 1 14 through 1 1 3 2 1 1 2 6 1 2 6 2 5 1 1 7 1 1 7 1 4 through 7 1 7 7 2 1 7 2 1 7 2 5 7 2 6 A 3 1 B 1 1 B 1 2 and Trademarks Revision C 11 97 Released by CN 034130 0069 Software Version 1 03 diff A complete revision was made to this manual to reflect Software Version 1 03 This includes the ACeT diff Analyzer functionality and the differences between the ACeT 8 10 Analyzer and ACeT diff Analyzer functionality Re
507. y the user This interaction between the user and the instrument is called the user interface A touch screen and LCD provide the physical user interface while menus and menu items provide the software user interface Menus and menu items are displayed on the screen as graphic icons Pressing an icon selects that function or menu Icons are used in place of text for language independence Refer to the following figures for a graphic representation of the available icons and text equivalent for each icon Figure A 3 1 Software Menu Tree 8 10 Analyzer Figure A 3 2 Software Menu Tree ACeT diff Analyzer Figure A 3 3 Software Menu Tree diff Veterinary Option Analyzer Figure A 3 4 Software Menu Tree diff 2 Analyzer Instrument Cycles Since an instrument cycle is a sequence of diluter functions that makes up a diluter table running an instrument cycle is simply running the appropriate diluter table These diluter tables with appropriate parameters such as duration or rate are stored in their own files This method allows changes to an instrument cycle without changing the main program Ten instrument cycles provide diluter control in the AC T 8 10 and AC T diff analyzers Powerup Whole Blood Aspirate Predilute Prime Wakeup Prime Startup Shutdown Clean Baths Non Labile Control Mode Tron control and the Prepare to Ship cycle The ACeT diff 2 analyzer has a Closed Vial Aspirate cyc
508. you can take the belt off the belt tension idler pulley Figure 4 9 8 Belt tension screw 6 Remove the belt from the Traverse module 7 the traverse housing go to Traverse Housing Removal step 2 8 If replacing the horizontal belt drive go to the Horizontal Drive Spring retaining Belt Installation procedure screw Pulley 7339085E PN 4237339F 4 9 5 SERVICE REPAIR PROCEDURES TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT diff 2 ANALYZER Remove the horizontal drive belt as directed under Horizontal Drive Belt Removal Remove the 22 Phillips head screw at the right end of the traverse housing guide rod Figure 4 9 9 1 Hold the guide rod on either side of the traverse housing and slide the guide rod first to the left to clear the right end of the Traverse module s main bracket then to the right to remove the rod from the left end of the bracket Figure 4 9 9 2 and 3 Slide the traverse housing off the guide rod Figure 4 9 9 4 Figure 4 9 9 Removing the Traverse Housing Traverse Housing Removal l Traverse Housing Guide rod 2 3 4 5 7339086 7339087 4 9 6 If removing the vertical motor go to the Vertical Motor Removal procedure step 2 If replacing the traverse housing go to the Traverse Housing Installation procedure Vertical Motor Removal l To make room for removing the vertical motor do either the Traverse Housi

"service manual"

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

&quot;service manual&quot;

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

"service manual"